




HMIIflHltllHH 


wmSm, 

WMwMjr,' 


**yv# 

mm 


Mi 

WxPMa 




'Vv./AV^*; 


WWW 

mm 


, mmm 
imM 
■mMm 




iOTwiy^V 


Ifefes&Bqa* 


WPf 

igypl 


9mm 

W$M® 

mmi 


i&yH L** 


vS'vr. 


fflmm 


,U/V) 


;y\SfK; 

v.i..y;> 











■yjffi 

m 

K 

I 

i 




Pi i 

pRnn 

ww ■ 


K ft' ,,; ' e -a w {• b r 


P*»f* / Jf r ' , V. 

«_*#.' •' m niTr \a l Jr 11 1* ! 

K ’fh' 


-““T ^ :,.W - 

a. ■ 

JL. . lL.Ai -*&22£ X 





















































































































































Complimentary Cbltton 


3 - 3 . little Poofe of tKppes 
Specimen Images: anti 
Poofe papers 
























• r"- ft•• 

$»w#S ■• - 1 v; - 

.7. #: '.•■>• 


vffi*»4»r>8p'.y - .A'*.->'KS • '»*■'* ♦ '•• '*»••?./.- 

.rf 1 "' S ■ ;.fV ’ #*>.•< „W*£‘A •*.-/. ;• - «V4. 
















































THE J. J. LITTLE 

SPECIMEN TYPE AND PAPER BOOK 





THE J. J. LITTLE BOOK 

OF 

TYPES, SPECIMEN PAGES 

AND BOOK PAPERS 


WITH SUGGESTIONS ON BOOK MAKING AND A 
GLOSSARY OF PRINTING AND BINDING TERMS 


T>y 

THE PLANT COMPLETE 



J. J. LITTLE & IVES COMPANY 

NEW YORK MCMXXIII 







JEPARED FOR THE USE OF BOOK PUBLISHERS IN THEIR 
ANUFACTURING DEPARTMENTS BY LUTHER H. PORTER 

CHIEF OF ESTIMATING AND STATISTICAL DEPARTMENTS J. J. LITTLE & IVES COMPANY 




COPYRIGHT, 1923, 

BY 

J. J. LITTLE & IVES CO. 



L 


JUN -9 1923 
© Cl A 7 0 4 812 


j 


THE J. J. LITTLE & IVES COMPANY 


1867 : Joseph J. Little, then a foreman printer of New York, started in the 
business of type-setting and making stereotype plates under the firm 
name of Little, Rennie & Company. The business was located at 
Broome and Crosby Streets. 

1869 : The business was moved to larger quarters at 645-647 Broadway. 

1871 : The firm added a pressroom and pamphlet bindery to its facilities 
and located in much larger quarters at 108-114 Wooster Street. 

1876: The firm of Little, Rennie & Company was dissolved on the death of 
Mr. Rennie and the firm Lange, Little & Co. succeeded to the business. 
They moved to the new eight-story building erected by Orlando B. 
Potter for the business at 2-20 Astor Place and materially increased the 
size of their plant. A complete cloth and leather bindery was added. 

1878 : The firm of Lange, Little & Co. was dissolved and the firm of J. J. 
Little & Co. formed, the partners being Joseph J. Little and W. Jen¬ 
nings Demorest, publisher of Demorest’s Magazine (“ Madame Demor- 
est’s” fashion journal). 

1894 : The firm of J. J. Little & Co. became a corporation of the same name 
and of the same proprietors’ personnel, under the laws of the State of 
New York. 

1908 : After thirty years in Astor Place, J. J. Little & Company found their 
quarters inadequate and Mr. Little began erection, at 425-435 East 24th 
Street, of a twelve-story structure known as the Joseph J. Little Building, 
designed and constructed for their business. 

The Edwin Ives & Sons Bookbindery was purchased by J. J. Little 
& Company and the name of J. J. Little & Ives Company was adopted. 

The plant was moved from Astor Place to the new home at 425-435 
East 24th Street where eight floors embracing 112,000 square feet are 
occupied. The Composing Rooms have an average daily output of 
2,800,000 ems, covering all classes of work; the Electrotype Foundry 
turns out 1000 plates a day; the Pressrooms produce 1,000,000 pages 
daily and the Bindery has a daily capacity of 25,000 bound volumes. 


1913 - 1923 : After the death of Mr. Joseph J. Little in 1913, the Little 
Estate Corporation purchased the stock and bond holdings of the Ives 
and other outside interests, and the business is now owned completely 
by the family of Mr. Little and the active officers and directors of the 
company. 


VI 


INTRODUCTORY 


Object —This volume is issued in the interest of book manufacturing. 
Its object is to aid the editorial and manufacturing departments of pub¬ 
lishers in solving the numerous problems that arise with the making of 
every book; to assist them in selecting the type and page size that will 
produce from a manuscript a book of any desired length; to plan suitable 
layout, select stock and choose binding specifications—it seeks to be of 
service in promoting efficient and economical book making. 

Method —The method employed is to show book types of all sizes, made 
up into standard pages with different leadings and suggested margins; to 
state the number of words on each page; to show the relative width of 
type faces; to indicate what bold faces can run suitably and economically 
with roman faces; to show the larger types used in titles, together with 
initials, borders, and ornaments; to present samples of title pages and of 
a large variety of different styles of standard and intricate composition 
taken from books that have been manufactured in The Plant Complete 
and, finally, to give practical suggestions on book making, together with 
useful information and reference tables, summaries of Paper Trade Customs 
and the Copyright Law , and a Glossary of Terms used in publishing, print¬ 
ing, and binding. 

Linotype Faces in Pages of Three Sizes —Linotype faces are first shown 
in all book sizes, 5)^> to 14 point; pages are set in type dimensions suited to 
the three most commonly used trim sizes of books—5 x7% the 12mo, 
5% x 8 the crown octavo (sometimes called decimo) and 6x9 the octavo. 
The trim size of the page is indicated by a rule border and the printed matter 
is placed in it so as to suggest margins. Nearly all pages are set solid; most 
of them are repeated with a standard two-point lead and many of the more 
popular sizes and faces are also shown with one and three point leads. This 
arrangement indicates at a glance how each size and face of type looks when 
composed in pages of different sizes and also gives the actual effect produced 
by different leadings. In the Manufacturing Section (page 399) a table 
gives the percentage of increase in space occupied by any given matter by 
the insertion of different leads. It is thus easy to compare sizes, faces 
and leadings. 


Vll 




Number of Words —Under each specimen page is stated the number of 
words it contains including blank space at end of short lines. The approxi¬ 
mate average number of words to the square inch is also given to serve as 
a basis for making preliminary calculations. In using these figures it 
must be remembered that they represent particular reading matter in which 
the words are, perhaps, slightly over average length. The length of words 
in any given matter often varies greatly with the nature of the subject and 
is affected by the vocabulary of the writer. Moreover, a square inch, 
although a convenient basis for making calculations, is too small a unit to 
insure complete accuracy and can only be regarded as giving approximate 
results. Bearing this in mind, however, it is often convenient to use the 
square inch basis for calculating how many printed pages a manuscript of a 
given number of words will contain, and if the words in the manuscript 
are of the same average length as those in the unit the result may be very 
accurate. 

Length of Pages —For each of the three sizes of specimen pages a stand¬ 
ard length of type page is adopted to include running head, and when only 
a half page is shown the length is theoretically one-half that of a full page. 
As a matter of fact, however, many pages do not measure up exactly to the 
figures, because the varying point sizes of the types combined with different 
leadings will not always make a page of exactly the specified number of 
inches. There is some variation in the full pages and more variation in the 
half pages because of the white space between the two halves. 

Running Heads —Running heads on the pages are set in the same font 
as the page, but with numerous variations—caps, small caps, lower case 
roman, italic caps and italic lower case, both with and without rules. The 
white space between them and the first line of text matter is equal to the 
point size of the type in which the page is set; if, for instance, a page is 
set in eight point there are eight points of white space under the running 
head or if set in ten point the white space is equal to ten points. 

Lines in All Sizes. Bold Face to run with Roman —Following the speci¬ 
men pages set in Linotype faces are pages on which the same line of matter is 
repeated in each size and face, arranged according to their sizes, in order 
that by thus bringing them together their characteristic features and com¬ 
parative width may be more readily discerned. The Linotype Section ends with 
tables showing which bold faces may advantageously run with roman faces. 

Monotype Section Arranged like Linotype Section —The Monotype Sec¬ 
tion is set and arranged in the same manner as the Linotype Section , showing 
number of words to page and square inch, with suggested page margins. 


VIU 





These pages are followed by single lines set with uniform matter in each 
size and face of type, arranged according to size, to afford easy comparison 
of sizes and faces, succeeding which is a table showing what bold faces may 
be run with roman faces. It will be seen from this table that, owing to the 
flexibility of monotype composition, it is possible to run with any roman 
type not only bold faces of corresponding point size but also bold faces that 
are slightly smaller pointwise and those that are slightly narrower setwise. 
As a bold face letter of the same point size as a roman letter may 
appear unduly heavy and large when run with it, a smaller point size 
face is often desirable. This table shows the large number of combina¬ 
tions that are possible. 

Different Papers Used—The book is printed on stock of over twenty 
different kinds and finishes and a number of different weights. On the first 
page of each signature is given the trade name of the paper in that signature, 
its size and weight, and a list of sizes in which it is made with the bulking 
quality of each. By thus printing on many different papers of varying 
thickness, finish, weight and quality, opportunity is afforded to compare 
the sheets when printed, while the weight required to give any bulk desired 
for a given number of pages may be obtained by consulting the table printed 
on the first page of each signature. 

Initials, Large Type, Ornaments—Following the Monotype Section , 
initial letters with composed matter are shown, ornaments such as may be 
used in book work, various styles of rules and borders, and the larger type 
sizes—up to 60 point—of standard faces suitable for title pages and display 
work. These, with the specimen Linotype and Monotype pages, occupy 
about 300 pages. 

Specimens from Printed Books—Specimens of book composition of 
special character follow. About twenty pages are given to title pages that 
have been used by leading publishers. They are followed by some 
twenty-five pages covering a large variety of composition, including verse, 
plays, medicine, languages, shorthand, mathematics, codes, dictionaries and 
tabular matter. They show something of what The Plant Complete has 
done and what it is equipped to handle and should be suggestive to those 
who contemplate similar work. They complete the presentation of type 
faces and specimen pages. A Manufacturing Section follows in which is 
outlined the processes of book-making in a manner that it is hoped will aid 
in promoting economical manufacture. 

Book Manufacturing— The Standardization of Book and Paper Sizes is 
first considered and sample pages are given showing how little change in 


IX 






# 


CONTENTS 


Linotype Faces . 

Linotype Bold Faces to run with Roman Faces 
Comparative Space Occupied by Linotype Faces 

Coated Insert. 

Halftone and Line Work .. 

Line Etchings and Halftone Engravings . . 

Halftone Screens . 

How to Reduce a Picture. 

Monotype Faces. 

Monotype Bold Faces to run with Roman Faces 
Comparative Space Occupied by Monotype Faces 

Initial Letters. 

Ornaments. 

Display Types. 

Monotype and Linotype Rules. 

Borders . 

Paragraphs, Indexes, Stars, Crosses .... 

Specimens of Book Composition. 

Title Pages . 

Contents . 

Index . 

Text Pages . 

Manufacturing. 

Standardizing Paper and Book Sizes . . . 

Making the Book. 

Type: Its Faces, Sizes and Parts .... 

Words and Ems to Square Inch. 

Paragraph Heads . 

Run-in Paragraph Heads. 

Proofreaders’ Marks.. 


.Page 


following “ 

u u 

cc cc 

cc cc 

cc cc 

cc 

• • • 

cc 

cc 

• • • 

cc 

CC 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

• • • 

u 

u 

• • • 

u 

u 

u 

• • • 

u 

u 

• • • 

u 

(( 

Cl 

Cl 

Cl 

Cl 


1 

146 

149 

152 

152 

152 

152 

152 

153 
258 
264 
268 
274 
276 
298 
300 

304 

305 

306 

326 

327 

328 

353 

354 
360 
377 

379 

380 

381 

382 


Xlll 































How to Correct Proof. Page 383 

Paper Tests. “ 384 

Figuring Thickness and Bulk.“ 385 

Paper Required to Print Any Number of Copies.“ 386 

Equivalent Weights of Book Papers.“ 389 

Order Forms. “ 394 

Composition and Electrotyping. “ 394 

Presswork. “ 395 

Binding.“ 396 

Follow Up . “397 

Ems to Depth Inch.“ 398 

Increased Space by Leading.“ 399 

Allowance for Waste.“ 399 

Paper Trade Customs.“ 400 

How to Open a Book.“ 401 

Position of Full-Page Illustrations.“ 401 

Copyright Rules and Regulations.“ 402 

Indention . “ 406 

Glossary of Printing and Publishing Terms.“ 407 

Index. “ 435 


XIV 





















PAPERS USED IN THIS BOOK 

Leghorn Eggshell, India. Front Matter 

Magazine Text. Page 1 

Cumberland Machine Finish. “ 17 

Suede Finish.“ 33 

Exeter Book, Wove.“ 49 

Bangalore, Medium.“ 57 

Franklin Book, Laid.“ 73 

Leghorn Eggshell, White.“ 81 

Chiswick Book.“ 97 

Bangalore, Rough.“ 113 

Extra Bulk. “129 

Old Stratford.“ 145 

Westvaco Super.“ 153 

Ivory English Finish. . “ 169 

Library Text.'.“ 185 

Chandler English Finish. “201 

Old Style ..“ 217 

Tavistock, High Bulk.“ 233 

Bangalore, High Bulk.“ 249 

Opacity.“ 265 

Eggshell Book, Mill 20.“ 281 

Aldine Text. 297 

Westvaco Eggshell.“ 305 

Exeter Book, Laid . a 321 


























Front Matter printed on 

Leghorn Eggshell, India, 25x38-60 

Paul E. Vernon Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

2 5 X 3 ^ _ S° bulks about 480 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 400 pages to one inch 
25x38-70 bulks about 342 pages to one inch 
25x38-80 bulks about 300 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 









LINOTYPE FACES 

Pages 2-152 Inclusive 


Pages 1-16 printed on 

Magazine Text , 25x38-60 

Miller £s? Wright Paper Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38-45 bulks about 780 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-50 bulks about 728 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 620 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-70 bulks about 496 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-80 bulks about 416 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 









2 Five and One-Half Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the rea 
printer’ is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for “"Iw 'L 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of f actas well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete 
Anythin 0- less than this falls short in service, efficiency and _ economy for 
the' customer for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and'the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility en- 

tUe A pTantTevoted to a single department of printing may, P nd ^ com P et ^ 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years, but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its vafious P departmentf are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. _ 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during Its m « r « 
half a century of activity, engaged in prmting of every styie and charMter 
that has been in vogue or m demand during that period. It has achievea 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu¬ 
facturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 

2 five and one-half point modern with clarendon 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
unon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition- 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility en¬ 
tirely removed. . ,, , . . 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close, organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 


Linotype Number i with Clarendon Number i 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21X17 picas 
32 lines, 390 words 
42 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 33^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
28 lines, 342 words 
37 words to square inch 




FIVE AND ONE HALF POINT MODERN 3 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand 
it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organi¬ 
zation under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed 
a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more 
varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any other 


Five and One Half Point Modern 3 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand 
it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organi¬ 
zation under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^X2% inches 
21x17 picas 
25 lines, 294 words 
32 words to square inch 


Linotype Number 2 —Solid and Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21 x 17 picas 
34 lines, 407 words 
44 words to square inch 





FIVE AND ONE-HALF POINT MODERN 


4 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Com¬ 
plete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has 
been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and de¬ 
veloped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experi¬ 
ence, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit -of high effi¬ 
ciency. It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 


4 Five and One-Half Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Com¬ 
plete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has 
been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and de¬ 
veloped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 


Linotype Number 3—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 412 words 
45 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5 x 7 M inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
28 lines, 363 words 
39 words to square inch 






SIX POINT MODERN 6 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press- 
work ; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years ; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive control which 
handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style 
and character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. 


SIX POINT MODERN WITH BOLD FACE 5 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter bow simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com- 


Linotype Number i with Bold Face Number 2 
Set Solid 

Type 3 ^x 2 !% inches 
21 x 17 picas 
31 lines, 333 words 
36 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3)^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 250 words 
27 words to square inch 







6 SIX POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning' seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his or¬ 
ganization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork;. pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 


6 Six Point Modern with Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his or¬ 
ganization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under 


Linotype Number 2 with Antique Number 2 
Set Solid 

Type 3^X2% inches 
2ixi7 picas 
30 lines, 310 words 
35 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 276 words 
30 words to square inch 






SIX POINT MODERN WITH BOLD FACE 7 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, un¬ 
der competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; hut The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a 
close organization under executive control -which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 


Six Point Modern with Gothic • 7 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
'capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing !ess than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 


Linotype Number 2 with Bold Face No. i and Gothic No. 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21X17 picas 
31 lines, 313 words 
34 words to square inch 


3 Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 249 words 
27 words to square inch 





8 


SIX POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or pressxoorlc 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy ; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language ; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during this period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 


8 • Six Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro- 
typing ; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls* 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 


Linotype Number 3—Solid and Leaded One Point 


Set Solid 

Type 3^x2^ inches 


Trim Size 5 x 7 iHs inches—Showing Margins 


21x17 picas 
31 lines, 350 words 
38 words to square inch 


Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^2x2% inches 


21x17 picas 
26 lines, 286 words 
33 words to square inch 





SIX POINT MODERN 9 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu- 


Six Point Modem 9 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 

printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 

how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 

customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 

reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Linotype Number 12—Solid and Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
31 lines, 380 words 
41 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
24 lines, 289 words 
31 words to square inch 




10 SIX POINT DE YINNE WITH ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 

printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 

ter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this, falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are welded together in a 
close organization under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 

gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organization 
and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers 
than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods 
by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems 
the most important, because the final, and its name is apt to be used 
to include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in 
the printing art and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. 
In the early days of the art he cast his own type and then composed and 
printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and 
binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, 
one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions 
of the last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting- 
and-composing machines and machine-made paper—to develop the printing 
industry to its present great proportions and to make it a calling distinct 
from publishing. The publishers of newspapers and of some of the 
larger periodicals usually do their own printing, but a vast majority of 
book and magazine publishers depend upon highly developed complete 
plants for prompt production of their work. These plants, known as 
printing houses, sometimes combine all the functions of the early printer 
and add electrotyping to them. It is upon their organization, efficiency 
and service that the publisher and the public depend for the prompt pro¬ 
duction of printing, no matter how difficult or complicated it may be or 
however large the undertaking. The Plant Complete meets all require- 


Linotype De Vinne with Antique Number 3—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 Mx 5/4 inches 
21x34^ picas 
58 lines, 689 words 
36 words to square inch 





Six Point Century Expanded with Cheltenham Bold 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and lan¬ 
guage; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. . 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organiza¬ 
tion and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has 
probably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of 
publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the meth¬ 
ods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often 
seems the most important, because the final; and its name is apt to be 
used to include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in 
the printing art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. 
In the early days of the art he cast his own type and then composed 
and printed it; he was type founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman 
and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a pub¬ 
lisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions 
of the last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-cast- 
ing-and-composing machines and machine-made paper to develop the 

11 


Linotype Century Expanded with Cheltenham Bold—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21X34J4 picas 
49 lines, 572 words 
30 words to square inch 






12 


SIX POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—bis organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 


12 


Six Point Modern 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 


Linotype Number 16—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
31 lines, 347 words 
38 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches- 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
26 lines, 283 words 
33 words to square inch 


-Showing Margins 






SIX POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organiza¬ 
tion under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assim¬ 
ilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a man¬ 
ufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 
work and served a larger number of publishers than any other house in 
the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods 
by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems 
the most important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to 
include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in the print¬ 
ing art and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the 
early days of the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed 
it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. 
He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first 
had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of 
the last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and- 
composing machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing indus¬ 
try to its present great proportions and to make it a calling distinct from 
publishing. The publishers of newspapers and of some of the larger period- 

13 


Linotype Number i—Leaded Two Points ..... Trim Size 5x7?^ inches Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^x 5 3 4 inches 
21x34picas 
49 lines, 606 words 
32 words to square inch 




SEVEN POINT MODERN 


14 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand ; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service; effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Com¬ 
plete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed suc¬ 
cessful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed a man¬ 
ufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more 
varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any 
other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of 
processes often seems the most important, because the final; 
and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire 
series of processes is included in the printing art and a printer is 
one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the 


Linotype Number i—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 314 x 5 % inches 
21x34^6 picas 
44 lines, 480 words 
25 words to square inch 







SEVEN POINT MODERN WITH BOLD FACE 


15 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; elec¬ 
trotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of. combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 


Seven Point Modern with Gothic 


15 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in. The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 


Linotype Number 2 with Bold Face No. 1 and Gothic No. 3 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 


Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 Vs inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 264 words 
29 words to square inch 


Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
2XX17 picas 
22 lines, 215 words 
25 words to square inch 





I 


t 


16 SEVEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive control which 

16 Seven Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 



Linotype Number 21—Solid and Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 33^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
26 lines, 282 words 
31 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
21 lines, 227 words 
25 words to square inch 


10 






Pages 17 - 32 printed on 

Cumberland Machine Finish, 
30{x41-79 

Henry Lindenmeyr £sf Sons 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30^ x 41 -53 bulks about 876 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 66 bulks about 700 pages to one inch 

30^2 x 41- 79 bulks about 584 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 92 bulks about 500 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41-105 bulks about 438 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 









18 SEVEN POINT FRENCH WITH ANTIQUE BLACK 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade 
and developed successful business of their own. It has set 
a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, M. has assimilated its long experience, improved its 
organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high effi¬ 
ciency. It has probably turned out more varied work and 
served a larger number of publishers than any other house 
in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in 
the methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series 


Linotype Number 28 with Antique Black No. 1—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
44 lines, 436 words 
23 words to square inch 




SEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 19 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive control which 

Seven Point Old Style 19 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com- 


Linotype Number 1—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3%X2% inches 
21x17 picas 
26 lines, 282 words 
31 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^2 Vs inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 252 words 
27 words to square inch 





20 


EIGHT POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

• A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 

20 Eight Point Modern with Gothic 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 


Linotype Number 2 with Gothic Number 3 


Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 % inches 


Trim Size 5*7% inches—Showing Margins 


21x17 picas 
23 lines, 225 words 
25 words to square inch 


Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches 


21x17 picas 
20 lines, 197 words 
22 words to square inch 





EIGHT POINT MODERN 


21 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofread¬ 
ers competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 


Eight Point Modern 


21 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofread¬ 
ers competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency, and econ- 


Linotype Number 16—Solid and Leaded Two Points 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 


Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 


Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2^ inches 


21x17 picas 
22 lines, 196 words 
24 words to square inch 


21x17 picas 
19 lines, 170 words 
19 words to square inch 






22 Eight Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his or¬ 
ganization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press- 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex- 

22 Eight Point Modern with Title 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
w r hile it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 


Linotype Number 19 with Title Number 1—Solid and Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Set Solid Leaded 1 Point 6 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2 % inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

23 lines, 234 words 20 lines, 202 words 

25 words to square inch 23 words to square inch 




EIGHT POINT MODERN 


23 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or pressicork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organ¬ 
ization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated 
in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the prod¬ 
uct of combined departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed suc¬ 
cessful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu¬ 
facturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out 
more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than 
any other house in the country. 


Linotype Number 19—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 M inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
39 lines, 404 words 
2i words to square inch 




EIGHT POINT FRENCH 


24 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of- the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various de¬ 
partments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in print¬ 
ing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out 
into the trade and developed successful business of their 
own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long ex- 


Linotype Number 28—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
40 lines, 376 words 
20 words to square inch 





EIGHT POINT MODERN 25 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated 
in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex¬ 
perience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and developed 
a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned 
out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers 
than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 


Linotype Number 21—Leaded Two Points Trim Size S*T Z A inches—Showing Margins 

Matches Monotype Number 8A Type 314 * 5 % inches 

21x34!^ picas 
40 lines, 420 words 
22 words to square inch 





26 EIGHT POINT DE YINNE WITH ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and de¬ 
veloped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and 
developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number 
of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in 
the methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series 
of processes often seems the most important, because the final; 
and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire 
series of processes is included in the printing art, and a printer 
is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of 
the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; 
he was type founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and 


Linotype De Vinne with Antique Number 3—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5M inches 
21x34 picas 
49 lines, 512 words 
27 words to square inch 







EIGHT POINT BE VINNE 27 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organi¬ 
zation includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility en¬ 
tirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is 
the product of combined departments and the result of long ex¬ 
perience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organi¬ 
zation under executive control which handles the whole as a single 
unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and devel¬ 
oped a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of pub¬ 
lishers than any other house in the country. 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 * 7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x3414 picas 
40 lines, 420 words 
22 words to square inch 





28 Eight Point Scotch Roman 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while 
it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is 'printing, which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organi¬ 
zation includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex- 

28 EIGHT POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times 'when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while 
it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organi¬ 
zation includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 


Linotype Scotch Roman—-Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^X2% inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 237 words 
26 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
20 lines, 205 words 
23 words to square inch 









EIGHT POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 


29 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while 
it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is 'printing, which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organi¬ 
zation includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex¬ 
perience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The Plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and devel¬ 
oped a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of pub¬ 
lishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x554 inches 
21x34 V2 picas 
40 lines, 420 words 
22 words to square inch 






30 EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during that 
period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful 
business of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long ex¬ 
perience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 
unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 
work and served a larger number of publishers than any other house 
in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of proc¬ 
esses often seems the most important, because the final; and its 
name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of 
processes is included in the printing art; and a printer is one who 
performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art he cast 
his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, 
compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also pub¬ 
lisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first had to be a 
printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions 


Linotype Number 7—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5M inches 
21x343^ picas 
49 lines, 550 words 
28 words to square inch 







Eight Point Caslon Old Style 31 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or pressivork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for* turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a com¬ 
paratively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experience 
—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and devel¬ 
oped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and 
developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number 
of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34'^ picas 
40 lines, 416 words 
22 words to square inch 




EIGHT POINT CHELTENHAM 


32 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or presstvorfy as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are welded together in a 
close organization under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organization 
and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers 
than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the meth¬ 
ods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often 
seems the most important, because the final; and its name is apt to be 
used to include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in 


Linotype Cheltenham—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21X34H picas 
40 lines, 472 words 
24 words to square inch 





Pages 33 - 48 printed on 

Suede Finish, 30^x41-79 

Dill y Collins Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30 ]/2 x 41- 79 bulks about 416 pages to one inch 
30^2 x 41- 92 bulks about 352 pages to one inch 
30^x41-118 bulks about 276 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 










34 EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE WITH ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compar¬ 
atively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex¬ 
perience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single 
unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and devel¬ 
oped a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of pub¬ 
lishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of proc¬ 
esses often seems the most important, because the final, and its 
name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of 
processes is included in the printing art and a printer is one 
who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art 
he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was 
type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He 
was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one 


Linotype Number 1 with Antique Number 1—Solid Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x343^ picas 
49 lines, 522 words 
27 words to square inch 






EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE WITH TITLE 35 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compar¬ 
atively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the ex¬ 
perience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single 
unit. 

p 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and devel¬ 
oped a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of pub- 


Linotype Number 1 with Title Number 1—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 * 7 ^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 l A*SH inches 
21x34^} picas 
39 lines, 404 words 
21 words to square inch 





36 


NINE POINT DE YINNE 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

36 Nine Point De Vinne with Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense: Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 


Linotype De Vinne with Antique Number 3 


Set Solid 

Type 3)^x2^ inches 


Leaded One Point 

Type 3^x 2% inches 


Trim Size 5 x 7% inches—Showing Margins 


31 x 17 picas 


21 x 17 picas 
18 lines, 181 words 
21 words to square inch 


20 lines, 198 words 
23 words to square inch 





NINE POINT DE VINNE 37 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in de¬ 
mand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade 
and developed successful business of their own. It has set a 
pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 Vs inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
36 lines, 362 words 
19 words to square inch 






NINE POINT MODERN 


38 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It 
has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More im¬ 
portant, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, im¬ 
proved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit 
of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 


Linotype Number 13—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^* 5 V\ inches 
21x34H picas 
40 lines, 392 words 
20 words to square inch 





Nine Point Caslon Old Style 39 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a com¬ 
paratively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is 
the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close or¬ 
ganization under executive control which handles the whole as 
a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others 
have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi- 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^x 5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
36 lines, 372 words 
20 words to square inch 






40 NINE POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be coordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue 
or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who * have gone out 
into the trade and developed successful business of their 
own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long ex¬ 
perience, improved its organization and developed a manu- 


Linotype Number 1—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
40 lines, 375 words 
20 words to square inch 





NINE POINT OLD STYLE 41 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue 
or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 


Linotype Number 1— Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 X 7 % inches—Showing Margins 

3 Type 3 14x5 M inches 

21X34H picas 
35 lines, 332 words 

18 words to square inch , 




42 TEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 

42 Ten Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presstvork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 


Linotype Number 13—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type inches 

21x17 picas 

18 lines, 167 words 

19 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3Ax2% inches 
21x17 picas 

16 lines, 148 words 

17 words to square inch 





TEN POINT MODERN 43 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 


Linotype Number 13—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 * 7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^* 5 ^ inches 
2 1x34 Ms picas 
32 lines, 297 words 
16 words to square inch 





44 


TEN POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyp- 

44 Ten Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub- 


Linotype Number 16—Solid and Leaded One Point 


Leaded i Point 

Type 33^X2% inches 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 


Set Solid 

Type 3^X2 Y% inches 


21x17 picas 
16 lines, 129 words 
15 words to square inch 


21x17 picas 
18 lines, 145 words 
17 words to square inch 






f 


TEN POINT MODERN 45 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro typ¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which 


Linotype Number 16—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
32 lines, 254 words 
14 words to square inch 





46 TEN POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press- 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has 
achieved a position second to none. It has trained men 
who have gone out into the trade and developed a success- 


Linotype Number 21—Solid 
Matches Monotype Number 8A 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 


Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
39 lines, 356 words 
19 words to square inch 






TEN POINT MODERN 47 


There are times when some w T ord of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is 'printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press- 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21X34H1 picas 
36 lines, 325 words 
17 words to square inch 


Linotype Number 21—Leaded One Point 
Matches Monotype Number 8A 




48 


Ten Point Modern 



There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press- 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place.of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 


Linotype Number 21—Leaded Two Points 
Matches Monotype Number 8A 


Trim Size 5x7 Vi inches—Showing Margins 


Type inches 


2 1x34 picas 

32 lines, 286 words 
IS words to square inch 









Pages 49 - 56 printed on 

Exeter Book , wove, 25x38-65 

The Seymour Co. 


SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38- 65 bulks about 346 pages to one inch 

28 x 44- 86 bulks about 346 pages to one inch 

33 x 44-100 bulks about 346 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 






TEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 


50 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subj ects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a 
position second to none. It has trained men who have gone 
out into the trade and developed successful business of their 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x3434 picas 
37 lines, 350 words 
18 words to square inch 






TEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 51 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 * 7 ^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^* 5 /€ inches 
21X34H picas 
33 lines, 307 words 
16 words to square inch 





52 TEN POINT DE YINNE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful busi- 


Linotype De Vinne—Solid Trim Size 5x7 N inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^* 5 V\ inches 
21x343^ picas 
39 lines, 349 words 
18 words to square inch 









TEN POINT DE VINNE WITH ANTIQUE 53 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 


Linotype De Vinne with Antique Number 3—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^x 5 % inches 
21X34H picas 
36 lines, 319 words 
17 words to square inch 





54 TEN POINT DEVINNE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 


Type inches 

21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 288 words 
X5 words to square inch 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Two Points 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 





Ten Point De Vinne 55 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5*7^ inches—Showing Margins 

3 Type 3 ^x 5 % inches 

21x34^ picas 
31 lines, 262 words 
14 words to square inch 





56 TEN POINT BODONl BOOK 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue 
or in demand during that period. It has achieved a posi¬ 
tion second to none. It has trained men who have gone 
out into the trade and developed successful business of 
their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to 
equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Solid Trim Size 5*7 M inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x343^ picas 
39 lines, 369 words 
19 words to square inch 





Pages 57 - 72 printed on 

Bangalore, medium, 30\x41-90 

Perkins-Goodwin Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

x 41- 60 bulks about 612 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 70 bulks about 524 pages to one inch 

30^2 x 41- 80 bulks about 458 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 90 bulks about 408 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41-100 bulks about 368 pages to one inch 
30^x41-110 bulks about 334 pages to one inch 
30^x41-120 bulks about 306 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








58 Ten Point Bodoni Book 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue 
or in demand during that period. It has achieved a posi¬ 
tion second to none. It has trained men who have gone 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5*7 94 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21 X 34/4 picas 
36 lines, 340 words 
18 words to square inch 





TEN POINT BODONI BOOK 59 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur- 


Linotvpe Bodoni Book—Leaded Two Points , . , Trim Size 5*7 Vs inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34^ picas 
32 lines, 298 words 
16 words to square inch 




6 o TEN POINT OLD STYLE WITH ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presszvork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing ; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful busi- 


Linotype Number i with Antique Number i—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 H inches 
21X34H picas 
39 lines, 351 words 
19 words to square inch 




Ten Point Old Style with Title 61 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing ; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 


Linotvoe Number i with Title Number i—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 Va, inches 
21X34H picas 
36 lines, 321 words 
17 words to square inch 




62 TEN POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing ; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 


Linotype Number i—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3KX5M inches 
21x34*/^ picas 
33 lines, 288 words 
15 words to square inch 






Ten Point Old Style with Antique Italic 63 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when 


Linotype No. i with Antique Italic No. i—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 V\ inches 
21x34^ picas 
30 lines, 265 words 
14 words to square inch 



64 TEN POINT OLD STYLE 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue 
or in demand during that period. It has achieved a posi- 


Linotype Number 3—Leaded One Pomt Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34^6 picas 
35 lines, 300 words 
17 words to square inch 






f 


Ten Point Old Style 65 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and -economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur- 


Linotype Number 3—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

* Type 3 ^x 5 !^ inches 

21x34^ picas 
32 lines, 302 words 
16 words to square inch 







66 TEN POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Solid Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 M* 5 3 4 inches 
21x34^ picas 
39 lines, 368 words 
20 words to square inch 





TEN POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 67 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7*^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 309 words 
16 words to square inch 






68 TEN POINT ORIGINAL OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organi¬ 
zation under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and devel¬ 
oped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and 
developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number 
of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of pro- 


Linotype Original Old Style—Solid Trim Size 5 / 4 x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 /rx6 ^ inches 
23x37 l A picas 
42 lines, 437 words 
20 words to square inch 





TEN POINT ORIGINAL OLD STYLE 


69 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presszvork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re¬ 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long experi¬ 
ence—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organi¬ 
zation under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and devel¬ 
oped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 


Linotype Original Old Style-Leaded Two Pointy ^ ^ 

23x37 l A P>cas 
36 lines, 374 words 
16 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 





70 


TEN POINT OLD STYLE 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organiza¬ 
tion and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has 
probably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of 
publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes 
often seems the most important, because the final, and its name is apt 
to be used to include the whole. An entire series of processes is in¬ 
cluded in the printing art and a printer is one who performs any or all 
of them. In the early days of the art he cast his own type and then 
composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, 
pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to be¬ 
come a publisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions 
of the last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-cast- 


Linotype Number 7—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


48 lines, 556 words 
20 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 











TEN POINT OLD STYLE 


7i 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It 
has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organiza¬ 
tion and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has 
probably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of 
publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes 
often seems the most important, because the final, and its name is apt 


Linotype Number 7- 


-Leaded Two Points 

Type inches 

25x42 picas 


40 lines, 45Q words 
16 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 




72 TEN POINT CHELTENHAM 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press - 
Tvorlt as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The PLANT COMPLETE. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 
combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during that 
period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful busi¬ 
ness of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, im¬ 
proved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high 


Linotype Cheltenham—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 24 x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 /ex6M inches 35 lines, 385 words 

23x373^ picas 17 words to square inch 








Pages 73 - 80 printed on 

Franklin Book, laid, 25x38-80 

Lasher iff Lathrop, Inc. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 3S-50 bulks about 490 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 400 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-70 bulks about 330 pages to one inch 
25x38-80 bulks about 280 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








ELEVEN POINT MODERN 


74 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual an,d broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub- 

74 ELEVEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 


Linotype Number i—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17H picas 
16 lines, 132 words 
15 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17^6 picas 
15 lines, 125 words 
14 words to square inch 






ELEVEN POINT MODERN 


75 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the w~ord in its more usual an,d broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyp¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single .department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 


Linotype Number i—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 * 7 ^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 3^*5 % inches 
21x34 Yt, picas 
30 lines, 238 words 
13 words to square inch 





ELEVEN POINT MODERN 


76 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or pressworh as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language ; 

76 Eleven Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or pressworh as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 


Linotype Number g—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3Hx2 7 A inches 
21x17 picas 

16 lines, 143 words 

17 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 Ns inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3 J^X2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
15 lines, 132 words 
15 words to square inch 





ELEVEN POINT MODERN 77 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it re¬ 
fers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable mate¬ 
rial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only when 


Linotype Number 9—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^6 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34 Mi picas 
30 lines, 262 words 
14 words to square inch 





ELEVEN POINT MODERN 


78 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suit¬ 
able material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; and pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 


Linotype Number 21—Solid 
Matches Monotype Number 8A 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 


Type 3 Hx 5/4 inches 
21x343^ picas 
35 lines, 292 words 
16 words to square inch 







ELEVEN POINT MODERN 


79 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is 'printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suit¬ 
able material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electro typing; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under execu- 


Linotype Number 21— Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 X inches—Showing Margins 

Matches Monotype Number 8 A Type ^ inches 

21x34}! picas 
33 lines, 272 words 
14 words to square inch 






Eleven Point Modern 


80 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suit¬ 
able material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 

•r 

for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electro typing; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 


Linotype Number 21—Leaded Two Points 
Matches Monotype Number 8A 


Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
30 lines, 249 words 
13 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 








Pages 81 - 96 printed on 

Leghorn Eggshell, white, 25x38-60 

Paul E. Vernon £s? Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38-50 bulks about 442 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 368 pages to one inch 
25x38-70 bulks about 316 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-80 bulks about 272 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 






82 ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

Rut, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, en- 


Lmotype Scotch Roman—Solid ; Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
35 lines, 303 words 
16 words to square inch 







ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 83 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 * 7^6 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 M* 5 3 A inches 
21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 283 words 
15 words to square inch 





84 Eleven Point Scotch Roman 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or pressworJc as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34^ picas 
29 lines, 249 words 
13 words to square inch 







ELEVEN POINT DE VINNE 85 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has fa¬ 
cilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may he—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, doth and fine binding, and these must he 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organi- 


Linotype De Vinne—Solid Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34 y* picas 
35 lines, 273 words 
IS words to square inch 






86 Eleven Point De Yinne with Antique 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning the real printer is one who has fa¬ 
cilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be —his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which 


Linotype De Vinne with Antique Number 3—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 256 words 

v 14 words to square inch 









Eleven Point Be Vinne 87 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has fa¬ 
cilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 


Linotype De Vinne -Leaded Two Points ^ ^ Trim Size 5*7 H inches-Showing Margins 

21X34^ picas 
29 lines, 225 words 
12 words to square inch 







88 ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 
the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More 
important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 


Linotype Number i—Solid 


Trim Size sVsxS inches—Showing Margins 

39 lines, 375 words 
16 words to square inch 


Type 3ICx 6}4 inches 
23x37^ picas 





Eleven Point Old Style 


9i 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con- 


Linotype Number 1—Leaded Three Points 

Type 3 5 ^x 6 J 4 mches 

23x3 7 H P‘ cas 


Trim Size 5%x8 inches—Showing Margins 

30 lines, 278 words 
13 words to square inch 








88 ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 
the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More 
important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 


Linotype Number i—Solid Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3V x 6}4 inches 39 lines, 375 words 

23x37^ picas 16 words to square inch 





Eleven Point Old Style 


9i 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con- 


Linotype Number 1—Leaded Three Points 

Type 3^x6 \i inches 
23x3 7 H P icas 


Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

30 lines, 278 words 
13 words to square inch 








92 


ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand 
it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position sec¬ 
ond to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 
the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More 


Linotype Numbers 7—Solid 


Type inches 

23X37H Picas 


38 lines, 370 words 
16 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 





ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 


93 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand 
it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and ca¬ 
pable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 


Linotype Number 7—Leaded Two Points 


Trim Size 5 iHix8 inches—Showing Margins 


Type 3 s / «x614 inches 
23 X 37 ^ picas 


33 lines, 304 words 
13 words to square inch 






94 Eleven Point Caslon Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant' Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, 
it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organiza¬ 
tion and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It 
has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in 
the methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of 
processes often seems the most important, because the final; 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


43 lines, 441 words 
16 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 





Eleven Point Caslon Old Style 95 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, 
it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organiza¬ 
tion and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It 
has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 


Linotype Caslon Old Style-Leaded One Point , Trim Size 6 xq inches-Showing Margins 

J Type 4^x7 inches 40 lines, 408 words 

25x42 picas 15 words to square inch 




96 


Eleven Point Caslon Old Style 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 b Y Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Leaded Two Points 

Type 4 V£x 7 inches 
25x42 picas 


35 lines, 355 words 
14 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 










Pages 97 -112 printed on 

Chiswick Book, 25x38-80 

Miller iff Wright Paper Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25x38-50 bulks about 512 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-60 bulks about 408 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-70 bulks about 352 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-80 bulks about 296 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








TWELVE POINT BODONI BOOK 


98 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing , which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth, and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced, and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Solid Trim Size 5% x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type zV&fiM inches 35 lines, 328 words 

23X37^i picas 15 words to square inch 








TWELVE POINT BODONI BOOK 


99 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth, and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced, and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Leaded Two Points Trim Size sH x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^ 6 x 6}4 inches 31 lines; 285 words 

23x37 y* picas 13 words to square inch 









TWELVE POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer 3 for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined depart- 

100 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34^ picas 
32 lines, 243 words 
13 words to square inch 








Twelve Point Scotch Roman 101 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press - 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
31 lines, 237 words 
12 words to square inch 






102 TWELVE POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press - 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 


Linotype Scotch Roman— Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34 M picas 
37 lines, 206 words 
11 words to square inch 






Twelve Point Scotch Roman 103 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 


Linotype Scotch Roman—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 Hx 5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
26 lines, 198 words 
10 words to square inch 









TWELVE POINT DE VINNE 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the an¬ 
noyances, delays, and losses of divided respon¬ 
sibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 
be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but 

104 


Linotype De Vinne—Solid Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
32 lines, 236 words 
13 words to square inch 







Twelve Point De Yinne 105 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable ma¬ 
terial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the an¬ 
noyances, delays, and losses of divided respon¬ 
sibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34}^ picas 
28 lines, 207 words 
11 words to square inch 






106 TWELVE POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long ex¬ 
perience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, en- 


Linotype Number i—Solid Trim Size 5%x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 / 6 x inches 35 lines, 300 words 

23x373^ picas 13 words to square inch 







Twelve Point Old Style with Antique loy 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long ex¬ 
perience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Linotype Number i with Antique Number i—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 %x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 /ex 6}4 inches 33 lines, 280 words 

23x37^ Picas 12 words to square inch 





108 TWELVE POINT OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long ex¬ 
perience—a growth which reaches its full development 


Linotype Number i—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 %x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 6 / 6 X 6*4 inches 30 lines, 255 words 

23 x 3734 picas 11 words to square inch 





TWELVE POINT OLD STYLE 109 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 


Linotype Number i-Leaded Three Points Trim Size S inches-Showing Mar & ins 

linotype imuuiuc 3 s/ 6X 6 % inches 28 lines, 240 words 

23x37Ms picas 10 words to square inch 







TWELVE POINT ORIGINAL OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in de¬ 
mand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade 
and developed successful business of their own. It has set a 
pace that others have striven to equal. More important, per¬ 
haps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its or¬ 
ganization and developed a manufacturing unit of high 
efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and 

110 


Linotype Original Old Style—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x4a picas 


39 lines, 389 words 
14 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 







Twelve Point Original Old Style 


ill 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 


while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 


larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in de¬ 
mand during that period. It has achieved a position second 



Linotype Original Old Style—Leaded Twn Points 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


33 lines, 330 words 
12 words to square inch 







112 TWELVE POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Solid 


Type 4*45x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


40 lines, 372 words 
13 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 






Pages 113 -128 printed on 

Bangalore, rough, 30\x41-80 

516 sheets to ream 
Perkins-Goodzvin Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

303/2x41- 60 bulks about 512 pages to one inch 

303^ x 41- 70 bulks about 440 pages to one inch 

303^2 x 41- 80 bulks about 384 pages to one inch 

303^ x 41- 90 bulks about 344 pages to one inch 

303^x41-100 bulks about 312 pages to one inch 
303^x41-110 bulks about 280 pages to one inch 
30KX 41-120 bulks about 256 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








114 Twelve Point Caslon Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—'Leaded Two Points Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 4^x7 inches 34 lines, 314 words 

25x42 picas 11 words to square inch 






Twelve Point Caslon Old Style 


“S 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur- 



otype Caslon Old Style-Leaded Three Pointy 

25x42 picas 


32 lines, 294 words 
10 words to square inch 






116 Fourteen Point Bodoni Book 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 
combined departments and the result of long experi- 


Linotype, Bodoni Book—Solid Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 Ax 6 % inches 30 lines, 257 words 

23x37^6 picas 11 words to square inch 








Fourteen Point Bodoni Book 117 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or pressivork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though noth¬ 
ing can take the place of the experience that comes 


Linotvoe Bodoni Book—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 Ax 6}4 inches 28 lines, 237 words 

23x373^ picas 11 words to square inch 






118 FOURTEEN POINT BODONI BOOK 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer\ for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work- 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x6 % inches 26 lines, 220 words 

23x37^ picas 10 words to square inch 







Fourteen Point Bodoni Book 119 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 


Linotype Bodoni Book—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5%x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 25 lines, 213 words _ 

23x37 Vi picas 10 words to square inch 







120 Fourteen Point DeVinne 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must he 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 
he put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined de¬ 
partments and the result of long experience—a 
growth which reaches its full development only 


Linotype De Vinne—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


34 lines, 256 words 
9 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 







Fourteen Point DeVinne 121 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may he—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must he 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 
he put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of 
the experience that comes with years; but The 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded One Point 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


31 lines, 234 words 
9 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 





122 


Fourteen Point De Vinne 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may he—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must he 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 
be put into working order in a comparatively 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Two Points 

Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


29 lines, 217 words 
8 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 






FOURTEEN POINT BE VINNE 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must he 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 

123 


Linotype De Vinne—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 4^3x7 inches 28 lines, 209 words 

25x42 picas 8 words to square inch 






124 Fourteen Point Caslon Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experi¬ 
ence that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Solid 


Type 4 K *7 inches 
25x42 picas 


34 lines, 268 words 
10 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 







Fourteen Point Caslon Old Style 125 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experi- 


Linotype Caslon Old Style—Leaded Two Points .. ^ , Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 4^x7 inches 30 lines, 240 words 

25x42 picas 9 words to square inch 




126 Fourteen Point Original Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition — linotype, monotype and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 


Linotype Original Old Style—Solid Trim Size 534*8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 354x634 inches 30 lines, 229 words 

23*3734 picas 11 words to square inch 







FOURTEEN POINT ORIGINAL OLD STYLE 127 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition — linotype, monotype and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 


Linotype Original Old Style—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x6 \i inches 26 lines, 198 words 

23x37^ picas 9 words to square inch 





128 Eighteen Point Century Expanded 

* 

There are times when some word of 
limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and 
so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual 
and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organiza¬ 
tion includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; 


Linotype Century Expanded Leaded Two Points Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 23 lines, 145 words 

25x42 picas 5 words to square inch 






Pages 129 -144 printed on 

Extra Bulk, 30^x41-66 

Dill iff Collins Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30^x41- 66 bulks about 376 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 79 bulks about 320 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 92 bulks about 288 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41-105 bulks about 236 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 






130 


SEVEN POINT DORIC 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and. broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; elec¬ 
trotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 

130 Seven Point Doric 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; elec¬ 
trotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste redticed and 


Linotype Doric—Solid and Leaded Two Points 


Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 


Leaded 2 Points 

Type 33^x2 K inches 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 


21x17 picas 


21x17 picas 
21 lines, 186 words 
20 words to square inch 


26 lines, 226 words 
25 words to square inch 







SEVEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 131 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his or¬ 
ganization includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be coordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in serv¬ 
ice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the an¬ 
noyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a com¬ 
paratively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long ex¬ 
perience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every 
style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 
trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed suc¬ 
cessful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu¬ 
facturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more 
varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any 
other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of 
processes often seems the most important, because the final; and 
its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series 
of processes is included in the printing art; and a printer is one 


Linotvoe Old Style Antique Number 1—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

j Type 31^x534 mches 

21X34V2 P*cas 
44 lines, 472 words 
24 words to square inch 



132 EIGHT POINT GOTHIC—HEAVY 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes sep¬ 
arate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and 
hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of di¬ 
vided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into work¬ 
ing order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing 
can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience— 
a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close 
organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has 
achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed 
successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, per¬ 
haps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved 
its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of 
high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 
work and served a larger number of publishers than 
any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much 
less in the methods by which they are obtained; the 


Linotype Gothic Heavy Number 9—Solid Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 J^X2 Y% inches 
21x34^ picas 
48 lines, 428 words 
23 words to square inch 








EIGHT POINT IONIC 


133 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and 
so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 


bility entirely removed. 


\ 


A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 


133 


Eight Point Ionic 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and 
so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 


Linotype Ionic Number i—Solid and Leaded Two Points 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 


Set Solid 

Type 33^x2 J 4 , inches 


21x17 picas 

23 lines, 217 words 

24 words to square inch 


Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2 ^ inches 
21x17 picas 
18 lines, 171 words 


xo iiuca, *■ f *■ wviua 

20 words to square inch 





134 EIGHT POINT CLARENDON 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete w T ork, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a 
close organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it 
has assimilated its long experience, improved its organization 
and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has 
probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 


Linotype Clarendon Number i—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
40 lines, 404 words 
21 words to square inch 






BIGHT POINT TITLE AND TITLE ITALIC 135 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to=day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean= 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com=> 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well 
as defects in style and language; electrotyping; press= 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be coordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de= 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart* 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart= 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single 
unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur= 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed 
a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number 
of publishers than any other house in the country. 


T inntvne Title Number 2 with Title Italic— Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Linotype xiue numu Type 3 y 2X53/i inches 

21x34^ picas 
44 lines, 408 words 
21 words to square inch 




136 Nine Point Modern Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and cap¬ 
able of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in ser¬ 
vice, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 


Linotype Antique Number 3—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Aligns with 10 point Type 3*^x5 % inches 

21x34)4 picas 
36 lines, 345 words 
18 words to square inch 






TEN POINT CASLON BOLD 137 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are 


Linotype Caslon Bold Number 3—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % A inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 >6x5% inches 
21x34 x /2 picas 
33 lines, 272 words 
IS words to square inch 




138 TEN POINT ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de¬ 
tecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 

138 TEN POINT ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de- 


Linotype Antique Number 3 Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Aligns with 11 point 

Set Solid Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2 Vs inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

18 lines, 156 words 15 lines, 131 words 

18 words to square inch 15 words to square inch 





Ten Point Clarendon with Eight Point Gothic 139 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-or¬ 
dinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 

The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various de¬ 
partments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little, has dur- 


Linotype Clarendon Number i and Gothic Number 3—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x343^ picas 
33 lines, 300 words 
16 words to square inch 





140 TEN POINT GOTHIC CONDENSED 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 

140 Ten Point Gothic Condensed 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 


Linotype Gothic Condensed Number i—Solid and Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches- 
Set Solid Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2% inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

18 lines, 167 words 17 lines, 158 words 

19 words to square inch 18 words to square inch 


-Showing Margins 






ELEVEN POINT GOTHIC CONDENSED 141 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 

Eleven Point Gothic Condensed 141 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its orig¬ 
inal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 


Linotype Gothic Condensed Number i—Solid and Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Set Solid Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2^ inches Type 3^x2 7 A inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

16 lines, 135 words 14 lines, 121 words 

15 words to square inch 13 words to square inch 





142 


ELEVEN POINT DORIC 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning* seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it 
still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in serv¬ 
ice, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a com¬ 
paratively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which 


Linotype Doric Number 2—Leaded Two Points 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 


Type 4^x7 inches 
2 5x42 >3 picas 


37 lines, 254 words 
9 words to square inch 






Eighteen Point Century Bold 143 

There are times when some word of 
limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and 
so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiply¬ 
ing impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual 
and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organiza¬ 
tion includes separate and distinct de¬ 
partments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 


Linotvpe Century Bold-Leaded One Point „ . Trim Size 6x * inches—Showing Margins 

• F Type 4^x7 inches 25 lines, 159 words 

25x42 picas 6 words to square inch 







Pages 145 -152 printed on 

Old Stratford Wove, rough, 

25x38-60 

Miller 6 * Wright Paper Co, 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25x38-60 rough bulks about 344 pages to one inch 

25x38-80 rough bulks about 256 pages to one inch 

25x38-80 smooth bulks about 264 pages to one inch 

25x38-80 med. plate bulks about 352 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 










LINOTYPE TABLE 

Showing Bold Faces and the Roman Faces with which they run on the same 
matrices; Bold Faces that run separately, and Bold Faces that may he arranged to 
run with any face of corresponding size . 

This table shows at a glance what bold face types may be run in the text 
with different Roman faces. It is divided into three parts, each part having 
the bold faces arranged according to size, and stating the conditions under which 
they may be run. In the first part, each bold face that is listed is on a matrix 
with a Roman face with which it runs without inconvenience, if no italics or small 
caps are to be used. In part two, some of the bold faces listed are on matrices 
by themselves, while some are not, but in both cases they can be run so as to 
set matter all in bold face. In part three, the bold faces are sometimes by them¬ 
selves and sometimes not, but they can, by special arrangement, be run with 
any Roman faces of corresponding sizes. When bold face type is to be used only 
between paragraphs as headings (and not run in with the text) it may be set 
independently instead of running it in with the Roman. 

1. BOLD FACES that are on same matrices with Roman Faces and run 
with them without extra cost, if no small caps or italics are used. 

5/4 point Clarendon Number 1 runs with Modern Number 1.See Page 2 


6 

« 

Bold Face Number 2 

tt 

a 

Modern Number 1. 

a 

a 

5 

6 

a 

Antique Number 2 

tt 

tt 

Modern Number 2. 

tt 

u 

6 

6 

u 

Bold Face Number 1 

tt 

tt 

Modern Number 2. 

it 

tt 

7 

6 

tt 

Gothic Number 3 

tt 

tt 

Modern Number 2. 

tt 

tt 

7 

6 

tt 

Antique Number 3 

tt 

tt 

De Vinne. 

<t 

u 

10 

6 

it 

Cheltenham Bold 

tt 

if 

Century Expanded. 

u 

a 

11 

7 

tt 

Antique Black Number 1 

tt 

ft 

French Number 28. 

a 

u 

18 

7 

« 

Bold Face Number 1 

tt 

fl 

Modern Number 2. 

ft 

u 

15 

7 

u 

Gothic Number 3 

tt 

ft 

Modern Number 2. 

u 

a 

15 

8 

tt 

Title Number 1 

tt 

ft 

Modern Number 19. 

a 

u 

22 

8 

tt 

Antique Number 3 

tt 

ft 

De Vinne. 

a 

a 

26 

8 

tt 

Antique Number 1 

tt 

tt 

Old Style Number 1. 

a 

tt 

34 

8 

tt 

Title Number 1 

a 

ft 

Old Style Number 1. 

tt 

tt 

35 

8 

u 

Gothic Number 3 

tt 

ft 

Modern Number 2. 

u 

tt 

20 

8 

tt 

Gothic Number 3 

tt 

ft 

10 point Clarendon Number 1 

a 

tt 

139 

9 

tt 

Antique Number 3 

tt 

it 

De Vinne. 

tt 

tt 

36 

10 

tt 

Antique Number 3 

it 

If 

De Vinne. 

a 

tt 

53 

10 

tt 

Antique Number 1 

tt 

a 

Old Style Number 1. 

a 

a 

60 

10 

tt 

Title Number 1 

tt 

ti 

Old Style Number 1. 

ft 

tt 

61 

10 

tt 

Clarendon Number 1 

u 

tt 

8 point Gothic Number 3.... 

tt 

tt 

139 

11 

a 

Antique Number 3 

tt 

u 

De Vinne. 

a 

tt 

86 

11 

a 

Antique Number 1 

tt 

u 

Old Style Number 1. 

a 

tt 

89 

12 

tt 

Antique Number 1 

a 

u 

Old Style Number 1. 

tt 

it 

107 


146 




























LINOTYPE TABLE 

BOLD FACES WHICH MAY BE RUN INDEPENDENTLY 



2. BOLD FACES that can be run independently and may be used, at slight 
extra cost, in the composition of straight matter set entirely in bold face. 

5}/2 point Clarendon Number 1 . 


2 

6 

“ Bold Face Number 1 . 

« 

u 

7 

6 

“ Bold Face Number 2. 

u 

u 

5 

6 

“ Antique Number 2. 

u 

u 

6 

6 

“ Antique Number 3. 

a 

a 

10 

6 

“ Gothic Number 3. 

a 

u 

7 

6 

“ Cheltenham Bold. 

a 

a 

11 

7 

“ Antique Black Number 1 . 

u 

u 

18 

7 

u Bold Face Number 1 . 

a 

a 

15 

7 

“ Old Style Antique Number 1. 

u 

u 

131 

7 

“ Doric Number 1 . 

a 

u 

130 

7 

“ Gothic Number 3. 

u 

a 

15 

8 

“ Title Number 1 . 

u 

u 

22 

8 

“ Antique Number 1 . 

a 

a 

34 

8 

“ Ionic Number 1 . 

u 

a 

133 

8 

u Clarendon Number 1 . 

a 

a 

134 

8 

“ Title Number 2 with Title Italic. 

u 

a 

135 

8 

“ Antique Number 3. 

u 

a 

26 

8 

“ Gothic Number 3. 

u 

u 

20 

8 

“ Gothic Number 3. 

a 

a 

139 

8 

“ Gothic Number 9. 

a 

u 

132 

9 

u Antique Number 3.. 

u 

a 

36 

9 

“ Antique Number 3 (aligns with 10 point). 

u 

a 

136 

10 

“ Title Number 1 . 

u 

u 

61 

10 

“ Antique Number 1 . 

u 

u 

60 

10 

11 Clarendon Number 1 . 

a 

u 

139 

10 

“ Gothic Condensed Number 1 . 

a 

u 

140 

10 

“ Antique Number 3. 

u 

u 

53 

10 

“ Caslon Bold Number 3. 

u 

a 

137 

10 

* Antique Italic Number 1 . 

u 

a 

63 

10 

“ Antique Number 3 (aligns with 11 point). 

a 

u 

138 

11 

“ Antique Number 1 . 

a 

a 

89 

11 

“ Gothic Condensed Number 1 ... 

a 

u 

141 

11 

u Doric Number 2. 

u 

a 

142 

11 

“ Antique Number 3. 

u 

u 

86 

12 

“ Antique Number 1 . 

u 

u 

107 

18 

u Century Bold. 

147 

a 

a 

143 











































LINOTYPE TABLE 

BOLD FACES WHICH MAY RUN WITH ANY ROMAN FACE 

3. BOLD FACES that can be run with any Roman Face of correspond¬ 
ing size, but whose use involves extra trouble and expense if run with any faces 
other than those shown in Table 1, page 146. 


6 

u 

Bold Face Number 1 

u 

u 

a 

a 

6 

a 

u 



a 

a 

7 

6 

tt 

Bold Face Number 2 

it 

u 

a 

a 

6 

a 

it 



a 

a 

5 

6 

u 

Antique Number 2 

a 

a 

a 

u 

6 

a 

u 



u 

it 

6 

6 

a 

Antique Number 3 

a 

a 

a 

u 

6 

it 

tt 



a 

it 

10 

6 

u 

Gothic Number 3 

it 

u 

u 

u 

6 

a 

it 



it 

a 

7 

6 

a 

Cheltenham Bold 

u 

a 

a 

u 

6 

u 

u 



it 

ii 

11 

7 

it 

Antique Black Number 1 

11 

u 

u 

a 

7 

Cl 

It 



ti 

a 

18 

7 

it 

Bold Face Number 1 

a 

a 

a 

a 

7 

a 

It 



u 

it 

15 

7 

a 

Old Style Antique Number 1 

a 

a 

a 

u 

7 

a 

it 



tt 

it 

131 

7 

u 

Doric Number 1 

u 

a 

a 

a 

7 

a 

a 



it 

a 

130 

7 

tt 

Gothic Number 3 

a 

a 

u 

u 

7 

a 

tt 



tt 

it 

15 

8 

a 

Title Number 1 

a 

u 

u 

a 

8 

a 

a 



tt 

it 

22 

8 

tt 

Antique Number 1 

a 

a 

u 

a 

8 

u 

it 



it 

it 

34 

8 

a 

Ionic Number 1 

a 

a 

a 

a 

8 

u 

u 



tt 

it 

133 

8 

a 

Clarendon Number 1 

a 

a 

a 

u 

8 

it 

it 



tt 

a 

134 

8 

u 

Title Number 2 

a 

a 

a 

it 

8 

u 

it 



it 

it 

135 

8 

it 

Antique Number 3 

a 

u 

a 

u 

8 

it 

ti 



tt 

it 

26 

8 

tt 

Gothic Number 3 

a 

u 

(l 

it 

8 

ii 

u 



it 

tt 

20 

8 

it 

Gothic Number 3 

a 

a 

a 

a 

10 

a 

it 



u 

it 

139 

8 

a 

Gothic Number 9 

tt 

u 

u 

u 

8 

it 

it 



a 

it 

132 

9 

a 

Antique Number 3 

a 

a 

a 

it 

9 

ti 

u 



tt 

it 

36 

9 

ti 

Antique Number 3 

tt 

a 

u 

it 

10 

u 

a 



it 

it 

136 

10 

it 

Title Number 1 

it 

u 

u 

a 

10 

it 

it 



tt 

a 

61 

10 

u 

Antique Number 1 

it 

a 

a 

a 

10 

ti 

tt 



a 

tt 

60 

10 

u 

Clarendon Number 1 

tt 

a 

a 

a 

10 

a 

it 



a 

it 

139 

10 

a 

i 

Gothic Condensed Number 1 

u 

a 

u 

u 

10 

u 

u 



u 

ii 

140 

10 

a 

Antique Number 3 

a 

u 

u 

ii 

10 

u 

a 



it 

u 

53 

10 

a 

Caslon Bold Number 3 

a 

a 

u 

ti 

10 

u 

a 



ii 

a 

137 

10 

a 

Antique Number 3 

« 

« 

M 

u 

11 

tt 

a 



u 

u 

138 

10 

a 

Antique Italic Number 1 

a 

u 

a 

u 

10 

it 

u 



u 

tt 

63 

11 

it 

Antique Number 1 

a 

u 

a 

u 

11 

a 

it 



ii 

a 

89 

11 

a 

Gothic Condensed Number 1 

a 

a 

u 

a 

11 

it 

it 



tt 

u 

141 

11 

tt 

Doric Number 2 

a 

u 

a 

u 

11 

a 

u 



tt 

it 

142 

11 

u 

Antique Number 3 

u 

a 

u 

u 

11 

u 

it 



a 

u 

86 

12 

tt 

Antique Number 1 

a 

u 

a 

it 

12 

it 

u 



tt 

it 

107 

18 

u 

Century Bold 

a 

u 

a 

a 

18 

a 

a 



u 

a 

143 


148 









OF 

LINOTYPE TABLE 

COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY ALL SIZES 

Size 

Number 

Page 

BOLD FACES 

5£ pt. 

1 Clar. 

2 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 

6 “ 

3 Ant. 

10 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inc 

6 “ 

Chelt. B. 

11 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inc 

6 “ 

2 B.F. 

5 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to i 

6 “ 

3 Goth. 

7 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

6 “ 

2 Ant. 

6 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

6 “ 

1 B.F. 

7 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems sui 

7 “ 

lO.S.Ant 

131 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited t 

7 “ 

1 B.F. 

15 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

7 “ 

3 Goth. 

15 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

7 “ 

1 Ant.Bl. 

18 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

7 “ 

Doric 

130 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

8 “ 

1 Title 

22, 35 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suite 

8 “ 

1 Clar. 

134 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

8 “ 

3 Ant. 

26 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

8 “ 

1 Ant. 

34 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

8 “ 

3 Goth. 

20,139 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

8 “ 

1 Ionic 

133 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 

8 “ 

2 Title 

135 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

8 “ 

“ Ital. 

135 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

8 “ 

9 Goth. 

132 

There are times when some word of limited meaning se 

9 “ 

3 Ant. 

36,136 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

10 “ 

1 Goth. 

140 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

10 “ 

1 Clar. 

139 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

1 Title 

61 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

10 “ 

3 Ant. 

53,138 

There are times when some word of limited meaning se 

10 “ 

1 Ant. 

60 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

10 “ 

1 Ant. It. 

63 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

10 “ 

Cas. Bold 

137 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

1 Goth. 

141 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

1 Ant. 

89 

There are times when some word of limited meanin 

11 “ 

3 Ant. 

86 

There are times when some word of limited mean 

11 “ 

2 Doric 

142 

There are times when some word of 

12 “ 

1 Ant. 

107 

There are times when some word of limited me 

18 “ 

Cen. B. 

143 

There are times when some word o 

149 





















LINOTYPE TABLE 

OF COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY ALL SIZES 

Continued 


Size 


5? pt. 
5* “ 
5* “ 
6 “ 


6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 


9 

9 

9 

9 

10 

10 

10 

10 


(t 

t< 

u 

it 

a 
(i 


6 “ 
7 “ 


a 


7 
7 
7 

7 

8 “ 


8 

8 


U 

a 

8 “ 

il 


8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 “ 


n 


(( 


<< 


a 


a 


K 


a 


Number 


3 Mod. 

1 Mod. 

2 Mod. 

12 Mod. 
1 O.S. 

DeVinne 

3 Mod. 
Century 

1 Mod. 
16 Mod. 

2 Mod. 

1 O.S. 

21 Mod. 

1 Mod. 
28French 

2 Mod. 
Chelt. 

7 O.S. 

19 Mod. 
DeVinne 
Scotch 
Caslon 
21 Mod. 
10.S. 

2 Mod. 
16 Mod. 
28French 

Caslon 

DeVinne 

13 Mod. 
1 O.S. 
Chelt. 
Scotch 

3 O.S. 
Caslon 


Page 


4 
2 
3 
9 

13 
10 

8 

11 

5 
12 

6-7 

19 
16 

14 
18 

15 
32 

30 
22-23 
26-27 
28-29 

31 
25 

34-35 

20 
21 
24 
39 

36-37 

38 

40-41 

72 

50-51 

64-65 

66-67 


ROMAN FACES 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include t 
There are times w’hen some word of limited meaning seems suited to includ 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
There are times when some w r ord of limited meaning seems suited to inclu 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inc 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to in 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to i 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suite 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inc 
There are times -when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited t 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inclu 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to i 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited t 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited t 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited t 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 
There are times when some w r ord of limited meaning seems 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suite 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 
There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 


150 




















OF 

LINOTYPE TABLE 

COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY ALL SIZES 

Continued 

Size 

Number 

Page 

ROMAN FACES 

10 “ 

Orig.O.S. 

68-69 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 

10 “ 

7 O.S. 

70-71 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 

10 “ 

13 Mod. 

42-43 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

10 “ 

Bodoni 

56-59 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

10 “ 

1 O.S. 

60-63 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

10 “ 

21 Mod. 

46-48 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

DeVinne 

52-55 

There are times when some word of limited meaning se 

10 “ 

16 Mod. 

44-45 

There are times when some word of limited meani 

11 “ 

9 Mod. 

76-77 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

11 “ 

Scotch 

82-84 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

11 “ 

7 O.S. 

92-93 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

11 “ 

1 O.S. 

88-91 

There are times when some word of limited meaning se 

11 “ 

1 Mod. 

74-75 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

21 Mod. 

78-80 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

Caslon 

94-96 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

DeVinne 

85-87 

There are times when some word of limited mean 

12 “ 

Bodoni 

98-99 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

12 “ 

Orig.O.S. 

110-11 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

12 “ 

Scotch 

100-3 

There are times when some word of limited mean 

12 “ 

1 O.S. 

106-9 

There are times when some word of limited mean 

12 “ 

Caslon 

112-15 

There are times when some word of limited me 

12 “ 

DeVinne 

104-5 

There are times when some word of limited m 

14 “ 

Bodoni 

116-19 

There are times when some word of limited mean 

14 “ 

Orig.O.S. 

126-27 

There are times when some word of limited 

14 “ 

Caslon 

124-25 

There are times when some word of limite 

14 “ 

DeVinne 

120-23 

There are times when some word of limi 

18 “ 

Century 

128 

There are times when some word 

151 


























HALFTONE AND LINE WORK 


Nearly all illustrations used in book, magazine and newspaper work are made 
by the photo-engraving process. Stated in its simplest terms, this means that the 
subject is photographed, the negative chemically treated, the picture transferred 
to a suitably prepared, highly finished metal plate and this plate etched by an acid 
which removes all superfluous metal, leaving in relief a perfect reproduction of the 
original subject. After the necessary hand finishing, and attaching to a wood 
block, type high, the plate is ready to be printed. 

Any object may be accurately and expeditiously reproduced. Most repro¬ 
ductions are made from drawings, photographs and prints. Subjects which are 
composed of solids, lines, dots or dashes reproduce as line cuts, while those that 
contain different color values, shades or tones reproduce as halftone engravings. 
Line cuts are generally made on zinc, though very fine ones are sometimes made on 
copper. Halftone engravings are almost always on copper; they are considerably 
more expensive than line cuts. Subjects which reproduce as line cuts are photo¬ 
graphed in the usual way, but subjects which reproduce as halftones are photo¬ 
graphed through a “screen.” This “screen” consists of a glass plate ruled to 
give small, regular transparent squares and is placed in the back of the camera 
directly in front of the photographic plate. The result of photographing through 
this screen is a negative on which all tones of the original are rendered by means 
of large and small squares. The negative is developed and coated with solutions 
of rubber and collodion, producing a thick skin which with the picture is soaked 
off the negative glass and turned on a thick glass plate and placed in a 
printing frame in contact with the prepared copper plate on which the engraving 
is to be made. When exposed, light passes through the little squares rendering 
the coating on the plate under them insoluble in water. The other parts of the 
coating are washed away, and when the plate is dried and heated the deposit re¬ 
maining on the metal is a hard acid resist enamel reproduction of the original. 
The plate is then placed in an acid, which eats away the unprotected metal, 
leaving a perfect relief reproduction of the original. After the plate is thus made 
it may be hand finished, tooled or re-etched in order to improve its printing 
qualities. It is then mounted on a wood block, type high, and is ready for the 
press. The line process is almost identical with the halftone, except that no screen 
is used. 

Line cuts consisting of mere outlines, or very open in character, may print on 
paper of almost any finish, but if they have much detail smooth paper will give 
better results. In any event, the smoother the printing surface the clearer and 
sharper will be the impression when printed. Halftone engravings, however, 
must always print on smooth paper, unless specially made for other stock. 


LINE ETCHINGS AND HALFTONE ENGRAVINGS 




Line Cut in 
Outline 


Squared Halftone 


The six engravings shown on this page illustrate all the commonly used forms. 
Three are line work, usually called line cuts or zinc etchings, and three are halftone 

engravings, generally called halftones or half¬ 
tone cuts. The term plate, however, is to be 
preferred to cut, as the latter is only a reminder 
of the now obsolete wood cut. The first line 
plate is composed only of plain lines and is the 
simplest possible form; it may be printed on 
paper of almost any finish. The second shows 
the same subject but it is elaborated by the 
addition of broken and irregular lines that pro¬ 
duce a shaded effect and give some detail to 
the picture; the paper on which to print 
it should be slightly smoother than that 
which may be used for the simple outline. 

The third shows the same subject again, but 
this time with the addition of Ben Day which 
is a screen-like effect in dots and lines. These 
three etchings show the general character and 
style of line engraving from the plain outline to 
the more complicated Ben Day treatment. 

On the other side of the page are shown 
three halftone engravings finished in the 
styles most commonly used. The first is 
known as the squared halftone, as the back¬ 
ground is carried out uniformly to the four 
edges and is often bordered by a light engrav¬ 
er’s line. This is the easiest form of halftone 
to print. The second has the background 
entirely cut away, leaving the subject in out¬ 
line and is called outline or silhouette. Oval 
and circular plates are considered as a form of 
silhouetting. The third has the background 
shaded off gradually to a disappearing edge 
and is a vignette. These engravings are more 
expensive to make than those with squared 
finish and require longer time on press to Vignetted 

make ready properly. Halftone 




Line Cut with 
Detail 


Silhouetted 

Halftone 




Line Cut with 
Ben Day 


2 



HALFTONE SCREENS 






Halftone engravings, in order to print satisfactorily, must always be made with 
a screen suited to the surface of the paper on which they will be printed. If the 
highest quality of coated paper is used and ample time can be taken to make ready 

on the press, engravings of very fine 
screens, even 175 or 200, are practicable, 
but 150 screen will in many cases be more 
satisfactory; with the average quality of 
coated paper, 150 screen is generally used, 
but 133 screen will often give better re¬ 
sults. When high finished super calendered 
paper or “Koatine” is used, the halftone 
may be of 133 screen, but if the paper is of 
85 Screen only moderate finish, 120 screen is to be 

preferred. With good English Finish or 
high Machine Finish, 120 screen usually 
answers. On the grade of Machine Finish, 
known as Catalogue, 110 is commonly used. 

On news stock the screen should be 85 or 
even 65. These halftones, also called news 
tones, are generally etched on zinc. 


133 Screen 


Particular care should be taken in or¬ 
dering engravings to obtain the most 
110 Screen & & & 

suitable screen for the stock to be used. 
In case of doubt, a sample of the paper 
selected should be shown to the photo¬ 
engraver and his advice asked. 

The proofs of engravings furnished by 
the engraver are pulled with special care on 
the most suitable stock, using ink specially 
ground for hand press work and are better 
than impressions obtained in printing on 
120 Screen an ordinary press. 


150 Screen 


175 Screen 




3 



















HOW TO REDUCE A PICTURE 


Illustrations for use in books and magazines are usually made from photo¬ 
graphs or drawings which are considerably larger than the pictures that are to 
be made, consequently there must nearly always be reduction in size. When wood 
engraving was the predominant method of illustration the proportions of an object 
could, if desired, be changed when an engraving was made, but today this is 
impossible because practically all reproductions are made by photography. The 
camera reproduces the object precisely as it is; it can enlarge it or reduce it in 
size but it cannot change its proportions. If the length is reduced one half 
or one quarter, the width also is automatically reduced one half or one quarter. 
It is sometimes supposed that the different proportions of an object may be 
changed in reproducing it, but this cannot be done when an object is repro¬ 
duced by photography unless a new painting or drawing is made of the pro¬ 
portions desired, or the plate cropped or cut down as required. 

When an engraving is to be made of any object for the purpose of illustration 
it is frequently important to know accurately just what its exact size will be—if its 
length is decided on, what will be its width, or if its width is decided on, what will 
be its length. This, of course, can be readily figured out by proportion, but it is 
simpler and more satisfactory to present it to the eye by a diagram, which may be 
readily done as shown below. 

Suppose the rectangle A B C D represents a picture to be reduced and is 
2f x lyf inches. First draw a diagonal line DB. If the engraving to be made is If 

inches wide, measure off If inches 
B from D on the line DC to the 
point E , which gives the width 
required for the engraving. Then 
draw a vertical line parallel with 
CB from E until it meets the 
diagonal at F, which gives the 
height of the engraving. Then 
draw a line parallel with ED from 
F to G and the exact size of the 
engraving will be shown by the 
Q small rectangle DEFG. 

In case the engraving is to be 
made f inches high, after drawing the diagonal DB, measure off f inches on the 
line DA to the point G. Then draw a parallel to the line DC from G which will 
strike the diagonal line at F. Then draw a parallel to BC from F to E and the 
small rectangle DEFG will show the exact size the engraving will be. 



* 


4 







MONOTYPE FACES 

Pages 154-267 Inclusive 


Pages 153 -168 printed on 

Westvaco Super 25x38-70 

West Virginia Pulp & Paper Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25x38-45 bulks about 848 pages to one inch 
25x38-50 bulks about 692 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 552 pages to one inch 
25x38-70 bulks about 486 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 







FOUR AND ONE-HALF POINT MODERN 


154 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition-r-linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent management, 
be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of 
activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any other 
house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they are 
obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because the final; 
and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in 
the printing art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the 
art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, 
proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, 
one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the last century—im¬ 
proved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and-composing machines and machine-made 
paper to develop the printing industry to its present great proportions and to make it a calling 
distinct from publishing. The publishers of newspapers and of some of the larger periodicals 
usually do their own printing, but a vast majority of book and magazine publishers depend 


154 FOUR AND ONE-HALF POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
Upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent management, 
be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of 
activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any other 
house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they are 
obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because the final; 
and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in 
the printing art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the 
art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, 
proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, 
one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the last century—im- 


One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3/4x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
35 lines, 555 words 
58 words to square inch 


Monotype Number 8A—Leaded Half Point and 
Leaded Half Point 

Type 31^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
39 lines, 613 words 
64 words to square inch 







FIVE POINT MODERN 


155 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 'printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 
unit of high efficiency'. It has probaoly turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they 
are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because 
the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of processes 
is included in the printing art and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In 
the early days of the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was 
type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as 
well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the last century 
—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and-composing machines and 
machine-made paper to develop the printing industry to its present great proportions and 


FIVE POINT MODERN 155 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, de¬ 
lays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 
unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they 
are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because 
the final; and Its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of processes 


Monotype Number 8A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 ^ inches 
21x17 picas 
39 lines, 576 words 
60 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 465 words 
49 words to square inch 




156 FIVE AND ONE-HALF POINT MODERN EXTENDED (LAW) 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that 
has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. 
It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of 
publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by 
which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most 
important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. 


156 Five and One-half Point Modern Extended (Law) 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and Josses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that 
has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience. 


Monotype Number 5A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
35 lines, 452 words 
49 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 31^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
29 lines, 372 words 
39 words to square inch 






SIX POINT MODERN EXTENDED (LAW) 157 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
ana distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu- 


SIX POINT MODERN EXTENDED ( LAW) 157 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited tQ 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style-and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of pripting may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development 
only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 


Monotype Number 5A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type inches 

21x17 picas 
31 lines, 374 words 
41 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
28 lines, 338 words 
35 words to square inch 







158 SIX POINT MODERN CONDENSED 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex compo¬ 
sition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of 
activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men w T ho have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any other house 
in the country. 

158 SIX POINT MODERN CONDENSED AND HEAVY ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex compo¬ 
sition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of 
activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has 

trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has achieved 


Monotype Number iA—Leaded One Point 

Numbers iA and 26J, 5 Point—Leaded Two Points 

Leaded 1 Point Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3 J^x2 H inches Type 3^x2^ inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

27 lines, 419 words 24 lines, 368 words 

45 words to square inch 40 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 








SIX POINT MODERN EXTENDED 159 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy ; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors bf fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparativeiy brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years ; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 


Six Point Modern Extended 159 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand ; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language ; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized' waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com- 


Monotype Number 9A—Solid and Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 321 words 
34 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3 }4 x2 7 /s inches 
21x17 picas 
24 lines, 239 words 
26 words to square inch 




160 SIX POINT MODERN AND LINING GOTHIC 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be— his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects ancl capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a 
century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to 
none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed success¬ 
ful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its 
organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than 
any other house in the country. 

160 Six Point Modern and Heavy Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
* Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a 
century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to 
none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed success- 


Monotype Numbers 8A and 66J—Solid 

Numbers 8A and 26J—Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3%X2% inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 419 words 
44 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3)4x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 349 words 
38 words to square inch 







SIX POINT MODERN AND DE VINNE BOLD 161 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or pressioork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience —a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a 
century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to 
none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed success¬ 
ful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its 
organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than 
any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which 
they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, 
because the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire 
series of processes is included in the printing art; and a printer is one who performs 
any or all of them. In the early days of the art he cast his own type and then 
composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman 
and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one 
first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the last 
century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and-composing 
machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing industry to its present 
great proportions and to make it a calling distinct from publishing. The 
publishers of newspapers and of some of the larger periodicals usually do their 
own printing, but a vast majority of book and magazine publishers depend 
upon highly developed complete plants for prompt production of their work. 
These plants, known as printing houses, sometimes combine all the functions of 
the early printer and add electrotyping to them. It is upon their organization, 
efficiency and service that the publisher and the public depend for the prompt 
production of printing no matter how difficult or complicated it may be or how large 


/ 


Monotype Numbers 8 A and nj—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34^ picas 
51 lines, 680 words 
35 words to square inch 






162 SIX POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 
unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they 
are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because 
the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of proc- 


162 Six Point Scotch Roman 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art 
of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and find binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 


Monotype Number 
Set 


36A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Solid 

Type 314x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 469 words 
50 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3%X2% inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 387 words 
40 words to square inch 


/ 







SIX POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 163 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 
men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufactur¬ 
ing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and served a 
larger number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they 
are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most important, because 
the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An entire series of proc- 


Six Point Bruce OIL Style and Title 163 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—-his organization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product 
of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when Its various departments are welded together In a close 
organization under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century 
of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or 
in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained 


Monotype 


Number 31E—Solid 

Numbers 31E and 28J, 5 Yi Point—Leaded 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 K inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 469 words 
50 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5 x 7 Vi 

Two Points 

Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^X2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
24 lines, 342 words 
37 words to square inch 


inches—Showing Margins 




164 SIX POINT FARMER OLD STYLE AND CASLON BOLD 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 
whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
Presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various de¬ 
partments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a 
century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to 
none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed success¬ 
ful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its 
organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has prob¬ 
ably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than 
any other house in the country. 


164 Six Point Farmer Old Style, Cushing Antique and Italic 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 
whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be —his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long experience 
—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a 
century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has been 
in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position second to 
none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed success- 


Monotype Numbers 15E and 79J—Solid 

Numbers 15E, 25J and 25K—Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 K inches 
21x17 picas 
32 lines, 420 words 
45 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^X2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 355 words 
38 words to square inch 







SEVEN POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 165 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has 
been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. 
It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger number of pub¬ 
lishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which 
they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most impor¬ 
tant, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. An 
entire series of processes is included in the printing art; and a printer is one who 
performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art he cast his own type 
and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, 
pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a pub¬ 
lisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the last 
century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and-composing 
machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing industry to its present 
great proportions and to make it a calling distinct from publishing. The pub¬ 
lishers of newspapers and of some of the larger periodicals usually do their own 


Monotype Number 31E—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 Vs inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21X34H picas 
45 lines, 594 words 
30 words to square inch 


\ 






166 Seven Point Modern and Title 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. - 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning,” the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; elec¬ 
trotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances delays and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments are welded together in 
a close organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

166 SEVEN POINT MODERN AND TITLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such 
a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be— his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must 
be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart- 


Monotype Numbers 8A and 28J, 6 Point—Solid 

Numbers 8A and 28J, 7 Point—Leaded One Point 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 


Set Solid 

Type 3HX2J4 inches 
21x17 picas 
27 lines, 303 words 
33 words to square inch 


Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3 / 4 x 2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 259 words 
29 words to square inch 







SEVEN POINT BINNEY OLD STYLE AND GOTHIC CAPS 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; elec¬ 
trotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles the whole 
as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and charac¬ 
ter that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has 
achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. 
It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 
perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organization 
AND DEVELOPED A MANUFACTURING UNIT OF HIGH EFFICIENCY. IT HAS 
PROBABLY TURNED OUT MORE VARIED WORK AND SERVED A LARGER 
NUMBER OF PUBLISHERS THAN ANY OTHER HOUSE IN THE COUNTRY. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods 
by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems 
the most important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to 
include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in the print¬ 
ing art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early 
days of the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; 
he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. 
He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first 

167 


MonotVDe Numbers 21E and 48J —Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 V 2 xS% inches 
21x34^ picas 
45 lines, 529 words 
27 words to square inch 






168 Six Point Cheltenham Bold Extra Condensed 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co ordinated 
in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of f very style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a 
position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 
long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by which they are obtained; the last 

168 Eight Point Cheltenham 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 


Monotype Numbers 141J and 64J—Leaded Two Points 
Type 33^x2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
24 lines, 445 words 
48 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 
Type 3^X2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
19 lines, 238 words 
26 words to square inch 








Pages 169 - 184 printed on 

Ivory English Finish, 25x38-70 

Paul E. Vernon Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38-50 bulks about 654 pages to one inch 
25x38-60 bulks about 584 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-70 bulks about 500 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-80 bulks about 436 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








170 Eight Point Modern and Cushing Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 

Eight Point Modern and Cushing Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara- 

170 


Monotype Numbers 8 A and 25J. 7 Point—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Numbers 8 A and 25J, 8 Point—Leaded One Point 

Set Solid Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2^ inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

23 lines, 247 words 21 lines, 222 words 

28 words to square inch 24 words to square inch 








Eight Point Modern and Lining Gothic 171 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a com¬ 
paratively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close organiza¬ 
tion under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. 
It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who 
have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of 
their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. 
More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, 
improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of 
high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and 
served a larger number of publishers than any other house in the 
country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes 


Monotype Numbers 8A and 66J—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 Ms inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34 Vi picas 
40 lines, 440 words 
23 words to square inch 







172 EIGHT POINT CENTURY EXPANDED 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing , which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaderscompetent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be po-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 

172 Eight Point Century Expanded 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of mul¬ 
tiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaderscompetent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara- 


Monotype Number 20A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 248 words 
27 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5 x 7 3 A inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 33^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
21 lines, 224 words 
24 words to square inch 






EIGHT POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 


173 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is 'printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 


Eight Point Scotch Roman 


173 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswwk; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 


Monotype Number 36A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
23 lines, 265 words 
30 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 33^x2 Yz inches 
21x17 picas 
21 lines, 241 words 
27 words to square inch 




174 EIGHT POINT WILSON 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
Sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of 

174 Eight Point Wilson 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of 
divided responsibility entirely removed. 


Monotype Number 152A—Solid and Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Set Solid Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2 % inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

23 lines, 244 words 19 lines, 200 words 

28 words to square inch 22 words to square inch 







Eight Point Bruce Old Style and Gothic Condensed 175 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full de¬ 
velopment only when its various departments are welded together in a 
close organization under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and char¬ 
acter that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has 
achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone 
out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. It 
has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, per¬ 
haps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved its organization, 
and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably 
turned out more varied work and served a larger number of publishers 
than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results, and much less in the methods 
by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems 
the most important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to 
include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in the print¬ 
ing art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the 
early days of the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed 
it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. 
He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first 


Monotype Numbers 31E and 49J—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 HxsM inches 
21x34^ picas 
44 lines, 534 words 
28 words to square inch 





176 EIGHT POINT FRENCH OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under compe¬ 
tent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only 
when its various departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimi¬ 
lated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu¬ 
facturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied 
work and served a larger number of publishers than any other house in 
the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods 
by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems 
the most important because the final; and its name is apt to be used to 
include the whole. An entire series of processes is included in the printing 
art, and a printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days 
of the art he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was 
type-founder, compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also 
publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first had to be a 
printer. 


Monotype Number 172E—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 /6x 6^ inches 43 lines, 540 words 

23x37 picas 23 words to square inch 









EIGHT POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 177 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects 
in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer y 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that 
has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have 
striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long expe¬ 
rience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high 
efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by 
which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most 
important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the 
whole. An entire series of processes is included in the printing art, and a 
printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art 
he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, 
compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well 
—in fact, to become a publisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the 
last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and- 
composing machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing industry 


Monotype Number 137E—Leaded Two Points 

Type inches 

23x37^ Picas 


Trim Size 5 54 x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

43 lines, 556 words 
24 words to square inch 








178 EIGHT POINT FARMER OLD STYLE AND CASLON BOLD 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has 
been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and devel¬ 
oped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 

178 Eight Point Farmer Old Style and Caslon Bold Italic 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work , no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half 
a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character that has 
been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a position 


Monotype Numbers 15E, 79J and 7gK 
Set Solid—Type 4^x3 !4 inches 
25x21 picas 


28 lines, 360 words Leaded 

28 words to square inch 


Trim Size 

1 Point—Type 4^x3 % inches 
25x21 picas 


6x9 inches—Showing Margins 
26 lines, 333 words 
25 words to square inch 






NINE POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 


179 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to in¬ 
clude the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
'printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved a 
position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated 
its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manufacturing 
unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and 
served a larger number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by 
which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most 
important, because the final; and its name is apt to be used to include the 
whole. An entire series of processes is included in the printing art, and a 
printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art 
he cast his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, 
compositor, proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as 
well—in fact, to become a publisher, one first had to be a printer. 

It required several centuries of time, but principally the inventions of the 
last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and-com- 
posing machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing industry to 
its present great proportions and to make it a calling distinct from publishing. 


Monotype Number 3 6A-Leaded Two Points „ . Trim Size 6x * inches-Showing Margins 

ivionoiypo xiuoii j Type inc h es 45 l mes , 570 words 

25x42 picas 20 words to square inch 





180 NINE POINT MODERN AND HEAVY ANTIQUE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

180 Nine Point Modern and Heavy Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 


Monotype Numbers 8A and 26J, 8 Point—Solid 

Numbers 8A and 26J, 9 Point—Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 Vs inches 
21x17 picas 
20 lines, 199 words 
23 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
19 lines, 192 words 
21 words to square inch 






NINE POINT CENTURY EXPANDED 181 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged 
in printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 


Monotype Number 20A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
36 lines, 336 words 
18 words to square inch 







182 nine point farmer old style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

182 NINE POINT FARMER OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 


Monotype Number 15E—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x17 picas 
20 lines, 199 words 
23 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 31^x2 Vs inches 
21x17 picas 
19 lines, 191 words 
21 words to square inch 







Nine Point Farmer Old Style and Title 183 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time mini¬ 
mized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and devel¬ 
oped successful business of their own. It has set a pace that 
others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 


Monotype Numbers 15E and 28J—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 3 A inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 3 ^x 5 % inches 
2 IX 34 J 4 picas 
36 lines, 367 words 
20 words to square inch 





184 NINE POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided respon¬ 
sibility entirely removed. 

184 Nine Point Bruce Old Style and Manila 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer 


Monotype Numbers 31E and 92J, 8 point—Solid and Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Set Solid Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2% inches Type 3^x2% inches 

21x17 picas 21x17 picas 

20 lines, 204 words 17 lines, 173 words 

24 words to square inch 19 words to square inch 







Pages 185 - 200 printed on 

Library Text, 25x38-60 

Henry Lindenmeyr £sf Sons 

SIZES AND BULKS 

2 5 x 38-50 bulks about 720 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-60 bulks about 600 pages to one inch 
25x38-70 bulks about 514 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








186 NINE POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays and losses of divided respon¬ 
sibility entirely removed. 

186 Nine Point Caslon Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which stjictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays and losses of divided respon- 


Monotype Number 137E—Solid and Leaded 1 Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x1714 picas 
20 lines, 205 words 
24 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3^x2^ inches 
21x1714 picas 
19 lines, 195 words 
22 words to square inch 








NINE POINT CASLON AND 0. S. ANT. ITALIC 187 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presszvork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided re- 
sponsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a compara¬ 
tively brief time, though nothing can take the place of the expe¬ 
rience that comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of long expe¬ 
rience—a growth which reaches its full development only when 
its various departments are welded together in a close organ¬ 
ization under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its 
more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of 
every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand 
during that period. It has achieved a position second to none. 
It has trained men who have gone out into the trade and 
developed successful business of their own. It has set a pace 
that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it 


Monotype Numbers 137E and 25K—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 HxS/€ inches 
21x34 picas 
36 lines, 372 words 
19 words to square inch 






188 Ten Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing , which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 

Ten Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the- art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 

188 


Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point 

Type 3 3^x2 Ys inches 
21x17 picas 
17 lines, 148 words 
17 words to square inch 


Monotype Number 4A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2 Ys inches 
21x17 picas 
18 lines, 156 words 
18 words to square inch 





Ten Point Century Expanded and Lining Gothic 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing , which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated 

Ten Point Century Expanded and Title 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable material 
or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of de- 

189 


Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3^x2 y 9 inches 
21x17 picas 
15 lines, 131 words 
15 words to square inch 


Monotype Numbers 20A and 66J—Solid 

Numbers 20A and 28J—Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 3^x2% inches 
21x17 picas 
18 lines, 155 words 
18 words to square inch 





190 


TEN POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, -and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and lan¬ 
guage; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

190 Ten Point Modern 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and lan¬ 
guage; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete 


Monotype Number 8 A—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid—Type 3^x3 34 inches 
23x1834 picas 
20 lines, 197 words 
19 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5 3 /sx 8 inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point—Type 354x3 % inches 

23x18^ picas 


18 lines, 178 words 


17 words to square inch 







TEN POINT MODERN 


191 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant Com¬ 
plete is the product of combined departments and the result 
of long experience—a growth which reaches its full develop¬ 
ment only when its various departments are welded together 
in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade 
and developed successful business of their own. It has set a 
pace that others have striven to equal. More important, per- 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded Two Points 

Type inches 

23x37^ Picas 


Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 


36 lines, 362 words 
16 words to square inch 









192 TEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated its 


-- 

Monotype Number 36A—Solid Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
40 lines, 370 words 
20 words to square inch 







TEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 193 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
; printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3}^x5% inches 
21X34H picas 
36 lines, 328 words 
17 words to square inch 









194 Ten Point Scotch Roman 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
press work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; 
press work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has. 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 inches 

21x34^6 picas 
33 lines, 299 words 
16 words to square inch 








Ten Point Scotch Roman 195 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
; printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 


Monotype Number 36A— Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3MX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
31 lines, 277 words 
15 words to square inch 





196 Ten Point Bruce Old Style and Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments are welded ' 
together in a close organization under executive control which 
handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position 
second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 
the tjrade and developed successful business of their own. It 


Monotype Numbers 31E and 25J, 9 point—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
36 lines, 352 words 
18 words to square inch 







TEN POINT FRENCH OLD STYLE 197 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing■, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 

Ten Point French Old Style 197 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as % 


Monotype Number 172E—Solid and Leaded Two Points 
Set Solid 

Type 33 ^X 2 % inches 
21x17 picas 
19 lines, 173 words 
19 words to square inch 


Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 2 Points 

Type 3/^X2% inches 
21x17 picas 

15 lines, 139 words 

16 words to square inch 




TEN POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-d ay. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated 

198 


Monotype Number 137E—Solid Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 3 ^X 5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
39 lines, 362 words 
20 words to square inch 






Ten Point Caslon Old Style 199 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 


Monotype Number 137E —Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 * 7/4 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 334*5/4 inches 
21x34*4 picas 
35 lines, 322 words 
18 words to square inch 








200 TEN POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth, and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less 
than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced, and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely re¬ 
moved. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 



Monotype Number 337E—Leaded Two Points Trim Sixe 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^ x sH inches 
21 x 34}^ picas 
33 lines, 299 words 
16 words to square inch 





Pages 201 - 216 printed on 

Chandler English Finish, 
30^x41-100 

Holden & Hawley Inc. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

23 x 33- 65 bulks about 376 pages to one inch 

25 x 38- 60 bulks about 480 pages to one inch 

25 x 38- 75 bulks about 400 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41-100 bulks about 400 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








202 TEN POINT FARMER OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization in¬ 
cludes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 
competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 

202 Ten Point Farmer Old Style and Cushing Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its' original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, 
no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and edit¬ 
ing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Com¬ 
plete. Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under 


Monotype Numbers 15E and 25J Solid and Leaded One Point Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Set Solid—Type 4^x334 inches 23 lines, 251 words Leaded 1 Point—Type 4^x3% inches 20 lines, 215 words 

25x21 picas 19 words to square inch 25x21 picas 17 words to square inch 







Ten Point Farmer Old Style 


203 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of com¬ 
bined departments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more 
than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. 
It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who 
have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of 
their own. It has set a pace that others have striven to equal. More 
important, perhaps, it has assimilated its long experience, improved 
its organization and developed a manufacturing unit of high efficiency. 
It has probably turned out more varied work and served a larger 
number of publishers than any other house in the country. 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the 
methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes 
often seems the most important, because the final; and its name is 


Monotype Number 15E—Leaded Two Points 

Type inches 

25x42 picas 


40 lines, 446 words 
16 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 








ELEVEN POINT BARNHART 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 'print¬ 
ing , w r hich strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language, electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 

204 


Monotype Number 34A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 ^ inches—Showing Mar gin*; 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34 1 4 picas 
33 lines, 306 words 
16 words to square inch 








Eleven Point Modern 


There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result 

205 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x343^ picas 
32 lines, 254 words 
14 words to square inch 








206 Eleven Point Modern 


There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5®^ inches 
21x34^ picas 
30 lines, 238 words 
13 words to square inch 









ELEVEN POINT MODERN 207 


There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine bind¬ 
ing, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 


Monotype Number 8A—Leaded Three Points Trim Size inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^x 594 inches 
21x34^ picas 
28 lines, 221 words 
12 words to square inch 









ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing , which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyp¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under execu¬ 
tive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

208 


Monotype Number 36A—Solid Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
36 lines, 292 words 
16 words to square inch 








ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 209 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is 'printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electrotyp¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 * 7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34picas 
33 lines, 265 words 
14 words to square inch 





210 Eleven Point Scotch Roman 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro typ¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 

u 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x734 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 24*5 M inches 
21x34 14 picas 
30 lines, 240 words 
13 words to square inch 









Eleven Point Scotch Roman 211 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how sim¬ 
ple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for lay¬ 
ing out and editing copy; for composition—lino¬ 
type, monotype, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro typ¬ 
ing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer , 
for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34 \ 2 picas 
28 lines, 226 words 
12 words to square inch 









212 ELEVEN POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 

212 ELEVEN POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 


Monotype Number 31E—Solid and Leaded One Point 
Set Solid—Type 354x3 Vie inches 
23x18)4 picas 
18 lines, 175 words 
17 words to square inch 


Trim Size 554 x 8 inches—Showing Margins 
Leaded 1 Point—Type 354*3 % inches 

23x18)4 picas 
17 lines, 165 words 
16 words to square inch 







Eleven Point Bruce Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and 
the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive con¬ 
trol which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in de¬ 
mand during that period. It has achieved a position second 

213 


Monotype Number 31E—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^*8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x 6J4 inches 33 lines, 326 words 

23x37^ picas 15 words to square inch 








ELEVEN POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing , which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

214 


Monotype Number 137E—Solid Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %xs 3 4 inches 
21x3414 picas 
36 lines, 300 words 
16 words to square inch 








Eleven Point Caslon Old Style and Caslon Bold 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing , which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presszvork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying 
out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as de¬ 
fects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 
long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments are 

215 


Monotype Numbers 137E and 79J, 10 Point—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 Va inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x343^ picas 
33 lines, 273 words 
IS words to square inch 







216 Eleven Point Caslon Old Style and Antique 


There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing , which strictly means the 
art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presszvork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
Separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex 
composition and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this 
falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
. time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays , and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed . 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 


Monotype Numbers 137E and 25K—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^x 5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
30 lines, 250 words 
14 words to square inch 









Pages 217 - 232 printed on 

Old Style, white, 30\x41-92 

Henry Lindenmeyr & Sons 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30^2 x 41- 66 bulks about 466 pages to one inch 

30^2 x 41- 79 bulks about 390 pages to one inch 

30J/Z x 41- 92 bulks about 330 pages to one inch 

30^2 x 41-105 bulks about 290 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








218 Eleven Point French Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 


Monotype Number 172E—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 s /ex 6 l 4 inches 33 lines, 305 words 

23X37H picas 13 words to square inch 








ELEVEN POINT FRENCH OLD STYLE 219 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean- 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for composi¬ 
tion—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse sub¬ 
jects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Monotype Number 172E—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 Vx 6 V inches 31 lines, 284 words 

23x37 Yt picas 13 words to square inch 





220 ELEVEN POINT FARMER OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capa¬ 
ble of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility 

220 Eleven Point Farmer Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a 
larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, 
monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electro¬ 
typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and econ¬ 
omy for the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 
of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 


Monotype Number 15E—Solid and Leaded One Point Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Set Solid—Type inches 20 lines, 194 words Leaded 1 Point—Type 4H*3 7 /i6 inches 19 lines, 189 words 

25x21 picas 16 words to square inch 25x21 picas 15 words to square inch 







Eleven Point Farmer Old Style 221 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out com¬ 
plete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be 
-—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and cap¬ 
able of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full 
development only when its various departments are welded 
together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 
its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing 
of every style and character that has been in vogue or in 
demand during that period. It has achieved a position second 
to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the 
trade and developed successful business of their own. It has 
set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, 


Monotype Number i 5 E-Leaded Two Points Trim Size 6x <> inches-Showing Margins 

— Type 4 i ^ x7 i nc hes 37 lines, 363 words 

25x42 picas 14 words to square inch 









222 TWELVE POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a 


Monotype Number 8A—Solid Trim Size 5x7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 251 words 
14 words to square inch 







Twelve Point Modern 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 

223 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34 >6 picas 
30 lines, 229 words 
12 words to square inch 











Twelve Point Modern and Cushing Antique 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 

224 


Monotype Numbers 8A and 25J, 11 point—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3MX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
27 lines, 206 words 
11 words to square inch 










TWELVE POINT MODERN 225 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays and 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
25 lines, 193 words 
10 words to square inch 










226 TWELVE POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electro typing; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the 
experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience— 



Monotype Number 36A—Solid 


Trim Size 5x7^3 inches—Showing Margins 


Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^ picas 
33 lines, 251 words 
14 words to square inch 



















TWELVE POINT SCOTCH ROMAN 


227 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electro typing; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 
put into working order in a comparatively brief 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34^ picas 
29 lines, 222 words 
12 words to square inch 









228 Twelve Point Scotch Roman 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electro typing; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, be 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3HX5M inches 
21x34^ picas 
28 lines, 213 words 
11 words to square inch 








_ Twelve Point Scotch Roman 229 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole sub¬ 
ject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or press- 
work as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be 
co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything 
less than this falls short in service, efficiency 
and economy for the customer , for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste 
reduced and the annoyances, delays, and losses 
of divided responsibility entirely removed. 


Monotype Number 36A—Leaded Three Points Trim Size 5x7% inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 ^X 5 ^ inches 
21x34 picas 

26 lines, 199 words 
10 words to square inch 






TWELVE POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable mate¬ 
rial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 
be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place 
of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined 

230 


Monotype Number 37E—Solid Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5% inches 
21x34^2 picas 
33 lines, 245 words 
13 words to square inch 













TWELVE POINT CASLON OLD STYLE 231 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable mate¬ 
rial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 


Monotype Number 37E—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5x7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 Mx 5 % inches 
21x34^ picas 
29 lines, 213 words 
12 words to square inch 









232 Twelve Point Caslon Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used in 
a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing , 
which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable mate¬ 
rial or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex com¬ 
position and abstruse subjects and capable of 
detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer , for 
only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility 
entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 


Monotype Number 37E—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5x7^ inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^x5^ inches 
21x34^ picas 
28 lines, 208 words 
11 words to square inch 







Pages 233 - 248 printed on 

Tavistock High Bulk, 30' 2 x41-56 

516 sheets to ream 
Canfield Paper Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30}^ x 41- 59 bulks about 432 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 66 bulks about 370 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 79 bulks about 310 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41- 92 bulks about 266 pages to one inch 

30^ x 41-105 bulks about 234 pages to one inch 

303^x41-118 bulks about 208 pages to one inch 
33 x 44- 79 bulks about 370 pages to one inch 

33 x 44- 92 bulks about 310 pages to one inch 

33 x 44-107 bulks about 266 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 









TWELVE POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 

234 


Monotype Number 31E—Solid Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 36 lines, 333 words 

23x37^ picas is words to square inch 








Twelve Point Bruce Old Style_235 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 


Monotype Number 3 iE—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5%*8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 Ax 6 H inches 33 lines, 302 words 

23x3 7 Yi picas 14 words to square inch 







236 TWELVE POINT BRUCE OLD STYLE 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 


Monotype Number 3 iE—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 30 lines, 271 words 

23x37! picas 12 words to square inch 












Twelve Point Bruce Old Style 


237 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various de- 


Monotype Number 31E—Leaded Three Points 

Type 3 5 / 6 x 634 inches 
23x37^ picas 


Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 


29 lines, 264 words 
11 words to square inch 








238 TWELVE POINT FARMER OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—-his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 
of their own. It has set a pace that others have striven 
to equal. More important, perhaps, it has assimilated 
its long experience, improved its organization and de- 


Monotype Number 15E—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


40 lines, 370 words 
13 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 







Twelve Point Farmer Old Style 239 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof readers 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization under 
executive control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 
during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in 
vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have 
gone out into the trade and developed successful business 


Monotype Number i 5 E-Leaded One Point . J Trim Size 6x 9 inches-Showing Margins 

Type 4 ^x 7 inches 37 lines, 342 words 

25x42 picas 12 words to square inch 







Twelve Point Farmer Old Style and Antique 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 
single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, 

240 


Monotype Numbers 15E and 25J—Leaded Two Points 

Type 43^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 


34 lines, 305 words 
11 words to square inch 







Twelve Point Farmer Old Style and Caslon Bold 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains its original significance, 
it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word 
is printing , which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how 
complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proof¬ 
readers competent to handle complex composition 
and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of 
fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and 
economy for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete 
is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working 
order in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with years; 
but The Plant Complete is the product of combined 
departments and the result of long experience—a growth 
which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization 
under executive control which handles the whole as a 

241 


Monotype Numbers r S E and 3 * lines. ,85 words . ““ Margins 

25x42 picas 10 words to square inch 









TWELVE POINT FRENCH OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 

Twelve Point French Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com- 

242 


Monotype Number 172E—Solid and Leaded One Point Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Set Solid—Type 3 5 /0*3'<4 inches Leaded 1 Point—Type 3 5 / 6 x3 1 /(' 6 inches 

23x18)4 picas 23x18)4 picas 

10 lines, 134 words _ 15 lines, 127 words 

13 words to square inch 12 words to square inch 









_ Twelve Point French Old Style _ 243 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing , which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or 
other suitable material or presswork as we under¬ 
stand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments for laying out and 
editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle com¬ 
plex composition and abstruse subjects and capable 
of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style 
and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordi¬ 
nated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy 
for the customer , for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into 
working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that 
comes with years; but The Plant Complete is the 
product of combined departments and the result of 


Monotype Number 172E and 66J—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 31 lines, 236 words 

23x37^ picas 11 words to square inch 








244 FOURTEEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the custom¬ 
er, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of 
printing may, under competent management, 


Monotype Number 8A—Solid Trim Size 5%x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x 6inches 30 lines, 219 words 

23^37^2 picas 10 words to square inch 






Fourteen Point Modern 245 


There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the custom¬ 
er, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 5 Ax 6}4 inches 28 lines, 206. words 

23x37^ picas 9 words to square inch 






246 FOURTEEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
'printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—-his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the custom¬ 
er, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoy¬ 
ances, delays, and losses of divided responsibil- 


Monotype Number 8A—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3*4*6% inches 27 lines, 201 words 

' 23*37% picas 9 words to square inch 








Fourteen Point Modern 247 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole 
subject to which it refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
printing, which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be 
—his organization includes separate and dis¬ 
tinct departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electro typing; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the cus¬ 
tomer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss 


Monotype Number 8A—Leaded Three Points Trim Size inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x 614 inches 25 lines, 186 words 

23x37^ picas 8 words to square inch 





FOURTEEN POINT BINNEY OLD STYLE 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing , which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has fa¬ 
cilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organ¬ 
ization includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and language; electro typing; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and 
these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. 
Anything less than this falls short in service, effi¬ 
ciency and economy for the customer , for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, 
waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various depart¬ 
ments are welded together in a close organization 

248 


Monotype Number 21E—Solid 


Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


34 lines, 269 words 
io words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 









Pages 249 - 264 printed on 


Bangalore High Bulk, 30[x41-60 


516 sheets to ream 

Per kins-Goodwin Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 


30^ X 41 
3 °K X 41 
30K X 41 
30K X 41 
30K X 41 
30^x41 
30*4 X 41 
30K X 41 
30^ X 41 
x 41 
30^ x 41 
30^ x 41 
30K X 41 


- 60 bulks 

- 65 bulks 

- 70 bulks 

- 75 bulks 

- 80 bulks 

■ 85 bulks 

■ 90 bulks 

- 95 bulks 
■100 bulks 
•105 bulks 
■no bulks 
■120 bulks 
•130 bulks 


about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 

about 


422 pages 
400 pages 
368 pages 
344 pages 
320 pages 
302 pages 
288 pages 
270 pages 
256 pages 
244 pages 
232 pages 
212 pages 
198 pages 


to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 
to one 


inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 

inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 









250 Fourteen Point Binney Old Style 

There are times when some word of limited mean¬ 
ing seems suited to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still retains its origi¬ 
nal significance, it is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as 
we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organiza¬ 
tion includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer, for only in The Plant Complete is loss of 
time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, 
delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 
removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 
though nothing can take the place of the experience 
that comes with years; but The Plant Complete 
is the product of combined departments and the 


Monotype Number 21E—Leaded One Point 

Type 4^x7 inches 
25x42 picas 


32 lines, 253 words 
10 words to square inch 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 









Fourteen Point Binney Old Style and Caslon Bold 

There are times when some word of limited 
meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 
to which it refers and so, while it still retains its 
original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad 
meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organiza¬ 
tion includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors 
of fact as well as defects in style and language; 
electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine 
binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The 
Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for 
the customer, for only in The Plant Complete is 
loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays and losses of divided responsi¬ 
bility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of print¬ 
ing may, under competent management, be put 
into working order in a comparatively brief time, 

though nothing can take the place of the experience 

251 


Monotype Numbers 21E and 79J—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 4^5x7 inches 30 lines, 334 words 

25x42 picas 9 words to square inch 






EIGHTEEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word 
of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly 
means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suit¬ 
able material or presswork as we un¬ 
derstand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more 
usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of de- 

252 


Monotype Number 8A—Solid Trim Size 5*^x8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 %x6 % inches 23 lines, 136 words 

23x37^ picas 6 words to square inch 






Eighteen Point Modern 253 

There are times when some word 
of limited meaning seems suited to 
include the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing , which strictly 
means the art of multiplying im¬ 
pressions upon paper or other suit¬ 
able material or presswork as we un¬ 
derstand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more 
usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no mat¬ 
ter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent 
to handle complex composition and 


Monotype Number 8 A—Leaded One Point Trim Size 5 %x 8 inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3 % x 6}4 inches 22 lines, 130 words 

23x37^ picas 6 words to square inch 







Eighteen Old Style and Caslon Bold 

There are times when some word of 
limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and 
so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multi¬ 
plying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual 
and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple 
or how complex it may be—his organ¬ 
ization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing 
copy; for composition—linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders compe¬ 
tent to handle complex composition and 
abstruse subjects and capable of detect¬ 
ing errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electro typing; press- 
work; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 

254 


Monotype Numbers 21E and 79J—Leaded Two Points 

Type 4hs*7 inches 
25x42 picas 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 


24 lines, 151 words 
6 words to square inch 







EIGHT POINT BOOKMAN 


255 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other 
suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is 
one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or 
how complex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, 
and hand; proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these 
must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls 
short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The Plant 
Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, 
and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long 
experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various 
departments are welded together in a close organization under executive control 
which handles the whole as a single unit. 


TEN POINT BOOKMAN 


255 


There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while 
it still retains its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which strictly means 
the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organ¬ 
ization includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype, and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and ab¬ 
struse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pam¬ 
phlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short in 
service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in 
The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and 
the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely 


Monotvoe Numbers 08J and q 8K—Leaded Two Points , _ . ... , 

Eight point—Type 4^3inches 23 lines, 286 words Ten point—Type 4,5x3 inches 
25x21 picas 22 words to square inch 25x21 picas 


Trim Size 6x9 inches—Showing Margins 
19 lines, 195 words 
IS words to square inch 







256 TEN POINT GOTHIC CONDENSED 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
toincludethe whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. 
Such a word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying 
impressions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be—his organization includes separate 
and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for composition 
—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting 
errors of fact as well as defects in style and language; electrotyping; 
presswork; pamphlet, cloth, and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced and the 
annoyances, delays, and losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under com¬ 
petent management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief 
time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes 
with years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches its 
full development only when its various departments are welded to¬ 
gether in a close organization under executive control which handles the 
whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during its more than 
half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and character 
that has been in vogue or in demand during that period, it has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into 
the trade and developed successful business of their own. It has set a 
pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization, and developed 


Monotype Number 77J—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5 x 7 % inches—Showing Margins 

Type 3^15 % inches 
21 x 343^ picas 
33 lines, 382 words 
20 words to square inch 





ELEVEN POINT TYPEWRITER 

There are times when some word of 
limited meaning seems suited to in¬ 
clude the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it 
is also used in a larger, broader 
sense. Such a word is printing, 
which strictly means the art of 
multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or 
presswork as we understand it to¬ 
day. 

But, taking the word in its more 
usual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities 
for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it 
may be--his organization includes 
separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; 
for composition--linotype, mono¬ 
type, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composi¬ 
tion and abstruse subjects and cap¬ 
able of detecting errors of fact as 
well as defects in style and lan¬ 
guage; electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, 
and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less 

£57 


Monotype Number 17L—Leaded Two Points Trim Size 5*7 H inches—Showing Margins 

Type inches 

21x34}^ picas 
30 lines, 165 words 
9 words to square inch 




BOLD AND ROMAN FACES 
ON THE MONOTYPE 

In Monotype composition a great variety of bold faces may be run 
with Roman faces: 

(1) Any bold face of a given size will normally run with any 
Roman face of the same size if they are of the same set (units of 
width). 

(2) Any bold face of a given size may run with any Roman face 
of the same size, even if the bold face is of slightly narrower set 
(up to one unit) than the Roman, by “opening up” the bold face 
—that is, setting it on the same set as the Roman, thus increasing 
very minutely the white space between the bold face letters. This 
in no way damages the appearance of the bold face, and sometimes 
may improve it and it increases the choice of bold faces that can 
be run with Roman faces. 

(3) Any bold face type not more than one point smaller than a 
Roman face, and of the same set or slightly less set, may be set on 
the same body as the Roman, and if of less set it also may be 
opened up, so that it will run with the Roman face. This still further 
enlarges the choice of bold faces that may run with Roman faces. 

It is, on the other hand, also possible to contract a Monotype face 
by setting it on a slightly narrower set than normal. This operation 
reduces the white space between the letters very slightly, tends to 
crowd them and sacrifices something in appearance. It may oc¬ 
casionally be necessary where much matter must come within a certain 
measure but it should be avoided whenever possible. 

On the five pages following is a list of Roman faces from five point 
to eighteen point inclusive giving the Monotype number of each, its 
foundry name, its size and set, showing what bold faces can be run 
with Roman faces and indicating in each case when it is necessary to 
“open up” the bold face. In the Index, reference will be found to the 
pages on which each face is shown. Single lines set in each face for 
convenience of comparison are also shown on pages 264, 266 and 267. 


258 





0i05C5C50iC5050iCi050505O0505Ci0505050i0i05050i050i05C5050i 


MONOTYPE TABLE 


Showing Roman Faces and the Bold Faces that May Run with Them, Monotype Numbers 

for each Face, Foundry Names, and Size and Set of Each 


Roman Faces 


Bold Faces 


7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 


e 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 


pt. 

8 A 

63 4 

Modern 

5 

pt. 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

tt 

5A 

734 

Modern Extended (Law) 

534 

tt 

28J 

634 

Title 

Opened Up 

CC 

1A 

6 

Modern Condensed 

5 

tt 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 


CC 

31E 

634 

Bruce Old Style 

5 H 

tt 

28J 

634 

Title 


cc 

CC 

6 K 

u tt 

5 

CC 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

cc 

36A 

6 34 

Scotch Roman 

5^ 

tt 

28J 

634 

Title 


cc 

CC 

634 

tt tt 

5 

tt 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

cc 

8 A 

7 

Modern 

6 

CC 

26J 

7 

Modern Antique Heavy 


cc 

tt 

7 

CC 

5 

tt 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

cc 

CC 

7 

u 

6 

cc 

28J 

7 

Title 


tt 

CC 

7 

CC 

5K 

cc 

28J 

634 

Title 

Opened Up 

it 

tt 

7 

It 

6 

tt 

11J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 


tt 

cc 

7 

ft 

6 

it 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 


tt 

cc 

7 

tt 

6 

tt 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 


tt 

tt 

7 

cc 

6 

cc 

79 J 

7 

Caslon Bold 


tt 

tt 

7 

cc 

6 

cc 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 


a 

15E 

7 

Farmer Old Style 

6 

tt 

26J 

7 

Modern Antique Heavy 


a 

CC 

7 

<( tt 

5 

tt 

26J 

6 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

tt 

tt 

7 

tt tt 

6 

ft 

28J 

7 

Title 


tt 

cc 

7 

it tt 

534 

cc 

28J 

634 

Title 

Opened Up 

tt 

cc 

7 

a tt 

6 

cc 

11J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 


tt 

tt 

7 

tt tt 

6 

tt 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 


tt 

cc 

7 

tt tt 

6 

tt 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 


it 

cc 

7 

tt tt 

6 

ft 

79 J 

7 , 

Caslon Bold 


it 

tt 

7 

tt tt 

6 

tt 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 


tt 

5A 

7% 

Modern Extended (Law) 

6 

tt 

26J 

7 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

cc 

u 

724 

a tt n 

6 

cc 

28J 

7 

Title 

Opened Up 

cc 

a 

734 

it n tt 

6 

tt 

11J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 

Opened Up 

It 

u 

734 

n it u 

6 

tt 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

it 

CC 

734 

it a a 

6 

tt 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

it 

cc 

734 

tt a tt 

6 

tt 

79J 

7 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

it 

a 

7 % 

a tt tt 

6 

tt 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

it 

31E 

734 

Bruce Old Style 

6 

It 

11J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 

Opened Up 

It 

CC 

734 

it n 

6 

cc 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

It 

cc 

734 

a tt 

6 

tt 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

a 

tt 

734 

tt a 

6 

tt 

79 J 

7 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

Cl 

tt 

734 

tt a 

6 

tt 

28J 

7 

Title 

Opened Up 

It 

tt 

734 

it ft 

6 

tt 

26J 

7 

Modern Heavy Antique 

Opened Up 

It 

cc 

734 

tt ft 

6 

tt 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

Cl 

8 A 

8 

Modern 

7 

cc 

28J 

8 

Title 


It 

n 

8 

(< 

7 

tt 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 


It 

CC 

8 

tt 

7 

it 

25J 

734 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

It 

It 

8 

a 

6 

it 

26J 

7 

Modern Heavy Antique 

Opened Up 

cc 

cc 

8 

tt 

6 

it 

11 J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 

Opened Up 

Cl 

It 

8 

CC 

6 

cl 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

tt 

tt 

8 

tt 

6 

It 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

It 

cc 

8 

n 

6 

cc 

79J 

7 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

cc 

tt 

8 

it 

6 

cc 

28J 

7 

Title 

Opened Up 

tt 

It 

8 

CC 

6 

cc 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 


259 




























Roman Faces Bold Faces 


Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 


7 pt. 

21E 

8 

Binney Old Style 

7 pt. 

28J 

8 

Title 


7 “ 

it 

8 

n a 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 


7 “ 

a 

8 

tt tt 

7 “ 

25J 

m 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

tt 

8 

tt tt 

6 “ 

26J 

7 

Modern Heavy Antique 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

tt 

8 

a a 

6 “ 

28J 

7 

Title 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

ti 

8 

tt u 

6 “ 

11J 

7 

DeVinne Bold 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

(( 

8 

n n 

6 “ 

25J 

7 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

u 

8 

tt tt 

6 “ 

79 J 

7 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

tt 

8 

tt a 

6 “ 

25K 

7 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

7 “ 

tt 

8 

n tt 

6 “ 

66 J 

7 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

36A 

8 

Scotch Roman 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 


8 “ 

U 

8 

a a 

7 « 

28J 

8 

Title 


8 “ 

tt 

8 

a a 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 


8 “ 

It 

8 

a a 

7 “ 

25J 

7H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

137E 

8 

Caslon 0. S. (Inland) 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 


8 “ 

a 

8 

a a 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 


8 “ 

a 

8 

a a 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 


8 “ 

a 

8 

a a 

7 “ 

25J 

7H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

31E 

8 

Bruce Old Style 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 


8 “ 

tc 

8 

tt n 

7 « 

28J 

8 

Title 


8 “ 

u 

8 

n tt 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 


8 “ 

ti 

8 

tt tt 

7 “ 

25J 

7M 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

8 A 

sy 2 

Modern 

8 “ 

26J 

8 ^ 

Modern Antique Heavy 


8 “ 

a 

sy 2 

a 

8 “ 

28J 

8y 2 

Title 


8 “ 

a 

sy 2 

a 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

a 

sy 2 

a 

8 “ 

92J 

8y 2 

Manila 


8 “ 

a 

sy 2 

a 

8 “ 

25J 

8y 2 

Old Style Antique 


8 “ 

tt 

sy 

a 

7 “ 

25J 

7 H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

a 

8 H 

a 

8 “ 

79 J 

8 y 

Caslon Bold 


8 “ 

a 

sy 2 

tt 

8 “ 

79K 

8 y 

Caslon Bold Italic 


8 “ 

tt 

s y 2 

a 

8 “ 

66 J 

8 M 

Lining Gothic 


8 “ 

tt 

s y 

a 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

tt 

8 y 2 

tt 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

152 A 

s y 

Wilson Modern 

8 « 

26J 

8 y 

Modern Antique Heavy 


8 “ 

n 

8 y 

a “ 

8 “ 

28J 

8 M 

Title 


8 “ 

tt 

8 K 

a << 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

U 

8y 2 

a “ 

8 “ 

92J 

s y 

Manila 


8 “ 

u 

8 y 2 

a 

8 “ 

25J 

s y 2 

Old Style Antique 


8 “ 

u 

8y 2 

a “ 

7 “ 

25J 

7% 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

ti 

8 y 2 

a “ 

8 “ 

79 J 

%'A 

Caslon Bold 


8 “ 

u 

8 y 2 

tt “ 

8 “ 

79K 

sy 2 

Caslon Bold Italic 


8 “ 

a 

8 y 2 

a “ 

8 “ 

66 J 

sy 

Lining Gothic 


8 “ 

tt 

834 

tt << 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

tt 

8 H 

a “ 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

15E 

8 i y 

Farmer Old Style 

8 “ 

26J 

SA 

Modern Antique Heavy 


8 “ 

a 

8 y 2 

<( a 

8 « 

28J 

s y 

Title 


8 “ 

tt 

8 y 2 

a a 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

tt 

8y 2 

a a 

8 “ 

92J 

8 A 

Manila 


8 “ 

it 

&A 

a a 

8 “ 

25J 

sy 

Old Style Antique 


8 “ 

u 

s y 2 

u u 

7 “ 

25J 

7H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

tt 

8y 2 

tt a 

8 “ 

66 J 

8 y 

Lining Gothic 


8 “ 

It 

8 y 

a it 

8 “ 

79 J 

8 y 

Caslon Bold 


8 “ 

tt 

8 y 2 

tt tt 

8 “ 

79K 

8A 

Caslon Bold Italic 


8 “ 

ti 

8 y 2 

tt tt 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

tt 

8 y 2 

tt tt 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

172E 

8 y 2 

French Old Style 

8 “ 

26J 

8A 

Modern Antique Heavy 


8 “ 

(( 

8y 2 

tt tt 

8 “ 

28J 

8A 

Title 


8 “ 

a 

8y 2 

tt n 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 

Opened Up 

8 “ 

U 

8y 2 

tt tt 

8 “ 

92J 

8A 

Manila 



260 




























ocoocooooc©oco«ococococococococooco«ocoo<oco<o<ococo<ococoocococoeo<r>o oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo 


Roman Faces 


Bold Faces 


Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

pt. 

172E 

8 M 

French Old Style 

8 pt. 

25J 

8V 2 

Old Style Antique 



8V 2 

it a 

7 “ 

25J 

7 H 

Old Style Antique 



8Y 2 

a tt 

8 “ 

79 J 

8V 2 

Caslon Bold 

“ 


8V 2 

ii ii 

8 “ 

79K 

8V 2 

Caslon Bold Italic 

“ 


8Y2 

ii a 

8 “ 

66 J 

8V 2 

Lining Gothic 



8Y2 

a a 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 


ii 

8'A 

ii ti 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 

“ 

“ 

20A 


Century Expanded 

8 “ 

26J 

8 H 

Modern Antique Heavy 



8 M 

a it 

8 “ 

28J 

8V 2 

Title 


it 

8 M 

a a 

7 “ 

28J 

8 

Title 

(t 

a 

m 

ii ii 

8 “ 

92J 

8V 2 

Manila 

“ 

ic 

8 3 A 

a it 

8 “ 

25J 

8V 2 

Old Style Antique 



8 M 

ti ii 

7 “ 

25J 

7 H 

Old Style Antique 



8 M 

ii ii 

8 “ 

79 J 

8V 2 

Caslon Bold 


a 

m 

ii it 

8 “ 

79K 

8V 2 

Caslon Bold Italic 



m 

ti ti 

8 “ 

66 J 

8V 2 

Lining Gothic 



8% 

ii it 

8 « 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 


a 

8 H 

it ii 

7 “ 

48J 

8 

Gothic Caps Condensed 

“ 

31E 

m 

Bruce Old Style 

8 “ 

26J 

8 M 

Modern Antique Heavy 

“ 


m 

ii ii 

8 “ 

28J 

8V 2 

Title 

“ 

ii 

m 

ti ii 

8 « 

92J 

8 y 2 

Manila 

“ 

ii 

8 *A 

a it 

8 “ 

25J 

8 y 2 

Old Style Antique 

“ 


8% 

u ti 

8 “ 

79 J 

8 y 2 

Caslon Bold 

“ 

ii 

8H 

it u 

8 “ 

79K 

8y 2 

Caslon Bold Italic 

“ 

a 

8% 

u u 

8 “ 

66 J 

8 y 2 

Lining Gothic 

“ 

a 

8% 

ii ii 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

“ 

8 A 

9 

Modern 

9 “ 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

11 

ii 

9 

a 

9 “ 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

“ 

it 

9 

ii 

8 “ 

26J 

8 >i 

Modern Antique Heavy 

iC 

ii 

9 

ii 

8 “ 

28J 

8V 2 

Title 


ii 

9 

u 

8 “ 

25J 

8Y 2 

Old Style Antique 


ii 

9 

ll 

8 “ 

79J 

8 y 2 

Caslon Bold 

ii 

ii 

9 

It 

8 « 

79K 

8V 2 

Caslon Bold Italic 

n 

a 

9 

It 

8 “ 

92J 

8y 2 

Manila 

a 

ii 

9 

It 

8 “ 

66 J 

8y 2 

Lining Gothic 

ii 

ii 

9 

ll 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

ii 

15E 

9 

Farmer Old Style 

9 “ 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

u 

a 

9 

<< ii 

9 “ 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

It 

ii 

9 

ii ii 

8 “ 

26J 

8Y2 

Modern Antique Heavy 

a 

ii 

9 

ii it 

8 “ 

28J 

8Y2 

Title 

tt 

ii 

9 

ii ii 

8 “ 

25J 

8 y 2 

Old Style Antique 

ll 

ii 

9 

a u 

8 “ 

79J 

8Y2 

Caslon Bold 

It 

ii 

9 

tt n 

8 “ 

79K 

8Y2 

Caslon Bold Italic 

It 

tl 

9 

it ii 

8 “ 

92J 

8Y2 

Manila 

ll 

ll 

9 

u u 

8 “ 

66 J 

S'A 

Lining Gothic 

it 

it 

9 

ti tt 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

it 

36A 

9 

Scotch Roman 

9 “ 

26J 

9 

Modern Heavy Antique 

ll 

ii 

9 

it ii 

9 “ 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

ll 

ii 

9 

it ii 

8 “ 

26J 

8Y2 

Modern Heavy Antique 

ll 

ii 

9 

it ii 

8 “ 

28J 

8Y2 

Title 

It 

a 

9 

ii tt 

8 “ 

25J 

8 y 2 

Old Style Antique 

It 

tl 

9 

it ii 

8 « 

79 J 

8Y2 

Caslon Bold 

ll 

tl 

9 

u ii 

8 “ 

79K 

8Y2 

Caslon Bold Italic 

ll 

ll 

9 

a ii 

8 “ 

92J 

8Y2 

Manila 

ll 

It 

9 

it it 

8 “ 

66 J 

8Y2 

Lining Gothic 

ll 

It 

9 

it a 

8 “ 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

ll 

L37E 

9 

Caslon 0. S. (Inland) 

9 “ 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

It 

“ 

9 

<< a 

9 “ 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 


Opened Up 


Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 

Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 


Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 


Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 


Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 
Opened Up 


261 



























Roman Faces 


Bold Faces 


Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 


9 

pt. 

137E 

9 

Caslon 0. S. (Inland) 

8 

pt. 

26J 

sy 2 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

9 

cc 

cc 

9 

« 

cc 

8 

Cl 

28J 

sy 2 

Title 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

Cl 

9 

cc 

ct 

8 

It 

25J 

sy 2 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

9 

cc 

cc 

9 

cc 

It 

8 

a 

79J 

sy 2 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

cc 

9 

cc 

It 

8 

cc 

79K 

8A 

Caslon Bold Italic 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

cc 

9 

cc 

ct 

8 

cc 

92J 

8A 

Manila 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

u 

9 

Cl 

It 

8 

Cl 

66 J 

sy 2 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

cc 

9 

Cl 

Cl 

8 

Cl 

49J 

8 

Gothic Condensed 

Opened Up 

9 

it 

20 A 

m 

Century Expanded 

9 

a 

25J 

9'/2 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

cc 

9% 

cc 

Cl 

9 

cc 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

9 

Cl 

(t 

9 3 A 

Cl 

ct 

9 

It 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

31E 

9^ 

Bruce Old Style 

9 

cc 

25J 

9 M 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Ci 

cc 

9'A 

cc 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

Cl 

9 H 

cc 

ct 

9 

Cl 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

4A 

10 

Modern 

10 

Cl 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

10 

cc 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25J 

9H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

u 

cc 

10 

cc 

9 

Cl 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

8 A 

10 

Modern 

10 

a 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

Cl 

10 

cc 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

Cl 

Ci 

10 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25J 

9y 2 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

a 

cc 

10 

Cl 

9 

a 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

u 

cc 

10 

Cl 

9 

Cl 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

u 

36A 

10 

Scotch Roman 

10 

cc 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

Cl 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

Cl 

It 

9 

cc 

25J 

vy 2 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

a 

9 

cc 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

Cl 

9 

Cl 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

15E 

10 

Farmer Old Style 

10 

ct 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

ct 

10 

Cl 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 

cc 

cc 

9 

cc 

25J 

9)^ 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

cc 

10 

cc 

Cl 

9 

It 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

Cl 

10 

cc 

cc 

9 

a 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

137E 

10 

Caslon 0. S. (Inland) 

10 

Cl 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

cc 

Cl 

10 

cc 

It 

10 

cc 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 

cc 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25J 

9y 2 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

cc 

10 

ct 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

Cl 

10 

cc 

It 

9 

ct 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

337E 

10 

Caslon 0. S. (MacKellar) 

10 

cc 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 

ct 

cc 

10 

Cl 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 

it 

It 

9 

It 

25J 

9A 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

it 

cc 

9 

cc 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

(( 

10 

cc 

cc 

9 

Cl 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

u 

172E 

10 

French Old Style 

10 

cc 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


10 

Cl 

u 

10 

cc 

cc 

10 

It 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 

cc 

Cl 

9 

a 

25J 

9H 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

Cl 

cc 

10 

cc 

Cl 

9 

cc 

25K 

9 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

cc 

10 

cc 

cc 

9 

ct 

26J 

9 

Modern Antique Heavy 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

20A 

10 ^ 

Century Expanded 

10 

It 

28J 

ioy 2 

Title 


10 

cc 

cc 

10 ^ 

cc 

It 

10 

Cl 

66 J 

ioy 

Lining Gothic 


10 

cc 

cc 

ioy 2 

it 

cc 

10 

It 

79J 

ioy 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

Cl 

10 M 

Cl 

It 

10 

Cl 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

cc 

10 H 

Cl 

It 

10 

ct 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

10 

cc 

Cl 

10 H 

Cl 

cc 

9 

Cl 

25J 

9/4 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 

cc 

34A 

10 

Modern Barhnart No. 4 

10 

It 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 


11 

cc 

cc 

10 

CC 

cc 

10 

cc 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 



262 























Roman Faces 


Bold Faces 


Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 

Size 

No. 

Set 

Foundry Name 


11 

pt. 

31E 

iom 

Bruce Old Style 

10 

pt. 

79J 

10M 

Caslon Bold 


11 

ii 

ii 


tt tt 

10 

tt 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 



1034 

ii ii 

10 

tt 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

11 


8A 

li 

Modern 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 


11 

H 

i l 

li 

tt 

10 

tt 

28J 

10 

Title 

Opened Up 

11 


i i 

n 

ii 

10 

it 

66J 

10X 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

11 

( l 

( l 

n 

ii 

10 

ii 

79 J 

iom 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

11 

i ( 

a 

li 

tt 

10 

tt 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 



n 

a 

10 

u 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

36A 

n 

Scotch Roman 

11 

a 

25K 

n 

Old Style Antique Italic 


11 

a 

ii 

il 

tt tt 

10 

it 

28J 

10H 

Title 

Opened Up 

11 

i ( 

a 

li 

tt it 

10 

tt 

66J 

1034 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

11 

t i 

i ( 

li 

ii ii 

10 

tt 

79 J 

ioh 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

a 

li 

n tt 

10 

tt 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 

(t 

a 

li 

a a 

10 

tt 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

15E 

li 

Farmer Old Style 

11 

tt 

25K 

n 

Old Style Antique Italic 


11 

a 

ii 

il 

a tt 

10 

tt 

28J 

10H 

Title 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

ii 

n 

tt a 

10 

ii 

66J 

10 34 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

a 

il 

ii ii 

10 

il 

79J 

10M 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

11 

ii 

a 

il 

it n 

10 

tt 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

a 

li 

u u 

10 

tt 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

11 

it 

137E 

il 

Caslon 0. S. (Inland) 

11 

it 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 


11 

It 

ii 

li 

<( tt 

10 

tt 

28J 

ioy 2 

Title 

Opened Up 

11 

It 

tt 

li 

a a 

10 

ii 

66J 

1034 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

11 

a 

tt 

n 

tt tt 

10 

ii 

79J 

iom 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

tt 

il 

n u 

10 

tt 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

u 

li 

tt tt 

10 

tt 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

172E 

n 

French Old Style 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 


11 

a 

a 

n 

tt tt 

10 

il 

28J 

1034 

Title 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

it 

il 

u n 

10 

tt 

66J 

10J* 

Lining Gothic 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

a 

n 

tt tt 

10 

a 

79J 

1014 

Caslon Bold 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

tt 

n 

u tt 

10 

a 

25J 

10 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

11 

tt 

tt 

n 

tt tt 

10 

tt 

25K 

10 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

a 

31E 

li 

Bruce Old Style 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 


12 

a 

8A 

12 

Modern 

12 

tt 

25J 

12 

Old Style Antique 


12 

tt 

u 

12 

ii 

11 

it 

25J 

1114 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

12 

It 

tt 

12 

ii 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

ft 

n 

12 

ii 

12 

it 

79 J 

12 

Caslon Bold 


12 

tt 

36A 

12 

Scotch Roman 

12 

tt 

25J 

12 

Old Style Antique 


12 

tt 

a 

12 

it it 

11 

tt 

25J 

1114 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

12 

it 

tt 

12 

it a 

11 

it 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

it 

tt 

12 

tt tt 

12 

tt 

79 J 

12 

Caslon Bold 


12 

It 

15E 

12 

Farmer Old Style 

12 

tt 

25J 

12 

Old Style Antique 


12 

a 

tt 

12 

it it 

11 

tt 

25J 

1114 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

12 

it 

tt 

12 

it “ 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

tt 

a 

12 

tt « 

12 

tt 

79 J 

12 

Caslon Bold 


12 

a 

37E 

12 

Caslon 0. S. (English) 

12 

tt 

25J 

12 

Old Style Antique 


12 

tt 

n 

12 

<( a 

11 

tt 

25J 

HJ4 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

12 

tt 

tt 

12 

tt tt 

11 

tt 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

a 

ii 

12 

tt tt 

12 

it 

79J 

12 

Caslon Bold 


12 

ft 

172E 

12 

French Old Style 

12 

tt 

25J 

12 

Old Style Antique 


12 

tt 

a 

12 

tt tt 

11 

tt 

25J 

HJ4 

Old Style Antique 

Opened Up 

12 

tt 

tt 

12 

tt tt 

11 

it 

25K 

11 

Old Style Antique Italic 

Opened Up 

12 

it 

tt 

12 

tt tt 

12 

tt 

79J 

12 

Caslon Bold 


14 

tt 

8A 

14 

Modern 

14 

it 

79J 

14 

Caslon Bold 


14 

tt 

21E 

14- 

Binney Old Style 

14 

tt 

79J 

14 

Caslon Bold 


IS 

tt 

8A 

18 

Modern 

18 

tt 

79J 

18 

Caslon Bold 


18 

a 

21E 

18 

Binney Old Style 

18 

it 

79 J 

18 

Caslon Bold 



263 































MONOTYPE TABLE 


OF 

COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY BOLD FACES 

Size 

Number 

Page 

BOLD FACES 

5 pt. 

26J 

158 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include th 

5£ “ 

28J 

163 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to Include th 

6 “ 

141J 

168 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject to which it re 

6 “ 

25J 

164 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 

6 “ 

25K 

164 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 

6 “ 

79J 

164 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to includ 

6 “ 

28J 

166 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inclu 

6 “ 

66J 

160 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

6 “ 

26J 

160 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

6 “ 

11J 

161 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to inc 

7 “ 

25J 

170 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to in 

7 “ 

48J 

167 

THERE ARE TIMES WHEN SOME WORD OF LIMITED MEANING SEEMS SUITED 

7 “ 

28J 

166 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

8 “ 

49J 

175 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

8 " 

25J 

170 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

8 “ 

79 J 

178 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 

8 “ 

28J 

183 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems s 

8 “ 

79K 

178 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

8 “ 

66J 

171 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

8 “ 

92J 

184 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

8 “ 

26J 

180 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

9 “ 

25K 

187 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems su 

9 “ 

25J 

196 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

9 “ 

26J 

180 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

10 “ 

77J 

256 

There ere times when seme word of limited meaning seems suited 

10 “ 

25J 

202 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

10 “ 

79 J 

215 

There are times when some word of limited meani 

10 “ 

28J 

189 

There are times when some word of limited mean! 

10 “ 

66J 

189 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

11 “ 

25J 

224 

There are times when some word of limited meanin 

11 “ 

25K 

216 

There are times when some word of limited meani 

12 “ 

25J 

240 

There are times when some word of limited me 

12 “ 

79J 

241 

There are times when some word of limite 

12 “ 

66J 

243 

There are times when some word of limi 

14 “ 

79J 

251 

There are times when some word of Ii 

18 “ 

79 J 

254 

There are times when some w 

264 



















Pages 265 - 280 printed on 

Opacity English Finish, 25x38-45 

Seaman Paper Company 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25x38-25 bulks about 1200 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-30 bulks about 1000 pages to one inch 
25x38-35 bulks about 900 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-40 bulks about 800 pages to one inch 

25x38-45 bulks about 720 pages to one inch 

\ 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see -pages 389-393 








• 

MONOTYPE TABLE 

OF COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY ALL SIZES 

Continued 

Size 

Number 

Page 

ROMAN FACES 

pt. 

8A 

154 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 

5 “ 

8A 

155 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole 

5^ “ 

5A 

156 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 

6 “ 

1A 

158 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole subject 

6 “ 

36A 

162 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole su 

6 “ 

31E 

163 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the whole su 

6 “ 

8A 

160-61 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the wh 

6 “ 

15E 

164 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the wh 

6 “ 

5A 

157 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 

6 “ 

9A 

159 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

7 “ 

31E 

165 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include the 

7 “ 

8A 

166 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

7 " 

21E 

167 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

8 “ 

64J 

168 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include t 

8 “ 

36A 

173 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

8 “ 

31E 

175 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

8 “ 

137E 

177 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to incl 

8 “ 

8A 

170-71 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

8 “ 

152 A 

174 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

8 “ 

98J 

255 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

8 “ 

15E 

178 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

8 “ 

172E 

176 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to 

8 “ 

20A 

172 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

9 “ 

31E 

184 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 

9 “ 

36A 

179 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

9 “ 

8A 

180 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

9 “ 

15E 

182-83 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

9 “ 

137E 

186-87 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suit 

9 “ 

20A 

181 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

31E 

196 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 

10 “ 

4A 

188 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

266 




















OF 

MONOTYPE TABLE 

COMPARATIVE SPACE OCCUPIED BY ALL SIZES 

Continued 

Size 

dumber 

Page 

ROMAN FACES 

10 pt. 

8A 

190-91 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

36A 

192-95 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

15E 

202-03 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

137E 

198-99 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

337E 

200 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

172E 

197 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

10 “ 

20A 

189 

There are times when some word of limited meaning se 

11 “ 

34A 

204 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seem 

11 “ 

31E 

212-13 

There are times when some word of limited meaning see 

11 “ 

8A 

205-07 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

36A 

208-11 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

15E 

220-21 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

137E 

214-16 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

11 “ 

172E 

218-19 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 

12 “ 

31E 

234-37 

There are times when some word of limited meanin 

12 “ 

8A 

222-25 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

12 “ 

36A 

226-29 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

12 “ 

15E 

238-41 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

12 “ 

37E 

230-32 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

12 “ 

172E 

242-43 

There are times when some word of limited mea 

14 “ 

8A 

244-47 

There are times when some word of limit 

14 “ 

21E 

248-51 

There are times when some word of limit 

18 “ 

8A 

252-53 

There are times when some word 

18 “ 

21E 

254 

There are times when some word 

11 “ 

17L 

257 

There are times when some word of 1 

267 


























TWENTY-FOUR POINT CADMUS INITIAL 

T HERE are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiply¬ 
ing impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 

THIRTY POINT CADMUS INITIAL 

B UT, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who has 
facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for compo- 

THIRTY-SIX POINT CADMUS INITIAL 

A PLANT devoted to a single department 
of printing may, under competent man¬ 
agement, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product 

FORTY POINT CADMUS INITIAL 

I T required several centuries of time, but 
principally the inventions of the last cen¬ 
tury— improved type-founding, power 
presses, type-casting-and-composing machines 
and machine-made paper to develop the print¬ 
ing industry to its present great proportions 







TWENTY-FOUR POINT SCOTCH INITIAL 

T HERE are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiply¬ 
ing impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 

THIRTY POINT SCOTCH INITIAL 

B UT, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composi- 

THIRTY-SIX POINT SCOTCH INITIAL 

A PLANT devoted to a single department 
of printing may, under competent man¬ 
agement, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product 

FORTY-EIGHT POINT SCOTCH INITIAL 

I T required several centuries of time, but 
principally the inventions of the last cen¬ 
tury—improved type-founding, power 
presses, type-casting-and-composing machines 
and machine-made paper to develop the print¬ 
ing industry to its present great proportions 




TWENTY-FOUR POINT CASLON INITIAL 

T HERE are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which 
it refers and so, while it still retains its original signifi¬ 
cance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means the art of multiply¬ 
ing impressions upon paper or other suitable material or 

THIRTY POINT CASLON INITIAL 

B UT, taking the word in its more usual and 
broad meaning, the real printer is one who 
has facilities for turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how complex it may be—his 
organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composi- 

THIRTY-SIX POINT CASLON INITIAL 

A PLANT devoted to a single department 
of printing may, under competent man¬ 
agement, be put into working order in a 
comparatively brief time, though nothing can 
take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product 

FORTY-TWO POINT CASLON INITIAL 

I T required several centuries of time, but 
principally the inventions of the last cen¬ 
tury—improved type-founding, power 
presses, type-casting-and-composing machines 
and machine-made paper to develop the print¬ 
ing industry to its present great proportions 


270 




FORTY-EIGHT POINT CASLON INITIAL 

T HERE are times when some word 
of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to 
which it refers and so, while it still re¬ 
tains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 
word is printing, which strictly means 

SIXTY POINT CASLON INITIAL 

I T required several centuries of time, 
but principally the inventions of the 
last century—improved type-found¬ 
ing, power presses, type-casting-and- 
composing machines and machine-made 
paper to develop the printing industry to 
its present great proportions and to make 

SEVENTY-TWO POINT CASLON INITIAL 

B UT, taking the word in its 

more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one 
who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter 
how simple or how complex it may be— 
his organization includes separate and 








EIGHTEEN POINT MISSAL INITIAL 

© UT, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the 
real printer is one who has facilities for turning out complete 
work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organi¬ 
zation includes separate and distinct departments for laying out 
and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 

THIRTY POINT JENSON INITIAL 

T required several centuries of time, but princi¬ 
pally the inventions of the last century—improved 
type-founding, power presses, type-casting-and- 
composing machines and machine-made paper to develop 
the printing industry to its present great proportions and 

FORTY-EIGHT POINT JENSON INITIAL 

HERE are times when some word of 
limited meaning seems suited to in¬ 
clude the whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still retains 
its original significance, it is also used in a larger, 
broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 

SEVENTY-TWO POINT ORNAMENTAL INITIAL 

UT, taking the word in its more us¬ 
ual and broad meaning, the real 
printer is one who has facilities for 
turning out complete work, no 
matter how simple or how com¬ 
plex it may be—his organization includes sepa¬ 
rate and distinct departments for laying out and 

272 












FORTY-EIGHT POINT DELLA ROBBIA INITIAL 

T, taking the word in its more usual 
and broad meaning, the real printer 
is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how 
simple or how complex it may be—his organiza¬ 
tion includes separate and distinct departments 
for laying out and editing copy; for composition 

SEVENTY-TWO POINT DELLA ROBBIA INITIAL 

PLANT devoted to a single 
department of printing may, 
under competent manage¬ 
ment, be put into working 
order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with 

EIGHTY-FOUR POINT ORNAMENTAL INITIAL 

HERE are times when some 
word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the 
whole subject to which it 
refers and so, while it still 
retains its original significance, it is also 
used in a larger, broader sense. Such a 









































Ornaments 



# * 

* 

• * * * 

&■ f 

€? 

i 

2 3 

4 

5678 

9 IO 

11 


* 


8 ?- $ 

% 


12 

13 

H 

15 16 

17 

18 





274 



























Caslon Italic 

14 point 

ALL MODERN FARM MACHINERY 

Labor-Saving Devices Insure Large Production 

18 point 

TRACTORS AND WINDMILLS 

Steam Plows, Harrows and Harvesters 

24 point 

INDEPENDENT LIFE 
Garnering of Nature’s Gifts 

30 point 

OLD HOMESTEAD 

Life in the Open Country 

36 point 

AGRICULTURE 

Contented Farmers 

48 point 

Ripe CHERR T 

276 









I 


Caslon 


14 point 

SCORING THE CARELESS PRINTERS 
Does the Average Man Read Up as He Should 

18 point 

READING A SHORT SKETCH 

Woman is Indeed a Peculiar Creature 

24 t point 

JOYFUL SPRINGTIMES 

Frolicsome Youth Rejoices 

30 point 

A SAD GREETING 

To a Dear Old Friend 

36 point 

CHOICE LOTS 

For Sale or To Let 


42 point 


NEVERSINK 


277 








Caslon Condensed 

14 point 

GREENHOUSES GLISTENING IN THE SUN 

Rare and Pretty Flowers Blossoming All the Year 
Bright eyed Daisies, Demure Little Forget-me-nots 

18 point 

ORCHIDS AND CHRYSANTHEMUMS 

Honeysuckle,Wistaria, Clinging Clematis 
Pansies, Begonias, Roses and Geraniums 

24 point 

BEAUTIFUL EASTER LILIES 

Big Caladiums, Giant Helianthus 
Violets, Daffodils, and Anemones 

30 point 

LILAC AND MAGNOLIA 

All Sweet Scented Favorites 

36 point 

FLORICULTURISTS 

Amid Nature’s Sweets 







Caslon Bold 

14 point 

LATEST POEM OF THOMAS GRAY 
Illustrations are Chiefly by the Author 

18 point 

OLD AMERICAN LEADERS 

Discussing Political Arguments 

24 point 

YORK OPERA HOUSE 
Wednesday, April Ninth 

30 point 

CIRCUS PARADE 

Enthusiastic Crowd 

36 point 

ENCOURAGES 

Sorrowful Child 

42 point 

RECTITUDE 





« 


Scotch 

14 point 

EARLY NEW ENGLAND COLONISTS 

The Founders of the Great American Republic 

18 point 

LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS 

Historic Voyage of the Mayflower 

24 point 

MY NATIVE COUNTRY 

I Love Thy Rocks and Rills 

30 point 

TEMPLED HILLS 

New Hampshire Home 

36 point 

STARRY FLAG 

Emblem of Right 

48 point 

FREEDOM 


1 






Pages 281 - 296 printed on 

White Eggshell Mill 20, 25x38-50 

J. E. Linde Paper Co, 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38-50 bulks about 448 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-60 bulks about 368 pages to one inch 
25x38-70 bulks about 316 pages to one inch 
25 x 38-80 bulks about 276 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








Schoeffer 


14 point 


BIRDS MIGRATE SOUTH FOR THE WINTERTIME 
The Robin with Us is Musical Only in Early Spring 


18 point 


INDUSTRY ABOVE ALL OTHER THINGS 
Man, It Is Said, is an Aggregation of Habits 


24 point 


A COMMERCIAL ENTERPRISE 

Starting a Business Two Years Ago 


30 point 


TEACH THE YOUNG ONE 

Real Duties of the Instructor 


36 point 


TRAIN SOUND MIND 

The Great Opportunity 

4£ nr»inf. 

PTEMBER EVE 




282 







Cheltenham 


14 point 


CONTAINING THE TOUCH OF PATHOS 

Calamity and the Touch of Horror in Human Peril 


18 point 


A GENEROUS MAN CONDONES 

The Many Weaknesses of Pretty Women 


24 point 


MR. OLIVER GOLDSMITH 

All of the Engravings are Perfect 


30 point 


MUSICAL PROGRAM 

Our Grand Flag Celebration 


36 point 


UNIFORM PLANS 

Government of Schools 


42 point 


COLLEGE BOY 


283 









Cheltenham Bold Condensed 


14 point 


BEING POSSESSED OF SOME LITTLE PROPERTY 

With a Share of the Sense Supposed to Be Common 


18 point 


FOOLISH AS UNREASONING CHILDREN 

It is Time They Revised the Old Blue Laws 


24 point 


HIS CONVICTION IS AFFIRMED 

On Strong Circumstantial Evidence 


30 point 


LOCAL TELEGRAPH NEWS 

Printed with Movable Types 


36 point 


NOTED SONG WRITER 

Course of Human Events 


48 point 


MARCONIGRAM 


284 







f 

Cheltenham Bold 


14 point 

REGULATIONS FOR YOUNG VOTERS 

Property Owners Pay Tax Before Voting 

18 point 

BIG RED TURKEY GOBBLERS 

Stuffed Full with Red Hot Chestnuts 

24 point 

GENERAL COMPETITION 

Plan for Increased Efficiency 

30 point 

PENAL INSTITUTION 

Searching Investigation 

36 point 

REFORMATORY 

Present Day Prison 

42 point 

CORRESPOND 


285 







Plymouth 


14 point 


FREEDOM OF THE SEVEN SEAS 
Combating the Deadly Submarines 


18 point 


TROOPS’ EMBARKATION 
When the Boys Come Home 


24 point 


STIRRING SCENES 

Arrival of Americans 


30 point 


LIBERTY BOND 

Financiers Joyful 


36 point 


BATTLESHIP 

Naval Engines 


48 point 


VICTORY! 


286 


t 







Pabst 


14 point 


SEARCHING FOR THE NORTH POLE 

\ 

History of the Vain Quest of Northwest Passage 


18 point 


TERRORS OF THE ARCTIC 

Land ^SAHiere Dull Monotony Reigns 


24 point 


DREARY EXISTENCE 

One Vast ^iVIiite V/llderness 


30 point 


HAIL AND SNOW 

A Land the Gods Forgot 


36 point 


FROZEN SEAS 

In Raging Blizzards 


48 point 


ICEBERG 



287 








Howland 


12 point 


THE IDEAL PRINTING OFFICE FOR THE WORKMAN 
Sanitary, Cheery and Comfort Promoting Surroundings 


18 point 


ABUNDANCE OF MATERIAL ALWAYS ON HAND 
No Time Lost in Fruitless Search of Missing Sorts 


24 point 


SOBER, CHEERFUL COMPANIONS 
Honest, Considerate Supervision 


30 point 


CONSTANT EMPLOYMENT 
Elimination of Rush Work 


42 point 


THE PLANT COMPLETE 
arrantcd TruetoName 



48 point 


LARGE SALARIES 


288 







Tabard 


10 point 

IMPROVEMENT OF TYPE DESIGNS IN THE LAST HALF CENTURY 

Happy Departure from the Over-Ornamentation that Mars Rather than Beautifies 
12 point 

THEIR LEGIBILITY SHOULD BE THE FIRST CONSIDERATION 

Careless, Ornate}/ Displayed Announcements Lack this Prime Necessity 

18 point 

A PRINTED JOB IS SUPPOSED TO BE READ 

Art, Paintings and Sculpture Are to Be Admired 

24 point 

GRACEFULNESS AND ELEGANCE 

The Combining of Beauty with Clarity 

36 point 

LACKS OSTENTATION 

Natural and Comely Dignity 


48 point 


EXQUISITE LINES 

Strong Characteristic 


289 






Globe Gothic Condensed 


14 point 


MODERN METHODS OE MERCHANDISING AND THE ELIMINATION OF WASTE 
Secret of the Success of the Great Department Stores of Our Large Cities 


18 point 


FORCEFUL AND INCESSANT ADVERTISING A MAIN FEATURE 
Accessibility, CourteousTreatnient, Free and Prompt Delivery 


24 point 


MANY CONVENIENCES FOR THE TIRED SHOPPER 
Hardware, Millinery, Groceries and Rubber Boots 


30 point 


CLOTHING, FURNITURE, HABERDASHERY 
Umbrellas, Piano Players and Tanglefoot 


36 point 


ALL PURE WOOL AND KIRA WIDE 
Guaranteed tree from Al Defects 


48 point 


OUR BARGAIN COUNTER 


290 


i 









Philadelphia Gothic 

14 point 

TRUTHFUL, KIND, FORGIVING 
Pleasant and Cheerful Greetings 

18 point 

COURTEOUS AND HONEST 
Kindness to Fellow Mortals 

24 point 

CHARMING MANNERS 
Stamp of a Gentleman 

30 point 

CORRECT POISE 
Due Consideration 

36 point 

UNSELFISHLY 

Denying Luxury 

48 point 

DIFFIDENCE 






Bradley Extended 

8 point 

Cittle Cotnmy tucker Dad to Sing for Dis Supper Cong flflo 

10 point 

Speculating on Row Jack Rorner Extracted the Plum 

12 point 

Simple Simon ttlent Fishing to £atch a ttlhale 

15 point 

Wonderful Adventures of Cbree Bears 

18 point 

Peter, a famous Pumpkin Eater 

24 point \ 

Oldest nursery Rhymes 

30 point 

Jack the Giant Hiller 

36 point 

Cinderella 

48 point 

er Goose 













Cloister Old English 


8 point 

&acreb pilgrimage to tfjc Cranb Architectural iWonumeitW anb Sublime HKHorfes ot Art 


10 point 

Stirring Stories; of tfje Ancient ifflonaoterietf of iHetuebal €urope 

12 point 

SMstorp ot tfje Cfjurcb from Catitest ®imes to tfje present 


14 point 


Visiting ecclesiastical ©ignitaries anti Celebrities 


18 point 


Jteto Programs for the Henten Reason 


24 point 


Special jWusic tor tile Cfjurrtjes 


30 point 


Jlappp Christmas Anthem 


36 point 


Caster Communicant 


48 point 


Catihetiral 



ptre 


293 









Livermore 


8 point 

27 /roatAos there a 97 /an with Sou/ so 9 /ead * 27 /Ao * 7 /over to Jfimse/f Jffas Said 

10 point 

Of Sf/t the jCands, Sf/oth Oast and Tf/ost, 7f/e jCoue Our 7/ative -Cand 

12 point 

c Stuff the Songs o/ 0/d Or in, the Sreen jCand of 97/a v our neon 

18 point 

2/esterday, Ho* day and S’orever unchanged 

24 point 

2Vhere the Oliver Shannon O’tows 


30 point 

Sublime Sarcien of*D> 


reams 


36 point 


J/airjCily ofthe 7/ailey 


40 point 


jfappg JCingdom 


60 point 


ffiiqht SSou/er 


294 








Satanic 


10 point 

CROONING 6LORI6S Of SajV-CHppeO DOJM6S 
Slhcrc the Star and Crescent fltes and the faithful Congregate 

12 point 

RIY6RS, ROCKS, pLHIJSfS, JM6HD0RIS, SKY 
Dense, Impenetrable forests, extending JMany JMiles 

18 point 

OLD 5DORLD CClOf'fDeRLHJHDS 

Ri9toric Castles on tbe River Rhine 

24 point 

0C6HJV HIR- SHILIJM6 
Voyage of tbe Giant Blimps 

36 point 

OLD 6pJ6LHJVD 

8tratford-on-Hvon 


60 point 


fairy Land 


295 







Old Style Antique 

14 point 

AT THE EARTH’S WIDE WAIST BAND 
Bright, Serene Skies and Placid, Peaceful Seas 

18 point 

PERPETUAL SUMMER CLIME 
Where Jack Frost Is Total Stranger 

20 point 

AN EQUATORIAL STORM 
Gales, Typhoons, Earthquakes 

24 point 

NUTS AND SPICES 

Charming Palm Groves 

30 point 

UP THE AMAZON 
Dense Tropical Jungle 

36 point 

PLANTATION 

Prime Cocoanuts 

290 








Pages 297 - 304 printed on 

Aldine Text, 25x38-70 

Lasher Lathrop , Inc. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

25 x 38-50 bulks about 490 pages to one inch 

25 x 38-60 bulks about 400 pages to one inch 

25 x 38-70 bulks about 330 pages to one inch 

25 x 38-80 bulks about 280 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








Monotype and Linotype Rules 


MONOTYPE RULE. HAIRLINE 


MONOTYPE RULE. ONE POINT 


MONOTYPE RULE. TWO POINTS 


LINOTYPE RULE, THREE POINTS 


LINOTYPE RULE, FOUR POINTS 


MONOTYPE RULE, SIX POINTS 


MONOTYPE RULE. PARALLEL CLOSE HAIRLINE 


MONOTYPE RULE. PARALLEL OPEN HAIRLINE 


LINOTYPE RULE, TRIPLE HAIRLINE 


LINOTYPE RULE. PARALLEL ONE POINT 


MONOTYPE RULE, PARALLEL OPEN ONE POINT 


LINOTYPE RULE, PARALLEL TWO POINTS 


LINOTYPE RULE, SCOTCH 


MONOTYPE RULE, SCOTCH 


































Monotype and Linotype Rules 


COMBINATION RULE No. 1 


COMBINATION RULE No. 2 


COMBINATION RULE No. 3 


COMBINATION RULE No. 4 


COMBINATION RULE No. 5 


COMBINATION RULE No. 6 


COMBINATION RULE No. 7 



COMBINATION RULE No. 8 


COMBINATION RULE No. 9 


COMBINATION RULE No. 10 


COMBINATION RULE No. 11 



COMBINATION RULE No. 12 



COMBINATION RULE No. 13 















































Borders 


<?>$<$ #<¥><¥>$<¥><$<¥> #<?><?> <$<¥>(?>(¥> <¥>(?><$><¥> <$<£$<?> #<¥><?><$ <¥>#<¥># <¥><$><¥><¥>#<¥><$> 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 1 


<£> cb tb 4 j cb 4s <b> cb cb cb cb cb C$3 cb <b cb cb <h cb cb cb cb cb cb cb cb cb cb <b cb cb cb 4a cb cb cb cb cb cb cb cb <b cb cb cb cb cb cb 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 2 


oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 3 


□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□ 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 4 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 5 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 6 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 7 


/(' 7^ /\> 4\s /p /y* yp /p /p /p /p #p /p yp yp / v s /p #p /p *p »p /p /p *p /p <p »p /p /p /p /p yp /p /p /V s /p /p /p 7p /p /p /p /p tp /p /p 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 8 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 9 


ipipipipif^ipipipipipipip^ipipifiip^^ipipipipipipipipipipipipip^ipipipipipipip^ipipipipip 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 10 




MONOTYPE BORDER No. 11 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 12 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 13 


300 










Borders 


5H52525H525H525H2525H52S2525H5H525H5H5252525H525S5H5H5E525252525S525H5252525H5H5H525252525H525E 

MONOTPYE BORDER No. 14 




.rzoxoxoxe-xozoxp- 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 15 


X*xoox»x*x*x*x*x*x»x*x*x*x*x*x*x*x*x*x*x»x»x*x*x*x*x*x*xo<»x«x*x*x*x*x*xo<*x*x»x*x»x*x»xo<o< 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 16 


********************^************************* 

MONOTYPE BORDER No. 17 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 18 


MONOTYPE BORDER No. 19 


LINOTYPE BORDER No. 1 


'0\'0\'0V<T'."'^.'0\^0V'0V'0'. 

LINOTYPE BORDER No. 2 


oo<x><x><x>o<x > <x><><x><x>^^ 

LINOTYPE BORDER No. 3 


CXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX)OOOOOOOOOOOOCXXXXXXXXXX5 

LINOTYPE BORDER No. 4 


LINOTYPE BORDER No. 6 


LINOTYPE BORDER No. 6 

rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr 

LINOTYPE BORDER No. 7 


301 

















Borders 



No. 20 




No. 21 



o ~ O -O ^ o o ^ o ^ o ^ o v o o o o o o o o o 

No. 22 



No. 23 









oOfflJfl. 


No. 24 


No. 25 



WVSl 










No. 26 


No. 27 



No. 28 



No 29 



302 









Borders 



No. 30 






























q 

1 

Paragraph Marks 

« q q «I <fl 

2 3 4 5 6 

9 

7 


C. c. C C 

8 9 10 11 


i 

Indexes 

2 3 

-w 

4 


5 6 


★ 

1 

Stars 

2 3 4 5 6 

★ 

7 

+ 

i 

Maltese Crosses 

* + >5< 

2 3 4 5 

* 

6 

304 








SPECIMENS OF 
BOOK COMPOSITION 

Pages 3 °S-3S2 Inclusive 


Pages 305 - 320 printed on 

Westvaco Eggshell, 30^x41-105 

West Virginia Pulp & Paper Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

30^ x 41- 66 bulks about 464 pages to one inch 
30^2 x 41- 79 bulks about 408 pages to one inch 
30^x41- 92 bulks about 352 pages to one inch 
30^x41-105 bulks about 312 pages to one inch 


For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 








OUR ECONOMIC 

AND OTHER PROBLEMS 

% 

A Financier's Point of Fiew 


BY 


OTTO H. KAHN 



NEW yUUT YORK 
GEORGE H. DORAN COMPANY 


CASLON 


306 






MODERN 

DEMOCRACIES 


BY 

JAMES BRYCE 

(VISCOUNT BRYCE) 

AUTHOR OF 

“THE HOLT ROMAN EMPIRE,” “THE AMERICAN COMMONWEALTH,” ETC. 


IN TWO VOLUMES 
VOL. II 


jQcto gorft 

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY 

1921 

All rights reserved 

SCOTCH AND OLD ENGLISH 307 









Nerve Control and 


How to Gain It 

By 

H. Addington Bruce 

Author of “The Riddle of Personality,” “Handicaps of 
Childhood," etc. 



FIFTH EDITION 


Funk & Wagnalls Company 

New York and London 

I 9 I 9 


CASLON AND BRUCE OLD STYLE 


309 







AMERICA’S CASE 
AGAINST GERMANY 

BY 

LINDSAY ROGERS, ph.d„ ll.b. 

ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL SCIENCE IN 
THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA 



NEW YORK 

E. P. DUTTON & COMPANY 

681 FIFTH AVENUE 


CHELTENHAM 310 










MEMOIRS OF THE 
EMPRESS EUGENIE 

BY COMTE FLEURY * * * * * 

Compiled from Statements, Private Documents and 
Personal Letters of the Empress Eugenie * t * * 
From Conversations of the Emperor Napoleon III 
and from Family Letters and Papers ofGeneralFleury, 
M. Franceschini Pietri, Prince Victor Napoleon and 
Other Members of the Court of the Second Empire 

“The documents and conversations contained in these 
two volumes are, to my best knowledge, authentic.” 

C TH Fleury 


VOLUME I 


D. APPLETON AND COMPANY 
NEW YORK : LONDON : MCMXX 



CASLON 















THE 

SNOWSHOE TRAIL 


BY 

EDISON MARSHALL 


WITH FRONTISPIECE BY 

MARSHALL FRANTZ 


NON-REFERU 

in 



cqWVAD • Q1S 


BOSTON 

LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY 

1921 


CASLON 


312 




















A HANDBOOK ON 
STORY WRITING 

BY 

BLANCHE COLTON WILLIAMS, Ph.D. 

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH, HUNTER COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK; 
INSTRUCTOR IN SHORT STORY WRITING, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
' (EXTENSION TEACHING, AND SUMMER SESSION) 

Author of “Gnomic Poetry in Anglo-Saxon” 



NEW YORK 

DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY 

1920 


CASLON AND BRUCE OLD STYLE 313 





Silent, 

White and 
Beautiful 

AND OTHER STORIES 

TOD 

ROBBINS 


BONI AND LIVERIGHT 
PUBLISHERS NEW YORK 


CHELTENHAM AND SCOTCH 314 





THE ART OF MUSIC: VOLUME FOUR 


SCOTCH 


Music in America 


Department Editors: 

ARTHUR FARWELL 

AND 

W. DERMOT DARBY 


Introduction by 

ARTHUR FARWELL 

Associate Editor ‘Musical America’ 

Formerly Lecturer on Music, Cornell University, and 
Supervisor of Municipal Concerts, City of New York 



NEW YORK 

THE NATIONAL SOCIETY OF MUSIC 


315 







STUDIES IN IRVING 


part Secotib 


THE LEGEND OF SLEEPY HOLLOW 


BY 

ROBERT A. RYAN, S.J. 

St. Louis University, St. Louu» Mo. 



NEW YORK 

SCHWARTZ, KIRWIN & FAUSS 


CASLON AND TUDOR BLACK 


316 


l 












FIND THE WOMAN 


By 

ARTHUR SOMERS ROCHE 

Author of “Uneasy Street,” etc. 


IVith four illustrations 
By DEAN CORNWELL 



NEW YORK 



M CMX XI 


CLOISTER OLD STYLE 


317 




t 
















SPIRITUAL 

PASTELS 


HEART TALKS AND MEDITATIONS 


BY 

J. S. E. 


ILLUSTRATED 



NEW YORK 

THE DEVIN-ADAIR COMPANY 


CASLON AND BRUCE OLD STYLE 




318 





A SHORT HISTORY 
OF THE AMERICAN 
LABOR MOVEMENT 

4 

BY 

MARY BEARD 


B 


U1U 


NEW YORK 

HARCOURT, BRACE AND HOWE 

1920 


MODERN ROMAN 319 












TEACHERS’ COURSE 


IN 


LATIN COMPOSITION 


BY 

H. C. NUTTING 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


ALLYN AND BACON 

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO 

ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO 


FRENCH OLD STYLE 


320 






Pages 321 - 328 printed on 

Exeter Book, laid , 25x38-80 

The Seymour Co. 

SIZES AND BULKS 

2 5 x 3&~ 8o bulks about 288 pages to one inch 
28 x 44-105 bulks about 288 pages to one inch 
33 x 44-125 bulks about 288 pages to one inch 

For Table of Equivalent Weights see pages 389-393 






NONSENSE 

-NOVELS:: 

BY STEPHEN LEACOCK 


NEW YORK: JOHN LANE COMPANY 
LONDON: JOHN LANE THE BOD LEY HEAD 

MCMXX 


CASLON ITALIC 


322 











FLYING 

THE ATLANTIC IN 
SIXTEEN HOURS 

WITH A DISCUSSION OF AIRCRAFT IN 
COMMERCE AND TRANSPORTATION 

BY 

SIR ARTHUR WHITTEN BROWN, K.B.E. 

ASSISTED BY 

CAPTAIN ALAN BOTT, R.F.C. 

WITH TWENTY-ONE ILLUSTRATIONS FROM PHOTOGRAPHS 



NEW YORK 

FREDERICK A. STOKES COMPANY 

PUBLISHERS 


SCOTCH 323 














THE VERIFICATION 
OF CHRISTIANITY 

INTRODUCTORY STUDIES IN 
CHRISTIAN APOLOGETICS 

BY 

LOUIS MATTHEWS SWEET, S.T.D., Ph.D. 

Professor in the Bible Teachers Training School of New York City; 
Author of “The Birth and Infancy of Jesus Christ,” 

“The Study of the English Bible” li Roman 
Emperor Worship ” etc . 



BOSTON 

RICHARD G. BADGER 

THE GORHAM PRESS 


CASLON AND BRUCE OLD STYLE 324 
























THE 

FACE OF THE WORLD 

BY 

JOHAN BOJER 

AUTHOR OF “THE GREAT HUNGER” 


TRANSLATED FROM THE NORWEGIAN 

BY 

JESSIE MUIR 



'NOW-IN 
FERlOR. 
A-SfQV 
EMTES 



NEW YORK 

MOFFAT, YARD AND COMPANY 

1919 




CASLON BOLD AND BRUCE OLD STYLE 


325 

























CONTENTS 

ONE: THE HUMAN SCRAP HEAP IS PILING HIGHER 

• SECTION PAGE 

I God Has Prescribed.15 

II Food for Health or Disease?.17 

III The World Faces a Rebirth.20 

IV Meaningless Phrases.24 

V Approaching Reform.28 

VI Red Blood Depends on Food.31 

VII Food Calcium and Tuberculosis.34 

VIII Denatured Foods Destroy Life.36 

IX Human Variations of a Divine Theme.39 

X Natural Immunity versus Business.42 

XI The Neglected Child of 1912 the Soldier of 1918 . 45 

XII What Our Teeth Disclose.48 

XIII Why Have a Six-year Molar?.51 

XIV “Dust Thou Art and Unto Dust Thou Shalt Re¬ 

turn’’ 53 

TWO: TWO KINDS OF FOOD—THE CONSTRUCTIVE—THE 

DESTRUCTIVE 

XV More Precious than Silver and Gold.61 

XVI The Influence of Earth Salts on Life .... 64 

XVII Old at Twenty-five, Young at Sixty.67 

XVIII The Human Body.72 

ix 

CONTENTS 326 


















SUBJECT INDEX 


Trade-marks, choosing a, 40; regula- 
tions in Ceylon, 258; China, 208, 209; 
Dutch East Indies, 231; India, 222; 
Japan, 170; Philippines, 181; Siam, 
267. 

Trade routes, for salesmen, 52; in 
commerce, 7; round trip from Japan 
to China, 55; short circuit, 57; to 
Afghanistan, 260; Burma, 58, 252, 
253; Ceylon, 58; China, 54, 197; 
Chosen, 54; Dutch East Indies, 56, 
227, 230; Hong Kong, 241; India, 

S3, S7> 216; Indo-China, 56; Japan, 

53; Malay Peninsula, 275; Manchu¬ 
ria, 244; Philippines, 57; Siberia, 54, 

189; Straits Settlements, 56, 58; 
Tibet, 248, 249, 250. 

“Trading with Latin America,” 17. 

Trade statistics, 284, 285. 

Traveling salesmen, clothing of, 58; 
combination, 30, 31; developing, 50, 

51; duties of, 50; errors in granting 
credits, 101; expenses of, 51, 58; 
finding, 51; good will for, 14, 50; 
needs of, 51; qualifications of, 49; 
selling through, 23, 30; social obliga¬ 
tions, 49, 52. 

Tsinan, consular office in, 209; routing 
salesmen to, 55; treaty port, 196. 

Tsing-tau, consular office in, 209; rout¬ 
ing salesmen to, 55; treaty port, 196. 

Tsitsihar, banking in, 245; mining 
center, 244; treaty port, 196. 

Tung-kiang-tze, treaty port, 196. 

Tungsten ore, in Indo-China, 270; 
Siam, 266. 

Typewriters, demand for, in Burma, 

251; Ceylon, 255; India, 213. 

“U. S. Official Postal Guide,” 141, 142. 

U. S. Russian Bureau, 183. 

Uliassutai, as trading center, 247. 

United States, influence of, in Philip¬ 
pines, 172, 174, 175, 176; invest¬ 
ments, in Philippines, 173; Sumatra, 

279; merchant marine, growth of, 4; 
merchant marine, schools for, 5; 
trade prestige, 4, 13, 14. 

United States, trade, with Asia, 3, 6; 
Baluchistan, 262; Burma, 251, 252, 

254; Ceylon, 255, 257, 258; China, 

6, 9, 191, 192; Chosen, 233; Dutch 
East Indies, 6, 8, 9, 224, 225, 226, 

228, 230; Formosa, 237, 238; Hong 
Kong, 240, 241; India, 6, 211, 212, 

213; Indo-China, 268, 269; Japan, 

( 302 ) 

INDEX 


3 > 6, 9, 10, 161, 162; Java, 277; 
Manchuria, 243; New Guinea, 283; 
Philippines, 6, 9, 172, 177, 179, 212; 
Siam, 264; Siberia, 182, 184; Straits 
Settlements, 6, 273, 276; Sumatra, 
279; Tibet, 249, 250. 

Union Bank of the Netherlands and 
Colonies, 232. 

Urga, as trading center, 246, 247; 
banking in, 248. 

Usury, in Burma, 254; India, 220. 

Vegetable oil, industry, in Japan, 164. 

Vladivostok, as trading center, 182, 183, 
185, 186, 187, 244; consular office in, 
189; latitude of, 147; population, 187; 
routing salesmen to, 54. 

“W. P. A.” defined, 107. 

Wan-hsien, treaty port, 196. 

War trade data, compiling, 153. 

Webb-Pomerene law, 5, 6, 12, 27, 28. 

Wei-hai-wei, treaty port, 196. 

Weih-sien, treaty port, 196. 

Wheat, production of, in Afghanistan, 
260; China, 201; India, 217; Man¬ 
churia, 244. 

Wiju, open port, 234. 

Wolfram, production of, in Burma, 253; 
Indo-China, 269; Malay Peninsula, 
276; Siam, 266. 

Wool, production of, in Tibet, 249. 

Woo-sung, treaty port, 196. 

Wousan, open port, 234. 

Wuchow, treaty port, 196. 

Wu-hu, treaty port, 196. 

Yangtze River, 55, 195, 198, 199. 

Yatung, as trading center, 249, 250; 
treaty port, 196. 

“Yearbook of the Netherlands,” 232. 

Yen, Japanese coin, 170, 236, 239. 

Yingkow, treaty port, 196. 

Yokohama, as trading center, 53, 162, 
166, 269; electric railway in, 167; 
consular office in, 171; routing sales¬ 
men to, 53, 55; travel routes, 249; 
treaty port, 162. 

Yokohama Specie Bank, Ltd., 169, 179, 
205, 231, 242, 245, 255, 276. 

Yunnan, province of, 195, 249, 269; 
parcel post in, 141. 

Zamboanga, as trading center, 175. 

Zinc, mining, in Afghanistan, 260; 
Borneo, 281; Burma, 254; Chosen, 
235; Japan, 164; Siam, 266. 


327 






ON THE PRAIRIE. 


Back on the great pale prairie that stretches out 
to the sky, 

Bare to the winds and sunlight, glistening, grassy 
and dry; 

You’re back from the sweet old country, the island 
green and far, 

You and Alberta had said Good-bye “for ever,” 
but here you are. 

No tree to cast a coolness on all the land bare- 
browed, 

Only a drifting shadow moves from a drifting, 
wide-winged cloud; 

Open and undeceiving is the bright, unfriendly 
space, 

You’re miles from a spring of water, and miles 
from another face. 

( 95 ) 


POETRY 328 






LILIOM 


23 


By- 


Julie 

— [Tries to put it Into words; fails; then 

breaks off suddenly, ] Oh, you’ll get to know when 
you’ve lived in the city long enough. You’re noth¬ 
ing but a country girl. When you’ve lived in the 
city a year, like I have, you’ll know all about it. 

Marie 

[Half angrily. ] Well, how do you know when 
you see a real soldier? 

Julie 

By one thing. 

Marie 

What? 

Julie 

One thing- [ She pauses. Marie starts to 

cry .] Oh, what are you crying about? 

Marie 

Because you’re making fun of me. . . . You’re a 
city girl, and I’m just fresh from the country . . . 
and how am I expected to know a soldier when I 
see one? . . . You, you ought to tell me, instead 
of making fun of me- 

Julie 

All right. Listen then, cry-baby. There’s only 
one way to tell a soldier: by his salute! That’s the 
only way. 


DRAMA 


329 








APPENDIX 


57. Harmonic analysis in mechanical engineering (133). S. P. 
Thompson, Proc. Physical Society, London, 33, 334—343 (1911). W. 
E. Dalby, Valves and Valve-Gear Mechanism, London (1906), pp. 328- 
353. 

58. Periodogram analysis for non-periodic curves (133, 141). Carse 
and Shearer, Fourier’s Analysis and Periodogram Analysis, London 
(1915), 66 pages. See also references No. 56. 

59. Harmonic analysis (134). C. P. Steinmetz, Engineering Mathe¬ 
matics, 2 ed., New York (1915), pp. 114-134. 

60. Harmonic analysis (134). C. Runge, Zeitschrift fur Mathematik 
und Physik, 48, 443-456 (1903), 52, 117-123 (1905); Erlauterung des 
Rechnungsformulars, Braunschweig (1913). 

61. Harmonic analysis (134). Bedell and Pierce, Direct and Alter¬ 
nating Current Manual, 2 ed., New York (1911), pp. 331-344. 

62. Harmonic analysis (135). P. W. Grover, Bulletin of the Bureau 
of Standards, 9, 567-646 (1913). H. 0. Taylor, Physical Review, 6, 
303-311 (1915). 

» 

63. Harmonic analysis (135). S. P. Thompson, Proc, Physical 
Society, London, 19, 443-450 (1905), 33, 334-343 (1911). 

64. Graphical method for harmonic analysis (135). J. Perry, The 
Electrician, 35, 285 (1895). A. S. Langsdorf, Physical Review, 12, 
184-190 (1901). W. R. Kelsey, Physical Determinations, London 
(1907), pp. 86-93. 

65. Graphical methods for harmonic analysis (135). Carse and 
Urquhart, Horsburgh’s Modern Instruments of Calculation, London 
(1914), pp. 247, 248; various articles in The Electrician (1895), 
(1905), (1911). 

66. Resonance effects in records of sounds (143). D. C. Miller, 
Proc. Fifth International Congress of Mathematicians, Cambridge 
(1912), II, pp. 245-249. 

67. Vibrating diaphragms and sand figures (151). E. F. F. Chladni, 
Theorie des Klanges, Leipzig (1787). Winkelmann, Akustik, S. 368- 

401. 

68. Resonance (177). E. H. Barton, Text-Book of Sound, pp. 146- 
148. Helmholtz, Sensations of Tone, pp. 143, 405. 

277 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 


330 







THE ROBBER AND 
THE DOG 

Once upon a time a man 
went out to rob a house. 

He crept up, in the dark, 
to the back fence. 

He tried to climb over it. 

But a big dog in the yard 
tried to bite him. 

The man dropt down on the 
outside of the fence. 


44 


ELEMENTARY ENGLISH 


331 







































audibl 

belie? 


9 


bangd p&9 , pp. Banged. 
ban'gl p , v. & n. Bangle. 
ban'gld p , a. Bangled. 
ban'lsht PAS , pp. Banished. 
bank'a-bP, a. Bankable. 
bankt p * 9 , a. Banked, 
ban'nerd 9 , pp. Bannered. 
ban'noc 9 , n. Bannock. 
bans 8 , n. pi. Banns. 
bant'erd PAS , pp. Bantered. 
barbd p *% pa. Barbed. 
bard 3 , pp. Barred. 
bare'hed"ed p , a. Bareheaded. 
bar'gaind p * 8 , pp. Bargained. 
bark s , n. Barque. 
barkt 9 , pa. Barked. 
bar'ly 9 , n. Barley. 
bar'na-cl p , v. & n. Barnacle. 
bar'rac 9 , n. Barrack. 
bar'reld piS , pa. Barreled, -elled. 
bar'rl-erd 8 , pp. Barriered. 
bar'rowd 8 , pp. Barrowed. 
bar'terd p * s , pp. Bartered. 
bas 9 , a. Bass. 
bas 8 , n. Bass. 
baskt p&3 , pp. Basked. 
bas'tlond 9 , pp. Bastioned. 
bat'ond 9 , a. Batoned. 
bat'tend 8 , pp. Battened. 
bat'terd p * 9 , pp. Battered. 
bat'tl p , v. & n. Battle. 
bat'tld p , pp. Battled. 
bau'bl p , n. Bauble. 
bawld PAS , pp. Bawled. 
bayd 8 , pp. Bayed. 
bay'o-net"ed p , pp. Bayonetted. 
beacht 9 , a. Beached. 
bea'cond 9 , pp. Beaconed. 
bea'dl p , n. Beadle. 
bea'gl p , n. Beagle. 
beakt p * s , a. Beaked. 
beamd p&s , pp. Beamed. 
bear'a-bl p , a. Bearable. 
beat'a-bl p , a. Beatable. 


beat'n p , pa. Beaten. 
bea'verd 8 , a. Beavered. 
be-calmd' p&s , pp. Becalmed. 
beck'ond p&9 , pp. Beckoned. 
be-cum' p , vt. & vi. Become. 
be-cum'ing p , pa. Becoming. 
be-dab'l p , vt. Bedabble. 
be-dab'ld p , pa. Bedabbled. 
be-deckt' PAS , pp. Bedecked. 
be-dev'Ild p , pp. Bedeviled, -illed. 
be-dewd' Pik8 , pp. Bedewed. 
be-dlmd' p48 , pp. Bedimmed. 
be-dlz'end 9 , pp. Bedizened. 
be-drag'l p , vt. Bedraggle. 
be-drag'ld p , pp. Bedraggled. 
be-drencht' p&s , pp. Bedrenched. 
bed'rld"n p&8 , a. Bedridden. 
be-dropt' p * 9 , pp. Bedropped. 
bed'sted PAS , n. Bedstead. 
bee'tl p , v., a & n. Beetle. 
beevs p , n. pi. Beeves. 
be-faln' p , pp. Befallen. 
be-fel' p , vt. & vi. Befell. 
be-fogd' 9 , pp. Befogged. 
be-foold' p&s , pp. Befooled. 
be-fould' p&3 , pp. Befouled. 
be-irend' p , vt. Befriend. 
begd piS , pp. Begged. 
beg'gard 9 , pp. Beggared. 
be-gon' p , interj. Begone. 
be-got'n p , pp. Begotten. 
be-ha'vior pai3 , n. Behaviour. 
be-hed' p&8 , vt. Behead. 
bei p *% v. & n. Bell. 
be-la'bor p * 9 , vt. Belabour. 
be-la'bord p49 , pp. Belabored; bela¬ 
boured. 

be-layd' p&8 , pp. Belayed. 
belcht p * 9 , pp. Belched. 
beld p * s , a. Belled. 
bel'dam p , n. Beldame. 
be-lea'ger p , vt. Beleaguer. 
be-lea'gerd p * 9 , pp. Beleaguered. 
be-liev' p , vt. & vi. Believe. 


SIMPLIFIED SPELLING 332 









COMATOSE 


COMMISERATE 


113 

comatose (ko'ma-tos), adj. torpid; 
lethargic. 

comb (kom), n. a toothed instrument 
to separate and adjust the hair; the 
crest of a cock; the crest of a wave 
or hill; a honeycomb: v.t. to dress 
the hair with a comb; grain: v.i. to 
roll over, as the crest of a wave, 
combat (kom'bat), v.i. to fight; act 
in opposition: v.t. to fight with; 
oppose by force: n. a contest by 
force; a struggle. [French.] 
combination (kom-bi-na'shun), n. 
the union of bodies or qualities; an 
association of persons for a com¬ 
mon object: pi. underclothing woven 
in one piece. 

combine (kom-bln'), v.t. to unite or 
join; link closely together: v.i. to 
unite, agree, or coalesce: n. (Slang), 
a secret combination, generally for 
fraudulent purposes. [Latin.] 
combustion (kom-bust'yun), n. the 
act of burning; the state of being 
burnt; the union of an inflammable 
substance with oxygen, &c., produc¬ 
ing light and heat, 
come (kum), v.i. [p.t. came, p.p. 
come, p.pr. coming], to move to¬ 
wards; draw near; reach; happen; 
arrive at some state or condition: 
v.t. to act or play the part of. 
comedy (kom'e-di), n. [pi. comedies 
(kom'e-diz)], dramatic representa¬ 
tion of the humorous or ridiculous 
side of human life. [Greek.] 
comely (kum'li), adj. graceful; hand¬ 
some. 

comet (kom'et), n. a luminous celes¬ 
tial body, with an eccentric orbit, 
consisting, when perfect, of a nu¬ 
cleus, coma, and a tail. [Greek.] 
comfit (kum'fit), n. a dry sweetmeat, 
comfort (kum'fert) ; v.t. to console; 
strengthen; inspirit: n. a state of 
quiet enjoyment; consolation; en¬ 
couragement; a quilted bed-cover, 
comfortable (kum'fer-ta-bl), adj. im¬ 
parting or enjoying comfort. [French. ] 
comic (Kom'ik) or comical (kom'ik- 
al), adj. exciting mirth, 
comity (kom'i-ti), n. civility; polite¬ 
ness; acts of international courtesy, 
comma (konFa), n. a punctuation 
point [,]. [Greek.] 

command (kom-and r or -and), v.t. 
to order or charge with authority; 


control; exercise supreme authority 
over; lead: v.i. act as a commander; 
exercise power or authority: n. au¬ 
thority; an order or mandate; a 
dominating situation; a naval or 
military force under the command 
of a particular officer, 
commander (kom-and'er), n. one who 
commands; a naval officer next be¬ 
low a captain. 

commandment (kom-and'ment), n. 
a command; a precept; a law, es¬ 
pecially any one of tne Decalogue, 
commemorate (kom-em'o-rat), v.t. 
to call to remembrance by a solemn 
act; celebrate with honor, 
commence (kom-ens'), v.i. to come 
into existence; begin: v.t. enter 
upon; perform the first act of. 
commencement (kom-ens'ment), n. 
beginning; origin; the annual festival 
when degrees, &c., are conferred at 
American colleges; like Commemora¬ 
tion Day at Oxford, 
commend (kom-end'), v.t. recom¬ 
mend as worthy of notice; praise; 
bring to mind. [Latin.] 
commendation (kom-en-da'shun), n. 

the act of commending; approval, 
commensurate (kom-en'su-rat), adj. 
reducible to a common measure; 
equal. 

comment (kom'ent), n. a spoken or 
written remark, especially a written 
note by way of explanation, &c.; 
criticism: v.i. (kom-ent'), to write 
notes or explanations on the text 
of an author. [Latin.] 
commentary (kom'en-ta-ri), n. [pi. 
commentaries (kom'en-ta-riz)], a se¬ 
ries of explanatory notes or an¬ 
notations. 

commerce (kom'ers), n. interchange 
of merchandise on a large scale be¬ 
tween nations or individuals; inter¬ 
course. [Latin.] 

commercial (kom-er'shal), adj. per¬ 
taining to trade or commerce; mer¬ 
cantile. 

commingle (ko-ming'gl), v.t. & v.i. 
to mix; Diend. 

comminute (kom'i-nut), v.t. to 
make small or fine by grinding: adj. 
divided into small parts, 
commiserate (kom-iz'er-at), v.t. feel 
pity for; sympathize with in dis¬ 
tress. [Latin.] 


ate, arm, at, awl; me, merge, met; mite, mit; note, n6rth, not; boon, book; 

hue, hut; think, then. 


333 


DICTIONARY 







433 


mart 

massage 


pi .] 1. A pouch-like invagination; specifically, a brood- 
pouch or external receptacle for carrying young or eggs, 
especially that formed by the infolded skin on the abdo¬ 
men of marsupials, as opossums, and in which the young 
are retained and nourished. 2. Rom. Antiq. A purse. 
[L., ^ Gr. mar si]> i- on , dim. of m. a r si \po s , pouch.] 
martt, v. I. t. To trade in or with. II. i. To traffic. 
mart 1 , mart, n. 1. A place of public traffic; a market. 

2t. Traffic. [Contr. < market.] 
mart 3 , n. 1. Martinmas. 2. [Prov. Eng. & Scot.] A beef 
or other animal, especially one slaughtered at Martinmas 
time. [Abbr. of Martinmas.] niairti. 
mart 3 t, n. Battle; war; also [M-], Mars, the god of battle. 
[OF., < L. Mar8, Mars.] 

mar'tel, mdr'tel, n. A hammer, as a weapon or heral¬ 
dic bearing. [F., < L. martulus, dim. of marcus, ham¬ 
mer.] 

mar-tel'lo tow'er. An isolated circular tower of 
masonry, formerly erected on coasts for defense against 
invasion. [< Mortello Point, in Corsica.] 
mar'ten, mdr'ten, n. 1. One of various carnivores of 
northern regions, yielding a valuable fur, as the Ameri¬ 
can marten or sable. 2. The fur of a marten. [< F. 
marie, < LL. martus, of Germanic origin; cp. OHG. 
mart , AS. mearth .] 

mar'tial, mdr'shal, a. 1. Pertaining to war or military 
operations. 2. Connected with or suggestive of war. 3. 
[M-] Martian. [< L. martialis, < Mar(t-)s, Mars, god 
of war.] — mar'tial-ism, n. — mar'tial-ist, n. 
Mar'tian, mOr'shan, a. Pertaining to Mars, either the 
Roman god of war or the planet, 
mar'tin, mOr'tin, n. 1. One of various swallows, 
especially one with the tail less forked than the common 
swallows. 2. Some bird likened to a true martin, as a 
king-bird or chimney-swift. [< Martin, man’s name, 
< F. Martin , < L. Mar{t-)s , Mars.] 
mar"ti-net', mOr"ti-net' (xm), n. A strict disciplina¬ 
rian. [< Martinet , a French general.] 
mar'tin-gale, mdr'tin-gel, n. 1. Harness. A strap 
for holding down a horse’s head by connecting the 
head-gear with the belly-band. 2. Naut. (1) A lower 
stay for a jib-boom or flying-jib boom. (2) A vertical 
spar under the bowsprit, by which the head-stays may be 
guyed down. [F., < Martigal , inhabitant of Martigues 
(town in France).] mar'tin-gait. 

Mar'tin-mas, mOr'tin-mas, n. A festival in honor of 
St. Martin of France (about 316-400), that was formerly 
celebrated Nov. 11. 

mart'let 1 , mart'let, n. 1. Same as martin. 2. Same as 
swift, n„ 1. [< F. martinet , dim. of martin, martin.] 

mart'let 2 , n. Her. A martin or swallow without feet: used 
as a bearing, a crest, etc. [< OF. merlette , dim. of merle , 
blackbird, < L. merula, blackbird.] 
mar'tyr, mdr'tgr. I. vt. 1. To punish with death on 
account of religious belief, especially because of one’s 
Christian faith. 2. To pursue with deadly cruelty, 
mar'tyr-izet. II. n. 1. One who submits to death 
rather than forswear his religion. 2. One who dies or 
suffers for any object or cause. 3. One who suffers much 
or long, as from ill health. 4. A former instrument of 
torture. [< Gr. martyr, witness.]—mar'tyr-dom, n. 
1. The condition or fate of a martyr. 2, Protracted or ex¬ 
treme suffering.— mar"tyr-ol'o-gist, n. One who writes 
of martyrs.— mar"tyr-ol'o-gy, n. L-gies*, pi] A his¬ 
tory or catalogue of martyrs. (+ -ology.]— mar"tyr-o- 
log'ic, mar"lyr-o-log'ic-aI, a. 
mar-ve'diet, n. Same as maravedi. 
mar'vel, mar'vel, v. [-veled or -velled; -vel-ing or 
-vel-ling.] I. t. To be astonished and perplexed be¬ 
cause of (something); wonder at or about. II. i. To 
be affected with wonder, astonishment, surprise, etc. 
mar'vel, n. That which excites wonder; a prodigy. 

[< OF. merveille , < L. mirabilia, < miror , wonder.] 
mar'vel-ous, mar'vel-us, a. Of a character to excite 
astonishment or amazement. mar'vel-lousj. — 
inar'vel-(l)ous-ly, adv.— niar'vel-(l)ous-ncss, n. 
mas'eot, mas'cgt, n. [Colloq.] Something that is regarded 
as bringing good luck to the possessor. [< F. mascotte, < 
Pr. mascotto, witchcraft.] mas'eottef. 
mas'cu-lin(e, mas'kiu-lin, a. 1. Distinctively manly 
or manlike. 2. Gram. Being of the male gender, natural 
or grammatical. [< L. masculinus , < masculus , < mas , a 
male.] Syn.: male, manful, manlike, manly, mannish, virile. 

— mas'cu-lin(e-ly, adv.— mas'cu-lin(e-ness, n. 
— mas"cu-Im'i-ty, n. 

mash. 1 , mash, vt. 1. To reduce to a soft state, as by 
bruising. 2. To convert into mash, as grain. 3. [Slang.] 
To flirt with.— mash'er, n. 

mash, n. 1. A mass of something beaten or soaked into 



a soft state, as a mixture of bran and water, for feeding 
cattle. 2. Brewing. Crushed or ground grain or malt, 
infused in hot water to produce wort. [< AS. max- (in 
maxwyrt, mash-wort); cp. mix, v.] 
masli'lin, mash'lin, n. [Dial., Scot.] Mixed grain. [<OF. 

mestillon, ult. < L. misceo , mix.] 
mask*, mgsk, v. 1. 1. 1. To cover (as the face) with a 
mask. 2. Mu. To conceal a battery or the like behind a 
screen. II. i. To put on or wear a mask, 
mask, n. 1. Something used to cover or disguise the 
features, as by a dancer, mummer, or actor. 2. A protec¬ 
tion for the face: often made of stout wire; as, a fen- 
cing *mask. 3. A cast of the face taken just after death. 
4. Figuratively, something designed to conceal the emo¬ 
tions, sentiments, etc. 5. A play, formerly in vogue, in 
which actors personated mythological deities, shepherd¬ 
esses, etc. 6. A masquerade. 7. One who wears a 
mask. 8. Mil. A screen, as of brush, for hiding a 
battery. [< F. masque, < Sp. mascara, < Ar. mas- 
kharat, buffoon, < sakhara, ridicule.] masque]:, 
mask'er, mgsk'gr, n. 1. One who wears a mask, as at 
a masquerade. 2t. A mask, mas'quer]. 
masking, mgsk'ing, n. The act of wearing a mask, 
mas'ki-nonge, mas'ki-nenj, n. A large North-Amer- 

ican pike (Lucius or 
Esox masquinongy). 
[< Algonkian maski- 
nonge , < mas , great, -{- 
kinonge, pickerel.] 

TheMaskinonge. V„ ka^ong"?.®^ 

ma'son, me'sn, n. 1. One whose occupation is the 
laying of brick and stone in building: also, a stone-cut¬ 
ter. 2. A member of the order of freemasons. 3. A 
bee that rears its young in caves of mud or in mud-lined 
cavities. [< F. maqon, < OHG. mezzo , mason.] 

—ma-son'ic, ma-son'ic, a. Pertaining to masons or 
to freemasonry. — ina'son-ry, m6'sn-ri, n. [-ribs*, pi.] 
1. The art or work of constructing buildings, walls, or the 
like, of brick or stone. 2. That which is built by masons or 
of materials such as masons use. 3. Freemasonry. 
Mas'o-ra, mas'o-ra (xm), n. 1. A collection of criti¬ 
cisms and marginal notes to the Old Testament, made 
by Jewish writers previous to the 10th century. 2. [m-j 
The tradition relied t on by the Jews to preserve the Old 
Testament text from corruption. [Heb.J — Mas"o-ret'- 
ic, -al, a. Mas"so-ret'ic or -alt. 
masone, mas'quer. Same as mask, masker. 
mas"quer-ade', mas”kgr-ed'. I. vi. [-a'ded* 1 ; 
-a'ding.] 1. To take part in a masquerade; wear a 
disguise. 2. To appear in a character other than one’s 
own. II. n. 1. A social party composed of persons 
masked and costumed. 2. A false showing; disguise. 
3. The costume of a masquerader. 4. A form of dra¬ 
matic representation formerly in vogue. [F., < Sp. 
mascarada, < mascara; see mask, n.] 

— mas"quer-a'der, n. 

mass 1 , mgs, vt. & vi. To form or gather into a mass. 
mass 1 , n. 1. An assemblage of things that collectively 
make one quantity. 2. A body of concrete matter; a 
lump. 3. The principal part of anything. 4. Extent 
of volume. 5. Physics. The measure or expression of 
quantity of matter in a body, as indicated either by its 
weight or by the amount of force necessary to produce a 

f iven amount of motion in the body in a given time. 
< F. masse, < L. massa , < Gr. maza , barley cake.] 

— the masses, the great body of the people exclusive 
of the wealthy or privileged; common people. 
mass 3 , n. 1. The celebration of the eucharist in the 
Roman Catholic Church. 2. Mus. A musical service 
rendered in connection with the mass. [< AS. msesse, 
< LL. missa, dismissal, < L. missus, pp. of mitto, send.] 
mas'sa-cre, mas'a-kgr. I. vt. [-cred; -cring.] To kill 
with indiscriminate fury and in considerable numbers. 
II. n. 1. The indiscriminate killing of human beings, 
as in savage warfare, especially where resistance is im¬ 
possible. 2. The reckless slaughter of a great number of 
animals. [F., < LG. matsken, hew.] 

Syn.: butchery, carnage, havoc, slaughter. A massacre 
Is the Indiscriminate killing in numbers of the unresisting 
or defenseless; butchery is the killing of men brutally and 
ruthlessly as cattle are killed in the shambles. Carnage 
(Latin caro, carnis, flesh) refers to scattered or heapea- 
up corpses of the slain; slaughter is similar in meaning, 
but refers more to the process, as carnage does to the result; 
both may be applied to open and honorable warfare, 
mas'sage, mas'gj or mgs'sgzh' (xm), n. Therap. A 
system of remedial treatment consisting of manipulating 


ffutigre (future); aisle; au (owt); ail; c (k); ©hat; dli (the); go; sing, ink; thin; F„ boh, dune. 
28 


DICTIONARY 


334 



























































































Adv. 

List PD 


Year 

Model 

H.P. Type of Body 

Price FTC PL 


Maibohm Motors Co., 

Racine, Wis. 



1919 

B (6) 

46 Phaeton 

1,290 E T E X 




Tr. Sdn., Brough. 

1,890 E P G X 


Maibohm Motors Co., Sandusky, Ohio. 



1920 

B (6) 

46 5-Ps. Tour. 

1,495 E T E X 




5-Ps. Sedan 

2,395 E P G X 


Marion-Handlev Mutual Motors Co., Jackson, Mich. 



1919 

B (6) 

60 Road., Tour. 

1,930 E T G X 



B (6) 

60 Sedan 

2,860 EPJ X 


Marmon- 

—Nordyke & Marmon, Indianapolis, Ind. 



1919 

34 (6) 

34 5-Ps. Tour. 

3,900 B N L Z 




4-Ps. Rd., 7-Ps. Tr. 

3,950 B N L Z 




Four-Door Sedan 

5,550 BMP Z 




Lim., Town Car 

5,650 B MP Z 




Landaulet 

5,750 B MP Z 




Twn. CarfRubay Body)6,100 B MQ Z 




Lim. (Rubay Body) 

6,150 BMQ Z 


1920 

B-34 (6) 

34 Roadster 

5,000 B N N Z 




4, 7-Ps. Tour. 

5,000 B N N Z 




4-Ps. Coupe 

6,150 B MP Z 




7-Ps. Sedan 

6,600 B MQ Z 




7-Ps. Lim.,7-Ps.T.Car 

6,800 BMQ Z 


Maxwell Motor Co., Inc., Detroit, Mich. 



1919 

25 (4) 

25 3-Ps. Rd., 5-Ps. Tr. 

895 F U C W 




Road. (Winter Top) 

980 F U C W 




Tour. (All Weather) 

1,005 F UDW 




5-Ps. Ber. (wood wh.) 

1,245 F S E W 




5-Ps. Ber. (wire wh.) 

1,345 F S E W 




Coupe 

1,520 F S F W 




5-Ps. Sedan 

1,565 F S F W 


1920 

25 (4) 

Chassis with Cowl 

965 D . . f t 




3-Ps. Rd., 5-Ps. Tour. 

1,055 DU CW 




Coupe 

1,695 DS F W 




5-Ps. Sedan 

1,795 DS F W 


McFarlan Motor Co., Connersville, Ind. 



1919 

122 (6) 

90 2, 4-Ps. Road. 

4,300 C L M Z 



126 (6) 

90 6-Ps. Tour. 

4,300 C L M Z 



127 (6) 

90 7-Ps. Tour. 

4,300 C L M Z 



125 (6) 

90 4-Ps. Sport(6 wire wh.)4,500 C L N Z 



124 (6) 

90 Destroyer 4-Ps. Tr. 

4,550 C L N Z 



131 (6) 

90 Town Car 

5,400 C L O Z 



136 (6) 

90 Sloping“V”Front Sdn 

.5,400 CL O Z 



136 (6) 

90 Sloping Str. Ft. Sdn. 

5,400 CL O Z 



138 (6) 

90 Limousine 

5,450 C L O Z 



135 (6) 

90 Sport Sdn. (wire wh.) 

5,600 CLP Z 



137 (6) 

90 Pnila. Brougham 

5,700 CLP Z 



141 (6) 

90 Cont. Landaulet 

5,700 CLP Z 



134 (6) 

90 7-Ps. Knick. Cab. 

6,050 CL Q Z 


1920 

122 (6) 

90 2, 4-Ps. Road. 

4,800 C L M Z 



126 (6) 

90 6-Ps. Tour. 

4,800 C L M Z 



127 (6) 

90 7-Ps. Tour. 

4,800 C L M Z 



125 (6) 

90 4-Ps. Sport(6 wire wh.)5,000 C L N Z 



131 (6) 

90 Town Car 

5,900 CL O Z 



136 (6) 

90 Sloaping Str. Frt. Sdn. 5,900 C L O Z 



138 (6) 

90 Limousine 

5,950 CL O Z 



135 (6) 

90 Sport Sdn. (6 wire wh.)6,100 C L P Z 



137 (6) 

90 Phila. Brougham 

6,200 CLP Z 



141 (6) 

90 Cont. Landaulet 

6,200 C L P Z 



134 (6) 

90 7-Ps. Knick. Cab. 

6,550 CL Q Z 




317 



PRICE LIST 




336 





USEFUL DATA AND TABLES 


COST OF PRODUCTION PER TON OF PAPER OF 39 PRINCIPAL BOOK-PAPER 

MILLS, BY MILLS, 1915 AND 1916 


1915 


Mill 

number 

Stock 

Conversion 

General 

ex¬ 

pense, 

includ¬ 

ing 

depre¬ 

ciation 

Total 

cost 

Soda 

pulp 

Sul¬ 

phite 

Waste 

paper 

Mis¬ 

cella¬ 

neous 

Total 

Labor 

Mis¬ 

cella¬ 

neous 

Total 

1. 

$15.37 

$13.66 

$2.41 

$3.55 

$34.99 

$6.38 

$5.11 

$11.49 

$3.86 

$50.34 

2. 

13.24 

19.32 


3.65 

36.21 

5.84 

5 41 

11 25 

3 75 

51 21 

3. 

6.82 

21.00 

5.74 

2.66 

36.22 

5.32 

5.90 

11.22 

4.62 

52.06 

4. 

25.68 

7.51 


3.43 

36.62 

6.07 

7.39 

13 46 

3 91 

53 99 

5. 

23.62 

8.74 


3.13 

35.49 

7.65 

7.80 

15.45 

3 75 

54 69 

6. 

13.34 

16.97 

4.25 

3.44 

38.00 

7.86 

6.05 

13.91 

4.10 

56.01 

7. 

18.43 

15.37 

.23 

4.11 

38.14 

7.77 

7.53 

15.30 

3.51 

56.95 

8. 

17.20 

18.29 


3.85 

39.34 

7.22 

6.29 

13.51 

4 17 

57 02 

9. 

5.78 

19.86 

4.19 

7.76 

37.59 

7.20 

8.83 

16.03 

5.32 

58.94 

10. 


2.21 

26.10 

5.33 

33.64 

12.70 

9.72 

22 42 

4 33 

60 39 

11. 

13.27 

22.69 

.12 

3.61 

39.69 

9.08 

8.28 

17.36 

3.62 

60.67 

12. 


22.40 

9.70 

5.56 

37.66 

7.74 

9.30 

17.04 

6 10 

60 80 

13. 

6.77 

14.06 

14.27 

3.99 

39.09 

12.26 

7.02 

19.28 

3.47 

61.84 

14. 

12.16 

19.18 

7.77 

3.98 

43.09 

6.21 

7.91 

14.12 

4.91 

62.12 

15. 

35.67 


2.15 

4.23 

42.05 

9.44 

7.23 

16.67 

4 03 

62 75 

16. 

32.88 

2.37 

2.45 

3.76 

41.46 

10.80 

6.92 

17.72 

4.09 

63.27 

17. 

5.72 

16.59 

14.40 

5.88 

42.59 

8.31 

8.02 

16.33 

4.44 

63.36 

18.» ... 

4.80 

11.48 

17.67 

4.71 

38.66 

12.04 

6.92 

18.96 

5.79 

63.41 

19. 

28.73 

6.66 

2.72 

3.98 

42.09 

9.26 

8.18 

17.44 

4.02 

63.55 

20. 

20.91 

11.36 

10.44 

3.96 

46.67 

6.32 

6.98 

13.30 

4.17 

64.14 

21. 

16.91 

10.35 

13.26 

4.79 

45.31 

8.11 

7.14 

15.25 

4.08 

64.64 

22. 


21.49 

9.94 

9.05 

40.48 

10.46 

10.66 

21.12 

4.56 

66 16 

23. 

12.11 

17.22 


4.81 

34.14 

17.65 

8.51 

26.16 

6.03 

66 33 

24. 

12.90 

29.52 

.05 

5.35 

47.82 

7.09 

7.16 

14.25 

4.79 

66.86 

25. 

16.84 

13.05 

11.70 

4.62 

46.21 

8.79 

8.01 

16.80 

4.23 

67.24 

26. 

1.27 

16.66 

20.26 

5.74 

43.93 

10.81 

8.66 

19.47 

4.06 

67.46 

27. 

4.98 

12.46 

19.84 

5.68 

42.96 

11.39 

8.24 

19.63 

5.45 

68.04 

28. 


28.14 

10.61 

3.88 

42.63 

11.40 

9.39 

20.79 

5.26 

68.68 

29. 

16.59 

12.69 

10.44 

5.68 

45.40 

11.73 

7.52 

19.25 

4.11 

68.76 

30. 

8.78 

17.95 

9.19 

6.75 

42.67 

13.76 

10.31 

24.07 

4.30 

71.04 

31. 


21.67 

9.75 

8.87 

40.29 

15.24 

10.80 

26.04 

5.19 

71.52 

32. 

4.06 

25.75 

13.18 

4.77 

47.76 

8.89 

10.32 

19.21 

4.77 

71.74 

33. 

18.59 

14.67 

.36 

8.61 

42.23 

12.22 

14.06 

26.28 

3.40 

71.91 

34. 

15.27 

17.08 

10.98 

5.47 

48.80 

11.76 

10.34 

22.10 

4.26 

75.16 

35. 

14.20 

15.04 

13.06 

4.91 

47.21 

11.96 

12.10 

24.06 

4.16 

75.43 

36. 

12.96 

14.76 

9.13 

7.94 

44.79 

6.67 

19.19 

25.86 

7.20 

77.85 

37. 

9.00 

37.91 

1.71 

4.32 

52.94 

8.98 

10.77 

19.75 

5.90 

78.59 

38. 

11.38 

25.14 

3.60 

8.24 

48.36 

12.29 

12.24 

24.53 

8.18 

81.07 

39. 

11.62 

17.78 

4.43 

6.20 

40.03 

19.66 

16.44 

36.10 

6.24 

82.37 

Average. 

13.08 

17.01 

5.79 

4.80 

40.68 

8.68 

8.49 

17.17 

4.39 

62.24 


TABULAR 



















































































13337 

13338 

13339 

13340 

13341 

13342 

13343 

13344 

13345 

13346 

13347 

13348 

13349 

13350 

13351 

13352 

13353 

13354 

13355 

13356 

13357 

13358 

13359 

13360 

13361 

13362 

13363 

13364 

13365 

13366 

13367 

13368 

13369 

13370 


JYURJ 

JYUTL 

JYUWN 

JYVAL 

JYVCE 

JYVEM 

JYVGI 

JYVIN 

JYVKO 

JYVNU 

JYVOP 

JYVSY 

JYVUR 

JYVXA 

JYVYS 

JYXAN 

JYXCO 

JYXEP 

JYXGU 

JYXIR 

JYXKY 

JYXOS 

JYXPA 

JYXTE 

JYXUT 

JYXXI 

JYXYV 

JYZAP 

JYZCU 

JYZER 

JYZGY 

JYZIS 

JYZLA 

JYZOT 


PULLEY-Cont. 

Speed of pulley —— r. p. m. 
Sprocket pulley 

Standard pulley for-is — 

Steel rim pulley 


diam; 


face 


[bore 


Telegraph speed diam. and face of pulley(s) 

Tight and loose pulley(s) 

To have driving pulley-diam.-face 

What are diam. and face of pulley 

What are diam., face and speed of pulley 

What are diam. of driving pulley and number of r. p. m. 

What is arc of contact of belt on pulley 

What is size of pulley (on) 

What size of pulley is wanted on 


PUMPS (Boiler,"Gallons, Piping, Water) 

Advise by mail, size, price, weight, and shortest deliv¬ 
ery of pump to perform the following service 
Air and circulating pump 

Air and circulating pump with piping to connect to 
Air lift pump [condenser 

Air pump 

Air pump diam.-(stroke-) 

Automatic feed pump and receiver, with receiver placed 
above the pump [placed alongside the pump 

Automatic feed pump and receiver, with receiver 
Centrifugal pump 

Centrifugal pumps discharging under 

Circulating pump centrifugal-diam. 

Circulating pump diam.-(stroke-) 

Combined air and boiler feed pump 

Combined air and circulating pump 

Combined air and circulating pumps and piping to con- 

Combined vacuum and water pump [nect to condenser 

Compound pump(s) 

Condenser pump(s) 


PRICE, WEIGHT AND POINT OF DELIVERY. 


F. O. B. 


CARS 


Factory. 

Destination. 

Point of shipment 

New York. 

Chicago. 


STEAMER 


Destination. 

Free alongside... 

New York. 

Dock, New York . 
Philadelphia.... 1 

Baltimore. 

Seattle. 

San Francisco... 


Telegraph lowest 
price 

Telegraph lowest 
price and 
shortest delivery 

Telegraph lowest 
price, weight and 
shortest delivery 

j! 

Lowest price 
net 

® 1 

o 

■Cl 

at 

3 

it 

*3 

delivery 

OMUHD 

OMYJF 

ONBYZ 

ONGAX 

ONKED 

OMUJK 

OMYLJ 

ONCAT 

ONGEZ 

ONKIF 

OMULG 

OMYMS 

ONCEV 

ONGIB 

ONKOG 

OMUMT 

OMYNP 

ONCIA 

ONGOC 

ONKUH 

OMUNS 

OMYPZ 

ONCOX 

ONGUD 

ONKYJ 

OMUPH 

OMYRK 

ONCUZ 

ONGYF 

ONLAD 

OMURL 

OMYTH 

ONCYB 

ONHAZ 

ONLEF 

OMUSM 

OMYZB 

ONDAV 

ONHEB 

ONLIG 

OMUWB 

OMZAP 

ONDEW 

ONHIC 

ONLOH 

OMVAL 

OMZER 

ONDIX 

ONHOD 

ONLUJ 

OMVEM 

OMZIS 

ONDOZ 

ONHUF 

ONLYK 

OMVIN 

OMZOT 

ONDUB 

ONHYG 

ONMAF 

OMVOP 

OMZUV 

ONDYC 

ONIBD 

ONMEG 

OMVUR 

OMZYA 

ONEFT 

ONICK 

ONMIH 

OMVYS 

ONACH 

ONEGZ 

ONIDT 

ONMOJ 

OMWAM 

ONAFV 

ONEHM 

ONI HZ 

ONMUK 

OMWEN 

ONAHS 

ONEJS 

ONI LB 

ONMYL 

OMWIP 

ONAJM 

ONELV 

ONIMF 

ONNAG 

OMWOR 

ONALT 

ONEMB 

ONINV 

ONNEH 

OMWUS 

ONAMK 

ONENK 

ONIPS 

ONNIJ 

OMWYT 

ONANG 

ONERC 

ONI RJ 

ONNOK 


S* & 
£ 


O 

... 

»- 

a 


o 


4) 'S,-— 

► 3 * 


ONOPH 

ONORL 

ONOSM 

ONOWB 

ON PAH 

ONPEJ 

ONPIK 

ONPOL 

ONPUM 

ONPYM 

ONRAJ 

ONREK 


ONRIL 

ONROM 

ONRUN 

ONRYP 

ONSAK 

ONSEL 

ONSIM 

ONSON 

ONSUP 


CODE (Combination of Phrase and Tabular Pages) 


338 

















































REPRESENT ACION— Sigue. (REPRESENTATION— Continued.') 

34254 Blandiebar...-rehusa representar a Uds. (porque-). 

34255 Blandieron...- no representa mucho capital. 

34256 Blandifici-...REPRESENTANTE. (REPRESENTATIVE.) 

34257 Blandifluo ...Un representante de-. 

34258 Blandiment .. Se mandara un representante de- (a ). 

34259 Blandimmo .. Dirijanse al representante de-en ese lugar (en-) Sr.-. 

34260 Blandirono... Dirijanse a nuestro representante en ese lugar (en-) Sr.-. 

34261 Blandisco.... No podemos mandar representante. 

34262 Blandise.Ha(n) sido nombrado(s) aqui (en-) como representante(s) (de -). 

34263 Blandishes ... Nos hemos dirijido a su representante aqui (en-). 

34264 Blandising ... Nos hemos dirijido a su representante aqui (en -), con resultado muy poco satis- 

34265 Blanditori-No tenemos (tienen) representante. [factorio. 

34266 Blandivamo .. No tenemos (tienen) representante nombrado en ese lugar (en ). 

34267 Blandivate ... Tienen Uds. algun representante aqui (en-) ? 

34268 Blandizia.Es representante (de-). 

34269 Blandness.... No es representante (de-). 

34270 Blando.Representante legal. 

34271 Blandona-Nuestro representante saldra-. 

34272 Blandones.... Nuestro representante estara en-•. 

34273 Blandorum... Nuestro(s) representante(s) en ese lugar (en-) esta(n) aqui. 

34274 Blandrata.... Representante(s) de-. 

34275 Blandujo .... Avistense con- 6 su representante. 

34276 Blandulos.... Manden un representante. 

34277 Blandulum... Unico representante. 

34278 Blanketing... Cuando estara su representante (aqui) (en-) ? 

34279 Blankett.No mandaremos representante. 

34280 Blankhaken .. Trataremos que nuestro representante les visite (dentro de unos dias) (-)» 

34281 Blankheit.... Su representante esta aqui. 

34282 Blankil.Su representante no esta aqui. 

34283 Blankkugel ..- es nuestro representante. 


CONTRATOS DE OPCION. (OPTION CONTRACTS.) 

Debe entenderse claramente que las drdenes enviadas de acuerdo con esta tabla estdn sujetas al reglamento de la Bolsa donde 

se ejecuten.] 


ENERO.* (JANUARY.) 


Con- 

Compren por nuestra 

Compren £ discreci6n 

Compren; orden en vi- 

Hemos comprado por 

Hemos vendido por 

TRATO. 

cuenta. 

de Uds. 

gor hasta que se anule. 

cuenta de Uds. 

cuenta de Uds. 


NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

-1 

47225 Obhyb... 

47242 Obiup... 

47259 Obkfa... 

47276 Obmam. 

47293 Obnxe... 

I . . . . 

47226 Obhze... 

47243 Obivi.... 

47260 Obkim... 

47277 Obmez.. 

47294 Obnyh... 

2 . . . . 

47227 Obiam... 

47244 Obiyc.... 

47261 Obkoy... 

47278 Obmhi.. 

47295 Oboar... 

3 - • • • 

47228 Obice.... 

47245 Obizf.... 

47262 Obkri.... 

47279 Obmil... 

47296 Obobs... 

4.... 

47229 Obids.... 

47246 Objaj.... 

47263 Obkto... 

47280 Obmjo... 

47297 Obocv... 

5 - 

47230 Obiev.... 

47247 Objew... 

47264 Obkus... 

47281 Obmmy. 

47298 Obody... 

6. ... 

47231 Obify.... 

47248 Objko... 

47265 Obkye... 

47282 Obmoe.. 

47299 Oboeb... 

7.... 

47232 Obigb... 

47249 Objny... 

47266 Oblal.... 

47283 Obmyg.. 

47300 Obofa... 

8. . .. 

47233 Obiho... 

47250 Objob... 

47267 Oblbo... 

47284 Obnan... 

47301 Obogh... 

9.... 

47234 Obijk.... 

47251 Objpe... 

47268 Obley.... 

47285 Obncu... 

47302 Obohk... 

10.... 

47235 Obikn... 

47252 Objur... 

47269 Oblge.... 

47286 Obnea... 

47303 Oboin... 

11... . 

47236 Obimu.. 

47253 Objvu... 

47270 Oblip.... 

47287 Obnis.... 

47304 Oboku... 

12.... 

47237 Obinx... 

47254 Objxa.... 

47271 Obllu.... 

47288 Obnof... 

473°5 Obolx.... 

15 . ... 

47238 Obipd... 

47255 Objyd... 

47272 Oblna... 

47289 Obnpi... 

47306 Obome.. 

20.... 

47239 Obirg.... 

47256 Obkar... 

47273 Oblos.... 

47290 Obnso... 

47307 Obond... 

25.••• 

47240 Obisj.... 

47257 Obkdu... 

47274 Oblut.... 

47291 Obnut... 

47308 Oboog .. 

30.... 

47241 Obith.... 

47258 Obkex... 

47275 Oblyf.... 

47292 Obnvy... 

47309 Obopj ... 

CoN- 

TRATO. 

Vendan por nuestra 
cuenta. 

Vendan £ discrecidn 
de Uds. 

Vendan; orden en vigor 
hasta que se anule. 

Aconsejarlan Uds. 
cubrir el-? 

Nos aconsejarlan Uds. 
vender en liquidacion 
el-? 


NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

NO. DE VOZ. 

-f 

47310 Oborm.. 

47327 Obpyj... 

47344 Obsxi.... 

47361 Obuhp... 

47378 Obvde... 

X • • • • 

47311 Obosp... 

47328 Obrap... 

47345 Obsyl.... 

47362 Obuit.... 

47379 Obvek... 

2 . . . . 

47312 Obouw.. 

47329 Obrbu... 

47346 Obszo.... 

47363 Obukz... 

47380 Obviu... 


CODE (Combination op Phrase and Tabular Pages) 339 





































































134 


THE CALCULUS 


[X, § 82 


Combining (3) and (4), and passing to the limit as Ax 
approaches zero, we have 


( 5 ) 


dx -^ 1 + (dx) Vl + m 2 - 


where m — dy/dx is the slope of the curve. 

It follows that the total change in s between any two 
fixed points x = a and x — b, is 

(6) Total length =s~\ * & = f x b y/l + m 2 dx. 

J x = a J x = a 

83. Parameter Forms. When the equation of a curve is 
given in parameter form 

(1) *=/(<). V = <t>(t), 

we may square both sides of (5), § 82, and multiply by dx 2 . 
This gives the formula 

(2) ds 2 = dx 2 + dy 2 , 

which is called the Pythagorean differential formula. It is 
readily remembered by reference to the triangle PQR, 
Fig. 29. If we divide both sides of (2) by dt 2 , we find * 

From (3) we have 

it 

whence 

( 5 ) 


- xl(f)'+ (!)■ 


($)'«■ 

which gives the length of the curve (1) between any two of 
its points. 

*This expresses the fact that the square of the total speed ds/dt is the 
sum of the squares of the horizontal speed dx/dt and the vertical speed dy/dt. 
This fact, proved in § 40 , might have been used as the point of departure, 
and all of the formulas of §§ 82-83 might have been deduced from it. 


CALCULUS 


340 












IM AGIN ARIES 


247 


2 . Simplify V — 9+V —16 — V^ 9 . 

\/—9 = 3V^1 = 3 i 


\/—16 = 4 V^l = 41 
V—9 = 3^^! = 31 


V^9 + \/3l6_V'-9 = 3i+4i-3i = 4i f or 4\^1. 

3 . Add 2 — 2 \/^T ; 5 + \/^3, and 3 + \/’-16. 


2—2\/^l = 2— 2V^1 = 2—21 

5+ V^—3 = 5+ VaV^+L = 5 + 1 V 3 

3+V^T6 = 3 + 4\^=1 = 3+4 t 


10 + (2+ V / 3)V / — 1 = io+t(2+V3). 
Simplify each of the following expressions: 


4 . 2\/-4 + 3\/^9. 


7. v / -a 2 +V / -9o 2 . 


5 - 7\/-81+5V-144. 


8 . \/-4+\/^5 + \/-16. 


6 . V / -27 + V / -48-V / ^75. 9 . (3 + V^4) + (5-2\/-9). 
io. V — 9 a 2 + \/-46 2 - \/— c 2 . 

MULTIPLICATION OP IM AGIN ARIL S 

305 . To find the product when imaginary or complex 
numbers are involved, first reduce them to the form aV^T, 
or a + bV—1, and t hen multiply as in other radicals; ob¬ 
serve that V — lxV — 1 = — 1, or i 2 = — 1. 

i. Find the product of V —5 by V—3. 

v^5 = VsV^i = tV5; \Z~—3 = V 3 V^l = iV 3. 



2 . Multiply 3 + V —2 by 2 — V— 5 . 

3+V^+2 = 3+V2\/^I 
2-\ r ^5 = 2-V5\ / ^I 

6 + 2 v / 2 v / ^l 
- 3V5V^I - \/l0( -1) 


6 + ( 2\/2 - 3 V' 5)>/^1 + VIo 


ALGEBRA 


311 











































114 CHEMISTRY OF THE NON-BENZENOID HYDROCARBONS 

“Ethylene is the simplest methylene ring, as it may be regarded as 
dimethylene.” In order to bend two of these hypothetical lines of 
valence direction to parallel positions would require that each of the 
pair be deviated one-half 109° 28' or 54° 44' from their normal direc¬ 
tions. In the same way the supposed deviations from the normal va¬ 
lence direction may be calculated for cyclopropane, cyclobutane, and 
so on. Ring structures containing more than five carbon atoms would 
require a spreading or widening of the normal angle, the angles of devi¬ 
ation of the simpler cyclic carbon structures being as follows: 


CH a 

Ah 2 

54° 44' 


CH, 


I >ch 2 

CJ 




CH 2 — CH 2 

Ah,—A 


H, 


CH 2 — CH 2 

Ai >CHa 


3H. — CH, 


+ 24° 44' 

4- 9° 44' 

0° -j- 44 



h 2 

h 2 


C 

C 

/ \ 

/ 

'\ 

h 2 c ch 2 

1 1 

h 2 c 

ch 2 

h 2 c ch. 

h,c 

Ah. 


V 


H 2 

5° 16' 


w 

H 2 H a 
- 9° 33' 


cyclooctane, —12° 46' 
cyclononane, —15° 16' 

Cyclopropane and its derivatives are generally not as reactive as 
ethylene but the ring is broken by bromine, hydriodic acid, and by 
hydrogen in contact with nickel at 80°. Cyclopropane is not oxidized 
by cold dilute permanganate. Cyclobutane is not reacted upon by 
bromine, concentrated hydroiodic acid or dilute permanganate solution. 
The ring is opened by hydrogen in the presence of nickel, forming 
butane at high temperature but is stable at 100°. The stability of 
cyclopropane and cyclobutane rings toward oxidizing agents, bromine, 
halogen acids, dilute sulfuric acid and the like is very greatly modified 
by substituent groups, just as the chemical behavior of the ethylenes 
is altered by different groups. Thus 1.2-dimethylcyclopropane is acted 
upon by 1% permanganate 0 and the hydrocarbon 1,1,2-trimethyl 

'Zelinsky, J. prakt. Chem. 8i, II, 548 (1911). 


CHEMISTRY (PHOTOGRAPHICALLY REDUCED) 


342 





1096 


THE BARRETT COMPANY 

Chemical Department 
Manufacturers of Refined Coal-tar Products 
17 BATTERY PLACE, NEW YORK, N. Y. 


PRODUCTS 

Refin:d and Crude Coal-tar Distillates 
Crude Cresylic Acids and Tar Acid Oils 
Redistilled and Crude Hydrocarbon Oils 

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 

ESPIKED AND CSUDB DISTILLATES 


Phenols, Cresols and Special Products 
Refined Naphthalene 
Disinfectants 


Product 

Color 

Remarks 

Wash test 
not darker 
than 

Benzol, Pure. 

Water-whilje.... 
Water-white.. . . 

Distillation 100% within 2° C. 

No. 4 
No. 6 
No. 6 

Benzol, 100%. 

Distillation approximately 100% at 100° C . ... 

Benzol, 90%. 

Water-white..,. 

Distillation approximately and at least 90% at 100° C... 

Benzol, 50%. 

Water-white.... 

Distillation approximately and at least 50% at 100° C... 

No. 6 

Motor Benzol. 

Water-white.... 

Distillation approximately and at least 90% at 120° C. 
Complete distillation between 76° and 135° C.Neutral... 

(Special) 

Benzol, Straw-color.... 
Toluol, Pure.. 

Straw. 

Distillation at least 80% at 100° C. 

None 

Water-white.. ,. 

Distillation 100% within 2° C. (Offer 1° distillation if 

Toluol, Commercial. 

Water-white. ... 

desired) . 

Distillation not over 5% at 100° C., approximately and at 

No. 4 

Toluol, Straw-color. 

Straw.. 

least 90% at 120° C. 

Distillation at least 80% at 120° C. 

No. 6 
None 

Xylol, Pure. 

Water-white.... 

Distillation 100% within 5° C., range approximately 

Xylol, Commercial. 

Water-white.... 

137°-142° C. (Offer 2° or 10° distillation if desired)... 
Distillation not over 5% at 130° C., approximately and at 

No. 6 
No. 12 

Solvent Naphtha. 

Water-white.... 

least 90% at 160° C. Flash-point about 78° F. 

Distillation not over 5% at 130° C., approximately and at 

(Special) 
No. 12 

“Hi-Flash” Naphtha.... 

Water-white.... 

least 90% at 160° C. Flash-point about 78° F. 

Distillation 100% between 150° and 200° C. 

(Special) 
No. 9 

Crude Solvent Naphtha. 

Dark straw. 

Flash-point not below 100° F........ 

Distillation at least 80% at 160° C. Flash-point about 

(Special) 


78° F. 

None 

Crude Heavy Solvent 
Naphtha. 

Amber to red... 

Distillation not over 5% at 160° C.,at least 90% at 200° C. 

None 

No. 10 Naphtha. 

Amber to red... 

Flash-point not below 105° F. 

Distillation approximately 100% between 150° and 210° C. 

None 

Heavy Naphtha. 

Deep amber to 

Flash-point about 113° F. 

Distillation not over 10% at 160° C., approximately 70% 


dark red. 

at 200° C.. 

None 

Special Heavy Naphtha 

Amber to red... 

Flash-point about 109° F. 

Distillation resembles closely that of Crude Heavy Sol- 


vent Naphtha. 

None 


CKTTDB CRESYLIC ACID8 AND TAB ACID OILS 


Product 


Crude Cresylic Acid,97-99%,Straw Color 
Crude Cresylic Acid, 95%, Dark. 


Tar Acid Oil, 50%. 

Tar Acid Oil, 25%. 

Tar Acid Oil, 15%. 

Tar Acid Oil, 10%. 

Tar Acid Oil, 50-60%, 2d Quality. 
Tar Acid Oil, 25-30%, 2d Quality. 
Tar Acid Oil, 10-15%, 2d Quality. 
Dip Oil... 


Flotation Oils. 


Remarks 


Close fractions of coal-tar acids containing not less than the stated 
percentage of ta"r acids, largely cresol. Contains no crystallizing 
products, and is limpid at 32° F. 

Distilled coal-tar oils containing the stated percentage of tar acids, 
largely cresylic. 

Oils described as second quality may throw out crystalline sediment at 
freezing temperature. 

All others have been frozen, and are limpid at 32° F. 

A specially prepared coal-tar oil for the manulacture of disinfectants. 
Contains not less than 25% tar acids. 

Specially prepared oils for flotation of mineral ores. 

Continued on Next Page 


CHEMICAL CATALOG (PHOTOGRAPHICALLY REDUCED) 


343 




























































Eggs 


ASPARAGUS OMELET, ITALIAN 

1 cupful cooked asparagus-tips 1 tablespoonful water 
4 eggs Few grains pepper 

y 2 teaspoonful salt 2 tablespoonfuls grated cheese 

1 tablespoonful butter 

Beat the eggs slightly; add the salt, pepper, cheese, and 
asparagus. Put butter in hot omelet pan; when melted, turn 
in the mixture. As it slowly cooks, prick and pick up with a 
fork until the whole is of creamy consistency. Brown quickly 
underneath; fold and turn on a hot platter, new York, n. y. 

BACON AND EGGS, NEW STYLE 

8 slices bacon, diced ^4 cupful milk 

6 small slices dry bread, diced Vs teaspoonful pepper 

4 eggs A little salt 

Fry the bacon until brown; add the bread, and toss with 
the bacon and fat until well seasoned and slightly browned, 
then add the eggs beaten with the seasoning and milk, and 
scramble as usual. This is a very good way to use up dry 
bread. new york, n. y. 

BACON AND POTATO OMELET 

1 cupful cold potatoes, chopped 4 eggs 
fine Lj teaspoonful salt 

r / 2 cupful bacon, diced Ys teaspoonful pepper 

Brown potatoes and bacon together in a frying-pan. Sep¬ 
arate eggs, beat yolks till creamy and whites till light, add 

72 


COOK BOOK 344 





DISEASES OF THE STOMACH 


581 


The twisting of the ureter may cause repeated intermittent hydro - 
nephrosis , not a serious complication, for with positive diagnosis and 
surgical treatment, after scientific differentiation (cystoscopy, uretero- 
scopy) the condition may he overcome. The functional tests should in¬ 
clude the consideration of both kidneys. The circulation is often erratic 
and functional disturbances are not unusual; there may be palpitation and 
arhythmia with, in some cases venous engorgement. Many of these 
symptoms are promptly relieved by support or postural treatment. They 
return on slight cause. 

Chronic constipation is the bane of these cases and cathartics are taken 
by the majority. Support, diet and rational treatment improve many 
of these. 

The prognosis so far as life is concerned is always good; the neuras¬ 
thenic symptoms in uncontrolled cases (usually in women, though men are 
frequently included) are likely to persist unchanged until after the years 
of greatest sexual activity, after which we have found enormous improve¬ 
ment. The element of suggestion with proper support, right living and 
occupation, are the paramount factors which influence the lives of these 
patients (See Neurasthenia). 

References 

Glenard (F.). Les ptoses viscerates. Paris, 1885. Lyon Med., 1885, xlviii, 449. 

Groedel (Franz). Grundriss Atlas der Rontgendiagn. Munich, 1909. 

Holzknecht. Wien. med. Wchnschr., Jg. 63, Nr. 32. 

Stiller. Archiv f. Verdauungskr., 1896, ii, 285. 

Stockton. Diseases of the stomach. New York, 1914. 

Treves (Sir Frederick). Allbult's System of medicine, 1897, Hi, 687; also London Prac¬ 
titioner, Jan., 1905. 

5. Pyloric Obstruction 

Stenosis of the Pylorus. —Pyloric obstruction, or stenosis, may be either 
benign or malignant. The malignant stenoses of the pylorus are consid¬ 
ered with cancer of the stomach. 

Benign Stenosis of the Pylorus 

Benign stenosis of the pylorus may be either (a) functional or (b) 
organic. The latter may be (I) congenital or (II) acquired. 

(a) Functional Stenosis 

Functional stenoses are found in the highly neurotic, and are transi¬ 
tory. Pyloric spasm may be chronic and lead to gastrectasia with intol- 


MEDICAL (PHOTOGRAPHICALLY REDUCED) 


345 




P. VERGILl MARONIS 


148 

Quidve petunt animae? vel quo discrimme ripas 
Hae linquunt, lllae remis vada livida verrunt?’ 320 

Olli sic breviter fata est longaeva sacerdos: 

‘Anchisa generate, deum certissima proles, 

Cocyti stagna alta vides, Stygiamque paludem, 

Di cuius nirare timent et fallere numen. 

Haec omnis, quam cerms, mops mhumataque turba est; 325 
Portitor llle Charon; hi, quos vehit unda, sepulti. 

Nec ripas datur horrendas et rauca fluenta 
Transportare pnusquam sedibus ossa quierunt. 

Centum errant annos volitantque hsec litora circum. 

Turn demum admissi stagna exoptata revisunt.’ 330 

Constitit Anchisa satus et vestigia pressit 

Multa putans sortemque ammo miseratus miquam. 

Cermt lbi msestos et mortis honore carentes, 

Leucaspim, et Lycise ductorem classis Orontem, 

Quos simul a Troia ventosa per sequora vectos 335 

Obruit Auster, aqua mvolvens navemque virosque. 

Palinurus tells .ffineas the story of his death. The Sibyl con¬ 
soles him, by predicting the honors that are to be paid 
him in the country where he perished. 

Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat, 

Qui Libyco nuper cursu, dum sidera servat, 

Exciderat puppi, mediis effusus m undis. 

Hmc ubi vix multa maestum cognovit in umbra, 340 
Sic prior alloquitur: 1 quis te, Pahnure, deorum 
Enpuit nobis medioque sub aequore mersit? 

Die age; namque mihi, fallax haud ante repertus, 

Hoc uno responso ammum delusit Apollo, 

Qui fore te ponto mcolumem finesque canebat 345 

Venturum Ausomos: en haec promissa fides est? 7 
Ille autem: ‘ neque te Phcebi cortina fefellit, 

Dux Anchisiade, nec me deus aequore mersit. 

Namque gubernaclum multa vi forte revulsum, 


346 


LATIN 





208 


THE VERB 


[§137 


VERBES REFLECHIS. 

(See Part I, Lesson XVIII, and § 71, 2, a.) 

§ 137. Conjugaison du verbe r6flechi: Se Repentir (to 
repent ): 


L’INDICATIF. 


Present. 
(7 repent) 


Parfait Ind^fini. 
(7 have repented) 


je me 

repens 

je me suis 

repenti 

tu te 

repens 

tu t’es 

repenti 

il se 

repent 

il s’est 

repenti 

nous nous 

repentons 

nous nous sommes 

repentis 

vous vous 

repentez 

vous vous etes 

repentis 

ils se 

repentent 

ils se sont 

repentis 


Imparfait. 


(7 repented) 


je me 

repentais 

tu te 

repentais 

il se 

repentait 

nous nous 

repentions 

vous vous 

repentiez 

ils se 

repentaient 

Parfait 

Defini. 

(7 repented) 

je me 

repentis 

tu te 

repentis 

il se 

repentit 

nous nous 

repentimes 

vous vous 

repentites 

ils se 

repentirent 


Plus-que-parfait. 


(7 had repented) 


je m’etais 

repenti 

tu t’etais 

repenti 

il s’etait 

repenti 

nous nous etions 

repentis 

vous vous etiez 

repentis 

ils s’etaient 

repentis 


Parfait Anterieur. 


(7 had repented) 

je me fus 

repenti 

tu te fus 

repenti 

il se fut 

repenti 

nous nous ftimes 

repentis 

vous vous ffites 

repentis 

ils se furent 

repentis 


FRENCH 


347 







(imperf. tense), and fag (l&hss), let (imperative); 
9 J?age (mahss'e), measure, and Sftaffe (m&hss'e), 
mass, bulk. 

Long U (u) symbol u, in gut, §uften, ©cfyufy, 
©d)ufter, bu, bu 3 en, nur, gtug, ©eburt', !t?ubmig, £>uf, 
flugS (flukss). 

Short u, symbol ‘u/ in unb, Urteif, mud)8 (vuks), 
mug, un8, jum, ?uft, 2uft, furj (kurts). 

Distinguish: fluent (fluent), curses (present tense, 
third person singular), and gtucfyt (fluent), flight; 
fud)t(zud)t), seeks, and Sucfyt (zuefyt), passion, mania; 
$D?u8 (muss), stewed fruit, and mug (muss), must. 

Examples for long £) (o), symbol 6: £)bft, ^robft, 
33 ogt, $of, 2ob, gro'ber, tot, rot, Sflonb, 2fton'tag, fyodj. 

Short o (6): fofl'en, j&ott, fomm'en, 93oIf, ©olb, 
2)ot'tor, grob, 23or'teil, §od)' 3 eit. 

Long and short o: 93oflmonb (foll'mont); obmotjl 
(tipvdl'); frofyfoefen (frolbk'gn). 

Distinguish between foften (kos'ten), caressed, 
and foften (kos'ten), to cost; 9?ofe (ro'zg), rose, and 
$Kog (r6ss), horse; ©ofyn (zon), son, and ©onne 
(ztfnn'e), sun; ©d)eg (shoss), lap, and febog (shtiss), 
shot. 

Examples for long b ( 5 ): Sranjbfifd) (fr&hntsd'- 
zeesh), rb'ten, 23o'ben, fyb'be, Ib'ge, betrb'ge. $b'ntg, 
Sb'toe, ©oetfye (g5't£). ( 

Examples for long and short i (i. e., ee and 
ee = i). Distinguish between fcfylief (shlEef), slept. 


348 


GERMAN 





86 


FIRST SPANISH BOOK 


II. VOCABULARIO 


la altura, height 

amanecer, to dawn 
la anchura, width 

arrastrar, to draw, pull 
el asno, ass 
el balcon, balcony 
el borrico, donkey 
el caballo, horse 
la carga, load 
cargar, to load 
la carreta, cart 
el carretero, carter, driver 
comprar, to buy 
el criado, la criada, servant 
el due no, master 
entonces, then 
el espacio, space 
Espana, Spain 
estrecho, -a, narrow 
ladrar, to bark 


la legumbre, vegetable 
lento, -a, slow 
ligero, -a, light, swift 
la linea, line, row 
el mercado, market 
el metro, meter 
necesitar, to need 
el obrero, workman, day-laborer 
el paso, step 

rebuznar, to bray 
el ruido, noise 

suceder, to happen, occur 
el traficante, merchant 
tras de, after 
la vaca, cow 

valientemente, bravely, cour¬ 
ageously 
la vara, yard 
el viento, wind 
volar (ue), to fly 


III. GramItica 


entonces, casi, lentamente 
valientemente 


son adverbios. 


El buey es lento 
La vaca es lenta 
El hombre es valiente 
La mujer es valiente 
Los cestos no son pesados, 
son ligeros. 


| van lentamente. 

| trabajan valientemente. 

Las mulas no andan 
sada sino ligeramente. 


(7. L. 41.) 


pe- 


Frases 

La calle tiene tres metros de ancho, o de anchura. 

Las casas tienen cincuenta pies de alto, o de altura. 
El prado tiene cien metros de largo, o de extensidn. 
i Tiene Vd todo lo que necesita? 

^Ve Yd lo que cuelga de los balcones? 


SPANISH 


349 








O Ideal Scientifico. A Superstigao da Razao Humana. As 
Esperangas Illimitadas da Sciencia e a sua Fallencia. A 
Evolugdo e a Critica da Sciencia. 0 Scientismo e os Na- 
cionalismos. Lucta Entre o Scientismo , a Religido e a 
Philosophici. 

Entre os grandes factos e acontecimentos da historia, como 
o Christianismo, a Invasao dos Barbaros, a Reforma e a Revo- 
lugao Franceza, nenhum excedeu em importancia e consequent 
cias, operando uma tao grande transformagao no mundo e no 
dominio da intelligencia, como' o Renascimento ou a fe na 
Sciencia. No espirito e no coragao humanos formou-se um novo 
dogma, segundo o qual a razao podia pelo methodo chegar a 
tudo comprehender e explicar, constituindo 1 as affirmagoes da 
sciencia as unicas verdades do mundo. O ideal scientifico su- 
bstituiu assim na terra ao ideal religioso, passando a humanidade 
a outorgar ao sabio o que antes accordava ao padre, acceitando 
sem maior exame a verdade scientifica como outrora acceitava 
sem verificagao a verdade religiosa. Inaugurou-se pois no mun¬ 
do o reinado da razao, pensando o genero humano que se podia 
substituir a ordem religiosa pela ordem scientifica, a fe pela 
razao, a crenga pelo livre pensamento. Este movimento, porta- 
dor para o homem das maiores promessas, originou-se na Renas- 
cenga com Bacon e Descartes que foram os precursores no mun¬ 
do da vida do pensamento; foi, porem, no seculo 18 que elle 
comegou a ganhar um impulso* vigoroso, gragas aos processos 
de analyse e aos novos methodos experimentaes, para final- 
mente no seculo 19 ver realisadas muitas de suas mais seductoras 
esperangas. Em Franga, disse G. Fonsegrive referindo-se as 
operagoes espirituaes do seculo 19, o electromagnetismo 1 e a 
thermodynamica renovaram toda a physica; a chimica foi creada 
quasi toda inteira; fundaram-se as sciencias linguisticas, deci- 

150 


350 


PORTUGUESE 





§§76-77] lesson xyii. 53 

MANNER AND CHARACTERISTIC. 

76. The actions or feelings which accompany an act or 
state, or the characteristic which permanently accom¬ 
panies a person or thing, may be expressed by a substan¬ 
tive with the preposition kun: * 

Li prenis gin kun la plej granda zorgo, he took it with the greatest care. 
Mi audis lin kun intereso kaj plezuro, I heard him with interest and 
'pleasure. 

§i estas virino kun bona gusto, she is a woman with (of) good taste. 

Mi havas cevalon kun forta korpo, I have a horse with a strong body. 


DIRI, PAROLI AND RAKONTI. 

77. The verbs diri, to say, paroli, to talk, to speak, and 
rakonti, to relate, having in common the general idea of 
speech or expression, must not be confused in use: 

Mi diris al vi ke pluvas, I said to (told) you that it was raining. 

Mi diris gin al vi, I said it to you (I told you). 

Mi parolis al vi pri gi, I talked (spoke) to you about it. 

Mi rakontis gin al vi, I related (told) it to you. 


Vocabulary. 


ami, to love. 
ekster, outside (of). 
Frederiko, Frederick. 
gratuli, to congratulate. 
intereso, interest. 
letero, letter. 
plej, most (74). 
plezuro, pleasure. 


pli, more (74). 
plumo, pen. 
rakonti, to relate ( 77 ). 
rego, king. 
servisto, servant. 
skribi, to write. 
tiam, then ( 73 ). 
zorgo, care. 


* Sometimes the manner of an action may be expressed by the instrument of 
it, expressed by the preposition per with a substantive modified by an adjective: 

Li kantis per dolca vofio, he sang with (by means of) a sweet voice. 

Vi pusis min per forta mano, you pushed, me with a strong hand. 


ESPERANTO 


351 





176 


COURSE IN ISAAC PITMAN SHORTHAND. 


Lesson 24. /V Revd., / regular, irregu¬ 
lar , X \^public-sh-ed,\ s ^ publication, / N \^ republic, 
republican, /\__ repugnant-ce, repre¬ 
sented, representation, /\> representative, 

responsible-ity, irresponsible-ity. 

Lesson 26. quite, _ could, „77.„ according, 
according to, or cart, c- cared, J7... guard, e- great, 
Jy called, c_ cold or equalled, c_ gold, ...7!.. cannot, 
J gentleman, J gentlemen, ...7... happened, 
J7.„ particular, <\ opportunity, child, "" not. 

Lesson 27. S. build-ing or able to, P told or 
till it, _J.— tried, T toward or trade, J did not, 
J had not or do not, chaired, 7 cheered, 
if it, that, ( without, <) third, sent, 

somewhat, ... 7 .. short, .. 7 ... met, ^ meeting. 
Lesson 28. °\ spirit, ^ may not, ...7... hand, 

v under, 7.. yard, ^ word, wonderful-ly. 

Lesson 29. <s _ school, e__ schooled, 77 com¬ 

mercial, financial, ^ especial-ly, 777! influen¬ 
tial, 777^ uninfluential, substantial-ly, 

unsubstantial-ly, ^ controversy-sial, J cir¬ 
cumstance, circumstantial, immediate, 

immediately, ^ prejudice-cial. 

Lesson 30. 'y passenger, ^ danger, I dangerous, 
^ stranger, messenger, j man¬ 

uscript, 3—transcribe, 3-\ transcript, 3—tran¬ 
scription, ^ transfer, transgress, transgres¬ 
sion, 3-^, transmission, ^ understand, ^ understood, 
whenever, whatever. 


SHORTHAND 


352 

























MANUFACTURING 

Pages 353-434 Inclusive 


J 


STANDARDIZING PAPER AND BOOK SIZES 


The advantages of standardization are so generally understood that it is hardly 
necessary to dwell upon them. Added to quantity production, they promote econ¬ 
omy in a marked degree. Publishers and printers are beginning to realize that 
standardization means just as much to them as it has already meant to other lines 
and are considering how its advantages may be obtained. Its applicability to 
catalogue production has had considerable attention, with the result that efforts 
are in progress to adopt a limited number of sizes not only because of the far greater 
convenience to the user in filing and preserving, but because much economy may 
be secured in both making and handling paper and waste in printing obviated. 
The standardization of catalogues could reduce the nearly 200 sizes that have been 
found to exist to a dozen, or less, and tend to eliminate peculiar and freak shapes, 
thus making appeal to the reader on the basis of attractive composition, presswork 
and make-up rather than of oddity in size or shape. 

It is also proposed to standardize the shapes as well as the sizes of catalogues 
through the adoption of certain artistic proportions based upon a uniform ratio of 
width of page to its length—not arbitrarily chosen, but the product of natural laws. 
In order to obtain such artistic and natural proportions, a sheet is selected which, 
when folded, reproduces exactly the proportions of the full sheet, and each subse¬ 
quent fold repeats exactly the same 'proportions in a page of half size. The result 
is that as many page sizes may be had from a sheet as the number of times it is 
folded— all of the same natural and artistic proportions; they can be printed without 
waste of stock and folded economically. A sheet which will fold in this manner 
and always preserve the proportions of the full sheet has the proportions of 707 
for the end to 1000 for the side. In book papers as now made, the nearest approach 
to these proportions in a sheet of standard size is 33 x 46, which is 717 for the end 
to 1000 for its side length. The sheets most commonly used (25 x 38, 30^ x 41, 
33 x 44) have proportions varying from 744-760 to 1000 and fold in pages that are 
longer in proportion to their widths than are those pages which fold from a sheet 
whose ends bear proportion to their sides of 707 to 1000. 

A sheet having these proportions is called Hypothenuse Oblong because its 
long sides are exactly equal to the hypoth¬ 
enuse of a right-angle triangle of equal sides, 
the short sides (or ends) of the sheet being 
of the same length as the two equal sides of 
said triangle. Thus, if we take a right- 
angle triangle A having equal sides c, c, and 
these sides are equal to the ends c, c of C d 

the oblong sheet B, then the hypothenuse d of the triangle A will represent 
the exact length required for the sides d , d of the rectangle B. In other words, when 
any right-angle triangle has sides of equal length, its sides and hypothenuse will 

354 








be the exact lengths required for the ends and sides of an oblong sheet which with 
every fold to half size retains exactly the same proportions as the original full sheet. 

Sheets that are proportioned on this principle are admirably adapted to book 
making on account of the pleasing proportions of the pages they produce, the 
marked economy in manufacture that will result and the many conveniences that 
follow standardization. The page is just a trifle more square than the pages now 
commonly used; its proportions come naturally and mathematically from a sheet 
that with every fold reproduces its own proportions; it is artistic and pleasing in 
appearance; its adoption makes it possible for the paper mills to concentrate on 
fewer sizes, thus increasing output and reducing cost; paper houses can carry 
larger stocks and make better deliveries; there will be no waste in printing; folding 
will be facilitated; binding will be done more rapidly and economically, and, in 
case it is desired to reduce or enlarge a book photographically, its proportions will 
be exactly as before and it will print from the same sheet. 

For convenience of comparison the three sizes of book papers most commonly 
used are here given, together with three corresponding sizes that could be made 
according to the principle above explained: 


Present Sheets 

25 x 38 
3034 x 41 
33 x 44 


Proposed Sheets 

2634 x 37 

30 x 4234 
33 x 46^ 


The smallest of the present standard sheets (25 x 38) is commonly trimmed 
to make a book 6x9, although it will produce, with minimum waste, a page 634 x 
934. The other two sizes are generally used as large as minimum trim allows. 
Comparison of the usual sizes with the corresponding trimmed sizes that would cut 
from the proposed new sheets follows: 


Present Pages 

5 x 7;34 
5^8 x 8 

6 x 9 


Proposed Pages 

534x734 
5^x8 
6J4 x 9 


These figures show that there need be but slight change from present shapes 
and sizes in order to secure the economies of standardization. Moreover, their 
adoption would not prevent the use of any other shapes and sizes. A publisher 
would be free to have his paper made to any special size, or he could trim down any 
standard sheet so as to secure a page of unusual shape. In other words, the pro¬ 
posed standardization of paper and book sizes would impose no hardships on any one 
while, at the same time, it would offer many advantages. 

The sizes above given are merely illustrative and suggestive. Consensus, of 
opinion may ultimately select other dimensions based on the coriect underlying 

principle. . 111 . 

On the four following pages are shown the new sizes proposed to replace the 

present 5 x 7%, x 8 and 6x9 and also the convenient 4J4 x 6M size. 

[For Report of Committee on Simplification, see page X.J 

355 


NINE POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing , which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language, electrotyping; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but 
The Plant Complete is the product of combined depart¬ 
ments and the result of long experience—a growth which 
reaches its full development only when its various depart- 


Trim Size Type Page 19x28H picas 

Prints on 26^x37 


356 








TEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems 
suited to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, 
while it still retains its original significance, it is also used 
in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper 
or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it 
to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, 
the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may 
be—his organization includes separate and distinct depart¬ 
ments for laying out and editing copy; for composition— 
linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders competent to 
handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and capa¬ 
ble of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style and 
language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, cloth and 
fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant 
Complete. Anything less than this falls short in service, 
efficiency and economy for the customer, for only in The 
Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste reduced 
and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided respon¬ 
sibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order in 
a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 


Trim Size inches 


Prints on 30x42M 


Type Page 21^x33 picas 





ELEVEN POINT MODERN 

There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions 
upon paper or other suitable material or presswork as we 
understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it 
may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for com¬ 
position—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders 
competent to handle complex composition and abstruse 
subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as 
defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; 
pamphlet, cloth and fine binding, and these must be co¬ 
ordinated in The Plant Complete. Anything less than 
this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the 
customer , for only in The Plant Complete is loss of time 
minimized, waste reduced and the annoyances, delays, and 
losses of divided responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take the 
place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, during 


Trim Size SM*8 inches Type Page 233^x3634 picas 

Prints on 33x46% 


358 











TWELVE POINT MODERN 


There are times when some word of limited meaning 
seems suited to include the whole subject to which it refers 
and so, while it still retains its original significance, it is 
also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is print¬ 
ing , which strictly means the art of multiplying impres¬ 
sions upon paper or other suitable material or presswork 
as we understand it to-day. 

But, taking the word in its more usual and broad mean¬ 
ing, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning 
out complete work, no matter how simple or how complex 
it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct 
departments for laying out and editing copy; for compo¬ 
sition—linotype, monotype, and hand; proofreaders com¬ 
petent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects 
and capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in 
style and language; electrotyping; presswork; pamphlet, 
cloth and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in 
The Plant Complete. Anything less than this falls short 
in service, efficiency and economy for the customer , for only 
in The Plant Complete is loss of time minimized, waste re¬ 
duced and the annoyances, delays, and losses of divided 
responsibility entirely removed. 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, 
under competent management, be put into working order 
in a comparatively brief time, though nothing can take 
the place of the experience that comes with years; but The 
Plant Complete is the product of combined departments 
and the result of long experience—a growth which reaches 
its full development only when its various departments are 
welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. 

The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 


Trim Size inches Prints on 2 ^ x 37 

359 


Type Page 26^x41 picas 






MAKING THE BOOK 


The Manuscript. When a manuscript is offered for publication it is presumed 
to be complete as a literary production—correctly typed on one side of the sheet, 
clearly arranged, accurately punctuated, ready for easy examination by the pub¬ 
lisher and in shape to pass along to the printer as soon as style is determined. A 
manuscript comes, or rather it is supposed to come, to the publisher as the fin¬ 
ished product of the mind and skill of its author and should be practically ready 
to be put into the form in which it can be offered to the public. Some manu¬ 
scripts are received in this shape; others are well typed but require correcting 
and editing, but many manuscripts are so badly prepared that they need extended 
revising and editing, and sometimes retyping, before they can be put in the 
printer’s hands, except at considerable increased cost due to the bad copy. 

The printer’s function is to reproduce in printed form the copy he receives. 
He agrees to make a book that will correspond with the manuscript. Here his 
responsibility normally ceases. If, however, he receives copy that by reason of 
poor arrangement, wrong spelling, inaccurate punctuation, unintelligible changes 
or any other causes, is not in proper shape to be put into type, it is manifest that 
he, the printer, must (1) set it in defective form, like the copy, and let the author 
make the necessary changes in the proofs at considerable cost to him; (2) edit 
and arrange it and make an extra charge for the service, or (3) return the manu¬ 
script to the publisher for revision. The first of these methods is bad practice 
and is sure to result in heavy expense to the author, and probably cause misun¬ 
derstandings; the second method is not always practicable, as all printers do 
not, like The Plant Complete, maintain an editorial department, and also be¬ 
cause the charge for this service is not always understood, while the third method 
is generally disliked by the publishers who do not always realize the necessity for 
such action. The difficulties may be prevented if the publisher will edit each 
manuscript before sending it to the printer. 

Printers’ prices for typesetting are based upon “good” copy, which means 
matter that is correctly typed, clearly arranged, accurately punctuated, free from 
numerous or ambiguous alterations and consistent with itself. If it does not meet 
these requirements when received by the publisher it should be revised and edited, 
even to the extent of retyping, before it is sent to the printer, if the publisher 
expects to receive the minimum composition rate; or, the publisher should be 
satisfied to accept the printer’s charge for editing copy. 

When a book is accepted for publication, it should be sent to the publisher’s 
editorial department for a reading just as careful as will later be given to the 
proofs, making all necessary corrections and consulting the author on any doubt¬ 
ful points that may arise. If the manuscript requires more revision than the 
editorial department feels justified in making, it should be returned to the author 

360 


with a clear statement of what is needed and an explanation how time is lost 
and costs are increased if corrections are left to be made in the proofs after the 
type is set. If it is not necessary to return it, or after the manuscript comes back 
properly revised, the style in which it is to be set must be decided on and the 
manuscript carefully marked with all necessary instructions for the printer. 

It is first necessary to learn how many words the manuscript contains as a 
basis for figuring how many pages the book will have if set in type of different 
sizes and with different leadings. It is always desirable, as a matter of economy, 
to have the pages make even forms for printing. The approximate number of 
words to a square inch, or on a page, can be found in the sample pages and a satis¬ 
factory combination selected. If the book is to be a regular 12mo to trim 5 x 7^ 
inches, a type page 3^ x 5^ including running head will give pleasing margins 
and will contain with two-point leads about 300 words if set in ten point or about 
250 words if set in 11 point. For ease in reading, no type smaller than ten point 
should be used for the body of a book, while eleven or twelve point is better. It 
should not be set solid. Occasionally fiction is set for a book with a larger page 
than 12mo, while more serious works are frequently set for the larger sizes— 
decimo or crown octavo, 5% x 8, or octavo, 6x9. These are the three sizes most 
commonly used in bookmaking, but there are many slight variations from them, 
generally occasioned by a desire to depart from regular sizes or by a preference 
for somewhat different proportion of length to width. 

Sometimes a large manuscript must be brought into a certain number of pages 
"which will -compel the use of smaller type, less leading and narrower margins 
than good taste, ease in reading or pleasing appearance dictate. When this hap¬ 
pens it is necessary to study the situation closely, to proportion type, leading 
and page size with great care and to select a clear and readable face. In the case 
of Reports, and other more or less perfunctory matter not generally read, small 
type and narrow margins are not so objectionable and may be used to save space. 
A study of the specimen pages will show what is most suitable. With a very 
small manuscript, however, it is sometimes necessary to use large type, well leaded, 
with liberal margins in order to secure enough pages to mak§ a presentable book. 
This requires particular care in selection and arrangement in order that a natural 
and pleasing effect may be obtained and that it may be free from appearance of 
padding. 

It may sometimes be advisable to put a manuscript into a book of a certain 
number of pages, say 320, in which case, after the count of words is made, the 
number of words per page must be figured, the trim size and type size of page 
selected and type and leading chosen to meet the requirements. Reference to 
the Specimen pages and a little figuring will soon show what size and face of type 
will answer the purpose and how much leading it will bear. If it is very essential 
that a certain number of pages should not be exceeded, the type may be set solid, 
then carefully measured in the galley proofs and such leads inserted, before mak¬ 
ing up the pages, as will give the required length. If necessary, also, the pages 
may be lengthened or shortened by one line in order to secure the desired result— 
but it must be remembered that this may sometimes seriously affect the margins. 


361 


In case a certain trim size of page is first chosen, an appropriate type page 
should be laid out and type selected to give the most pleasing appearance. If, 
however, such type will give the book more pages than are desired, less leading 
or smaller type must be considered and if this is not sufficient the margins may 
be proportionately reduced. Great care, however, must be exercised in order to 
obtain a proper, pleasing effect. 

If the first choice concerning a new book should be the size of type, the size 
of page to be used will be chosen to set it off to best advantage, providing there 
are no purely commercial considerations to rule otherwise. Type, leading, mar¬ 
gins and trim size of page are dependent upon one another if pleasing results 
are to be obtained—they are so interdependent that no change should be made 
in one of them without considering its effect upon the others. 

Composition. After type is selected, page size and trim decided on and lay¬ 
out arranged, the order for composition should be made out, taking care to fill 
in all possible details on order form. If there are any features out of the ordi¬ 
nary, a letter of explanation and instructions should accompany the order. It is 
customary for the printer to furnish two sets of galley proofs, two sets of page 
proofs and one set of foundry proofs. The sets on which his markings appear 
should be carefully read and corrected and only absolutely necessary changes 
made. If changes must be made, the number of words and spaces in any marked 
out matter should be counted and an equal number supplied to replace them. 
If this is not done, it may be necessary to overrun or reset an entire paragraph 
in order to make a correction, thus greatly increasing the cost. 

Alterations. There is one point of contact between the printer and his customer 
on which questions sometimes arise, and that is the time required to make in the com¬ 
posed matter the alterations which the author or editor indicates on the proofs; but 
when any question does arise it is usually because of the difficulty in realizing the 
difference between the process of original composition and that of making corrections. 

The printer undertakes the composition of a book with the understanding that 
he will make his composition agree with the original copy; if he makes errors in the 
composition he will correct them at his own expense; but, if author or editor makes 
any changes from the original copy in the proofs, the time required to make such 
change in the type is chargeable as an extra item. It is much easier for the com¬ 
positor to follow the train of thought in a manuscript and set line for line than it is 
to pick out corrections marked, seldom very clearly, on a proof and set the new lines 
required in the way intended by the editor. In the first place, the corrections de¬ 
sired are not always made perfectly clear; a change in one line frequently makes it 
necessary to reset several lines or even a full paragraph; the markings on the proofs 
must be studied in order to incorporate them in the matter by resetting as few 
lines as possible; the lines to be reset on account of the corrections are mostly 
wholly disconnected and without the advantage of the continuous train of thought 
in connected narration. 

After the new lines are set the old slugs must be located in the galleys or pages 
and removed from them, the new ones must be inserted, proofs pulled, sent to 
proof room and carefully read, and if not found absolutely correct the process must 

362 


be repeated to correct any errors. This means that it requires many times as 
much time to set a line containing a correction as to set a line of original copy. 

The necessity for making alterations in proofs is largely due to three causes: 

(a) Errors in copy. 

(b) Inadequate editing. 

(c) The difference in appearance of printed matter from manuscript copy. 

It is not necessary to discuss errors in copy because they must be corrected. 

Inadequate editing, however, includes poor copy and instructions that are incom¬ 
plete or not fully intelligible and is the cause of much trouble because it is apt to 
seem like a case of divided responsibility. The author of a manuscript usually 
assumes that what is clear in his own mind should be clear to the compositor, 
and that changes and interlineations will be understood, whereas it is frequently 
very difficult to understand them. The printer does the best he can, but it is 
not fair that, if he fails through any lack of clearness in the copy, he should have 
to pay for changing it to meet the author’s views. It also frequently happens that 
instructions are not explicit and manuscripts are not consistent with themselves, 
consequently errors which result should not be corrected at the printer’s expense. 

When a manuscript gets into type, it may happen that the meaning seems dif¬ 
ferent from what it was in the copy, and changes are frequently made by the 
author in order to clarify it. Such changes often require many hours of corrections. 

There are some magazines which keep down the charge of author’s alterations 
to an exceedingly low figure simply because they carefully edit every article that 
they print, and if necessary, have it retyped before it goes to the printer. If similar 
attention was given to all manuscripts sent to the printer, the charges for author’s 
alterations would be materially reduced and the danger of misunderstandings 
practically eliminated. 

Layout. A book in its simplest form may contain only a title with text, or body 
matter; usually, however, it also has a copyright notice, preface and table of 
contents and often an introduction and list of illustrations, all of which 
precede the text and constitute front matter. The text is frequently followed 
by end matter, or appendix , which may be only an index, or may include 
notes, glossary, quotations or other selections tending to elucidate the text. A 
work of fiction, for instance, rarely requires any explanation and will have little 
front matter and no appendix, while a serious work—historical, educational, scien¬ 
tific — w iH probably contain a full quota of front matter and many of the parts 
found in a complete appendix. No book is likely to contain all the parts which 
may enter into the makeup of a book—what it will contain is generally decided in 
each individual case by the nature of the subject matter and the simplicity or 
elaborateness of treatment. 

The Front Matter is the first of the three parts into which a complete book is 
divided; it is introductory, preliminary and explanatory in nature, stating the 
subject, announcing the object and explaining the method of treatment. It is 

followed by 

The Text or Body which treats of the subject matter and constitutes the main 
part of the work. It may have quotations in it which, if of any length, are set in 

363 


smaller type, narrower measure, or solid in the same type, and there may also be 
footnotes in small type. This is followed by the third part. 

The Appendix is composed of matter intended to elucidate or amplify the text, 
furnish additional information regarding it or enable the reader to find every topic 
mentioned in its pages by means of an alphabetical index. It is preceded by a 
half-title. 

The folios of a book may be arranged in one of two ways: 

(a) The first page of front matter may be counted as page one, the paging to 
follow consecutively throughout the entire book with the use of arabic numerals 
throughout; in the front matter, the numerals.are printed only on the preface, 
introduction, contents and list of illustration pages. The last folio of the book 
thus indicates the number of pages in it. 

(b) The count to begin with the first page, as before, but Roman numerals 
are used in the front matter. The text begins with one in Arabic numerals, there¬ 
fore, the total number of pages in a book so paged is the sum of the Roman and 
Arabic numerals. This is the preferable method; it tends to distinguish the front 
matter from the rest of the book and, as the front matter is usually set after the text 
is completed, it helps to assure accurate paging. 

A book layout would be as follows, though few books would ever contain all 
the parts: 


Front Matter :— 

Certificate of Limited Edition 
Blank 

Bastard Title 

Book Card, Monogram or Blank 
Title 

Copyright (and printer’s imprint) 
Dedication 
Blank 
Preface 

Preface Continued or Blank 
Contents 

Contents Continued or Blank 
List of Illustrations 
List of Illustrations Continued or Blank 
Introduction 

Introduction Continued or Blank 

Half Title 

Blank 


Text, or Body Matter :— 

Each chapter should start on a new page; 
if the book has but few pages, each 
chapter may start on a right-hand page 
Appendix :— 

Half title 
Blank 
Notes 

Notes Continued or Blank 
Quotations 

Quotations Continued or Blank 
Bibliography 

Bibliography Continued or Blank 
Glossary 

Glossary Continued or Blank 
Index 

Index Continued or Blank 
Advertisements 

Advertisements Continued or Blank 


An Errata list, if required, is often placed after the List of Illustrations, but 
sometimes at other points in the front matter or even at the end of the book. 
Each new subject in the front matter, and in the appendix, must start on a 
right-hand page and if it ends on a right-hand page it must be followed by a 
blank page. 


364 


, . appearance. The appearance of a book depends upon the com¬ 

bined effect of its typography, presswork, paper, margins, and binding, and if 
any one of them is faulty the defect will detract from the appearance of the whole. 
Certain principles underlie the form that each part should assume; if they are 
not observed the inferiority of such part injures the general effect, no matter 
how excellent the rest of the work may be. 

Presswork. After a book has been set and made up the pages are ready 
to lock up for printing, or for foundry in order to have electrotype plates made. 
In the case of the composition it has taken no longer to set suitable type for a 
well proportioned page than to do otherwise, but with presswork it takes consid¬ 
erably longer to do a good job than to do a poor one. Other things being equal, 
and up to a certain point, the more time spent on the presswork of a job the bet¬ 
ter it may be. When a book is all “straight composition”—solid reading matter 
that is mostly of one size of type in lines of equal length, and especially if printed 
on soft, bulky paper, it is possible to spend very little time in making ready the 
forms and still produce average, readable printing, although the impression will 
not be technically perfect nor perhaps entirely even in color, for if sufficient time 
cannot be taken to make-ready a form and obtain a light, clear impression, the im¬ 
pression must be obtained by means of extra pressure, and such pressure forces the 
type, more or less, into the paper and also causes extra wear on the plates. 

The necessity for “making ready” arises because no form nor engraving is so 
perfectly true and level that when inked it will yield a clear and perfect impres¬ 
sion upon paper; it becomes necessary to equalize the impression—to increase it 
here and to reduce it there until every part of the form shows its true worth 
clearly, distinctly and sharply. This operation requires skill, experience and 
time. The only substitute for it is pressure , and it can be applied with fairly 
satisfactory results only in the case of solid type matter which is backed up by 
similar matter, preferably printed on rather soft paper, and will be at the 
expense of the plates which may show undue wear from a single printing. When 
a book contains open matter—short lines, open spaces, half pages and the like, 
much of the printing on one page is not directly backed by printing on the other 
side of the leaf, hence more make-ready time is required in order to reduce the 
pressure on the sheet. An ideal job of presswork shows every detail clear and 
distinct and free from any appreciable pressure. Considerable time is required to 
accomplish this. 

In the case of illustrations the effect of the presence or absence of suitable 
make-ready is apt to be far more marked than with solid text matter. Many 
line cuts require little extra time, though they may possess detail that requires 
considerable attention. Benday cuts may require greatly increased time, while 
halftone engravings require time that varies from the usual square cut with line 
around it up to silhouetted cuts and those which are vignetted. If the make- 
ready is inadequate there is lack of clearness and the effect is indistinct, flat and 
devoid of all beauty of expression. No comparison can be made between the 
time needed to make-ready a form of text and a form of cuts. It may easily re¬ 
quire as much time to make-ready each one of the cuts in a form as to make- 

365 



ready a subsequent form of thirty-two pages of ordinary book work. The char¬ 
acter of the engravings is a most important factor, good results being most readily 
obtained from well made, deeply etched and carefully finished plates. 

Paper.—A book is a thing of life which carries a message to the reader. It 
has been said that its soul is in its text but that its body is its paper. The manu¬ 
script contains the vital spark but on the publisher falls the responsibility of 
building for it a body that will be in harmony with its soul—appropriate, attrac¬ 
tive, and suited to bear its message. 

In order to accomplish this, it is necessary to have due regard to the subject 
matter of the book—the story or message it contains—to consider the character¬ 
istics of those to whom it will appeal, and the uses to which it will be put. If a 
story, or merely to amuse, and no great permanence is needed, the body should 
be light and attractive. If the message is a serious one, it should be more digni¬ 
fied. If for reference or text-book purposes, strength and durability should be 
sought. Particular attention should be given to the printing surface of the paper 
with regard to the effect of light upon it, and glossy surfaces that reflect the light 
should be avoided as far as possible. When there are no illustrations to be con¬ 
sidered, the choice of surface is a matter of taste or suitability, but when a work is 
to be illustrated the paper must be chosen with reference to the requirements of 
the engravings. If there are only open line cuts, ordinary eggshell or antique, or 
even featherweight, paper may be used with fair results, although all illustrations 
will show up more clearly on smooth finish paper. If the line cuts contain much 
detail the paper should be smoother, while halftone engravings always require 
smooth surfaces. The coarse-screen halftones used in newspapers need not be 
considered. Those with screens varying from 100 to 150 commonly used in cata¬ 
log and book work require smooth printing surfaces varying from that of a high 
machine finish to the best coated, with super sometimes used instead of coated as 
a matter of economy. English Finish paper, however, when well made, is often a 
most pleasing substitute as it is very agreeable to the touch, does not reflect light 
unpleasantly and takes screens of 120 and 133 very satisfactorily. 

Paper can be obtained in a sufficient variety of finish, quality, and texture, 
not only to provide for any style of illustration but to furnish the body builder 
with a wide range of choice for all classes of books. The general classification of 
book papers is Machine Finish, English Finish, Super-Calendered, and Coated and 
in each class are many grades and varieties. Machine Finish, in its many varia¬ 
tions, is the most common form and, as its name implies, gets its finish on the 
paper machine. It may be made quite smooth, almost like an English Finish, 
very slightly rough, medium finish, or even very rough finish. The degrees of 
finish are produced by varying the beating of the stock and by the treatment of 
the paper on the finishing rolls of the paper machine, and may shade gradually 
from very smooth to very rough. 

Besides being a general term for all paper which is given its final surface on 
the paper machine, the name Machine Finish is used in a more restricted sense to 
refer only to that which is smooth finished; when slightly rough it may be egg¬ 
shell, smooth finish antique, or medium finish antique, while the rougher papers 

366 


are antique, high bulk or featherweight. In the better grades of paper, run 
slowly on the machine, the formation of the sheet is shown to be compact and 
well closed when held up to the light, while paper that is run at high speed tends 
to have a “wild” or uneven formation and to vary in thickness. If a sheet is 
examined closely, some difference will generally be noticed in the surface and 
appearance of the two sides, the felt side being smoother and the wire side show¬ 
ing something of a fine dotted appearance. Generally speaking, the less the dif¬ 
ference between the two sides, the better the sheet. When Machine Finish has a 
high finish, halftone engravings of 100 to 120 screen may be printed on it but 
only line cuts should be printed on the rougher surfaces and only those of the 
most open character on the roughest. 

English Finish paper, so-called, of the cheaper grades is often nothing more 
than Machine Finish of fairly high finish, but real English Finish differs from 
Machine Finish in that it receives more intensive beating in the process of making; 
it has more clay in its composition, and it is run more slowly on the machine, thus 
producing a closer texture, more uniform formation and a better printing surface. 
It is admirably suited for text books and many other purposes. Halftone engrav¬ 
ings of 120 to 133 screen should print well on it. 

Super-Calendered paper is practically Machine Finish paper to which a high 
glossy surface is given by passing it through a stack of super-calender rolls which 
tend to compress the sheet and smooth and polish its surface so that the details 
of cut work may be brought out. The surface, however, reflects light and pro¬ 
duces a glare that is not present with papers of duller finish. It should be noted, 
also, that there is apt to be considerable variation in the finish of super-calendered 
papers, a low Super having little more finish than a fairly high Machine Finish, 
while a really high Super may have a finish almost like a coated. 

Coated, or Enameled, paper is practically Machine Finish stock the sheets of 
which are immersed in a coating mixture which is brushed uniformly on the sur¬ 
face and, when dry, calendered as in finishing super-calendered paper. A high 
finish, however, may not always mean a perfectly even surface, but when a flat 
surface is combined with a high finish the fine details and the gradations of tone 
from solids to high lights in halftone engravings can be reproduced most per¬ 
fectly. There is considerable glare and reflection of light from highly finished 
coated paper, making it undesirable for use in printing text matter, but when cuts 
in a volume are too numerous to be run as inserts, but must be inserted in the 
text, it must be used. Coated paper made with dull finish gives very pleasing 
effects but not quite so sharp outlines as high finish; it is more difficult to print 
and engravings made for use on it must be specially etched in order to produce 
good results. 

Imitation coated papers, usually known by special names such as Koatine 
and Enamelline, are not surface coated, but contain in their composition a large 
percentage of clay so that when highly calendered they receive a very smooth and 
polished printing surface. 

In ordering paper, care should be taken to see that the grain of the sheet will 
run with the fold, that is the long way of the page of an ordinary upright book, in 

367 


order to prevent creasing or wrinkling across the page, or buckling when inserts are 
pasted in. 

Margins. The theory of pleasing book margins is that printed matter and 
white space should be equal on a page and that the two facing pages of an open 
book should be regarded as a unit in arranging the margins on them. By such 
treatment the pages appear well balanced and a satisfying sense of proportion is 
obtained. Good results may also be secured even with somewhat less than half 
the space on a page given to the margins, provided the margins are well propor¬ 
tioned, for the arrangement of the margins is even more important than the space 
they occupy. Books of artistic character and such as are in any way pretentious 
will naturally be assigned liberal margins while other publications will have their 
margins controlled by the nature of the subject matter or the dictates of economy. 

On a single, separate sheet the printed matter naturally seeks a position 
slightly above the center, with side margins equal, the head margin about the 
same, and the foot margin perceptibly greater. In the case of an open book, 
however, a page is not seen alone; the two facing pages are connected in appear¬ 
ance as well as in meaning and they present themselves to the eye essentially as 
a unit; margins that look well on separate leaves lose their pleasing effect when 
brought together—the white space between the printed matter on the two leaves 
appears too wide and the head margin seems insufficient. In order to obtain a 
pleasing effect from the combined pages, the white space between them (back 
margins) must be reduced and more white space must be allowed at the head of 
the page; in other words, on the individual pages the back margins must be nar¬ 
rowest, the head slightly wider, the front margins still wider and the foot margins 
widest of all. 

Taking for consideration the usual 12mo novel of trim size 5 x 7^ inches, the 
area of its page, if equally divided between printed matter and white space, 
would allow a type page practically 3}^ x inches, or nearly 18J^ square 
inches. Examination of a considerable number of 12mo books shows that in 
most cases considerably more than 18^ square inches is occupied by the printed 
matter and proportionately less by the margins. When only 18^ square inches, 
or sometimes less, is allowed the type matter, it is usually for the purpose of in¬ 
creasing the number of pages in the book. Generally the type matter occupies 
as much as 20 square inches (as in a type page V /2 x 5^4) and frequently it occu¬ 
pies more space, type pages of 21 to 23 square inches being common and still 
larger pages not infrequent. Such increase in the area of the printed matter re¬ 
duces the area of the margins and the farther this process is continued the less 
pleasing does the page become; although, as has been pointed out, a careful ar¬ 
rangement of the space allowed for margins may save a page from presenting a 
wholly unpleasing appearance. It is unfortunate that only too frequently the 
type dimensions of a page are selected without apparent reference to what its 
trim size is to be; the result is often most unpleasing, but it is largely unneces¬ 
sary, for it is always possible, when the trim size of a page is known, to so pro¬ 
portion the type page to it as to obtain at least fairly pleasing results. 

If, in a 12mo book, the type occupies more than one-half the page area, 


368 



type dimensions of, say, 33^ x 5% inches exceed the 18^ square inches that con¬ 
stitute one-half of the page by about 9% and allow the arrangement of pleasing 
margins; a type page ?>% x 5%, which is very common, exceeds half the page 
area by nearly 17% and a type page 3^ x 6, which is sometimes used, exceeds 
half the page area by over 24%; the white space remaining for the margins is 
thus so greatly curtailed that unless it is carefully arranged the result is not 
pleasing. Even in catalogues, reports, and other publications intended for free 
distribution, however narrow the margins, they may be so proportioned as to im¬ 
prove the appearance of the page or they may detract from it. In no case 
should the printed matter be centered on the page of a book, but the principle of 
placing the narrowest margin at the back and gradually increasing the width of 
head, front, and foot should be followed. The most pleasing results are obtained 
if the area of the printed matter does not exceed one-half the area of the entire 
page by more than ten per cent. 

In measuring the width of margins the distance is computed from a full length 
line of type to the trimmed edge of the page. At the back and at the front the 
printed matter extends the full type length of page and at the foot it is the full 
type width; but, at the top of the page there is usually a running head which, in 
most cases, is considerably shorter than the type measure of the page and this 
should be taken into consideration in laying out the head margin. Theoretically, 
the head margin is measured from the first full length line at top of page and in 
so doing the running head would generally not be considered on account of its 
shorter length; but, practically, the running head must be considered and the 
longer it is the more consideration it must have, because the object to be attained 
is to secure a head margin that appears to the eye to be slightly greater than the 
back margin. If the running head consists of but a word or two it hardly needs 
consideration but if it occupies much space its effect on the eye must be consid¬ 
ered and the width of the head margin regulated accordingly. The object is to 
make the white space above the printed matter appear to be slightly greater than 
that at the back of the page, consequently the actual measurement of the margin 
above the running head may be regulated by the length of that head, as a short 
head leaves additional white space at each end which appears to the eye as part 
of the head margin. Depending largely on the length of the running head, it may 
be desirable to make the white space over it equal in measurement to the back 
margin or, in case of a short head line, it may measure even less and yet the ap¬ 
pearance of sufficient white space may be obtained. The front margin should be 
enough wider than the head to make the difference clear to the eye and the foot 
margin should show even a greater excess in width over the front margin. 

Bookbinding. Bookbinding is commonly divided into two classes: Extra 
Binding (handwork) and Edition Binding. 

Extra Binding. Hand binding today is only resorted to for limited de luxe 
editions or single copies. The folded sheets (signatures) are hand sewed on bands, 
the edges trimmed, the book forwarded and then laced to the boards forming the 
cover, after which the leather or cloth is pasted and drawn over the boards. The 
lettering or tooling is done after the volume is completely bound. 

369 


Edition Binding. This article is intended to deal only with the essentials 
of edition binding and to point out the principal features to be considered when 
deciding on the style and quality of binding. Edition binding involves, roughly, 
ten major and from five to twenty-five minor operations, the number of the latter 
depending entirely on the style of binding desired. Practically all of these opera¬ 
tions in the modern plant are accomplished by machines. There are several 
binding details that should be considered before a printing order is placed, as 
certain features of a bound book are determined by the manner in which the 
sheets are printed. They are as follows: 

1. Imposition. The weight and finish of the paper selected will determine 
whether the sheets should be imposed to fold and sew as 16 or 32 page units (signa¬ 
tures). Average book paper on basis of 25 x 38—60 lb. or less will permit of gath¬ 
ering and sewing in 32-page signatures instead of the usual 16-page signatures, 
thus reducing these operations by one-half, provided the book will contain enough 
pages to make this imposition desirable or necessary. Papers of a trifle heavier 
weight wdth a very smooth finish can sometimes be handled in this same eco¬ 
nomical manner. The binder, however, should be consulted in this connection, 
if there is any doubt, before the book goes to press, as the pages must be imposed 
(arranged) on the press to produce the desired result. A most important feature 
from a binding standpoint is that the grain of the paper should always run the way 
of the fold, in order to give proper results. This applies to inserts as well as end 
papers and the book proper. 

2. Edges. When order for presswork is given, the printer should be advised 
whether the volume is to have plain trimmed, deckled, or rough edges, as the 
margins will be affected by the manner in which the pages are imposed. 

3. Inserts. Pages that are printed on different stock from the body of a book 
(illustrations, maps, etc.) constitute inserts and are commonly pasted to the text 
pages at such points as may be selected. They are most readily and economi¬ 
cally pasted in at the outsides or centers of signatures, but may be tipped at other 
points by means of the additional operation of cutting open the heads of the 
leaves of the signature where it is desired to paste them. 

When, however, there is a large number of inserts in a book, it is more eco¬ 
nomical, and it produces a stronger binding, to treat them in a different manner— 
that is, to print them on the first and third pages of a one-fold jacket, or backed 
up if desired. When this is done, each one-fold may be wrapped around a signa¬ 
ture, or slipped into it, and then it is sewed through its back when the signature 
is sewed and becomes an integral part of it, thus making a neater and stronger 
book. The objection to this method is that illustrations thus printed cannot 
often be placed to face the particular text pages to which they refer. If the first 
illustration on a jacket can be rightly placed, the second one will rarely fall where 
it is wanted. This feature must be carefully considered when arranging to print 
inserts. It must also be remembered that in printing on the first and third pages 
of a jacket, both sides of the sheet are printed and the amount of presswork in the 
case of a maximum form is increased, but the advantages in economical and 
stronger binding generally more than offset this increase in cost. When this 


370 



method is adopted, a complete working dummy (using page proofs) should be 
made up in order to place the inserts as near as possible to the subject-matter 
and at the same time act as a guide to the printer for imposing the text and illus¬ 
tration forms. In case there are more illustrations than can be taken care of by 
the above plan, the surplus may be pasted in the usual way as single tips. 

Double page inserts (maps, charts, etc.) or folded maps where extra strength 
is required are attached to guards (stubs) of heavy stock or muslin and tipped in, 
or for still added strength the guards may be folded around the signatures and 
then pasted. 

4- Folding. The standard imposition of forms in book printing is made up of 
16, 32, and 64 pages to the form. In the case of a book printed in 16-page forms 
we have a total of 32 pages when the sheet is printed both sides. From a 32-page 
form the sheets when printed represent a total of 64 pages, and again with the 
64-page form we have a total of 128 pages from a binding standpoint. 

These sheets are so imposed that after passing through the folding machine 
they are delivered in folded signatures, the pages of the book appearing in con¬ 
tinuous and proper sequence. These signatures are delivered by the folding 
machine in 16-page units or, where thin paper is used, one signature is automat¬ 
ically dropped into another, giving us the 32-page signature. (See Imposition.) 
There are a number of variations of these standard regulations where very small 
or unusual size books are involved when special impositions for printing and 
binding can be arranged to good advantage. In such cases the printer should be 
consulted in advance. 

5. Reinforcements. The weakest point in edition binding usually develops at 
the joints (or hinges) of the cover and the first consideration for strength in this 
connection is the end papers (linings). Antique papers not too rough prove the 
best for this purpose and the strength and durability of the binding depend largely 
upon the tearing strength of this paper. The grain of the paper should always run 
in the same direction the paper is folded. If it is desirable to use a coated, high 
finish, light-weight, or fancy paper, such lining paper should be mounted on an 
antique finish stock to match the text paper in color. 

6. Turned Ends. This feature is an inexpensive and efficient form of reinforce¬ 
ment. The end papers are cut about a half inch larger in width to allow for 
a quarter of an inch stub which is secured by turning over the edge at the fold. 
These stubs are placed around the first and last signatures and then pasted down. 
Thus in sewing the threads pass through the end papers as well as the first and 
last signatures. 

7. Muslin Guards. A very satisfactory method of strengthening the first 
and last sections of a book, but somewhat more expensive than the above method, 
is the use of muslin guards. These are strips of muslin that are pasted 
around the first and last signatures about a quarter of an inch on each side after 
the end papers have been attached. Thus the threads in sewing pass through 
the first and last signatures as well as this muslin which prevents the threads 
from cutting through the paper—a common weakness in edition binding. The 
joints are very considerably strengthened. 

371 


8. Cloth Joints. On large volumes, particularly where lithographed or other 
fancy end papers are used, the lining papers are frequently made with a cloth 
joint. In this case the end paper is cut in two and joined by a strip of book cloth 
that harmonizes. As a rule such linings are also mounted on white stock (antique 
finish preferred) and weed stitched to the first and last signatures for additional 
strength and appearance. 

The next step following the folding of the printed sheets is the insertion of 
illustrations, maps, etc. (see Inserts above) in their respective signatures and 
attaching the end papers to the first and last signatures, which includes, if de¬ 
sired, any of the various methods of reinforcement just described. 

9. Gathering. The signatures are then gathered into complete books, either 
by hand or machine, and are ready to be sewed. 

10. Sewing. The usual method of sewing signatures together in edition 
binding is known as Smyth sewing. The signatures are stitched through their 
backs one after the other in continuous succession and completed volumes are cut 
off as they are delivered at the back of the machine. Two or more needles are 
used in the operation, depending on the size or height of the volume. If addi¬ 
tional strength is required, the book can be sewed on tapes at the same operation, 
two or three tapes being used, depending on the size of the book. These tapes 
are fed from the machine in the same manner and at the same time as the thread 
and lie flat on the back of the book, the thread passing over them on each sig¬ 
nature, thus holding them in position. A better method, however, is the use of 
an attachment that causes the threads to pass through the tapes at each signature 
instead of over them. Sufficient surplus tape is fed in after each complete book 
to allow it to extend an inch or two over the sides. These ends are attached to 
the cover when the book is cased in (pasted into its cover). This form of rein¬ 
forcement, however, is not considered today as satisfactory as other methods 
which will be described later. 

School books for primary grades, as well as other juveniles subject to hard 
usage, are sewed on the Singer (harness-style) machine which is equipped with 
one large needle. In this process the books are fed into the machine as a com¬ 
plete unit after the end pages (linings) have first been attached and reinforced 
with a strip of twill. The needle then passes through the entire book about one- 
eighth of an inch from the back. This method insures great strength but prevents 
free and flexible opening of the book at the back such as is obtained in the regular 
Smyth sewed volume. It should be remembered that, if this style of sewing is 
desired, the printer must be advised in advance, as extra margins must be pro¬ 
vided to allow for the additional space taken up at the back of the book because 
of this method of sewing. 

11. Smashing. As a result of folding the printed sheets of a book, the back 
or folded side is slightly thicker than the front, and a certain amount of air is 
left between the leaves in the fold. Some of this air is removed when the folded 
sheets are bundled under hydraulic pressure, but there is still enough left to cause 
the book to be spongy when sewed. In addition to this the effect of the sewing 
is to still further bulk up the back of the book. These conditions are remedied 


372 


by placing the books in a press and subjecting them to a heavy pressure, which 
operation is known as smashing. 

12. Gilt Edges. The process of gilding the edges of books is expensive for 
the reason that it is entirely hand work, all attempts to invent machinery for this 
particular work having failed to date. 

After the volume is sewed, trimmed, and smashed, two or three rows of books 
are locked up in a flat vise-like frame with the edges to be gilded exposed. The 
surface of these edges, which under the pressure of the vise become a solid block, 
are usually scraped and sand-papered till it is perfectly smooth, after which it is 
treated with a sizing preparation of egg albumen and then genuine gold leaf is 
laid on, covering the entire surface. The final operation which results in the gold 
leaf adhering to the leaves of the books consists of burnishing the edges with a 
tool. The end of this tool is fitted with an agate, flint or blood stone and the 
burnishing requires great strength, and results in permanently welding the gold 
leaf and the edges of the book. If the books are to have full gilt edges, the frame 
is opened just enough to permit turning each row of books and exposing another 
edge. The press is again tightened and the above operations are repeated. 

13. Marbled Edges. This is a very old and interesting method of finishing 
book edges; it has been found thus far impossible to improve the methods used 
in securing this effect. 

A long shallow trough is partially filled with water, over which is placed a 
float or size made of flaxseed gum or Irish moss of a consistency depending on 
the design desired. The various color effects are secured by sprinkling (free hand) 
water colors over the float. After each color is applied, different acids are sprin¬ 
kled over all which causes the colors to spread or contract according to the effect 
desired. 

The comb effect is secured by the use of a heavy size so that after each color 
is applied a wire comb can be drawn through the colors which will hold the form 
desired by the marbler. When the design is completed, it is ready to be trans¬ 
ferred to the edges of the book. This is accomplished by locking a number of 
trimmed books in a hand vise so that the edges are exposed. The marbler then 
takes this block of books and carefully dips it into the trough, whereupon the 
design instantly adheres to the edges in somewhat the manner of the decalcomania. 
Each edge is treated in the same manner and only one transfer can be secured 
from each design. 

H. Sprinkled Edges. This is an economical process of finishing the edges but 
one that is not used except occasionally on books of reference and blank books. 
This process consists of arranging books in rows after they are trimmed and sprin¬ 
kling the edges with aniline colors by rubbing a brush over a screen in front of 
the books. This is not a difficult operation and a faint tint effect can be secured or 
a strong color effect by merely increasing the amount of color carried in the brush. 

15. Colored or Tinted Edges are secured by applying the colors (which must 
be carefully mixed so that they will not be absorbed by the paper and run in on 
the edges) by painting the edges with a sponge, or brush, a large number of books 
being stacked under pressure and completed at the same time. 

373 


16. Rounding and Backing. This is an operation that rounds the back of 
the book after gluing up, by an ironing process which forms a joint or edge on 
each side of the backbone over which the cover eventually fits, forming the 
grooved joint at the hinge of the cover. 

17. Forwarding. This process follows the rounding and backing and com¬ 
monly consists of an application of glue to the backbone (or shelf back) to which 
is attached the crash or super (an open-mesh fabric), which extends within a 
quarter of an inch of the full length of the book and one to two inches over on 
the sides and pastes down to the inside of the cover together with the lining 
papers, thus forming the hinge and the chief medium for holding the book in its 
cover. On large volumes a second piece of crash is sometimes used. After the 
crash is attached another coat of glue is applied and the back lining paper (kraft 
or tag manila) is cut to the exact size of the shelf back and attached with glue. 

18. Headbands. At this point head and foot bands may be added, if they 
are desired. These are used purely for decorative purposes, particularly on books 
of large bulk. These bands are made of small strips of cloth and also come ready 
made in mercerized silk combinations. They merely paste at the top and bot¬ 
tom of the backbone before the cover is attached, but do not strengthen the 
binding in any way. 

19. Covers . Book covers are technically known as cases. Full leather or 
cloth cases are made of two pieces of binders boards (a special grade of card¬ 
board) and a strip of manila or bogus which is placed between the two boards and 
forms the backbone. These are covered on outside by cloth or leather, cut large 
enough to allow a turn-in over the boards of about a half inch, thus forming the 
cover. Where paper is substituted for cloth the style is commonly known as 
“bound in boards.” 

20. Cloth Backs and Paper Sides. Very attractive combinations are possible, 
particularly on small volumes, by using cloth for the backbone and paper for 
sides of the cover, both being selected with the idea of either harmonizing or con¬ 
trasting. The cloth is extended over on the paper sides so as to be in proportion 
to the size of the book. 

21. Half Bound. This term usually indicates that the covers are made with 
leather backs and corners, with cloth or paper covering the remainder of the 
case. The total leather appearing on the side of the volume covers approximately 
one-half of the surface. Any material may be substituted for leather and used in 
this manner in order to secure the half bound effect. 

22. Three-quarter Bound. This represents the same style as above except 
that the leather or other material used for the backs and corners covers approxi¬ 
mately three-quarters of the surface, and is therefore more expensive where high 
grade leather is used. 

23. Stamping. This term covers the operations of lettering or finishing the 
cases and may be divided into three styles, as follows: leaf, blank (or blind), and 
ink stamping. 

In leaf stamping the surface of the cases where the lettering is to appear is 
first treated with a sizing preparation applied by a sponge and allowed to dry. 

374 


Genuine gold leaf, composition ink leaf, and imitation gold leaf are manufactured 
in very thin sheets and cut up in the bindery to a size somewhat larger than the 
space to be occupied by the lettering or design. These pieces are laid on the 
cases which are then fed into a stamping press. The lettering or design for such 
stamping is usually cut in brass and after being attached to the press is subjected 
to a moderate heat. The dies are then impressed on the cover and the effect of 
the heat on the size under pressure results in the leaf becoming firmly attached 
where the dies come in contact with the case. Surplus leaf is removed by a brush. 
Stamping imitation gold or composition leaf on leathers has not been found prac¬ 
tical as the animal oils in the leather will discolor the stamping. Binders’ electro¬ 
types which are cast from type matter can be used in leaf stamping and are 
sometimes more economical for very small editions, but they are soft and are ac¬ 
cordingly affected by the necessary heat if subjected to many impressions. 

Blank or Blind Stamping is secured by the use of hot dies in the same 
manner as above, except that the use of leaf and the sizing of the covers is omitted. 
This result is particularly effective where the cloth is finished with a pattern, 
such as silk, T, or other rough finish, as the dies stamp out the pattern, leaving 
a smooth polished surface of a deeper shade than the balance of the cover. 

25. Ink Stamping. In this process the covers are fed into a special press simi¬ 
lar to the job printing press. Very effective combinations are possible with the 
use of different colors of ink. To secure the best results in ink stamping where 
the cloth or cover materials are finished with a pattern, the complete lettering 
or design is first blanked out with a hot impression as in blind stamping, leaving 
a smooth surface where the ink is to be applied. The same dies can be used in 
ink stamping as those used for leaf stamping. Attention should be paid to the 
colors of cloths and inks selected so that they will show up clearly when stamped. 

26. Labels. Formerly the use of leather labels was common on law books and 
set work. A very thin grade of highly finished leather was used. These labels 
were stamped in groups by first mounting the leather on cardboard after which 
they were stamped as above, cut apart and pasted in position on the backbone 
of the volume. Today the ink label has largely taken the place of the leather 
label. This effect is secured by blanking and stamping a solid ink panel, giving 
the label effect over which is stamped the lettering in gold. This has been per¬ 
fected to such a degree that it is difficult to detect any difference between the 
finished ink label and the leather style. Furthermore, this process when properly 
applied is superior to leather in that it will wear as long as the cover and does not 
discolor or peal off. 

27. Paper Labels. The use of printed paper labels is an economical method 
of finishing a book and attractive results are secured with a tasteful combination, 
especially where the book is bound in full paper. 

28. Inlays. Book covers can be further embellished by the use of inlays. 
On edition work these are as a rule colored designs printed on paper stock. By 
duplicating the plates, a large number can be printed on one sheet, greatly reduc¬ 
ing the cost and securing a color scheme and detail impossible in either leaf or ink 
stamping. These inlays are trimmed down and pasted on the cover. Usually 

375 


the space to be occupied by these inlays is first blanked out (blind stamping) with 
a solid brass die and the illustration is then “inlayed” in this space. 

29. Casing In. The final operation in edition binding places the forwarded 
book in its case (or cover) and is technically known as casing in. In the modern 
bindery this is a machine operation. Paste is applied to the outside pages of front 
and back linings, the cover is then drawn over, and the book is placed between 
boards under pressure for several hours to season and thoroughly dry. 

The following list represents the standard specifications required by the binder 
for estimating the cost of binding: 


BINDING SPECIFICATIONS 


Title. 

Quantity. 

No. Pages. 

Plates: 

Single Tips ... 

To Jacket. 

Tissues. 

Maps. 

Whipstitch ) 
Reinforce / 

Tapes. 

Linings. 

Trimmed Size... 

Edges. 

Round and Back 


Headbands 

Cloth. 

Leather.... 
Boards.... 
Stamping.. 


Wraps. 

Boxes. 

Deliver to. 

When Required.... 

Charge to. 

Special Instructions 


A standard binding order form will be found on page 396. 


Imitation leather, such as “Fabrikoid” or “Keratol,” is a material that has 
been developed expressly to meet certain requirements in book binding. It has a 
cloth foundation armored with a tough surface of flexible composition which re¬ 
sists abrasion, rough handling and hard knocks. Covers made of this material 
seldom become scuffed or shabby, torn or mutilated. It is waterproof, has no 
pores in which dust or dirt can lodge and is non-fading. It resists mildew, mould 
and the attacks of insects and vermin. It is washable and will last and keep its 
appearance indefinitely. It is made in many weights and colors and is stamped 
with graining plates to imitate various widely used styles of leather. Its uni¬ 
formity permits quantity production of perfect covers by standard methods and 
machinery. 

Imitation leather covers can be embossed with appropriate designs and finished 
in colors and metals. Covers of De Luxe type are now in use on important editions 
of fiction, business and general literature and on individual books of all kinds. 


376 






























30. Super finish. The cover of this book is an example of Superfinish binding, 
made by embossing and hand coloring a base material, DuPont Fabrikoid. 

The adaptability of Fabrikoid to permanent embossing of any depth or char¬ 
acter gives scope for the reproduction of almost any design from a simple title 
panel with plain border to the most intricate and elaborate hand-tooled covers 
of monastic fame. In fact, the easy duplication of these authentic masterpieces 
is one of the most interesting possibilities of the Superfinish process. 

Colored enamels, gold, silver and bronzes, skillfully laid on and interblended, 
give richness and emphasis to the design, reveal the beauties of the embossing and 
add an effect and feeling of refinement to the entire cover. Every cover is deco¬ 
rated individually by hand and by skilled operatives. 

All the coloring materials used are homogeneous in composition with the 
Fabrikoid to which they are applied and become an integral part of this foundation 
material, making finished covers that are thoroughly waterproof and washable; 
that will not stain or discolor; that resist mildew and mold, insects and vermin, 
and that are scuff-proof and durable to the highest degree. They can be made 
very elaborate, or simple and economical, and are adaptable to any style and kind 
of book, from the most expensive individual volumes or sets to popular novels or 
subscription sets. 

Where editions are sold largely by mail, the use of colored illustrations with 
good descriptive copy has always proved adequate to develop the added selling 
power of Superfinish Covers. Many publishers are bringing out important editions 
in these covers and all their experience up to this time has been most profitable 
and encouraging. 






TYPE: ITS FACES, SIZES AND PARTS 


Until about 1878 each size of book type was known by some individual name, 
and the sizes varied from one another by irregular amounts. Moreover, sizes cast 
by different foundries under the same names varied slightly so that type cast by 
different foundries could not be used together. These conditions made justifica¬ 
tion extremely difficult, to remedy it, a basis of measurement based on a common 
unit was required. This was finally secured by adopting a point (practically one 
seventy-second of an inch) as a unit of measure so that every size of type would 
henceforth be a multiple of the point. In this way, variations between types of 
different sizes were always in points, and by making leads and slugs also in points 
and multiples thereof the justification of types of all sizes became easy. Sizes of 
types thenceforth were designated by the number of points measured by their 
body instead of by their former names. The changes which were made in their 
sizes were slight but produced uniformity and established a regular gradation of 
sizes differing from one another by a single point. The designation of present 
sizes and the old names of their former nearest equivalents are as follows: 


3 

oi / 

Pt. - 

(C ^ 

-nearly equivalent to Excelsior 

4 

- 

ii 

a 

“ Brilliant 

4^ 

it 

n 

a 

“ Diamond 

5 

ti 

ii 

ti 

“ Pearl 

5V 2 

it 

it 

u 

“ Agate (Ruby in England) 

6 

it 

a 

it 

“ Nonpareil 

VA 

It 

ti 

it 

“ Minionette (Emerald in England) 

7 

It 

n 

it 

“ Minion 

8 

it 

n 

a 

“ Brevier 

9 

ll 

it 

a 

“ Bourgeois 

10 

u 

it 

it 

“ Long Primer 

11 

n 

it 

ii 

“ Small Pica 

12 

a 

it 

it 

“ Pica 

14 

n 

ii 

it 

“ English 

16 

a 

it 

ii 

“ Columbian 

18 

it 

it 

it 

“ Great Primer 

20 

it 

it 

ii 

“ Paragon 

22 

n 

it 

a 

“ Two-line Small Pica 

24 

it 

u 

it 

“ Two-line Pica 

28 

a 

it 

it 

“ Two-line English 

32 

u 

it 

it 

“ Two-line Columbian 

36 

n 

a 

u 

“ Two-line Great Primer 

44 

it 

n 

a 

“ Meridian (Four-line Small Pica) 

48 

it 

n 

ii 

“ Canon 

The accompanying 

illustration of 

an individual type shows its various parts 


with their names: 

The Body of a type is the solid mass of metal or wood of which it is composed, 
not including the raised portion (face) which forms the printing surface. The term 
“Body ” is also used in another sense in which it means the size of a type in points. 

377 


The Face is the printing surface of the letter, figure or character which stands 
in relief on the end of a type and which, when inked, transfers its shape and out¬ 
line to the paper; its outline does not occupy the entire end of the type but has 
below, and sometimes above, it a narrow strip of blank space (Shoulder). 

The Shoulder is the space on the upper end of the body of a type above or 
below the outline of the face. 

The Neck or Beard is the sloping side of the raised outline of the letter from 
the Face to the Body. 

The Serifs (sometimes called Ceriphs) are the small projections at the top 
and bottom of letters. 

The Nick is a small groove cast on the body of a type as a distinguishing 
mark for a given font, variety being obtained for different fonts by using different 
numbers of nicks with varying space between them. 

The Pin Mark is a small indentation on the body of a type produced by the 
instrument that dislodges it from the mold. 

The Groove is a channel across the lower end of the body of a type. 

The Feet of a type constitute the base on 
which it stands and are separated by the Groove. 

The Counter is the depressed or hollowed 
part within the raised outline of the letter. 

The Stem is the up-and-down stroke of a 
letter. 

The Height-to-Paper of a type is the dis¬ 
tance from its face, or printing surface, to the 
base on which it stands and is .918 inch. 

All type faces may be grouped in five gen¬ 
eral classes:—Roman, Italic , Gothic and 

Roman is the type in common use in books, 
magazines, newspapers, and all classes of or¬ 
dinary reading matter; there are two styles of 
this face, essentially the same in form but dif¬ 
fering slightly in proportion, shape and shading. 

The older form was cut in 1471 by Jenson at Venice, and is called old style (in Eng¬ 
land old face). It is characterized by strength and boldness of feature, with strokes 
of comparatively uniform thickness and absence of weak hair lines; the long letters, 
like the y, end with a thickened stroke and the serifs are sloping or oblique; the con¬ 
tour is extremely clear and legible. When first cut, there were no J, U and W. The 
old style face was used until about 1800 when it was largely superseded by a new 
face called modern which was designed in 1783 by Bodoni. This face was character¬ 
ized by heavier shading, lighter hair lines, thin and straight serifs, and long letters 
like the y, ending in a curve and a dot. It is sometimes spoken of as modern roman 
or even simply as roman. For about a hundred years it largely replaced old style 
and is still commonly used in newspapers, magazines, and periodicals as well as in 


COUNTER 

size^/A 

STEM —^ 


BODY- 



NECK 

OR 

BEARD 


i X^SHOULDER 
iN 

PIN MARK 


7NETERM BODY IS 
ALSO USEDTOAPPLY - 
TO THE SIZE OF A TYPE AS 
DESIGNATED IN’’POINTS]'AS 
EIGHT POINT OR TEN POINT BODY. 


LENGTH 
OR HEIGHT TO PAPER 


378 

























































































many books; but, gradually, the old style has returned to favor and is again largely 
used in book work while many new and beautiful faces are based upon it. Antique 
faces are heavy representations of old style and bold faces are heavy representations 
of modern. 

Italic is a slanting letter mainly used for emphasizing words and sentences. 
It was introduced by Aldus Manutius and named in honor of Italy. In shape, it is 
said to have followed the handwriting of Petrarch. 

9cn/it types are also imitations of handwritings; their use is limited, being 
employed chiefly in announcements, invitations, display lines of checks and similar 
matter. 

Gothic is a perfectly plain face with lines of uniform thickness and without 
serifs; it is sometimes called block-letter. Its appearance, however, can be wholly 
changed by the addition of serifs and each style of serif that is added to it seems 
to give it a new form. 

®ext letters are the oldest style of type and were imitations of the hand letter¬ 
ing which prevailed before movable types were invented; their effect is black and 
ecclesiastical; they were often called black-letter. 


WORDS AND EMS TO SQUARE INCH 


APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF WORDS OF AVERAGE LENGTH FOR TYPE OF 

AVERAGE WIDTH 


Size 


Old Name 

Leaded 

Solid 

Number of Ems 

point 

Diamond 

74 

98 

256 

5 

u 

Pearl 

46 

66 

208 

5H 

u 

Agate 

40 

60 

172 

6 

ft 

Nonpareil 

32 

44 

144 

7 

It 

Minion 

26 

34 

106 

8 

It 

Brevier 

22 

30 

81 

9 

it 

Bourgeois 

19 

24 

64 

10 

it 

Long Primer 

16 

20 

52 

11 

tt 

Small Pica 

14 

17 

43 

12 

tt 

Pica 

11 

14 

36 

14 

tt 

English 

9 

11 

26 

18 

a 

Great Primer 

7 

8 

16 

22 

n 

Double Small Pica 

4 

5 

11 


379 


PARAGRAPH HEADS 


Antique cut-in head. CAP centered head. Cap and Small Cap side head. 

There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited to include 
the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original sig¬ 
nificance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is 
Printing printing, which strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon 
paper or other suitable material or presswork as we understand it to-day. 
But, taking the word in its more usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one 
who has facilities for turning out complete work, no matter how simple or how com¬ 
plex it may be—his organization includes separate and distinct departments for 
laying out and editing copy; for composition—linotype, monotype and hand; 
proofreaders competent to handle complex composition and abstruse subjects and 
capable of detecting errors of fact as well as defects in style. 

RESULTS OF EXPERIENCE 

A plant devoted to a single department of printing may, under competent 
management, be put into working order in a comparatively brief time, though 
nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with years; but The Plant 
Complete is the product of combined departments and the result of long experience 
—a growth which reaches its full development only when its various departments 
are welded together in a close organization under executive control which handles 
the whole as a single unit. The plant founded in 1867 by Joseph J. Little has, dur¬ 
ing its more than half a century of activity, engaged in printing of every style and 
character that has been in vogue or in demand during that period. It has achieved 
a position second to none. It has trained men who have gone out into the trade 
and developed successful business of their own. 

The Modern Printer 

The world is chiefly interested in results and much less in the methods by 
which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often seems the most 
important, because the final, and its name is apt to be used to include the whole. 
An entire series of processes is included in the printing art and a printer is one who 
performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art he cast his own type and 
then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, proofreader, press¬ 
man and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to become a publisher, one 
first had to be a printer. It required several centuries of time, but principally the 
inventions of the last century—improved type-founding, power presses, type-cast- 
ing-and-composing machines and machine-made paper to develop the printing 
industry to its present great proportions and to make it a calling distinct from 
publishing. The publishers of newspapers and of some of the larger periodicals 
usually do their own printing, but a vast majority of book and magazine publishers 
depend upon highly developed complete plants for prompt production of their 
work. These plants, known as printing houses, sometimes combine all the func¬ 
tions of the early printer and add electrotyping to them. 

380 



RUN-IN PARAGRAPH HEADS 

Run-in paragraph heads in Antique, Italics , Caps and Small Caps 

Printing There are times when some word of limited meaning seems suited 
to include the whole subject to which it refers and so, while it still retains its original 
significance, it is also used in a larger, broader sense. Such a word is printing, which 
strictly means the art of multiplying impressions upon paper or other suitable 
material or presswork as we understand it to-day. But, taking the word in its more 
usual and broad meaning, the real printer is one who has facilities for turning out 
complete work, no matter how simple or how complex it may be—his organization 
includes separate and distinct departments for laying out and editing copy; for 
composition—linotype, monotype and hand; proofreaders competent to handle 
complex composition and abstruse subjects and capable of detecting errors of fact 
as well as defects in style and language; electro typing; presswork; pamphlet, cloth 
and fine binding, and these must be co-ordinated in The Plant Complete. Any¬ 
thing less than this falls short in service, efficiency and economy for the customer, 

Results of Experience —A plant devoted to a single department of printing 
may, under competent management, be put into working order in a comparatively 
brief time, though nothing can take the place of the experience that comes with 
years; but The Plant Complete is the product of combined departments and the 
result of long experience—a growth which reaches its full development only when its 
various departments are welded together in a close organization under executive 
control which handles the whole as a single unit. The plant founded in 1867 by 
Joseph J. Little has, during its more than half a century of activity, engaged in 
printing of every style and character that has been in vogue or in demand during 
that period. It has achieved a position second to none. It has trained men who 
have gone out into the trade and developed successful business of their own. It has 
set a pace that others have striven to equal. More important, perhaps, it has 
assimilated its long experience, improved its organization and developed a manu¬ 
facturing unit of high efficiency. It has probably turned out more varied work and 

The Modern Printer —The world is chiefly interested in results and much 
less in the methods by which they are obtained; the last of a series of processes often 
seems the most important, because the final, and its name is apt to be used to in¬ 
clude the whole. An entire series of processes is included in the printing art and a 
printer is one who performs any or all of them. In the early days of the art he cast 
his own type and then composed and printed it; he was type-founder, compositor, 
proofreader, pressman and binder. He was also publisher as well—in fact, to be¬ 
come a publisher, one first had to be a printer. It required several centuries of 
time, but principally the inventions of the last century—improved type-founding, 
power presses, type-casting-and-composing machines and machine made paper to 
develop the printing industry to its present great proportions and to make it a 
calling distinct from publishing. The publishers of newspapers and of some of the 
larger periodicals usually do their own printing, but a vast majority of book and 
magazine publishers depend upon highly developed complete plants for prompt 
production of their work. These plants, known as printing houses, sometimes 

381 





PROOFREADERS’ MARKS 


A 

Make correction indicated in mar¬ 

\ 

Raise to proper position. 

gin. 


Lower to proper position. 

<dtet 

Retain crossed-out word or letter; let 

nn 

Hair space letters. 


it stand. 

TV.f 

Wrong font; change to proper font. 

» • e • 

Retain words under which dots ap¬ 


Is this right? 


pear; write “Stet” in margin. 


Put in lower case (small letters). 

X 

Appears battered; examine. 

<f.e. 

Put in small capitals. 


Straighten lines. 


Put in capitals. 

V\A/ 

Unevenly spaced; correct spacing. 

CMC 

Put in caps and small caps. 

// 

Line up; i.e., make lines even with 

A£m. 

Change to Roman. 

f 

other matter. 


Change to Italic. 

'uon m 

Make no break in the reading; no If 

i. - 

Under letter or word means caps. 

‘Hr® 

No paragraph; sometimes written 

= 

Under letter or word, small caps. 

otd 

J-Ucofy 

run m. 

— 

Under letter or word means Italic. 

Here is an omission; see copy. 


Under letter or word, bold face. 

9) 

Make a paragraph here. 

V 

V 

Insert comma. 

tits 

Transpose words or letters as indi¬ 

Insert semicolon. 


cated. 

V 

Insert colon. 

Take out matter indicated; dele. 

© 

Insert period. 

3 

Take out character indicated and 

/?/ 

Insert interrogation mark. 


close up. 

(!) 

Insert exclamation mark. 

0 

Line drawn through a cap means 

H 

Insert hyphen. 

lower case. 

V 

Insert apostrophe. 

9 

Upside down; reverse. 

w 

Insert quotation marks. 

o 

Close up; no space. 

9/ 

Insert superior letter or figure. 

# 

Insert a space here. 

fl 

Insert inferior letter or figure. 

jL 

Push down this space. 

0 

Insert brackets. 

□ 

Indent line one em. 

0 

Insert parenthesis. 

c 

Move this to the left. 

/ 

m 

One-em dash. 

J 

Move this to the right. 

z 

~pri 

Two-em parallel dash. 


382 


4.G. 

/// 

J*. 

# 5 / 

s 


Tvotft 

Hr 

ii 


>r./= 

<&{xM 

d 


0 

* 

&i4l 

i/ty 


6afO 




HOW TO CORRECT PROOF 

UlTdoes) not appear that the earliest printers had any method of qJ 

correcting^rrors^before theform^was on thepress.^ The learnedXfetT 0 

le arnod - correctors of the first two centuries of printing were not 

proofreaders in our sens ej they w/ere rather what we should ^erai $> 0 

office editors. Their labors were^chiefly to see that the proof corre. /-/ 

sponded to the copy, but that the printed page was correct in its 

/atinity^thai^he-worde^w^re^theFe, and that the sense was right. <PGC 
/ /*** !••• ° 

They cared-but little about orthography, bad lettersor purely printed yC 

errors, and when the text seemed to them wrong they consulted fresh 
authorities or altered it on their own responsibility. Good proofsm ,J 
the modern sense, were impossible until professional readers were x 
employed/men who [had [ first [a printer’s education, and then spent i/C 
many years in the correction of proof. The orthography of English, 
which for the past century has undergone little change, was very 
fluctuating until after the publication of Johnson’s Dictionary, and 
capitals, which have been used with considerable regularity for the ^ 
past(80) years, were previously used on the [miss f or ] hitj plan. The ifo 
approach to regularity, fo far as we hamay be attributed to the Ifcj 
growth of a class of professional proof readers, and it is to them that 
we owe the correctness of modern printing.^More er/ors have been# 

found in the Bible than in any other one work. For many generations 
it was frequently the case that Bibles were brought out stealthily, 

from fear of governmental interference.^They were frequently printed fad, 

£ from imperfect texts, and were often modified to meet the views of 
those who publised them/The story is related that a certain woman i 
in Germany, who w as the wife of a printer, and had become disgusted & 
with the continual assertion/ o/ the \superiority\ of man over woman -z<?rr7. 
which she had heard, hurried into the composing room while her 
husband was at supper and altered a sentence in the^ flible, which he v).f. v/ * 
was printing, so that it reacl^Nar^instead ofHerr^thus making the fy'j/ 
verse read “And he shall be thy fool” instead of “^nd he shall be thy ^ 
lord.” The word jiot A was omitted by Barker, the Xing’s printer in 
England in 1632, in printing the seventh commandment^ He was fined O 
Hooo on this account. 


383 










PAPER TESTS 


Grain. In order that the pages of a book may 
be smooth when folded and be free from wrinkles 
when illustrations are tipped in, it is necessary 
that the grain of the paper should run up and 
down the page—that is, in the direction of the 
backbone. If it does not do this, but runs hori¬ 
zontally across the page, the sheet is likely to 
wrinkle in folding and it is sure to cockle when 
moisture is applied on tipping in inserts. Paper 
should always be ordered with this in mind. In 
eight-page and thirty-two-page forms the grain 
must run the short way of the sheet and in six¬ 
teen- and sixty-four-page forms it must run the 
long way of the sheet. 

The direction in which the grain runs may be 
tested in several ways: 

Fold the sheet in both directions. There is 
more resistance against the grain than with it. 
The fold against the grain will be rougher on the 
fold than on the fold with it. 

Tear the sheet carefully in both directions. 
There is greater resistance against the grain than 
with it, and the tear is more irregular. 

Moisten a small strip cut from a sheet and it 
will curl with the grain. 

Cut two pieces, four or five inches long and one 
inch wide from a sheet, one from its long side 
and the other from the short side. Mark one 
for identification. Smooth them out between the 
fingers. Lay one above the other, holding them 
at one end between thumb and forefinger. Hold 
them out horizontally and notice if they lie close 
together or if the lower one sags perceptibly. 
Then reverse them and notice the result. In 
one case they lie almost close together because 
the grain of the under one runs the long way of 
strip and tends to support the upper one. In 
the other case the lower one sags considerably 
because the grain runs across the short way of 
the strip and the strip sags, while the upper strip, 
having the grain running its long way, stands out 
almost horizontally. This is an interesting and 
conclusive test not generally used. 


Breaking. When it is necessary to learn the 
breaking strength of a sheet or to compare the 
relative breaking strength of sheets, several sheets 
should be tested on one of the machines made 
for the purpose. 

Tearing. The tearing strength of a sheet can 
be learned approximately by tearing its edges 
carefully in a number of places and noting the 
resistance offered and the character of the tear. 
More complete tests can be made on machines 
made for the purpose. 

Bulk. Tests for bulking quality of paper are 
made by a micrometer—a small hand instru¬ 
ment graduated to show thousandths of an inch. 
By it the thickness of any sheet in thousandths 
of an inch can be instantly obtained and the 
number of pages to an inch may be readily com¬ 
puted. The thickness should be tested at two 
or three points, as some sheets show considerable 
variation. A Table of Bulks, based on taking 
two sheets at a time, is given on page 385. It is 
very common practice to resort to blank paper 
dummies to show bulk. This may be necessary 
at times, but if paper of the required thickness 
cannot be obtained, very accurate results may be 
secured by the careful use of the micrometer. 

Ground Wood. Sometimes the ordinary 
grades of book paper are cheapened by the use 
of ground wood in their manufacture. Papers so 
made are inferior in quality, and do not hold their 
color as well as free sheets—those in which there 
is no ground wood. The test for the presence of 
ground wood is to apply a drop of phloroglucin 
(obtainable at almost any pharmacy) to the sheet. 
If ground wood is present the spot turns red. 

Starch Coated. The cheaper grades of coated 
papers are sometimes starch coated instead of 
casein coated. When starch is used the coating 
is apt to pick off in spots on the press to the great 
detriment of the job. To test for the presence of 
starch, apply iodine to the sheet, moisten the 
finger and draw it over the spot, which will turn 
black if there is starch in the coating. 


384 


FIGURING THICKNESS AND BULK 


In order to find the thickness of a sheet of paper, use a micrometer graduated to 
thousandths of an inch; take two thicknesses of paper and make the test on two or 
more different parts of the sheets, as paper is seldom uniformly thick. Do not 
squeeze the paper too hard, but hold it firmly and compare two or three readings 
taken as far apart as possible on the sample sheets. In using two sheets for your 
reading, you have the equivalent of four pages and consequently, the thickness of 
one page is equivalent to one-fourth of the micrometer reading; if two leaves bulk 
two points, one page is equal to one-half point and as there are 1000 points to the 
inch there would be 2000 pages to the inch. 


If 

2 sheets bulk 

2 

points, there 

are 

2000 

pages 

to 

one 

inch 

It 

2 

it 

ii 

2*6 

ii 

it 

f< 

1600 

it 

a 

a 

it 

it 

2 

it 

it 

3 

it 

ti 

ii 

1334 

ii 

it 

ti 

it 

ll 

2 

ii 

it 

3 *6 

it 

a 

ii 

1142 

it 

it 

a 

it 

it 

2 

ii 

it 

4 

it 

it 

it 

1000 

it 

a 

ii 

it 

It 

2 

it 

it 

4 a 

it 

ii 

ti 

888 

it 

it 

a 

it 

it 

2 

ii 

it 

5 

u 

it 

a 

800 

it 

it 

it 

it 

it 

2 

it 

ii 

5*6 

it 

it 

it 

728 

ii 

it 

it 

it 

it 

2 

it 

it 

6 

it 

it 

it 

666 

ti 

a 

it 

ii 

u 

2 

it 

ti 

6 *6 

ii 

a 

it 

616 

it 

a 

it 

it 

it 

2 

it 

it 

7 

it 

u 

n 

572 

ti 

it 

it 

it 

n 

2 

it 

u 

7 *6 

ii 

it 

it 

534 

ti 

it 

ii 

ii 

ti 

2 

it 

it 

8 

ii 

ii 

it 

500 

ii 

it 

it 

it 

ll 

2 

it 

u 

sy 2 

it 

it 

it 

470 

ii 

it 

ii 

ii 

It 

2 

ii 

n 

9 

ii 

i< 

u 

444 

ii 

it 

it 

ti 

ll 

2 

ti 

it 


ii 

it 

it 

420 

ii 

it 

it 

ii 

ll 

2 

it 

it 

10 

it 

ti 

u 

400 

ii 

a 

a 

ii 

ll 

2 

it 

n 

io*6 

it 

ii 

it 

382 

it 

it 

it 

ti 

It 

2 

ii 

u 

ii 

it 

a 

ti 

364 

ti 

it 

it 

ii 

It 

2 

a 

it 

n*6 

it 

it 

it 

348 

ii 

it 

ii 

ii 

It 

2 

it 

u 

12 

it 

ti 

a 

334 

it 

it 

it 

ii 

ll 

2 

ti 

ti 

12 *6 

ii 

ii 

it 

320 

it 

n 

it 

it 

ll 

2 

it 

u 

13 

it 

ti 

it 

308 

ii 

ii 

n 

it 

ll 

2 

it 

it 

13 M 

a 

ti 

it 

296 

ti 

ii 

it 

ti 

It 

2 

it 

it 

14 

a 

it 

it 

286 

u 

a 

ii 

a 

it 

2 

ii 

ti 

uy 2 

ti 

ii 

it 

276 

it 

it 

a 

ti 

a 

2 

ti 

it 

15 

it 

a 

it 

266 

it 

ii 

ii 

ti 

u 

2 

ii 

u 

15*6 

it 

it 

it 

258 

it 

ii 

a 

a 

u 

2 

ii 

it 

16 

n 

it 

it 

250 

it 

it 

it 

it 

n 

2 

ti 

it 

ley 

u 

it 

it 

242 

ii 

it 

it 

ti 

u 

2 

ti 

it 

17 

n 

it 

n 

236 

it 

it 

it 

a 

u 

2 

ii 

it 

17*6 

it 

it 

u 

228 

it 

ti 

ii 

it 

it 

2 

ti 

u 

18 

it 

u 

u 

222 

it 

it 

ti 

i 

it 

2 

a 

it 

isy 

ti 

ii 

it 

216 

ti 

a 

it 

it 

u 

2 

ti 

u 

19 

it 

it 

it 

210 

it 

it 

it 

n 

it 

2 

ii 

it 

19*6 

n 

it 

u 

206 

it 

it 

ti 

it 

n 

2 

it 

it 

20 

n it 

385 

ti 

200 

it 

it 

ii 

n 


PAPER REQUIRED TO PRINT ANY NUMBER OF 
COPIES OF ANY NUMBER OF FORMS 

The quantity of paper required to print any job is found by multiplying the 
number of forms it contains by the number of thousands to be printed. It makes 
no difference how many pages the form contains so long as it exactly fills one side 
of the sheet. If, however, the pages are so small that a sheet can be cut in half 
and a form printed on each piece, but one-half the quantity of paper would be re¬ 
quired; likewise, if a sheet could be cut into three or four equal pieces and a form 
printed on each piece but one-third or one-fourth of the quantity of paper would be 
needed. The cardinal principle, however, is the perfectly simple one that forms 
multiplied by thousands give the number of reams required. This method of com¬ 
puting stock for a book is the most simple and accurate and should always be em¬ 
ployed. It is the simple proposition of one ream per thousand—per form. 

The reason that stock required for a book is one ream, per form, per thousand 
is that when a sheet is printed on one side, with a form of consecutively numbered 
pages (say one to sixteen) and is then backed up by printing the same pages properly 
arranged on the other side, the sheet will contain two impressions of each page 
and, when it is cut in two and each half folded into a signature, it will produce two 
complete signatures of sixteen pages, or one thousand copies of 16 pages to a ream 
of five hundred sheets. 

After having found the number of reams required, it must be remembered that 
in printing there is inevitably spoilage on the press, both in making ready the forms 
and during the run, and also spoilage in binding; consequently, an allowance for this 
waste must be made, to the extent of not less than one quire per ream (or fraction of 
ream) which allows the press room three per cent and the bindery two per cent. 

For those who find it more convenient to refer to a table in which quantities 
required for printing are given, the following table shows in the most convenient 
form how much paper is needed to print any number of copies of any number of forms: 
it is used in this manner: 

1. Find out how many forms are to be printed; suppose it to be six. 

2. Look down the first column under the word “Forms” till six is reached. 

3. You know how many copies you wish to print; if it is fifteen hundred, follow 
out the line opposite six and in the column under “ 1500” will be found the number 
of reams and quires needed to print fifteen hundred copies of six forms, including 
necessary waste for press room and bindery. 

4. If you have a big job of over one hundred forms, say 140, get the quantities 
for one hundred and for forty, as above described, and add them together. 

5. If you want to print some quantity different from any given in the seven 
columns of the table, add together, or multiply, those given in the table which will 
produce the desired result. For instance, for twelve hundred and fifty copies, add 
together the quantities given for 250 and 1000; for two thousand, take 1000 twice; 
for twenty-five thousand take 5000 five times. Always take the largest quantities 
given in the table which will figure out your amount evenly; for 1250 take 1000 plus 
250; do not take 250 five times, nor 500 twice plus 250 once. 

By following this rapid and simple method, the quantity of paper required to 
print any number of copies of any number of forms can be ascertained. 

386 


BASED UPON 500 SHEETS TO REAM 


Forms 

250 Copies 

R. Q. 

500 Copies 
R. Q. 

750 Copies 

R. Q. 

1000 Copies 
R. Q. 

1500 Copies 
R. Q. 

2500 Copies 
R. Q. 

5000 Copies 
R. Q. 

Forms 

1 

.6 

.11 

.16 

1.2 

1.12 

2.13 

5.5 

1 

2 

.12 

1.2 

1.12 

2.3 

3.4 

5.6 

10.10 

2 

3 

.18 

1.13 

2.8 

3.4 

4.16 

7.19 

15.15 

3 

4 

1.4 

2.4 

3.4 

4.5 

6.8 

10.12 

21. 

4 

5 

1.10 

2.15 

4. 

5.5 

8. 

13.5 

26.5 

5 

6 

1.16 

3.6 

4.16 

6.6 

9.12 

15.18 

31.10 

6 

7 

2.2 

3.17 

5.12 

7.7 

11.4 

18.11 

36.15 

7 

8 

2.8 

4.8 

6.8 

8.8 

12.16 

21.4 

42. 

8 

9 

2.14 

4.19 

7.4 

9.9 

14.8 

23.17 

47.5 

9 

10 

3. 

5.10 

8. 

10.10 

16. 

26.10 

52.10 

10 

11 

3.6 

6.1 

8.16 

11.11 

17.12 

29.3 

57.15 

11 

12 

3.12 

6.12 

9.12 

12.12 

19.4 

31.16 

63. 

12 

13 

3.18 

7.3 

10.8 

13.13 

20.16 

34.9 

68.5 

13 

14 

4.4 

7.14 

11.4 

14.14 

22.8 

37.2 

73.10 

14 

15 

4.10 

8.5 

12. 

15.15 

24. 

39.15 

78.15 

15 

16 

4.16 

8.16 

12.16 

16.16 

25.12 

42.8 

84. 

16 

17 

5.2 

9.7 

13.12 

17.17 

27.4 

45.1 

89.5 

17 

18 

5.8 

9.18 

14.8 

18.18 

28.16 

47.14 

94.10 

18 

19 

5.14 

10.9 

15.4 

19.19 

30.8 

50.7 

99.15 

19 

20 

6. 

11. 

16. 

21. 

32. 

53. 

105. 

20 

21 

6.6 

11.11 

16.16 

22.1 

33.12 

55.13 

110.5 

21 

22 

6.12 

12.2 

17.12 

23.2 

35.4 

58.6 

115.10 

22 

23 

6.18 

12.13 

18.8 

24.3 

36.16 

60.19 

120.15 

23 

24 

7.4 

13.4 

19.4 

25.4 

38.8 

63.12 

126. 

24 

25 

7.10 

13.15 

20. 

26.5 

40. 

66.5 

131.5 

25 

26 

7.16 

14.6 

20.16 

27.6 

41.12 

68.18 

136.10 

26 

27 

8.2 

14.17 

21.12 

28.7 

43.4 

71.11 

141.15 

27 

28 

8.8 

15.8 

22.8 

29.8 

44.16 

74.4 

147. 

28 

29 

8.14 

15.19 

23.4 

30.9 

46.8 

76.17 

152.5 

29 

30 

9. 

16.10 

24. 

31.10 

48. 

79.10 

157.10 

30 

31 

9.6 

17.1 

24.16 

32.11 

49.12 

82.3 

162.15 

31 

32 

9.12 

17.12 

25.12 

33.12 

51.4 

84.16 

168. 

32 

33 

9.18 

18.3 

26.8 

34.13 

52.16 

87.9 

173.5 

33 

34 

10.4 

18.14 

27.4 

35.14 

54.8 

90.2 

178.10 

34 

35 

10.10 

19.5 

28. 

36.15 

56. 

92.15 

183.15 

35 

36 

10.16 

19.16 

28.16 

37.16 

57.12 

95.8 

189. 

36 

37 

11.2 

20.7 

29.12 

38.17 

59.4 

98.1 

194.5 

37 

38 

11.8 

20.18 

30.8 

39.18 

60.16 

100.14 

199.10 

38 

39 

14.14 

21.9 

31.4 

40.19 

62.8 

103.7 

204.15 

39 

40 

12 

22. 

32. 

42. 

64. 

106. 

210. 

40 

41 

12 6 

22.11 

32.16 

43.1 

65.12 

108.13 

215.15 

41 

42 

12 12 

23.2 

33.12 

44.2 

67.4 

111.6 

220.10 

42 

43 

12 18 

23.13 

34.8 

45.3 

68.16 

113.9 

225.15 

43 

44 

13 4 

24.4 

35.4 

46.4 

70.8 

116.12 

231. 

44 

45 

13 10 

24.15 

36. 

47.5 

72. 

119.5 

236.5 

45 

46 

13 16 

25.6 

36.16 

48.6 

73.12 

121.18 

241.10 

46 

47 

14 2 

25.17 

37.12 

49.7 

75.4 

124.11 

246.15 

47 

48 

14 8 

26.8 

38.8 

50.8 

76.16 

127.4 

252. 

48 

49 

14 14 

26.19 

39.4 

51.9 

78.8 

129.17 

257.15 

49 

50 

15. 

27.10 

40. 

52.10 

80. 

132.10 

262.10 

50 


387 
























BASED UPON 500 SHEETS TO REAM 


Forms 

250 Copies 
R. Q. 

500 Copies 
R. Q. 

750 Copies 
R. Q. 

1000 Copies 
R .Q. 

1500 Copies 
R. Q. 

2500 Copies 
R. Q. 

5000 Copies 
R. Q. 

Forms 

51 

15.6 

28.1 

40.16 

53.11 

81.12 

135.3 

267.15 

51 

52 

15.12 

28.12 

41.12 

54.12 

83.4 

137.16 

273. 

52 

53 

15.18 

29.3 

42.8 

55.13 

84.16 

140.9 

278.5 

53 

54 

16.4 

29.14 

43.4 

56.14 

86.8 

143.2 

283.10 

54 

55 

16.10 

30.5 

44. 

57.15 

88. 

145.15 

288.15 

55 

56 

16.16 

30.16 

44.16 

58.16 

89.12 

148.8 

294. 

56 

57 

17.2 

31.7 

45.12 

59.17 

91.4 

151.1 

299.5 

57 

58 

17.8 

31.18 

46.8 

60.18 

92.16 

153.14 

304.10 

58 

59 

17.14 

32.9 

47.4 

61.19 

94.8 

156.7 

309.15 

59 

60 

18. 

33. 

48. 

63. 

96. 

159. 

315. 

60 

61 

18.6 

33.11 

48.16 

64.1 

97.12 

161.13 

320.5 

61 

62 

18.12 

34.2 

49.12 

65.2 

99.4 

164.6 

325.10 

62 

63 

18.18 

34.13 

50.8 

66.3 

100.16 

166.19 

330.15 

63 

64 

19.4 

35.4 

51.4 

67.4 

102.8 

169.12 

336. 

64 

65 

19.10 

35.15 

52. 

68.5 

104. 

172.5 

341.5 

65 

66 

19.16 

36.6 

52.16 

69.6 

105.12 

174.18 

346.10 

66 

67 

20.2 

36.17 

53.12 

70.7 

107.4 

177.11 

351.15 

67 

68 

20.8 

37.8 

54.8 

71.8 

108.16 

180.4 

357. 

68 

69 

20.14 

37.19 

55.4 

72.9 

110.8 

182.17 

362.5 

69 

70 

21. 

38.10 

56. 

73.10 

112. 

185.10 

367.10 

70 

71 

21.6 

39.1 

56.16 

74.11 

113.12 

188.3 

372.15 

71 

72 

21.12 

39.12 

57.12 

75.12 

115.4 

190.16 

378. 

72 

73 

21.18 

40.3 

58.8 

76.13 

116.16 

193.9 

383.5 

73 

74 

22.4 

40.14 

59.4 

77.14 

118.8 

196.2 

388.10 

74 

75 

22.10 

41.5 

60. 

78.15 

120. 

198.15 

393.15 

75 

76 

22.16 

41.16 

60.16 

79.16 

121.12 

201.8 

399. 

76 

77 

23.2 

42.7 

61.12 

80.17 

123.4 

204.1 

404.5 

77 

78 

23.8 

42.18 

62.8 

81.18 

124.16 

206.14 

409.10 

78 

79 

23.14 

43.9 

63.4 

82.19 

126.8 

209.7 

414.15 

79 

80 

24. 

44. 

64. 

84. 

128. 

212. 

420. 

80 

81 

24.6 

44.11 

64.16 

85.1 

129.12 

214.13 

425.5 

81 

82 

24.12 

45.2 

65.12 

86.2 

131.4 

217.6 

430.10 

82 

83 

24.18 

45.13 

66.8 

87.3 

132.16 

219.19 

435.15 

83 

84 

25.4 

46.4 

67.4 

88.4 

134.8 

222.12 

441. 

84 

85 

25.10 

46.15 

68. 

89.5 

136. 

225.5 

446.5 

85 

86 

25.16 

47.6 

68.16 

90.6 

137.12 

227.18 

451.10 

86 

87 

26.2 

47.17 

69.12 

91.7 

139.4 

230.11 

456.15 

87 

88 

26.8 

48.8 

70.8 

92.8 

140.16 

233.4 

462. 

88 

89 

26.14 

48.19 

71.4 

93.9 

142.8 

235.17 

467.5 

89 

90 

27. 

49.10 

72. 

94.10 

144. 

238.10 

472.10 

90 

91 

27.6 

50.1 

72.16 

95.11 

145.12 

241.3 

477.15 

91 

92 

27.12 

50.12 

73.12 

96.12 

147.4 

243.16 

483. 

92 

93 

27.18 

51.3 

74.8 

97.13 

148.16 

246.9 

488.15 

93 

94 

28.4 

51.14 

75.4 

98.14 

150.8 

249.2 

493.10 

94 

95 

28.10 

52.5 

76. 

99.15 

152. 

251.15 

498.15 

95 

96 

28.16 

52.16 

76.16 

100.16 

153.12 

254.8 

504. 

96 

97 

29.2 

53.7 

77.12 

101.17 

155.4 

257.1 

509.5 

97 

98 

29.8 

53.18 

78.8 

102.18 

156.16 

259.14 

514.10 

98 

99 

29.14 

54.9 

79.4 

103.19 

158.8 

262.7 

519.15 

99 

100 

30. 

55. 

80. 

105. 

160. 

265. 

525. 

100 


388 





















EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF BOOK PAPERS 

In book papers a sheet 25 x 38 inches is the standard. It may be made so 
thin that a ream of 500 sheets will weigh only 16 pounds, and it may be made 
so heavy that 500 sheets will weigh 150 pounds, or even more. Papers that weigh 
30 pounds or less to the ream are roughly called Bible papers and the heavier 
weights Book papers. 

In order to have a working knowledge of paper weights it is necessary to be¬ 
come familiar with the weights of a 25 x 38 sheet so that one can tell approximately 
what the weight is in any sheet of this size, as 25 x 38 is the standard and, when 
taken as the basis, it is easy to obtain the equivalent weight in any larger sheet. 

In deciding on the weight of paper for any job, it is a great convenience and 
saves much time to be able to refer to samples of all the principal weights. To 
this end, every publisher should have either (a) a full line of the sample books 
furnished by most paper houses, (b) folded half sheets of about ten principal 
weights between 30 and 100 pounds, in as many finishes as possible, or (c) dum¬ 
mies made of different weights and finishes. Reference to one of these will gen¬ 
erally make it possible to select a suitable weight and finish for any job. It is 
also necessary to have a micrometer to test the thickness of sheets and a bulking 
rule to measure the thickness of dummies. 

There are about a dozen sizes of book paper that are almost universally made 
and carried in stock and perhaps twenty more that are used so frequently as to 
make them more or less standard sizes. It is a great convenience to be able to 
find equivalent weights in all these sizes instantly as they are the sizes most fre¬ 
quently referred to. We have therefore prepared a table of sheets of 36 sizes, 
each one given in weights on the basis of from 16 pounds to 150 pounds to the 
ream. It occupies the four following pages: 

On each page the various weights of a 25 x 38 sheet are first given, and in 
line after each weight are given the equivalent weights of sheets of 36 larger sizes. 

If it is desired to find the weight of a 28 x 42 sheet equal in thickness to 25 x 
38—50, look down the first column, in which 25 x 38 weights are given in black 
type, to 50 and then follow out the line to the 28 x 42 column in which it is shown 
that the equivalent of 25 x 38—50 in 28 x 42 is 61.9. 

If, on the other hand, you have a sheet 26 x 29—75 and wish to know its 
basis of weight, look down the 26 x 29 column till 75.4 is reached, and then turn 
back to the black type column which shows that its basis of weight is 95 pounds. 

In the case of such odd or special sizes as cannot be included in a table, it is 
necessary to figure out the weight on the basis of square inches in each sheet by 
proportion, that is the square inches in a 25 x 38 sheet (950) are to its weight 
(say 60 lb.) as the required sheet (say 34 x 47) is to its weight, thus: 

950 : 60 : : 1598 : answer = 100.9 


389 



EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF BOOK PAPERS 


25 x 38 
(950) 

22x28 

(616) 

22x35 

(770) 

24x36 

(864) 

24x38 

(912) 

25x40 

(1000) 

26x29 

(754) 

26x40 

(1040) 

27x40 

(1080) 

28x42 

(1176) 

16 lb. 

10.4 

13. 

14.6 

15.4 

16.8 

12.7 

17.5 

18.2 

19.8 

17 

(( 

11 . 

13.8 

15.5 

16.3 

17.9 

13.5 

18.6 

19.3 

21 . 

18 

(( 

11.7 

14.6 

16.4 

17.3 

18.9 

14.3 

19.7 

20.5 

22.3 

19 

tt 

12.3 

15.4 

17.3 

18.2 

20 . 

15.1 

20.8 

21.6 

23.5 

20 

« 

13. 

16.2 

18.2 

19.2 

21.1 

15.9 

21.9 

22.7 

24.8 

21 

a 

13.6 

17. 

19.1 

20.2 

22.1 

16.7 

23. 

23.9 

26. 

22 

a 

14.3 

17.8 

20 . 

21.1 

23.2 

17.5 

24.1 

25. 

27.2 

23 

<< 

14.9 

18.6 

20.9 

22.1 

24.2 

18.3 

25.2 

26.1 

28.5 

21 

ti 

15.6 

19.5 

21.8 

23. 

25.3 

19.1 

26.3 

27.3 

29.7 

25 

tt 

16.2 

20.3 

22.7 

24. 

26.3 

19.9 

27.4 

28.4 

30.9 

26 

(( 

16.8 

21.1 

23.6 

25. 

27.4 

20.6 

28.5 

29.6 

32.2 

27 

ft 

17.5 

21.9 

24.6 

25.9 

28.4 

21.4 

29.6 

30.7 

33.4 

28 

ft 

18.2 

22.7 

25.5 

26.9 

29.5 

22.2 

30.7 

31.8 

34.7 

29 

it 

18.8 

23.5 

26.4 

27.8 

30.5 

23. 

31.7 

33. 

35.9 

30 

«( 

19.5 

24.3 

27.3 

28.8 

31.6 

23.8 

32.8 

34.1 

37.1 

31 

tt 

20.1 

25.1 

28.2 

29.8 

32.6 

24.6 

33.9 

35.2 

38.4 

32 

ft 

20.7 

25.9 

29.1 

30.7 

33.7 

25.4 

35. 

36.4 

39.6 

33 

it 

21.4 

26.7 

30. 

31.7 

34.7 

26.2 

36.1 

37.5 

40.8 

34 

it 

22 . 

27.6 

30.9 

32.6 

35.8 

27. 

37.2 

38.7 

42.1 

35 

it 

22.7 

28.4 

31.8 

33.6 

36.8 

27.8 

38.3 

39.8 

43.3 

36 

it 

23.3 

29.2 

32.7 

34.6 

37.9 

28.6 

39.4 

40.9 

44.6 

37 

it 

24. 

30. 

33.6 

35.5 

38.9 

29.4 

40.5 

42.1 

45.8 

38 

ti 

24.6 

30.8 

34.6 

36.5 

40. 

30.2 

41.6 

43.2 

47. 

39 

it 

25.3 

31.6 

35.5 

37.4 

41.1 

31. 

42.7 

44.3 

48.3 

40 

ii 

25.9 

32.4 

36.4 

38.4 

42.1 

31.7 

43.8 

45.5 

49.5 

41 

it 

26.6 

33.2 

37.3 

39.3 

43.2 

32.5 

44.9 

46.6 

50.8 

42 

it 

27.2 

34. 

38.2 

40.3 

44.2 

33.3 

46. 

47.7 

52. 

43 

ii 

27.9 

34.9 

39.1 

41.3 

45.3 

34.1 

47.1 

48.9 

53.2 

44 

it 

28.5 

35.7 

40. 

42.2 

46.3 

34.9 

48.2 

50. 

54.5 

45 

ii 

29.2 

36.5 

40.9 

43.2 

47.4 

35.7 

49.3 

51.2 

55.7 

50 

ti 

32.4 

40.5 

45.5 

48. 

52.6 

39.7 

54.7 

56.8 

61.9 

55 

ii 

35.6 

44.6 

50. 

52.8 

57.9 

43.6 

60.2 

62.5 

68.1 

60 

ti 

38.9 

48.6 

54.6 

57.6 

63.2 

47.6 

65.7 

68.2 

74.3 

65 

tt 

42.2 

52.7 

59.1 

62.4 

68.4 

51.6 

71.2 

73.9 

80.5 

70 

it 

45.4 

56.7 

63.7 

67.2 

73.7 

55.6 

76.6 

79.6 

86.7 

75 

ti 

48.6 

60.8 

68.2 

72. 

78.9 

59.6 

82.1 

85.3 

92.8 

80 

if 

51.9 

64.8 

72.8 

76.8 

84.2 

63.5 

87.6 

90.9 

99. 

85 

ii 

55.1 

68.9 

77.3 

81.6 

89.5 

67.5 

93.1 

96.6 

105.2 

90 

it 

58.4 

72.9 

81.9 

86.4 

94.7 

71.4 

98.5 

102.3 

111.4 

95 

tt 

61.6 

77. 

86.4 

91.2 

100 . 

75.4 

104. 

108. 

117.6 

100 

tt 

64.8 

81.1 

91. 

96. 

105.3 

79.4 

109.5 

113.7 

123.8 

105 

it 

68.1 

85.1 

95.5 

100.8 

110.5 

83.3 

114.9 

119.4 

130. 

110 

ti 

71.3 

89.2 

100 . 

105.6 

115.8 

87.3 

120.4 

125.1 

136.2 

115 

ii 

74.6 

93.2 

104.6 

110.4 

121.1 

91.3 

125.9 

130.7 

142.4 

120 

it 

77.8 

97.3 

109.1 

115.2 

126.3 

95.2 

131.4 

136.4 

148.5 

125 

it 

81.1 

101.3 

113.7 

120 . 

131.6 

99.2 

136.8 

142.1 

154.7 

130 

it 

84.3 

105.4 

118.2 

124.8 

136.8 

103.2 

142.3 

147.8 

160.9 

135 

ti 

87.5 

109.4 

122.7 

129.6 

142.1 

107.1 

147.8 

153.5 

167.1 

140 

ii 

90.8 

113.5 

127.3 

134.4 

147.4 

111.1 

153.3 

159.2 

173.3 

150 

tt 

97.3 

121.6 

136.4 

144. 

157.9 

119.1 

164.2 

170.5 

185.7 


390 



























EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF BOOK PAPERS—Continued 


35x38 

(950) 

38x44 

(1333) 

29x38 

(1102) 

29x52 

(1508) 

30x40 

(1200) 

30^x41 

(1250.5) 

32x44 

(1408) 

33x44 

(1452) 

33x46 

(1518) 

35x45 

(1575) 

16 lb. 

20.7 

18.6 

25.4 

20.2 

21.1 

23.7 

24.5 

25.6 

26.5 

17 

it 

22 . 

19.7 

27. 

21.5 

22.4 

25.2 

26. 

27.2 

28.2 

18 

tt 

23.3 

20.9 

28.6 

22.8 

23.7 

26.7 

27.5 

28.8 

29.8 

19 

it 

24.6 

22 . 

30.2 

24. 

25. 

28.2 

29. 

30.4 

31.5 

30 

tt 

25.9 

23.2 

31.7 

25.3 

26.3 

29.6 

30.6 

32. 

33.2 

31 

tt 

27.2 

24.4 

33.3 

26.5 

27.6 

31.1 

32.1 

33.6 

34.8 

33 

it 

28.5 

25.5 

34.9 

27.8 

29. 

32.6 

33.6 

35.2 

36.5 

33 

it 

29.8 

26.7 

36.5 

29.1 

30.3 

34.1 

35.2 

36.7 

38.1 

34 

it 

31.1 

27.8 

38.1 

30.3 

31.6 

35.6 

36.7 

38.3 

39.8 

35 

it 

32.4 

29. 

39.7 

31.6 

32.9 

37.1 

38.2 

39.9 

41.4 

36 

it 

33.7 

30.2 

41.3 

32.8 

34.2 

38.5 

39.7 

41.5 

43.1 

37 

a 

35. 

31.3 

42.9 

34.1 

35.5 

40. 

41.3 

43.1 

44.8 

38 

it 

36.3 

32.5 

44.4 

35.4 

36.9 

41.5 

42.8 

44.7 

46.4 

39 

it 

37.6 

33.6 

46. 

36.6 

38.2 

43. 

44.3 

46.3 

48.1 

30 

a 

38.9 

34.8 

47.6 

37.9 

39.5 

44.5 

45.9 

47.9 

49.7 

31 

a 

40.2 

36. 

49.2 

39.2 

40.8 

45.9 

47.4 

49.5 

51.4 

33 

it 

41.5 

37.1 

50.8 

40.4 

42.1 

47.4 

48.9 

51.1 

53.1 

33 

a 

42.8 

38.3 

52.4 

41.7 

43.4 

48.9 

50.4 

52.7 

54.7 

34 

a 

44.1 

39.4 

54. 

42.9 

44.8 

50.4 

52. 

54.3 

56.4 

35 

it 

45.4 

40.6 

55.6 

44.2 

46.1 

51.9 

53.5 

55.9 

58. 

36 

a 

46.7 

41.8 

57.1 

45.5 

47.4 

53.4 

55. 

57.5 

59.7 

37 

a 

48. 

42.9 

58.7 

46.7 

48.7 

54.8 

56.6 

59.1 

61.3 

38 

it 

49.3 

44.1 

60.3 

48. 

50. 

56.3 

58.1 

60.7 

63. 

39 

it 

50.6 

45.2 

61.9 

49.2 

51.3 

57.8 

59 6 

62.3 

64.7 

40 

it 

51.9 

46.4 

63.5 

50.5 

52.7 

59.3 

61.1 

63.9 

66.3 

41 

it 

53.2 

47.6 

65.1 

51.8 

54. 

60.8 

62.7 

65.5 

68 . 

43 

a 

54.5 

48.7 

66.7 

53.1 

55.3 

62.2 

64.2 

67.1 

69.6 

43 

tt 

55.8 

49.9 

68.3 

54.3 

56.6 

63.7 

65.7 

68.7 

71.3 

44 

a 

57.1 

51. 

69.8 

55.6 

57.9 

65.2 

67.3 

70.3 

72.9 

45 

tt 

58.4 

52.2 

71.4 

56.8 

59.3 

66.7 

68.8 

71.9 

74.6 

50 

tt 

64.8 

58. 

79.4 

63.2 

65.8 

74.1 

76.4 

79.9 

82.9 

55 

tt 

71.3 

63.8 

87.3 

69.5 

72.4 

81.5 

84.1 

87.9 

91.2 

60 

tt 

77.8 

69.6 

95.2 

75.8 

79. 

88.9 

91.7 

95.9 

99.5 

65 

tt 

84.3 

75.4 

103.2 

82.1 

85.6 

96.3 

99.4 

103.9 

107.8 

70 

tt 

90.8 

81.2 

111.1 

88.4 

92.2 

103.7 

107. 

111.9 

116.1 

75 

tt 

97.3 

87. 

119.1 

94.7 

98.8 

111.2 

114.7 

119.8 

124.3 

80 

it 

103.7 

92.8 

127. 

101.1 

105.3 

118.6 

122.3 

127.8 

132.6 

85 

tt 

110.2 

98.6 

134.9 

107.4 

111.9 

126. 

129.9 

135.8 

140.9 

90 

tt 

116.6 

104.4 

142.9 

113.7 

118.5 

133.4 

137.6 

143.8 

149.2 

95 

tt 

123.2 

110.2 

150.8 

120 . 

125.1 

140.8 

145.2 

151.8 

157.5 

1 AO 

tt 

129.7 

116. 

158.7 

126.3 

131.7 

148.2 

152.8 

159.8 

165.8 

lvv 

105 

tt 

136.2 

121.8 

166.7 

132.6 

138.3 

155.6 

160.5 

167.8 

174.1 

lift 

tt 

142.7 

127.8 

174.6 

138.9 

144.9 

163. 

168.1 

175.8 

182.4 

IIS 

tt 

149 1 

133.4 

182.5 

145.3 

151.4 

170.4 

175.8 

183.8 

190.7 

XXV 

12ft 

tt 

155 6 

139.2 

190.5 

151.6 

158. 

177.8 

183.4 

191.7 

198.9 

x^v 

135 

130 

135 

140 

150 

tt 

tt 

tt 

a 

tt 

162.1 

168.6 

175.1 

181.5 

194.5 

145. 

150.8 

156.6 

162.4 

174. 

198.4 

206.4 
214.3 
222.2 
238.1 

157.9 

164.2 

170.5 
176.8 

189.5 

164.6 

171.2 

177.8 

184.4 

197.5 

185.3 
192.7 
200.1 
207.5 

223.3 

191.1 

198.7 

206.3 
214. 

229.3 

199.7 

207.7 

215.7 

223.7 

239.7 

207.2 

215.5 

223.8 

232.1 

248.7 


391 































EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF BOOK PAPERS—Continued 


25x38 

(950) 

35x46 

(1610) 

36x48 

(1728) 

38x50 

(1900) 

39x54 

(2106) 

40x56 

(2240) 

40x60 

(2400) 

41x61 

(2501) 

42x56 

(2352) 

42x63 

(2646) 

16 lb. 

27.1 

29.1 

32. 

35.5 

37.7 

40.4 

42.1 

39.6 

44.6 

17 “ 

28.8 

30.9 

34. 

37.7 

40.1 

42.9 

44.7 

42.1 

47.3 

18 « 

30.5 

32.7 

36. 

39.9 

42.4 

45.5 

47.4 

44.6 

50.1 

19 “ 

32.2 

34.6 

38. 

42.1 

44.8 

48. 

50. 

47. 

52.9 

20 “ 

33.9 

36.4 

40. 

44.3 

47.2 

50.5 

52.7 

49.5 

55.7 

21 “ 

35.6 

38.2 

42. 

46.6 

49.5 

53.1 

55.3 

52. 

58.5 

22 “ 

37.3 

40. 

44. 

48.8 

51.9 

55.6 

57.9 

54.5 

61.3 

23 “ 

39. 

41.8 

46. 

51. 

54.2 

58.1 

60.5 

56.9 

64.1 

24 « 

40.7 

43.7 

48. 

53.2 

56.6 

60.6 

63.2 

59.4 

66.8 

25 “ 

42.4 

45.5 

50. 

55.4 

58.9 

63.2 

65.8 

61.9 

69.6 

26 " 

44.1 

47.3 

52. 

57.6 

61.3 

65.7 

68.4 

64.4 

72.4 

27 “ 

45.8 

49.1 

54. 

59.9 

63.7 

68.2 

71.1 

66.8 

75.2 

28 “ 

47.5 

50.9 

56. 

62.1 

66 . 

70.7 

73.7 

69.3 

78. 

29 " 

49.2 

52.7 

58. 

64.3 

68.4 

73.3 

76.3 

71.8 

80.8 

30 “ 

50.8 

54.6 

60. 

66.5 

70.7 

75.8 

79. 

74.3 

83.6 

31 " 

52.5 

56.4 

62. 

68.7 

73.1 

78.3 

81.6 

76.7 

86.3 

32 « 

54.2 

58.2 

64. 

70.9 

75.5 

80.8 

84.2 

79.2 

89.1 

33 “ 

55.9 

60. 

66 . 

73.2 

77.8 

83.4 

86.8 

81.7 

91.9 

34 “ 

57.6 

61.8 

68 . 

75.4 

80.2 

85.9 

89.5 

84.2 

94.7 

35 “ 

59.3 

63.7 

70. 

77.6 

82.5 

88.4 

92.1 

' 86.7 

97.5 

36 “ 

61. 

65.5 

72. 

79.8 

84.9 

90.9 

94.8 

89.1 

100.3 

37 « 

62.7 

67.3 

74. 

82. 

87.3 

93.5 

97.4 

91.6 

103.1 

38 " 

64.4 

69.1 

76. 

84.2 

89.6 

96. 

100 . 

94.1 

105.8 

39 “ 

66.1 

70.9 

78. 

86.5 

92. 

98.5 

102.7 

96.6 

108.6 

40 « 

67.8 

72.8 

80. 

88.7 

94.3 

101.1 

105.3 

99. 

111.4 

41 “ 

69.5 

74.6 

82. 

90.9 

96.7 

103.6 

107.9 

101.5 

114.2 

42 “ 

71.2 

76.4 

84. 

93.1 

99. 

106.1 

110.6 

104. 

117. 

43 « 

72.9 

78.2 

86 . 

95.3 

101.4 

108.6 

113.2 

106.5 

119.8 

44 “ 

74.6 

80. 

88 . 

97.5 

103.7 

101.2 

115.8 

108.9 

122.6 

45 “ 

76.3 

81.9 

90. 

99.8 

106.1 

113.7 

118.5 

111.4 

125.3 

50 “ 

84.7 

90.9 

100 . 

110.8 

117.9 

126.3 

131.6 

123.8 

139.3 

55 “ 

93.2 

100 . 

110 . 

121.9 

129.7 

138.9 

144.8 

136.2 

153.2 

60 « 

101.7 

109.1 

120 . 

133. 

141.5 

151.6 

158. 

148.5 

167.1 

65 “ 

110.2 

118.2 

130. 

144.1 

153.3 

164.2 

171.1 

160.9 

181. 

70 " 

118.6 

127.3 

140. 

155.2 

165.1 

176.8 

184.3 

173.3 

195. 

75 “ 

127.1 

136.4 

150. 

166.3 

176.8 

189.5 

197.4 

185.7 

208.9 

80 « 

135.6 

145.5 

160. 

177.3 

188.6 

202.1 

210.6 

198.1 

222.8 

85 “ 

144.1 

154.6 

170. 

188.4 

200.4 

214.7 

223.8 

210.4 

236.7 

90 “ 

152.5 

163.7 

180. 

199.5 

212.2 

227.4 

236.9 

222.8 

250.7 

95 « 

161. 

172.8 

190. 

210.6 

224. 

240. 

250.1 

235.2 

264.6 

100 “ 

169.5 

181.9 

200 . 

221.7 

235.8 

252.6 

263.3 

247.6 

278.5 

105 “ 

177.9 

191. 

210 . 

232.8 

247.6 

265.3 

276.4 

260. 

292.5 

110 “ 

186.4 

200.1 

220 . 

243.9 

259.4 

277.9 

289.6 

272.3 

306.4 

115 " 

194.9 

209.2 

230. 

254.9 

271.2 

290.5 

302.7 

284.7 

320.3 

120 " 

203.4 

218.3 

240. 

266. 

282.9 

303.2 

315.9 

297.1 

334.2 

125 “ 

211.8 

227.4 

250. 

277.1 

294.7 

315.8 

329.1 

309.5 

348.1 

130 “ 

220.3 

236.5 

260. 

288.2 

306.5 

328.4 

342.2 

321.9 

362.1 

135 “ 

228.8 

245.6 

270. 

299.3 

318.3 

341.1 

355.4 

334.2 

376. 

140 “ 

237.3 

254.7 

280. 

310.4 

330.1 

353.7 

368.6 

346.6 

389.9 

150 “ 

254.2 

272.8 

300. 

332.5 

353.7 

378.9 

394.9 

371.4 

417.8 


392 































EQUIVALENT WEIGHTS OF BOOK PAPERS—Continued 


25x38 

44 x 64 

44x65 

44x66 

45x64 

45x65 

45x66 

46x66 

48x70 

50x74 

(950) 

(2816) 

(2860) 

(2904) 

(2880) 

(2925) 

(2970) 

(3036) 

(3360) 

(3700) 

16 

\h. 

47.4 

48.2 

48.9 

48.5 

49.3 

50. 

51.1 

56.6 

62.3 

17 

a 

50.4 

51.2 

52. 

51.5 

52.3 

53.2 

54.3 

60.1 

66.2 

18 

tt 

53.4 

54.2 

55. 

54.6 

55.4 

56.3 

57.5 

63.7 

70.1 

19 

ii 

56.3 

57.2 

58.1 

57.6 

58.5 

59.4 

60.7 

67.2 

74. 

20 

a 

59.3 

60.2 

61.1 

60.6 

61.6 

62.5 

63.9 

70.7 

77.9 

21 

tt 

62.2 

63.2 

64.2 

63.7 

64.7 

65.6 

67.1 

74.3 

81.8 

22 

tt 

65.2 

66.2 

67.2 

66.7 

67.7 

68.8 

70.3 

77.8 

85.7 

23 

a 

68.2 

69.2 

70.3 

69.7 

70.8 

71.9 

73.5 

81.3 

89.6 

24 

tt 

71.1 

72 3 

73.4 

72.8 

73.9 

75. 

76.7 

84.9 

93.5 

25 

a 

74.1 

75.3 

76.4 

75.8 

77. 

78.2 

79.9 

88.4 

97.4 

26 

a 

77.1 

78.3 

79.5 

78.8 

80.1 

81.3 

83.1 

92. 

101.3 

27 

a 

80. 

81.3 

82.5 

81.9 

83.1 

84.4 

86.3 

95.5 

105.2 

28 

a 

83. 

84.3 

85.6 

84.9 

86.2 

87.5 

89.5 

99. 

109.1 

29 

a 

86 . 

87.3 

88.6 

87.9 

89.3 

90.6 

92.7 

102.6 

112.9 

30 

tt 

88.9 

90.3 

91.7 

90.9 

92.4 

93.8 

95.9 

106.1 

116.8 

31 

a 

91.9 

93.3 

94.8 

94. 

95.4 

96.9 

99.1 

109.6 

120.7 

32 

tt 

94.8 

96.3 

97.8 

97. 

98.5 

100 . 

102.3 

113.2 

124.6 

33 

tt 

97.8 

99.3 

100.9 

100 . 

101.6 

103.1 

105.5 

116.7 

128.5 

34 

a 

100.8 

102.4 

103.9 

103.1 

104.7 

106.3 

108.7 

120.3 

132.4 

35 

tt 

103.7 

105.4 

107. 

106.1 

107.8 

109.4 

111 9 

123.8 

136.3 

36 

tt 

106.7 

108.4 

110 . 

109.1 

110.8 

112.5 

115. 

127.3 

140.2 

37 

a 

109.7 

111.4 

113.1 

112.2 

113.9 

115.7 

118.2 

130.9 

144.1 

38 

tt 

112.6 

114.4 

116.2 

115.2 

117. 

118.8 

121.4 

134.4 

148. 

39 

tt 

115.6 

117.4 

119.2 

118.2 

120.1 

121.9 

124.6 

137.9 

151.9 

40 

tt 

118.6 

120.4 

122.3 

121.3 

123.2 

125.1 

127.8 

141.5 

155.8 

41 

tt 

121.5 

123.4 

125.3 

124.3 

126.3 

128.2 

131. 

145. 

159.7 

42 

tt 

124.5 

126.4 

128.4 

127.3 

129.3 

131.3 

134.2 

148.5 

163.6 

43 

tt 

127.5 

129.5 

131.4 

130.4 

132.4 

134.4 

137.4 

152.1 

167.5 

44 

tt 

130.4 

132.5 

134.5 

133.4 

135.5 

137.5 

140.6 

155.6 

171.4 

45 

tt 

133.4 

135.5 

137.6 

136.4 

138.6 

140.7 

143.8 

159.2 

175.3 

50 

tt 

148.2 

150.5 

152.8 

151.6 

153.9 

156.3 

159.8 

176.6 

194.7 

55 

tt 

163. 

165.6 

168.1 

166.7 

169.3 

171.9 

175.8 

194.5 

214.2 

60 

tt 

177.9 

180.6 

183.4 

181.9 

184.7 

187.6 

191.7 

212.2 

233.7 

65 

tt 

192.7 

195.7 

198.7 

197.1 

200.1 

203.2 

207.7 

229.9 

253.2 

70 

tt 

207.5 

210.7 

214. 

212.2 

215.5 

218.8 

223.7 

247.6 

272.6 

75 

tt 

222.3 

225.8 

229.3 

227.4 

230.9 

234.5 

239.7 

265.3 

292.1 

70 

tt 

237.1 

240.8 

244.5 

242.5 

246.3 

250.1 

255.7 

282.9 

311.6 

85 

tt 

252. 

255.9 

259.8 

257.7 

261.7 

265.7 

271.6 

300.6 

331.1 

90 

tt 

266.8 

270.9 

275.1 

272.8 

277.1 

281.4 

287.6 

318.3 

350.5 

95 

tt 

281.7 

286. 

290.4 

288. 

292.5 

297. 

303.6 

336. 

370. 

100 

tt 

296.4 

301. 

305.7 

303.2 

307.9 

312.6 

319.6 

353.7 

389.5 

105 

tt 

311.2 

316.1 

321. 

318.3 

323.3 

328.3 

335.6 

371.4 

408.9 

110 

tt 

326.1 

331.2 

336.3 

333.5 

338.7 

343.9 

351.5 

389.1 

428.4 

115 

tt 

340.9 

346.2 

351.5 

348.7 

354.1 

359.5 

367.5 

406.7 

447.9 

120 

tt 

355.7 

361.3 

366.8 

363.8 

369.5 

375.2 

383.5 

424.4 

467.4 

125 

tt 

370.5 

376.3 

382.1 

378.9 

384.9 

390.8 

399.5 

442.1 

486.8 

130 

tt 

385.3 

391.4 

397.4 

394.1 

400.3 

406.4 

415.5 

459.8 

506.3 

135 

tt 

400.2 

406.4 

412.7 

409.3 

415.7 

422.1 

431.4 

477.5 

525.8 

140 

tt 

415. 

421.5 

428. 

424.4 

431.1 

437.7 

447.4 

495.2 

545.3 

150 

tt 

444.6 

451.6 

458.5 

454.7 

461.8 

468.9 

479.4 

530.5 

584.2 


393 







































COMPOSITION AND PLATES ORDER FORM 


The form of order blank shown below for Composition and Electrotype 
Plates of a book together with the forms for Printing and Binding com¬ 
prise a set of order blanks covering the essential points on which instruction 
should be given for ordinary book making. These forms may be obtained 
at cost from J. J. Little & Ives Co. Stock size 9J4 x 


f ^ 

- 8 

I 

.3 

U 

a 


•I 


§ 

o 


o 

Z 


cn 

w 

< 

•-3 

Oh 

Q 

Z 

< 

Z 

o 


CO 

o 

Oh 

X 

o 


Os 


4 

O 

£ 

w 


O 

H 


60 

p 

• •-* 

a. 

x 

§ 

a 

<u 

n3 

p 

ns 

p 

o 


03 

o 

a 

e 

o 

cj 

cj 

43 


u 

£ 

u 

cj 

■73 


u, 

P 

o 

<L» 

4-> 

P 

<u 

<u 

03 

nS 

cj 


03 

I 


CO 


w 

-1 

H 


O' O H 

►M H4 

o3 ^ * 

Ok 


M m lo vO 

^H M M HH M 

V* V# V# s* V* 


V-. 

O 


O 

I 

43 


03 

*-» 

l_ 

nS 

4-> 

03 

+J 

CJ 


*i M t<3 •+ 03 fx. OO 

CJ 

bO 

. S# V# V* \# V# \# 

CL¬ 


UJ 

t>0 

ns 

a 


Ok 


y 

IS 

ns 

< 

u 

O 

a 

a 

B 

o 

0^ 


cj 

4-» 

4-» 

OJ 

B 

*-> 

p 

o 

u. 

Hh 

t_ 

O 

* 4-1 

03 

.9 

'o 

a. 


03 

CJ 

60 

rt 

a 

o 

£ 

n3 

0) 

*-> 

ns 

E 

*+j 

03 

0J 


TJ 

ns 

cj 

43 

60 

P 

• •—« 

nO 

_P 

P 


a 


T) 

cj 

n3 

ns 

JJ 

O 

19 

o 

C/3 


s* V* «« 


<4 s# 


no 

cj 

03 

P 

cj 

43 


CJ 

60 

ns 

a 


cj 

N 


CJ 

a 

X 


CJ 

u 

P 


03 p 

CJ 

a <u 

H cn 


o 

x 

'S 

oo 


p 

.9 

"2 

cj 

p 

no 

O 


k 

O 

4 -* 

<u c 

CJ <U 

ns h-> 

v * -1 r- 

CJ P 

k. O 

Op u 


03 

n3 

ns 

IU 


<0 

*3 

o 

e 

s 

•a 


03 

U 

CJ 


M 

<U 


<u 

4J 

JS 

■q. 

.3 


03 

CJ 

a 

x 


cj 

JJ 

W 


it 

8 .. 

m ° £ 

S. « 

o* ^ 

e o 

.3 & 

I | 

u J5 


<u 


03 

C 

o 

'2 

ns 

*-> 

03 

P 


03 

<D 

60 

nS 

a 


o 

o 


a 

o 

u 




p 

.9 


03 

CJ 

4-1 

43 

60 

4-> 

4-» 

<D 


03 

no 

nS 

<U 

no 

C/5 

<u 

ja 

*-> 

ns 

4-» 

O 

X 

u 

*-> 

<u 

O 

P 

4-> 

o 

C 

P 

P 

• •—t 

4-> 

<D 

4-> 

CJ 

43 

60 

P 

l—H 

CTJ 

H 

P 

a 

o 

Ok 

<& 

P 

04 

# 5 

HH 

W 

C/5 

O 

.9 

‘p 


03 

<u 


nS 

<U 


2 

*0 

<L> 

a 

C/3 


ft. 

03 

<u 

60 

n$ 

a 

£ 

<D 

C 

•M 

ns 


03 

<U 

60 

ns 

a 


C 

ns 


O 3 

Uh 04 


p 9 


03 

<u 

60 

nS 

a 

no 

P 

ns 

■M 

kP 

60 

c4 


O 


P 

P 


03 

l_ 

<D 

+-> 

a 

ns 

kO 

o 


x 

43 

03 

<U 

*-> 

nS 

Ok 


X 

43 

n3 

<u 

*-» 

p 

nS 

£ 

«+H 

o 

o 

k. 

a 

x 

.9 

o 


A.. 

X 

t_ 

nS 

P 

.9 

’+j 

cj 

•M 

ns 

43 

£ 

£ 

O 


/v. 

03 

<D 

60 

ns 

a 


kc 

o 

43 


60 

P 
• ^ 

93 

a 

CO CO 


X 

00 


no 

P 

P 

o 

Ok 


<L) 

60 

nS 

dn 


X 

O P ^ 
ns 

o 


p 

o 
• •—> 
*-> 
ns 
P 

+J 

CJ 

P 

P 

OLh 


o 

o 


a 

a 

o 

P 

Q 

O 

C3 

k 

a 

Ph 


o 

s 

<1 

« 

o 

o 

k 

O 


£ fi 


394 




























































PRINTING ORDER FORM 

The form of order blank shown below for Presswork on a book together 
with the forms for Composition and Plates and for Binding comprise a set of 
order blanks which cover the essential points on which instruction should 
be given for ordinary book making. These forms may be obtained at cost 
from J. J. Little & Ives Co. Stock size 93^ x 


s 

o 
> 
.a 

s 

o 
>* 
G 
to 

13 

2 
o 

< o. 
o 


Pd 

W 

Q 

Pd 


U 

55 

H-H 

H 

£ 


Pd 

PH 


o 


O 

I* 

£ 

w 


CO 

<U 

• *-« 

D-. 

8 


CO 

3 


CU 

<u 

c/5 

rt 

<u 


►J Ps 

Ph 


o 

H 


w 

t-p 

H 


C/5 

<u 

60 

T3 

W 


o 

Ph 


u> 

<U _ 

60 CCJ 
CS k—t 

P-. S 


o 

V 

T3 

’5> 

o 


CO 

G 

’5b 


<D 

CO 

G 


A.. 

<L> 


O 

a 

H 


CO 

O 

h 

♦-> 

u 

<D 

w 

u 

O 

CO 

T3 

G 

•5b 

• H 

u 

o 

6 

2 

Ph 


_ i 

a. 

.G 

S3 

£ 


c 


w. 

O 

o 

O 


T3 

<U 

C/5 
• »—« 

6 

o 

u 

Ph 


> 
• r-< 

~V 

Q 


o 


Pd 

w 

Cu 

< 

cu 


e 

<u 


co 

■M 

<L» 

<U 

-C 

CO 


-3 

60 
• *—« 
<L) 

£ 


<u 

N 

• r—« 

C/3 


C/5 

£ 

aj 

1) 


d 

£ 


8 


a 

+-> 

v 


O' 

§ 

c/5 

v-x 

CO 

t 

&> 

C/5 

3 


.ti »- 

33 <u 
rj CX 
3 d 

O Ph 


in 


>H 

U 

•W 

rt 

S3 

fl 

o 

IX 

Uh 


3 

o 

>i 

-1 


<D 

60 

rJ 

P. 


« If) 


5-h <N 


00 


3 


CO 

CJ 

60 

ClJ 

P-. 

•t) 

< 

O 

•* 

<u 

£ 

3 

3 

-3 

3 

c3 

3 

o 


•hH <s fO Tjl 


CO 

O 

Ph 


>» 

P3 


<u 

> 

• r-* 

’<D 


X 

33 

CO 

co 

d> 

Ih 

D. 

ttt 

O 

T) 

+-> 

3 

ccj 

£ 


395 


Photographically Reproduced 
















































BINDING ORDER FORM 


The form of order blank shown below for Binding a book together with 
the forms for Composition and Plates and for Printing comprise a set of 
order blanks which cover the essential points on which instruction should 
be given for ordinary book making. These forms may be obtained at cost 
from J. J. Little & Ives Co. Stock size 934 x 7^4. 


> 

.S 

o 

.S 


< & 


o 

£ 


P4 

w 

Q 

OC 

O 

O 

z 


Q 

Z 

3 


ON 


X 

a 

o 

>« 

£ 

u 


o 

v 

cn 

UJ 

> 

HH 

W 

e 

H 

►J 


o 

H 


<u 

co 


to 

.i! 

* 3 . 

o 


co 

£ 

O 

o 

c*-i 

CO 

oj 


CO 

3 


C 


<U 

CO 

ca 

<u 


W 

H 


co 

<U 

3 

co 


<u 

N 


s 

' u, 

H 



CO 

<L> 


ca 

c 

bp 

co 


co 

<U 


CCS 

<u 

C4-< 

<L> 

co X 

Cl *-* 

.3* o 

«-> 

JD o 

«o 

C 4-> 

••n 1— 

«P rt 

X 


co 

iu 

60 

ca 

CL 

o 

£ 


<U 

co 

C 


CO 

a 

CTJ 


o 
£ 


X 

X 

<u 

US 

co 


3 

Uh 



O <U $ s 


<D 

CL 

c3 

a 

c 

W 


co 

<u 

60 

*0 

w 


y 

o 

CCS 

Xi 

C 

3 

O 


o 




o 

£ 

Oh 


4-» <£ 

2 H 
U x 


CO 

<u 

X 

O 

PQ 


co 

CT3 


2 

o 

a 


cj 

<u 


ctf 

+-> 

C 

<u 


rt 

2 

<u 

u. 

O 

o 

U 


o 

o 

X 

o 

CCS 

<u 


co 

C 

O 
• •—• 
CO 
CO 

<u 

u. 

CX 

6 


o 

2 


c 


S 

o 

Ui 

X 


co 

a, 

csS 

u. 


CO 

C 

.9 

o 

3 


co 

C 


rt 
• •—« 
u 

S. 

CO 


>» 

PQ 


T3 

2 

C 

rt 

£ 


396 


Photographically Reproduced 










































SUPPLEMENTARY ORDER FORM 


The form of Supplementary Order blank shown below may be used in 
connection with the Composition and Plates order, the Printing order or 
the Binding order whenever it is necessary to give additional instructions 
or to modify those already given. These forms may be obtained at 
cost from J. J. Little & Ives Co. Stock size 934 x 5/4- 


O 


3 

O 


I *£ 


-c 

** 

0) 

o 

5 


co 

d 

Z 


Pi 

w 

Q 

Pi 

O 

Pi 

<1 


ON 


t 

» 

t 

rv 

ui 

* 

o 

> 

w 

Z 


o 

H 


o 

Z 


-o 

V" 


w 



o 

_»• _ % 

S 


c 
t o 
*— * 


w 


CO 

a 

to 

.3 C 

Ph 


5 

O 

Print 

Bindi 

Ph 

6 


U 

P 

u 

C/1 


O 

w 

cn 

UJ 

> 


5 

5 


& 


"a 

a 


w 


P 

CO 


"0 

C 

£ 


in 

C 

o 

*-> 

o 

3 

u 

oo 

C 

to 

c 

i 

o 


+-> 

JZ 

« 

£ 


PQ 


"O 

c 


o 

« 

u 

p 

o 

o 

« 

PH 

w 

P5 

3 

o 

— 

w 

p 

< 

o 

o 

t-i 

o 

fi 


397 

























NUMBER OF EMS TO THE DEPTH INCH FOR ANY SIZE OF TYPE IN 

ALL MEASURES 


Length 

r l* 

SIZE OF TYPE IN POINTS 

of line 










in Picas 

5 

5 4 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

5. 

168 

142 

120 

88 

68 

53 

43 

35 

30 

sVz . 

183 

156 

132 

96 

74 

58 

47 

39 

33 

6. 

199 

169 

144 

105 

81 

64 

51 

42 

36 

6V 2 . 

214 

183 

156 

114 

87 

69 

56 

46 

39 

7. 

230 

197 

168 

123 

94 

74 

60 

49 

42 

74 . 

252 

211 

180 

132 

101 

80 

64 

53 

45 

8. 

267 

224 

192 

141 

108 

85 

69 

57 

48 

8.4. 

283 

238 

204 

149 

114 

90 

73 

60 

51 

9. 

298 

252 

216 

158 

121 

96 

77 

64 

54 

94. 

314 

265 

228 

167 

128 

101 

82 

67 

57 

10 . 

336 

279 

240 

176 

135 

106 

86 

71 

60 

i°4 . 

351 

293 

252 

185 

141 

112 

90 

75 

63 

II. 

367 

312 

264 

193 

148 

117 

95 

78 

66 

ii 4. 

382 

326 

276 

202 

155 

122 

99 

82 

69 

12. 

398 

340 

288 

211 

162 

128 

103 

85 

72 

124 . 

420 

354 

300 

220 

169 

133 

108 

89 

75 

13 . 

435 

369 

312 

229 

175 

138 

112 

92 

78 

134 . 

451 

382 

324 

237 

181 

144 

116 

96 

81 

14 . 

466 

397 

336 

246 

188 

149 

120 

99 

84 

144 . 

482 

411 

348 

255 

195 

154 

125 

103 

87 

15 . 

504 

425 

360 

264 

202 

160 

129 

106 

90 

154 . 

519 

439 

372 

273 

208 

165 

133 

110 

93 

l6. 

535 

453 

384 

282 

215 

170 

138 

113 

96 

164 . 

550 

468 

396 

290 

222 

176 

142 

117 

99 

17 . 

566 

483 

408 

299 

229 

181 

146 

120 

102 

174. 

588 

497 

420 

308 

235 

186 

151 

124 

105 

18. 

603 

511 

432 

317 

242 

192 

155 

127 

108 

184 . 

619 

525 

444 

326 

249 

197 

159 

131 

111 

19 . 

634 

539 

456 

335 

256 

202 

164 

134 

114 

194 . 

650 

553 

468 

343 

262 

208 

168 

138 

117 

20. 

672 

568 

480 

352 

269 

213 

172 

142 

120 

204. 

687 

582 

492 

361 

276 

218 

177 

146 

123 

21. 

703 

596 

504 

370 

283 

224 

181 

149 

126 

214 . 

718 

610 

516 

379 

289 

229 

185 

152 

129 

22. 

734 

624 

528 

387 

296 

235 

190 

156 

132 

224 . 

756 

639 

540 

396 

303 

240 

194 

159 

135 

23 . 

771 

653 

552 

405 

310 

245 

198 

163 

138 

234 . 

787 

667 

564 

414 

316 

250 

203 

167 

141 

24 . 

802 

681 

576 

423 

323 

256 

207 

170 

144 

244 . 

818 

695 

588 

431 

330 

261 

211 

174 

147 

25 . 

840 

709 

600 

440 

337 

266 

216 

177 

150 

254 . 

856 

724 

612 

449 

344 

272 

220 

181 

153 

26. 

871 

738 

624 

458 

351 

277 

224 

184 

156 

264. 

886 

752 

636 

467 

358 

282 

228 

188 

159 

27. 

902 

766 

648 

475 

365 

288 

233 

191 

162 

274. 

924 

780 

660 

484 

371 

293 

237 

195 

165 

28. 

939 

795 

672 

493 

378 

298 

241 

198 

168 

284 . 

955 

809 

684 

502 

385 

304 

246 

202 

171 

29. 

970 

823 

696 

511 

392 

309 

250 

205 

174 

294 . 

986 

837 

708 

520 

398 

315 

254 

209 

177 

30. 

1008 

851 

720 

528 

405 

320 

259 

213 

180 


398 


















































































INCREASED SPACE BY LEADING 


When type is set “solid” its lines are set close together and the maximum 
amount of matter is included in a page. When more or less space is desired between 
the lines in order to provide a more open appearance and make the matter easier 
to read, or in order to increase the number of pages that any given matter will 
make, a thin strip of metal, called a “lead,” is inserted. The leads commonly used 
are two point (2/72 inch) thick, but one point, three point and also four point leads 
are sometimes used. As a rule, however, a lead is understood to mean two points. 
Leading by increasing the amount of white space between lines, increases the length 
of any matter in the following manner: 


If leaded with 1-point leads—• If leaded with 3-point leads— 

53/2-point type is increased 2-11 53^-point type is increased 6-11 


6 

— 

it 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

1-6 

6 

— 

Cl 

Cl 

It 

cc 

1-2 

7 

— 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

1-7 

7 

— 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

3-7 

8 

— 

it 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

1-8 

8 

— 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

Cl 

3-8 

9 

— 

It 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

1-9 

9 

— 

cc 

cc 

cc 

t 

1-3 

10 

— 

t 

cc 

cc 

cc 

1-10 

10 

— 

cc 

cc 

It 

Cl 

3-10 

11 

— 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

1-11 

11 

— 

Cl 

cc 

It 

cc 

3-11 

12 

— 

it 

cc 

cc 

Cl 

1-12 

12 

— 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

1-4 

leaded with 2-point leads— 


If leaded with 4-point leads— 


53^-point type 

is 

increased 4-11 

53^-point type 

is 

increased 8-11 

6 

— 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

1-3 

6 

— 

cc 

cc 

tt 

cc 

2-3 

7 

— 

(C 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

2-7 

7 

— 

cc 

Cl 

It 

cc 

4-7 

8 

— 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

cc 

1-4 

8 

— 

cc 

cc 

cc 

cc 

1-2 

9 

_ 

Cl 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

2-9 

9 

— 

Cl 

cc 

It 

cc 

4-9 

10 

_ 

Cl 

cc 

cc 

cc 

1-5 

10 

— 

cc 

Cl 

It 

cc 

2-5 

11 

_ 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

2-11 

11 

— 

cc 

cc 

It 

cc 

4-11 

12 

— 

Cl 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

1-6 

12 

— 

cc 

cc 

Cl 

cc 

1-3 


ALLOWANCE FOR WASTE 

It frequently happens that jobs fall short of quantity required because an in¬ 
sufficient allowance was made for spoilage on press and in bindery. Experience 
shows that the following allowances are desirable in order to ensure full count. 


Quantity 

First Color 

Each Extra Color 

Binding 

100 to 250 

10% 

5% 

5% 

250 “ 500 

6% 

4% 

4% 

500 “ 1,000 

5% 

2K% 

2 M% 

1,000 “ 5,000 

4% 

2\i% 

2% 

5,000 “ 10,000 

3% 

2V 2 % 

2% 

10,000 “ 25,000 

2 K% 

2 y 2 % 

2% 

over “ 25,000 

2% 

2% 

2% 


399 


PAPER TRADE CUSTOMS 


In book papers a sheet 25 x 38 is the standard. It 
is made in different weights running from 30 pounds 
up to 120 pounds to the ream. These standard weights 
are called substance weights; all other sheets are made of 
the same substances and weigh more to the ream in 
proportion as they are larger than 25 x 38. Paper of 
any thickness desired may be obtained simply by giv¬ 
ing the substance number required. This is much sim¬ 
pler than the old method of making sheets of different 
sizes in different substances and is a step toward 
standardization in paper making. Another step in this 
direction is the establishment by the paper makers of 
trade customs covering the relation of price to regular 
stock substance weights and sizes and which are as 
follows: 

STANDARD REAM, BASIC WEIGHTS AND PACK¬ 
ING 

Five hundred sheets to ream unless otherwise speci¬ 
fied. 

Basic Size to be 25 x 38 inches. 

Minimum Basic Weights to the ream of 25 x 38 sheet 
at which paper will be made without extra charge are: 
Machine Finish, 45 pounds. Supercalendered, 50 
pounds. 

English Finish, 45 pounds. Coated One Side, 60 
pounds. 

Antique Book, 45 pounds. Coated Two Sides, 70 
pounds. 

Price is based on packing in ordinary wooden cases, 
machine trimmed, with ream markers, or in skeleton 
frames. If it is packed 

Lapped in bundles, deduct 25 cents per hundred 
pounds; 

In rolls, deduct 50 cents per hundred pounds; 
Sealed in reams, add at least 25 cents per hundred 
pounds 

Hand trimmed, four sides, add at least 20 cents per 
hundred pounds. 

REGULAR WEIGHTS 

Machine Finish, English Finish and Supercalendered 
are regularly made in substance weights of 30, 35, 40, 
45, 50, 60, 70, 80 and 100 pounds. 

Antique Book is made in substance weights of 50, 60, 
70 and 80 pounds. 

Coated Paper is made in substance weights of 60, 70, 
80, 90, 100 and 120 pounds. 

REGULAR SIZES 

The following are called “regular stock sizes,” but 
all of them are not commonly carried in stock. The 
principal ones are indicated by bold face figures. 

22 x 32, 24 x 36, 25 x 38 , 26 x 29, 26 x 40, 28 x 42 , 
28 x 44 , 29 x 52, 30 ^ x 41 , 32 x 44 , 33 x 46 , 34 x 44, 
35 x 45, 36 x 48, 38 x 50 , 41 x 61 , 42 x 56, 44 x 56, 
44 x 64. 

MAKING ORDERS 

Two thousand pounds, or more, of one regular size, 
substance and color will be made without extra 
charge. If size is irregular (substance and color regu¬ 
lar), there will be an extra charge of ten per cent, on 
lots of 2000 to 5000 pounds. Over 5000 pounds of 
an irregular size (substance and color regular) will be 
made without extra charge. 


Ten thousand pounds will be made without extra 
charge. 

(a) Of one regular size in an irregular substance 
weight. 

(b) Of one irregular size in an irregular substance 
weight. 

If less than 10,000 pounds are ordered, there will be 
an extra charge. 

(a) If between 5,000 and 10,000 pounds, add five 
per cent. 

(b) If between 2,000 and 5,000 pounds, add ten per 
cent. 

ADDITIONAL CHARGE FOR LIGHT WEIGHTS: 
Machine Finish and English Finish 

Add one per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 45 pounds, down to and 
including 35 pounds. 

Add two per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 35 pounds, down to and 
including 30 pounds. 

Add three per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof below 30 pounds, down to and 
including 25 pounds. 

Antique Book 

This paper is not often made of a substance weight 
less than 45 pounds. If it can be done, the rate of 
advance is same as for Machine Finish. 

Supercalendered Paper 

Add one per cent, of selling price for each pound or 
fraction thereof, below 50 pounds down to and in¬ 
cluding 40 pounds. 

Add two per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 40 pounds down to and 
including 35 pounds. 

Add three per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 35 pounds down to and 
including 30 pounds. 

Coated Book (coated two sides) 

Add one per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 70 pounds down to and 
including 45 pounds. 

Add two per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 45 pounds down to and 
including 35 pounds. 

Paper coated two sides is rarely of less than 43 
pounds substance weight. 

Coated Book (coated one side) and Lithograph 

Add one per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 60 pounds down to and 
including 40 pounds. 

Add two per cent, of selling price for each pound, 
or fraction thereof, below 40 pounds, down to and 
including 35 pounds. 

FINISHING CHARGES 
Supercalendering 

An additional charge over machine finish shall be 
made for supercalendering. 

Special Sizing 

An additional charge shall be made for special siz¬ 
ing of not less than 25c per hundred pounds above 
selling price. 


400 


Laid 

An additional charge shall be made for Laid Book 
paper of not less than 25c per hundred pounds 
above selling price. 

Watermarking 

An additional charge shall be made for watermark- 
mg Book paper of not less than 50c per hundred 
pounds above the selling price. 

COLORS 

An additional charge shall be made for all colors other 
than white or natural. 

VARIATION IN QUANTITY ORDERED 

Overruns and underruns shall be accepted subject to 
the following possible variations, which shall consti¬ 
tute a good delivery and be accepted by purchaser 
as such: 

Less than 5,000 pounds—15 per cent, over or under 
5,000 pounds and not exceeding 10,000 pounds— 
10 per cent, over or under. 

Over 10,000 pounds and not exceeding 40,000 
pounds—five per cent, over or under. 

Over 40,000 pounds—-three per cent, over or under. 

WEIGHTS 

Wrappers 

Case linings, bundle wrappers and twine shall not 
be included in the scale or ream weight. Paper in 
rolls shall be gross weight including wrappers not 
exceeding 2*^ per cent. 

Variations 

Paper shall be as close as possible to the weight 
ordered, subject to a variation in the nominal 
weight not exceeding 5 per cent, above or below 
the ordered weight when between 45 pounds and 
100 pounds basic weights, and 8 per cent, when 
below 45 pounds or above 100 pounds basic weights. 
Paper within this range shall constitute a good 
delivery. 

Stenciling 

Paper shall be stenciled by the manufacturer with 
the weight ordered. There shall be no evasion by 
substituting letters or symbols for figures. 

Billing 

Paper shall be billed at the ordered weight unless 
there is a shortage in excess of 2^ per cent, for 


uncoated or of 5 per cent, for coated, in which 
case the paper shall be billed at the actual scale 
weight. 

CORES 

All cores shall be charged and on a separate invoice 
if desired. When returned by the purchaser he shall 
be credited at the price charged, subject to the follow¬ 
ing conditions: 

Fibre cores shall be returned to the manufacturer 
subject to inspection and acceptance. 

Freight or cores returned shall be prepaid by the 
purchaser. 

Strawboard cores shall not be returnable. 

WASTE 

Paper on cores returned shall be credited only at the 
price of clean waste. 

Printed waste shall not be returnable. 

In billing paper there shall be no allowance for waste. 

DANDIES 

Any purchaser desiring special watermarks shall pay 
the cost of dandy rolls, and no allowance shall be 
made therefor on account of the quantity of paper 
ordered. Such dandy rolls shall be considered the 
property of the purchaser. 

SHIPPING DATE 

All “Make and Hold” orders shall specify a definite 
date for shipment at which date goods shall be billed 
and invoices taken to account by purchaser whether 
ordered shipped or not. 

CLAIMS 

Defective paper must be reported and claims imme¬ 
diately entered so that it may be inspected before 
used. 

A claim for loss or damage to goods in transit must 
be entered in conformity with the bill of lading. 

No claim allowed after paper is cut, ruled or printed, 
or otherwise made commercially defective, but ex¬ 
ceptional cases will be decided on their merits. 

TERMS 

Settlements for all sales shall be within 30 days. 
Thirty days shall be construed to mean 30 days from 
date of invoice, and where several invoices fall due 
in one month, 30 days from the average date of said 
invoices. 


How to Open a Book 

Books are frequently damaged and their backs 
broken, especially when new, through being harshly 
opened. They should be handled as follows: 

Place the book with its back on a smooth surface; 
hold the leaves upright with one hand and turn 
down first the front cover and then the back cover. 
Then open a few leaves at the back, then a few 
at the front and repeat this alternately and gently 
until the middle of the volume is reached, when 
the book will lie fully opened at its center and fairly 
flat on the table. To get the best results, repeat 
this once or twice. 

Never force the back of a book; if a volume is 
opened carelessly its back may be broken and the 
leaves started. 


Position of Full-page Illustrations 

When a full-page cut is printed as an insert, not 
backed, it should always be tipped into a book to 
face up, unless it is necessary that it face the text of a 
right-hand page. The same principle applies to 
cuts printed with the text in case they are not backed 
with text. When cuts back one another, they face 
text pages both ways and when backed by text mat¬ 
ter they may face either way. When cuts are not 
upright, but oblong, they should always be placed 
in a book so that the caption will read from the 
bottom up, which is the normal way for reading an 
up-and-down caption, as it will run properly from 
left to right when the book is held naturally in the 
right hand and swung around by the left hand into 
position for reading. 


401 



COPYRIGHT RULES AND REGULATIONS 


Copyright is the protection given by law to the 
productions of authors and artists whereby is secured 
to them the exclusive right to publish and sell their own 
works for a term of years, which in this country is 
twenty-eight years with privilege of renewal for twenty- 
eight more, and in England is for life. Our copyright 
laws have been enacted under the provision in Article 
I, Section 8 of the Constitution which says, “The Con¬ 
gress shall have power ... to promote the prog¬ 
ress of science and useful arts, by securing for limited 
times to authors and inventors the exclusive right 
to their writings and discoveries.” Under this pro¬ 
vision, copyright laws have been passed by Congress. 

On March 3, 1909 the act now in operation, entitled 
“An Act to Amend and Consolidate the Acts Respect¬ 
ing Copyright,” was passed by Congress and signed by 
the president on March 4. Under its provisions, copy¬ 
right may be secured by 

(1) The author of the work, if he is: 

(а) A citizen of the United States, or 

(б) An alien author domiciled in the United States 
at the time of the first publication of his work, or 

(c) A citizen or subject of any country which grants 
either by treaty, convention, agreement, or law, 
to citizens of the United States the benefit of 
copyright on substantially the same basis as to 
its own citizens. The existence of reciprocal 
copyright conditions is determined by presiden¬ 
tial proclamation. 

(2) The proprietor of a work. The word “proprietor” 
is here used to indicate a person who derives his title to 
the work from the author. If the author of the work 
should be a person who could not himself claim the 
benefit of the copyright act, the proprietor can not claim 
it. 

(3) The executors, administrators, or assigns of the 
above-mentioned author or proprietor. 

On complying with the provisions of the law, the 
persons above described obtain the exclusive right 

(а) To print, reprint, publish, copy, and vend the 
copyrighted work; 

(б) To translate the copyrighted work into other lan¬ 
guages or dialects, or make any other version thereof, 
if it be a literary work; to dramatize it if it be a non- 
dramatic work; to convert it into a novel or other non- 
dramatic work if it be a drama; to arrange or adapt it 
if it be a musical work; to complete, execute, and finish 
it if it be a model or design for a work of art; 

(c) To deliver or authorize the delivery of the copy¬ 
righted work in public for profit if it be a lecture, sermon, 
address, or similar production; 

(d) To perform or represent the copyrighted work 
publicly if it be a drama or, if it be a dramatic work and 
not reproduced in copies for sale, to vend any manu¬ 
script or any record whatsoever thereof; to make or to 
procure the making of any transcription or record 
thereof by or from which, in whole or in part, it may in 
any manner or by any method be exhibited, performed, 
represented, produced, or reproduced; and to exhibit, 
perform, represent, produce, or reproduce it in any 
manner or by any method whatsoever; 

(e) To perform the copyrighted work publicly for 
profit if it be a musical composition and for the purpose 
of public performance for profit; and for the purposes 
set forth in subsection (a) hereof, to make any arrange¬ 
ment or setting of it or of the melody of it in any system 
of notation or any form of record in which the thought 


of an author may be recorded and from which it may be 
read or reproduced: Provided, That the provisions of 
this Act, so far as they secure copyright controlling the 
parts of instruments serving to reproduce mechanically 
the musical work, shall include only compositions 
published and copyrighted after this Act goes into 
effect, and shall not include the works of a foreign 
author or composer unless the foreign state or nation of 
which such author or composer is a citizen or subject 
grants, either by treaty, convention, agreement, or 
law, to citizens of the United States similar rights. In 
order to secure copyright, a notice of claim in pre¬ 
scribed form on the printed and published copyrightable 
work and registration must be applied for after publica¬ 
tion is made. The method to be employed in order to 
secure registration, and description of copyrightable 
work, is given in the Rules and Regulations for the 
Registration of Claims to Copyright, issued by the 
copyright office, as follows: 

Registration. 

Promptly after the publication of any work entitled 
to copyright, the claimant of copyright should register 
his claim in the Copyright Office. An action for in¬ 
fringement of copyright can not be maintained in court 
until the provisions with respect to the deposit of copies 
and registration of such work shall have been complied 
with. 

A certificate of registration is issued to the claimant 
and duplicates thereof may be obtained on payment 
of the statutory fee of 50 cents. 

Subject Matter of Copyright. 

The act provides that no copyright shall subsist in 
the original text of any work published prior to July 1, 
1909, which has not been already copyrighted in the 
United States, “or in any publication of the United 
States Government, or any reprint, in whole or in part, 
thereof” (sec. 7). 

Section 5 of the act names the thirteen classes of 
works for which copyright may be secured, as follows: 

(a) Books .—This term includes “composite and 
cyclopaedic works, directories, gazetteers, and other com¬ 
pilations,” and, generally, ail printed literary works 
(except dramatic compositions), whether published in 
the ordinary shape of a book or pamphlet, or printed as 
a leaflet, card, or single page. The term “book” as 
used in the law includes tabulated forms of information, 
frequently called charts; tables of figures showing the 
results of mathematical computations, such as logarith¬ 
mic tables; interest, cost, and wage tables, etc., single 
poems, and the words of a song when printed and 
published without music; descriptions of motion pic¬ 
tures or spectacles; catalogues; circulars or folders con¬ 
taining information in the form of reading matter, and 
literary contributions to periodicals or newspapers. 

The term “book” can not be applied to— 

Blank books for use in business or in carrying out any 
system of transacting affairs, such as record books, ac¬ 
count books, memorandum books, blank diaries or 
journals, bank deposit and check books; forms of con¬ 
tracts or leases which do not contain original copyright- 
able matter; coupons; forms for use in commercial, 
legal, or financial transactions, which are wholly or 
partly blank and whose value lies in their usefulness. 

( b) Periodicals .—This term includes newspapers, 
magazines, reviews, and serial publications appearing 


oftener than once a year; bulletins or proceedings of 
societies, etc., which appear regularly at intervals of less 
than a year; and, generally, periodical publications 
which would be registered as second-class matter at the 
post office. Serial publications which are not clearly 
“periodicals” should be registered as books and the ap¬ 
plication for registration should be accompanied by the 
required affidavit. 

(c) Lectures, sermons, addresses, or similar produc¬ 
tions, prepared for oral delivery. 

(d) Dramatic and dramatico-musical compositions, 
such as dramas, comedies, operas, operettas, and similar 
works. 

The designation “dramatic composition” does not in¬ 
clude the. following: Dances, motion-picture shows; 
stage settings or mechanical devices by which dramatic 
effects are produced, or “stage business”; animal shows, 
sleight-of-hand performances, acrobatic or circus tricks 
of any kind; scenarios for, or descriptions of motion 
pictures or of settings for the production of motion 
pictures. (These, however, when printed and published, 
may be registrable as “books.”) 

Dramatico-musical compositions include principally 
operas, operettas, and musical comedies, or similar pro¬ 
ductions which are to be acted as well as sung. 

(e) Musical compositions, including vocal and in¬ 
strumental compositions, with or without words and 
separately published songs from operas and operettas, 
when not intended to be acted. 

The words of a song printed alone should be registered 
as a “book,” not as a “musical composition.” 

“Adaptations” and “arrangements” may be regis¬ 
tered as “new works” under the provisions of section 6 . 
Mere transpositions into different keys are not provided 
for in the copyright act. 

(/) Maps. —This term includes all cartographical 
works, such as terrestrial maps, plats, marine charts, 
star maps, but not diagrams, astrological charts, or 
landscapes. 

(g) Works of art ctnd models or designs for works of art. 
—This term includes all works belonging fairly to the 
so-called fine arts. (Paintings, drawings, and sculp¬ 
ture.) 

The protection of productions of the industrial arts 
utilitarian in purpose and character even if artistically 
made or ornamented depends upon action under the 
patent law; but registration in the Copyright Office has 
been made to protect artistic drawings notwithstanding 
they may afterwards be utilized for articles of manu¬ 
facture. 

Toys, games, dolls, advertising novelties, instruments 
or tools of any kind, glassware, embroideries, garments, 
laces, woven fabrics, or similar articles, are examples. 
The exclusive right to make and sell such articles should 
not be sought by copyright registration. 

( h ) Reproductions of works of art. —This term refers 
to such reproductions (engravings, woodcuts, etchings, 
casts, etc.) as contain in themselves an artistic element 
distinct from that of the original work of art which has 
been reproduced. 

(i) Drawings or plastic works of a scientific or tech¬ 
nical character. —This term includes diagrams or models 
illustrating scientific or technical works, architects’ 
plans, designs for engineering work, relief maps, etc. 

(j) Photographs. —This term covers all photographic 
prints, but not half tones or other photo-engravings. 

(k) Prints and pictorial illustrations. —This term com¬ 
prises printed pictures, such as lithographs, photo¬ 
engravings, etc. 

(l) Motion-picture photoplays. 

(m) Motion pictures other than photoplays. 

Postal cards can not be copyrighted as such. The 
pictures thereon may be registered as “prints or pic¬ 
torial illustrations ” or as “ photographs.’’ Text matter 
on a postal card may be of such a character that it may 
be registered as a “book.” 


How to Secure Registration. 

Copyright registration may be secured for: 

(1) Unpublished works. 

(2) Published works. 

Unpublished Works. 

Unpublished works are such as have not at the time of 
registration been printed or reproduced in copies for sale 
or been publicly distributed. They include only the 
works enumerated in section 11 : Lectures, sermons, ad¬ 
dresses, or similar productions for oral delivery; dra¬ 
matic, musical and dramatico-musical compositions; 
photographs; works of art (paintings, drawings, and 
sculptures); plastic works; motion-picture photoplays; 
and motion pictures other than photoplays. 

In order to secure copyright in such unpublished 
works, the following steps are necessary: 

(1) In the case of lectures, sermons, addresses, and 
dramatic, musical, and dramatico-musical compositions, 
deposit one complete copy of the work. 

This copy (which may be written or typewritten) 
should be in convenient form, clean and legible, the 
leaves securely fastened together, and should bear the 
title of the work corresponding to that given in the 
application. 

The entire work in each case should be deposited. It 
is not sufficient to deposit a mere outline or epitome, or, 
in the case of a play, a mere scenario, or a scenario with 
the synopsis of the dialogue. 

(2) In the case of unpublished photographs, deposit 
one copy of the work. (Photo-engravings or photo¬ 
gravures are not photographs within the meaning of this 
provision.) 

(3) In the case of works of art, models or designs for 
works of art, or drawings or plastic works of a scientific 
or technical character, deposit a photograph or other 
identifying reproduction. 

(4) In the case of motion-picture photoplays, deposit 
a title and description, with one print taken from each 
scene or act. 

(5) In the case of motion pictures other than photo¬ 
plays, deposit a title and description, with not less than 
two prints taken from different sections of the complete 
motion picture. 

In each case the deposited article must be accom¬ 
panied by a claim of copyright (an application for 
registration) and a money order for the amount of the 
statutory fee. 

Any work which has been registered under section 
11 , if published, i.e., reproduced in copies for sale or 
distribution, must be deposited a second time (accom¬ 
panied by an application for registration and the statu¬ 
tory fee) in the same manner as is required in the case of 
works published in the first place. 

Published Works. 

DEPOSIT OF COPIES. 

Promptly after first publication of the work with 
the copyright notice inscribed, two complete copies of 
the best edition of the work then published must be 
sent to the Copyright Office, with a proper application 
for registration correctly filled out and a money order 
for the amount of the legal fee. 

The statute requires that the deposit of the copyright 
work shall be made “promptly,” which has been defined 
as “without unnecessary delay.” It is not essential, 
however, that the deposit be made on the very day of 
publication. 

Published works are such as are printed or otherwise 
produced and “placed on sale, sold, or publicly distrib¬ 
uted.” Works intended for sale or general distribution 
should first be printed with the statutory form of copy¬ 
right notice inscribed on every copy published or 
offered for sale in the United States. 


403 


The following works can not be registered until after 
they have been published: Books, periodicals, maps, 
prints and pictorial illustrations. 

NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT. 

The ordinary form of copyright notice for books, 
periodicals, dramatic and musical compositions is 
“Copyright, 19—(the year of publication), by A. B. 
(the name of the claimant).” The name of the claim¬ 
ant printed in the notice should be the real name of a 
living person, or his trade name if he always uses one 
(but not a pseudonym or pen name), or the name of the 
firm or corporation claiming to own the copyright. 

In the case of maps, photographs, reproductions of 
works of art, prints or pictorial illustrations, works of 
art, models or designs for works of art, and plastic works 
of a scientific or technical character, the notice may 
consist of the letter C, inclosed within a circle, thus ©, 
accompanied by the initials, monogram, mark, or sym¬ 
bol of the copyright proprietor. But in such cases the 
name itself of the copyright proprietor must appear on 
some accessible portion of the work, or on the mount of 
the picture or map, or on the margin, back, or perma¬ 
nent base or pedestal of the work. 

The prescribed notice must be affixed to each copy 
of the work published or offered for sale in the United 
States. But no notice is required in the case of foreign 
books printed abroad seeking ad interim protection in 
the United States, as provided in section 21 of the copy¬ 
right act. 

American Manufacture of Copyright Books. 

The following works must be manufactured in the 
United States in order to secure copyright: 

(a) All “books” in the English language and books in 
any language by a citizen or domiciled resident of the 
United States must be printed from type set within the 
limits of the United States, either by hand or by the 
aid of any kind of typesetting machine, or from plates 
made within the limits of the United States from type 
set therein, or, if the text of such books be produced 
by lithographic process or photo-engraving process, then 
by a process wholly performed within the limits of the 
United States; and the printing of the text and binding 
of the book must be performed within the limits of the 
United States. 

( b ) All illustrations within a book produced by litho¬ 
graphic process or photo-engraving process and all sepa¬ 
rate lithographs or photo-engravings must be produced by 
lithographic or photo-engraving process wholly per¬ 
formed within the limits of the United States, except 
when the subjects represented in such illustrations in a 
book or such separate lithographs or photo-engravings 
“are located in a foreign country and illustrate a 
scientific work or reproduce a work of art.” 

Books by foreign authors in any language other than 
English are not required to be printed in the United 
States. 

In the case of books printed abroad in the English 
language an ad interim term of copyright of thirty days 
from registration made in the Copyright Office within 
thirty days after publication abroad may be secured; 
but in order to extend the copyright to the full term of 
protection, an edition of the work must be published in 
the United States within the thirty days ad interim term, 
printed or produced within the limits of the United 
States as required in section 15 of the copyright act. 

Application for Registration. 

The application for copyright registration required 
to be sent with each work must state the following facts: 

(1) The name, nationality, and exact address of the 
claimant of copyright. 

(2) The name of the country of which the author of 
the work is a citizen or subject. 

(3) The title of the work. 


(4) The name and address of person to whom certifi¬ 
cate is to be sent. 

(5) In the case of works reproduced in copies for sale 
or publicly distributed, the actual date (year, month, 
and day) when the work was published. 

In addition, it is desirable that the application 
should state for record the name of the author. If, how¬ 
ever, the work is published anonymously or under a 
pseudonym and it is not desired to place on record the 
real name of the author, this may be omitted. By the 
nationality of the author is meant citizenship, not race; 
a person naturalized in the United States should be de¬ 
scribed as a citizen. An author, a citizen of a foreign 
country having no copyright relations with the United 
States, may only secure copyright in this country, if at 
the time of publication of his work he is domiciled in the 
United States. The fact of such domicile in the United 
States should be expressly stated in the application, in¬ 
cluding a statement of this place of domicile. Care 
should be taken that the title of the work, the name of 
the author, and the name of the copyright claimant 
should be correctly stated in the application, and that 
they should agree exactly with the same statements 
made in the work itself. 

Application Forms. 

The Copyright Office has issued the following ap¬ 
plication forms, which will be furnished on request, and 
should be used when applying for copyright registration: 

Al. New book printed and published for the first time 
in the United States; also United States edition of 
English book. 

A2. Book reprinted in the United States with new 
copyright matter. 

A3. Book by foreign author in foreign language. 

A4. Ad interim copyright for 30 days for book pub¬ 
lished abroad in the English language. 

A5. Contribution to a newspaper or periodical. 

Bl. Periodical. For registration of single issue. 

B2. Periodical. For use with trust fund. 

C. Lecture, sermon, or address. 

Dl. Published dramatic composition. 

D2. Dramatic composition not reproduced for sale. 

D3. Published dramatico-musical composition. 

D4. Unpublished dramatico-musical composition. 

E. New musical composition published for the first 
time. 

El. Musical composition republished with new copy¬ 
right matter. 

E2. Musical composition not reproduced for sale. 

F. Published map. 

G. Work of art (painting, drawing, or sculpture); or 
model or design for a work of art. 

11. Published drawing or plastic work of a scientific 
or technical character. 

12. Unpublished drawing or plastic work of a scien¬ 
tific or technical character. 

Jl. Photograph published for sale. 

J2. Photograph not reproduced for sale. 

K. Print or pictorial illustration. 

LI. Motion-picture photoplay reproduced for sale. 

L2. Motion-picture photoplay not reproduced for 
sale. 

Ml. Motion picture, not a photoplay, reproduced for 
sale. 

M2. Motion picture, not a photoplay, not reproduced 
for sale. 

Rl. Renewal of a copyright for 28 years. 

R2. Extension of a renewal copyright for 14 years. 

U. Notice of use of music on mechanical instruments. 

Affidavit of Manufacture. 

In the case of books by American authors and all 
books in the English language the application must be 
accompanied by an affidavit, showing the following 
facts: 


404 


(1) That the copies deposited have been printed from 
type set within the limits of the United States; or from 
plates made within the limits of the United States from 
type set therein; or if the text be produced by litho¬ 
graphic process or photo-engraving process, that such 
process was wholly performed within the limits of the 
United States, stating, in either case, the place and 
the establishment where such work was done. 

(2) That the printing of the text has been performed 
within the limits of the United States, showing the place 
and the name of the establishment doing the work. 

(3) That the binding of such book (if bound) has been 
performed within the limits of the United States, show¬ 
ing the place and the name of the establishment where 
the work was done. 

(4) That the completion of the printing of said book 
was on a stated day, or that the book was published on a 
given date. 

Section 62 of the copyright act defines the date of 
publication (in the case of a work of which copies are 
reproduced for sale or distribution) as “the earliest date 
when copies of the first authorized edition were placed, on 
sale, sold, or publicly distributed by the proprietor of the 
copyright or under his authority.” 

The affidavit may be made before any officer au¬ 
thorized to administer oaths within the United States 
who can affix his official seal to the instrument. 

The affiant and the officer administering the oath 
for such affidavit are specially requested to make sure 
that the instrument is properly executed, so as to avoid 
the delay of having it returned for amendment. Ex¬ 
perience shows that among the common errors made by 
applicants are the following: 

Failure to write in the “venue”—that is, the name of 
the county and State—and to make sure that the 
notary’s statement agrees. 

Reciting a corporation or partnership as affiant. 
Oaths can be made only by individuals. 

Failure to state in what capacity the affiant makes the 
oath, whether as claimant, agent of the claimant, or 
printer. Where a corporation or firm is the claimant, 
the affiant should swear as agent. 

Failure to state the exact date of publication or com¬ 
pletion of printing. The month alone is insufficient. 

Failure to sign the affidavit. The signature should 
correspond exactly with the name of the affiant stated 
at the beginning. Corporation or firm names must not 
appear in this place. 

Failure to obtain signature of the notary after swear¬ 
ing to the contents. 

Failure to obtain the seal of the notary. 

Swearing before an officer not authorized to act in the 
place stated in the venue, or an officer who has no 
official seal. . 

Variance between names and dates as stated in the 
affidavit and the application. 

An affidavit which states the date of publication must 
never be made before publication has taken place. 

The affidavit may be made by: (1) The person 
claiming the copyright; or (2) his duly authorized agent 
or representative residing in the United States; or (3) 
the printer who has printed the book. # 

The person making the affidavit should state in which 
of the above-mentioned capacities he does so. 

In the case of a foreign author applying for a book in a 
language other than English, no affidavit is required, as 
such books are not subject to the manufacturing clause. 

In the case of a foreign author applying for a book in 
the English language, the same affidavit must be made 
as in that of an American author, except where sl book 
is deposited for ad interim protection under section 21. 
In such cases the affidavit must be filed when the ad in¬ 
terim copyright is sought to be extended to the full term 
by the publication of an edition printed in the United 
6t/3/t}©s» 

The affidavit is only required for BOOKS. 


Periodicals (Form B). 

Application should be made in the same manner 
as for books, depositing two copies, but no affidavit is 
required. 

Separate registration is necessary for each number of 
the periodical published with a notice of copyright, and 
can only be made after publication. It is not possible 
to register the title of the periodical in advance of pub¬ 
lication. 

Contributions to Periodicals (Form A5). 

If special registration is requested for any contri¬ 
bution to a periodical, one complete copy of the number 
of the periodical in which the contribution appears 
should be deposited promptly after publication. 

The entire copy should be sent; sending a mere clip¬ 
ping or page containing the contribution does not com¬ 
ply with the statute. 

The date of publication of a periodical is not necessa¬ 
rily the date stated on the title-page. The application 
should state the day on which the issue is “first placed 
on sale, sold, or publicly distributed,” which may be 
earlier or later than the date printed on the title-page. 

Ad Interim Applications (Form A4). 

Where a book in the English language has been 
printed abroad, an ad interim copyright may be secured 
by depositing in the Copyright Office one complete copy 
of the foreign edition, with an application containing a 
request for the reservation and a money order for $1. 
Such applications should state: (1) Name and nation¬ 
ality of the author; (2) Name, nationality, and address 
of the copyright claimant; (3) Exact date of original 
publication abroad. 

The deposit of the work must be made not later than 
thirty days after its publication abroad. Whenever, 
within the thirty days’ period of ad interim protection, 
an authorized edition manufactured in the United 
States has been published and two copies have there¬ 
after been promptly deposited, the copyright claim 
therein may be registered the same as any other book 
(Form Al). 

Mailing Applications and Copies. 

All deposits and other material intended for the 
Copyright Office should be addressed to the “Register 
of Copyrights, Library of Congress, Washington, 
D. C.” Letters dealing with copyright matters should 
not be addressed to clerks or individuals in the Copy¬ 
right Office. 

The copies of works sent to be registered for copy¬ 
right may be mailed to the Copyright Office free (under 
sec. 14 of the copyright law) if directly delivered for 
that purpose to the postmaster, who will attach his 
frank label to the parcel. The Copyright Office can 
not furnish franking labels. 

The money order (or other remittance) to pay the 
statutory registration fee is not entitled to free postal 
transmission according to the ruling of the Post Office 
Department. This with the application should there¬ 
fore be forwarded in an envelope, to which letter postage 
has been affixed, addressed to the Register of Copy¬ 
rights. 

Fees. 

The fee required to be paid for copyright registra¬ 
tion is SI, except that in case of photographs it is only 
60 cents when no certificate of registration is desired. 

All remittances to the Copyright Office should be sent 
by money order or bank draft. Postage stamps should 
not be sent for fees or postage. Checks can not be ac¬ 
cepted unless certified. Coin or currency inclosed in let¬ 
ter or packages if sent will be at the remitter’s risk. 

Publishers may for their own convenience deposit in 
the Copyright Office a sum of money in advance against 
which each registration will be charged. 


405 


Assignments of Copyright. 

When a copyright has been assigned the instrument 
in writing signed by the proprietor of the copyright 
may be filed in this office for record within six calendar 
months after its execution without the limits of the 
United States or three calendar months within the 
United States. 

After having been recorded the original assignment 
will be returned to the sender with a sealed certificate of 
record attached. The assignment will be returned by 
registered mail, if the post office registration fee (10 
cents) is sent for that purpose. 

The fee for recording and certifying an assignment 
is SI up to 300 words; $2 from 300 to 1,000 words; and 
another dollar for each additional thousand words or 
fraction thereof over 300 words. 

After the assignment has been duly recorded, the 
assignee may substitute his name for that of the assignor 
in the copyright notice on the work assigned. Such 
substitution or transfer of ownership will be indexed in 
this office upon request at a cost of 10 cents for each 
work assigned. 

Notice of User of Musical Compositions. 

Whenever the owner of the copyright in a musical 
composition uses such music upon the parts of instru¬ 
ments serving to reproduce it mechanically himself or 
permits anyone else to do so, he must send a notice of 
such use by himself or by any other person to the Copy¬ 
right Office to be recorded. 

Whenever any person in the absence of a license 
intends to use a copyrighted musical composition upon 
the parts of instruments serving to reproduce the same 
mechanically, the act requires that he shall serve notice 
of such intention upon the copyright proprietor and 
must also send a duplicate of such notice to the Copy¬ 
right Office. 


Application for the Renewal or Extension of Subsist¬ 
ing Copyrights. 

Application for the renewal or extension of a sub¬ 
sisting copyright may be filed within one year prior to 
the expiration of the existing term by: 

(1) The author of the work if still living; 

(2) The widow, widower, or children of the author if 
the author is not living; 

(3) The author’s executor, if such author, widow, wid¬ 
ower, or children be not living; 

(4) If the author, widow, widower, and children are 
all dead, and the author left no will, then the next 
of kin. 

If the work be a composite work upon which copy¬ 
right was originally secured by the proprietor thereof, 
then such proprietor is entitled to the privilege of re¬ 
newal and extension. 

The fee for the recording of the renewal claim is 
50 cents. Application for the renewal or extension of 
copyright can not be recorded in the name of an assignee 
nor in that of any person not expressly mentioned in 
section 24 of the act. 

Searches. 

Upon application to the Register of Copyrights 
search of the records, indexes, or deposits will be made 
for such information as they may contain relative to 
copyright claims. Persons desiring searches to be made 
should state clearly the nature of the work, its title, the 
name of the claimant of copyright and probable date of 
entry; in the case of an assignment, the name of the 
assignor or assignee, or both, and the name of the copy¬ 
right claimant and the title of the music referred to in 
case of notice of user. 

The statutory fee for searches is 50 cents for each full 
hour of time consumed in making such search. 


INDENTION 


White space at the beginning of a printed line is 
called indention; the usual styles are as follows: 

Ordinary Indention is commonly used at the 
beginning of each paragraph of composed matter. 
White space, generally about one em, is left preced¬ 
ing the first word of the first line and all the succeed¬ 
ing lines run full measure. This paragraph is a 
specimen of Ordinary Indention. 

Hanging Indention, also sometimes called Re¬ 
verse Indention, as it is the reverse arrange¬ 
ment of Ordinary Indention shown above. In 
this case the first line is set the full measure 
adopted for the composition and all the follow¬ 
ing lines are set with uniform white space of one 
or more ems at the beginning of each line. 


Lozenge Indention consists 
of lines of equal length 

arranged in a diagonal or 

sloping manner such as 

is shown in this specimen. 

This is a sample of Half-Diamond or 
Inverted Pyramid Indention. 

The first line is set of the 
desired length and 
each following 
line is shortened 
equally at 
both ends 
in this 
way. 


♦ 


406 



GLOSSARY OF PRINTING AND PUBLISHING TERMS 


A. A. —See Author's Alterations. 

Abbreviation. —Part of a word used, for the sake of 
brevity, in place of a whole word, usually the first 
few letters of the word but sometimes the first and 
the last. 

Abstract Cap. —Legal cap paper with numbered hori¬ 
zontal lines. 

Accent. —A mark used to show the position and nature 
of the quality of vowel sounds; the common accents 
are: 

Acute ' Grave ' Circumflex * 

Acid-free Leather. —Leather made without use of acid 
or leather from which all acid has been removed. 

Acute. —An accent (') indicating a syllable to which 
stress of voice is given. 

Ad.— A common contraction for advertisement. 

Adams, Isaac (1805-1883).—Inventor of platen press 
bearing his name, 1830, largely used for plain work 
up toward end of XIX century. 

Adsmith. —A term sometimes applied to an advertising 
writer. 


Adv. —A common contraction for advertisement. 

Advance Copies (or Sheets). —Sheet or bound copies of 
a book sent to the Press or issued for simultaneous 
publication in different places. 

Advertising Symbols. —The first letter of a word, or the 
first letters of several words written together, used 
to indicate position, frequency of issue, number of 
insertions, etc.; the most common are: 


ew.—every week, 
ml.—monthly, 
nr.—next to reading. 

p. —page, 
pp.—pages. 

q. —quarterly. 

s.—Sunday paper, 
sm.—semimonthly, 
sw.—semiwee kly. 
tc.—top of column, 
tf.—till forbidden, 
weekly. 


w 


Ad.—advertisement. 

Adv.—advertisement. 

B M.—bimonthly. 

BW.—biweekly, 
d.—daily, 
ed.—every day. 
ei.—every issue, 
em.—every month, 
eod.—every other day. 
eoi.—every other issue, 
eom.—every other month, 
eow.—every other week. 

Agate. —An old name for a size of type measuring 14 
lines to the inch and slightly smaller than five-and-a- 
half point, long the standard for measuring adver¬ 
tisements; in England called Ruby. 

Albertype. —A print from a sensitized photographic 
plate of gelatin and albumen. 

Aldine. —A face of type named after Aldus Manutius, 
famous printer of XV century; pertaining to him or 
printed by him. Also ornaments of solid face, desti¬ 
tute of shading, used by him and other early Italian 
printers. 

Alignment. —Brought into perfect line; in a straight 
line; particularly the adjustment of lines of type so 
that their ends are in line vertically. 

All-along. —A book is sewed all-along, in hand sewing, 
when the thread passes from kettlestitch to kettle- 
stitch in each signature. 

Alley. —The passageway between rows of frames on 
which type cases rest in a printing office where the 
compositors stand to work at their cases. 

All-in-Hand. —The condition of a job after all the copy 
for it has been given out to the compositors. 

All Out. —The condition of an uncompleted job when 
all the copy received has been given out; (2) when the 
type for a job has been exhausted. 


All-over Pattern. —A small pattern constantly repeated. 

Alloy. —A homogeneous mixture of two or more metals, 
as Type Metal. 

All Up •—The condition of a job when the composition 
has been completed. 

Alterations. —Changes made in type which has been set. 

American Leather. —A variety of enameled cloth made 
to imitate leather. 

American Russia. —See Cowhide. 

Ampersand. —The character used to represent the word 
“and“ (&). 

Animal Sizing. —See Size. 

Anneal. —The process of softening as is necessary in 
the case of hardened steel dies before any alteration 
can be made in them. 

Antiquarian. —A size of flat papers 31 x 53 inches. 

Antique. —A letter on the lines of the Roman, but with 
heavier face and without hair lines; it follows both 
modern and old-style, thus giving “modern antique” 
and “old-style antique.” Also applied to book, 
cover, and other papers having rough finish; in bind¬ 
ing, when leather is stamped without use of color. 

Antique Tooling. —Same as Blind Tooled. 

Apostrophe. —A symbol like a comma, above the line (’), 
used to indicate the omission of a letter or syllable, 
or the possessive case. 

Appendix. —The matter which follows the body of the 
text of a book. See Make-up of a Book. 

Aquatint-engraving. —The process of coating with 
powdered rosin a plate upon which a design has been 
outlined, and then etching it, thereby producing in 
the print something of the effect of India-ink drawing. 

Arabesque. —Decorations of lines interlaced and con¬ 
voluted curves in more or less geometrical patterns; 
also sometimes applied to combinations of birds, 
animals and insects or plants, fruits and foliage. 

Arabic Numerals. —See Notation. 

Arming Press. —An English name for a small hand- 
power press similar to a stamping press; also called 
blocking press. 

Art Canvas. —A book cloth also known as Buckram. 

Artificial Leather. —An imitation leather fabric made 
of ground scraps of leather, glue and a solution of 
India rubber; ( 2 ) enameled cloth to imitate leather, 
leatheroid or leatherette. 

Artists’ Proof. —A first-class proof of a new etching to 
serve as a guide in printing or for special presentation 
or sale; sometimes called Fine Proof. 

Art Paper. —An English term for enameled or coated 
paper. 

Art Work. —See Retouch. 

Ascender. —That part of a lower case letter which as¬ 
cends or extends above the body of the letter. 

Ascending Letters. —Those which extend above the 
ordinary body of lower case letters as h, l, d, reach¬ 
ing the upper edge of the type body. 

Assemble. —To bring together; to unite separated 
parts in a complete whole. 

Asterisk. —See Reference Marks. 

Asterism. —Three asterisks used to direct attention to 
a passage. 

Atlas. —A size of flat papers 26 x 33 inches. 

Atmosphere. —A truthful impression or natural sur¬ 
roundings sought to be introduced into advertise¬ 
ments or literature; a realistic effect. 

Author’s Alterations. —Corrections or changes made in 


407 




proofs, not due to printer’s errors, and chargeable to 
publisher or author. 

Author’s Corrections. —Same as Author's Alterations. 

Author’s Proof. —The proof which is sent to the author 
with the manuscript; ( 2 ) proof returned by author 
or editor with corrections. 

Author’s Time. —Time spent in making changes indi¬ 
cated by author or editor and chargeable to author or 
publisher, in contradistinction to Office Time. 

Autolock Folder. —A folder encircled with a strip of 
another color, the ends of which are so inserted in 
the folder as to hold firmly but which may be easily 
released. 

Automatic Feeder. —An attachment to a printing press 
which automatically feeds the sheets to be printed. 

Awl. —See Bodkin. 

Azure Tooling. —In bookbinding a heavy line or bar 
made up of small rules, derived from the use of thin 
horizontal lines in Heraldry to indicate Blue. 

Backbone. —See Shelfback. 

Backing.—Forming the back of a book, either round or 
flat, by hand with a hammer, or by machine; com¬ 
monly called rounding and backing. In electrotyping, 
the metal used to back up the copper shell in order 
to make a plate of standard thickness. 

Backing Boards. —Boards of hardwood, thickened on 
one side and having beveled edge over which the 
signatures are forced by hammering so that when 
placed between them in a press the greatest pressure 
is nearest the back. 

Backing Hammer. —A hammer with a short handle and 
a flat, broad face used in rounding and backing. 

Backing Machine. —A machine for backing books used 
in edition work. 

Backing Press. —A press in which books can be backed 
just as if backing boards were used. 

Back Lining. —The paper and crash which is glued to the 
back of a book to hold the signatures. 

BackPages. —Thoseon the left-hand side of an open book. 

Back-Up. —To print the second side of a sheet already 
printed on one side. 

Bad Copy. —Confused, indistinct, interlined or other 
manuscript not easily read. Copy not properly edited. 

Balance. —The arrangement of composed matter which 
produces pleasing effects from proper proportion; in 
presswork the proper use of color. 

Band Driver. —A tool used in forwarding to secure 
uniformity in raised bands. 

Banding. —Decorations formed by the use of horizontal 
stripes. 

Band Nipper. —Pincers used to straighten the leather 
after it has been put on over raised bands. 

Bands. —Leather ridges on the backs of blank books; 
also the cords on which the signatures are sewed. 

Bank. —A frame having a sloping top for holding stand¬ 
ing or dead matter, or type-filled galleys; ( 2 ) a 
pressman’s table for holding sheets; (3) the track on 
which the carriage of a printing press moves. 

Bar. —The solid strip of metal across the center of a 
large chase. 

Bark Skiver. —Tanned with oak bark. 

Baskerville, John (1706-1775).—An English printer 
and type-founder. 

Basket Cloth. —A fancy weave of cloth to imitate wick¬ 
erwork baskets. 

Bastard. —Any variation from a standard. 

Bastard Title. —The title of a book printed by itself on 
the odd page preceding the regular title page; some¬ 
times referred to as a Half Title, Mock Title or Bas 
Title. 

Bastard Type. —Type with a face larger or smaller than 
that appropriate to its body—as an eight point face 
on a nine point body or a nine point face on an eight 
point body. 

Bas Title. —See Bastard Title. 

Batter.—Damage to the face of type or plate which 


flattens or depresses a portion of the surface so that 
it prints imperfectly. 

Bead.—An old term for head band. 

Beard.—The outside shading in ornamental type faces. 

Bearers.—Strips of wood or metal in the bed of a press, 
or in a form, which bear off the impression from the 
form; (2) strips of metal, type high, placed around 
type forms to protect them in molding; (3) the bor¬ 
ders, or guards, left on plates held as molders. 

Beating.—One of the processes in paper making to 
which the pulp is subjected; in bookbinding, the pro¬ 
cess of smoothing out and flattening the folded sheets. 

Beating Hammer.—A short-handled hammer for beat¬ 
ing books in order that their leaves may lie close to¬ 


gether. 

Beating Stone.—A bed of iron or stone on which books 
are beaten. 

Bed.—The part of a printing press in which the form 
to be printed is placed. 

Belly.—The front side of a type, generally the side hav¬ 
ing the nicks; ( 2 ) the condition of a locked-up form 
when a straight-edge shows a variation between ends 
and center. 

Ben Day Process.—The process invented by Benjamin 
Day for producing a great variety of shaded tints 
and mottled effects by the use of gelatine films having 
designs in relief, which may be inked and the design 
transferred to the metal plate, after which the design 
thus produced is suitably treated and the plate is 
etched. See Day, Benjamin. 

Benzine (or Benzin).—A liquid obtained by distillation 
from petroleum having marked cleansing properties; 
used to clean type and presses. 

Bevel.—The sloping edge of a plate, so made that the 
plate can be fastened firmly to a block or metal base 
by means of small clamps. 

Bevel Edge Plate.—A metal plate .152 inch thick, 
beveled on three edges, in contradistinction to a 
plate blocked on wood or solid metal. 

Beveled Boards.—Heavy, bevel-edge boards used for 
very large books. 

Beveled Rule.—A rule having its face flush with one of 
its sides and beveled on the other side, instead of 
having the face in the center and being beveled on 
both sides of the face. 

Beveled Sticks.—Tapered strips of furniture used with 
wooden quoins to lock up forms. 

Bewick Thomas (1753-1828).—An English wood en¬ 
graver. 

Bible Paper.—A term applied to almost any book 
paper of 30 pound basis or lighter; not to be con¬ 
founded with “India” or “Oxford” Bible Paper. 

Bibliography.—The science of books, that is, the history 
and description of all details pertaining to the 
manufacture and authorship; also, a list of works on 
any given subject or by any author. 

Bill.—A printed sheet containing an advertisement or 
public notice. 

Bill Head.—A ruled sheet of paper printed at top with 
the name of seller, and having space in which to write 
name of purchaser, on which to make out charges for 
goods sold, services rendered or work done. Depth 
of head is usually 2% inches; common sizes are: 

No. 6 , ruled 6 lines, 8 J^x 4 2 / 3 , cut from 14x17. 

“ 4, “ 13 “ 8)^x7, “ “ 14x17. 

“ 3, “ 21 “ 8Hx 9V 3 , “ “ 17x28. 

“ 2, “ 37 “ 8^x14, “ “ 14x17. 

Bimonthly.—A publication issued every two months. 

Bind.—To gather printed sheets, sew or wire them to¬ 
gether and enclose in covers of paper, cloth or other 
material. 

Binder.—A bookbinder; (2) a cover in which sheets 
of paper or pamphlets may be clamped; (3) any¬ 
thing which holds different objects firmly together. 

Bindersboard.—See Millboard. 

Binder’s Title.—The title of book (frequently shortened 
or condensed) lettered on its back. 


408 


Binder’s Waste.— See End Papers. 

Bindery.— -A place where books or pamphlets are bound; 
an Edition bindery devotes itself to publishers’ work 
in quantities; a Job bindery to miscellaneous work; 
and a Pamphlet bindery to paper covered work, 
magazines, etc. 

Binding Slip.—A sheet of instructions sent to bindery 
with each book. 

Bite.—In photo-engraving, the action of acid in eating 
out superfluous metal; ( 2 ) a white spot in an im¬ 
pression due to the introduction of some foreign 
particle. 

Biweekly. —A publication issued every two weeks. 

Black Face.— A heavy face type; also called Bold Face 
and Full Face. 

Black Lead. —To cover with graphite. See Graphite. 

Black Letter. —A term originally used for Old English 
and similar text letters which followed the lettering of 
the old manuscripts. 

Blacksmith. —A term sometimes used to designate a 
poor workman. 

Blank. —An unprinted page in a book, as the back of 
a bastard title; also a sheet printed in part with some 
legal or contract form, the remainder of the matter 
to be filled in by hand, as law blanks, etc. 

Blanket. —A sheet of wool or rubber used in newspaper 
and poster work on the tympan of cylinder presses 
to secure a smooth but not too hard surface. 

Blanking. —Stamping a design on a cover without using 
ink to bring it out, by means of a heated brass die. 

Blank Page. —A page in a form or in a book on which 
there is no printing. 

Bleed. —To trim printed matter so that the printing is 
cut; engravings for covers are sometimes made larger 
than the cover so that, when trimmed to size, the ink 
extends to the very edge as the trimming cuts into 
the print; such covers are said to bleed. 

Blind Tooling. —A design on the cover of a book 
stamped without the use of ink; sometimes called 
Antique. 

Block. —To mount a metal plate upon wood of suitable 
height to make it type high; ( 2 ) a solid piece of wood 
or metal to which a printing plate is attached for 
printing; ( 3 ) a solid metal stamp used to impress a 
design upon a cover. 

Blocking. —To stamp a design on a book cover. 

Blocking Press. —A stamping press for covers; also 
called Arming press and Stamping press. 

Block Letter. —A term sometimes used to indicate 
Gothic; originally type cut from wood. 

Block Printing. —Printing from engraved wooden 
blocks. 

Blocks. —See Patent Blocks. 

Blue Print. —A ferricyanid positive print from a trans¬ 
parent negative original. 

BM. —Bimonthly. 

Board. —A thick sheet made by pasting together layers 
of paper, as pasteboard and cardboard; (2) the paste¬ 
board, millboard or pressboard used in book covers; 
( 3 ) a wooden slab used in bookbinding for burnishing 
and other purposes; (4) a tablet for writing; (5) 
board is frequently named from the material used in 
its manufacture, its use or some salient feature as 
binders’, chip, cloth, friction, jute, mill, press, pulp, 
straw, tar or trunk board. 

Board Mill. —A mill which makes only heavy goods, as 
card board, straw board, etc. 

Board Paper.— The leaf of the lining paper pasted to 
thG cover. 

Boards—The Binder’s, Mill, Press or Tar Board used 
for sides of books; ( 2 ) binding with boards having 
pasted paper sides. 

Board Shears. —Heavy shears used in cutting boards 

for book sides. . . . . ,, , 

Bock Morocco.— An imitation Morocco leather made 

from Persian sheepskin. e . 

Bodkin. —A small awl used to pick type from a form in 


making corrections; ( 2 ) an awl used in bindery to 
punch holes for lacing bands through boards. 

Bodini, Giambattista (1740-1813). A printer of Milan 
who designed the first modern face Roman type and 
published the Lord’s Prayer in 155 languages. 

Body. —The shank or portion of a type below the face; 
( 2 ) the main part of a book between front matter and 
appendix. 

Body Type. —The type commonly used for reading 
matter as distinguished from “display” type used 
for advertisements, etc. 

Bold. —Type or printed matter which is prominent or 
stands out strongly. 

Bold Face. —A fullface letter similar to the Roman con¬ 
taining both hair lines and heavy strokes. 

Bolt. —The uncut edge of a folded signature. 

Book. —Usually applied to printed sheets of paper, 
folded, trimmed, sewed and bound in cloth, or more 
expensive leather bindings; very cheap editions are 
bound in paper. 

Bookbinder. —One engaged in binding books, either as 
owner of the business or as an artizan. 

Bookbindery. —A place in which books or pamphlets 
are bound. Edition bindery does publishers’ work on 
editions of books. Job bindery does miscellaneous 
binding in any quantity or style. Pamphlet bindery 
does paper covered work only. 

Bookbinding. —The art or act of binding books, applied 
generally to those having board, cloth or more expen¬ 
sive covers; but not necessarily excluding those in 
paper covers, although they are not classified as 
bound books. 

Book Card. —A card kept in a book by a library on 
which a record is kept of dates borrowed; ( 2 ) a list of 
books by the same author, or of books on related 
subjects of t’ e same publisher, usually facing title 
page in a book. 

Book Chase. —A large chase in which to lock up book 
forms, the larger sizes with shifting bars. 

Book Cloth. —Cotton or linen cloth, colored, sized, 
glazed and embossed for book covers. 

Bookcraft. —A term now in disuse meaning the art of 
bookmaking. 

Book Label. —See Label. 

Booklet. —A small book or a small, attractive pamphlet, 
usually with paper cover; as used in advertising, it 
is usually devoted to exploiting a single object. 

Book-louse. —A small wingless insect destructive to 
books. 

Bookmark. —An object placed between the leaves of a 
book in order to make reference easy to that point. 

Book Office. —A printing establishment where book 
and edition printing for publishers is the chief work. 

Book Paper. —Such paper as is principally used in the 
manufacture of books as distinguished from news¬ 
print, coated and writings. 

Book Plate. —A sheet, card or plate inserted in a book 
for identification and protection, usually mounted on 
inside of cover, and consisting of suitable design and 
lettering, printed or engraved. 

Book Pocket. —A paper pocket for holding book card 
or reader’s card, pasted to inside back cover. 

Book Room. —A composing room devoted to book work 
in contradistinction to a job room. 

Book Slip. —See Book Card. 

Book-work.—The manufacture of books as distin¬ 
guished from catalogue, newspaper, job or commercial 
printing. 

Border. —Ornamental types of connecting design 
adapted to be made up to surround or enclose type 
matter; also rule used for this purpose. 

Boss. —An ornament of metal on the cover of a book to 
protect it from wear. 

Boston. —An old term for Bold Face. 

Botch. —A bad job; (2) an incompetent workman. 

Bottled. —The condition of type when it is so badly 
worn that it cannot stand upright on its feet. 


409 


\ 


Bound. —A book, booklet or pamphlet having a perma¬ 
nent cover of cloth, leather or other suitable material. 

Bourgeois. —An old name for a type slightly smaller 
than long primer, practically equivalent to nine point. 

Box. —One of the small compartments into which a 
type case is divided; (2) a small rectangular space 
left in type composition in which a short heading or 
catch words are set, usually in heavy face type. 

Box Head. —A heading set in a small rectangular space 
left for that purpose in composing a page of type 
matter; a heading enclosed in rules. 

Box In. —To enclose with a rule border. 

Brace.—A character (]•) used to connect two or more 

lines; (2) to join together or indicate connection by 
means of a brace. 

Bradford, William (1663-1752).—The first printer in 
Pennsylvania. A face of type is named after him. 

Braille, Louis (1806-1852).—A French educator, and 
inventor of a system of printing for the blind in 
which points raised above the surface of the paper 
represent letters of the alphabet. 

Brass Boards.—Boards used in a bindery for pressing 
books. 

Brass Rule. —Thin, type high, strips of brass of various 
thicknesses and different faces. See Rule. 

Brayer. —An inking roller mounted for hand use. 

Break In. —To insert cuts in their proper position in the 
text as marked on the proofs. 

Break-line. —The last line of a paragraph when it 
contains white space. 

Brevier. —The old name for a type about midway be¬ 
tween long primer and nonpareil, practically equiva¬ 
lent to eight point. 

Brilliant. —The old name for a small type, practically 
equivalent to three-and-a-half points. 

Broadside. —A fairly large sheet, printed on one side 
with verses, squibs, emphatic declarations or similar 
matter; (2) a large folder. 

Brochure.—A small pamphlet or brief treatise in 
pamphlet form; (2) a booklet in artistic style. 

Broken. —A leaf folded over is said to be broken; (2) 
the back of a book is broken when cracked from 
head to tail. 

Broken Over.— See Broken Up. 

Broken Up.—Plates (printed illustrations) folded over 
near back before placing in a book; (2) type released 
from chase to be distributed or melted. 

Bronze. —A metallic powder used in decorative work 
and in printing, as gold bronze, silver bronze or blue 
bronze. 

Bronzing.—Printing with size instead of ink and apply¬ 
ing a bronze powder to it while still wet. 

Bronzing Machine.—A machine through which sheets 
printed with sizing are run, which applies the bronze 
powder to the sheets and then dusts off what has not 
adhered to the sizing. 

Bruce, David, Jr.—Inventor of the first typesetting 
machine, 1838. 

Buckram.—A high-class, lasting book cloth of heavy 

weave. 

Buffinette.—See Keratol. 

Buffiing.—The process of removing part of the thickness 
of a hide; also leather finished on the inside. 

Bulk. —The thickness of a book between the covers. 

Bullock, William. —Builder of first web perfecting press 
for newspapers, 1861. 

Bundling.—Packing sheets or stitched books for their 
protection or easy handling or to make them solid. 

Bureau of Engraving and Printing (U. S. A.).—A bureau 
maintained by the Treasury Department which 
makes paper money, postage stamps and securities 
issued by the Government; not connected with the 
Government Printing Office. 

Burnish. —To smooth down, as the deepest shades in a 
halftone engraving in order to produce solid black; 
(2) the gloss produced by a burnisher. 


Burnished Edges.— Colored and gilded edges, specially 
polished. 

Burnisher. —Blood-stone or agate used to burnish the 
edges of books. 

Burr. —A rough edge left on metal after cutting, cast¬ 
ing or other mechanical process. 

Business Card. —A card bearing name and address and 
a short statement of nature of business of a business 
house; when presented by a salesman, also bearing 
his name; (2) a short advertisement grouped with 
others of the same size; (3) the name and address 
on the upper left-hand corner of an envelope. The 
usual sizes of business cards are: 

41/l6 X 2Y 2 3 9 /l6X 2i/ie 

37/s x2H 33/s xU/ 8 

3 3 /16 x l 11 /16 

Butterfly Folder. —A folder in which a part of the sheet 
is so folded in that when the folder is opened this 
portion is released and springs up showing some 
special announcement. 

BW. —Biweekly. 

C Pattern. —Cloth embossed with small pebble-like 
figures. 

Cabinet. —An enclosed frame or rack of drawers for 
holding cuts, display type, or type cases, formerly 
made of wood but now frequently of steel. 

Calender. —A machine with steam-heated cylinders 
which rotate almost in contact, between which paper 
is run, to give smoothness and finish to its surface. 

Calendered Paper. —Paper run through a calendering 
machine to give it a smooth surface; usually meaning 
“Super Sized and Calendered,” or S. S. & C. and 
commonly called simply “Super.” 

Calf. —A smooth leather, much used, made from calf’s 
skin. 

Cancel. —To cut out or remove a defective leaf or leaves; 

(2) to “kill” composed matter that is not required; 

(3) a leaf or leaves printed to replace others. 

Canceled Figures. —Figures cast with a line across the 

face. 

Canceled Matter. —Composed matter or plates pre¬ 
pared for printing but rejected and not used. 

Canon. —An old name for a size of type practically 
equivalent to 48 point. 

Canvas. —See Duck. 

Cap.—The ordinary abbreviation for a capital letter; 
(2) a size of flat papers 14 x 17. 

Capitals. —The large or upper case letters of a font. 

Caps. —In binding, paper covers for protecting the 
edges of a book while being covered and finished; (2) 
capital letters. 

Caption. —The heading or preliminary matter of a chap¬ 
ter; (2) used with increasing frequency in place of 
Legend, which see. 

Car Cards.— Heavy cards suited to car advertising, 
made in: 

Uncoated, 5 ply, 22J^ x 42 

Coated one side, 6 ply, 22 x 42. 

Card. —A small piece of fine pasteboard, of the quality 
known as cardboard, usually rectangular in shape; 
(2) a short business announcement; (3) a name and 
address printed in the corner of an envelope. 

Cardboard.— Pasteboard of good quality and light 
weight used for making cards. 

Card Pip. —See Pip. 

Caret. —The proofreader’s mark (A) placed where 
something has been omitted to indicate where inser¬ 
tion of the missing matter is to be made. 

Case. —A wooden tray, divided into small compart¬ 
ments, or “boxes,” for holding type; made in pairs, 
one for small or “lower case” letters, being the case 
nearest the compositor, and the other for capital or 
“upper case” letters being placed higher on the rack; 
the pair hold about fifty pounds of type; (2) also a 
cover made for binding a book, stamped and made up 
to size. 


410 


Case Binding.— Binding books with covers made off the 
book, in contradistinction to extra binding. Same 
as Case Work. 

Case Rack. —A frame in which to store cases of type. 

Case Work.— See Case Binding. 

Casing-in. —Putting into its case a book that has been 
sewed and forwarded. 

Caslon, William (1692-1766).—A famous English type¬ 
founder, designer of the type which bears his name. 

Cast.— An electrotype or stereotype; an exact duplicate; 
to cast, to electroplate. 

Caster.— -See Molder; (2) a machine for casting type— 
a casting machine. 

Casting Box. —A castiron box in which casts are made 
in stereotyping. 

Casting Machine. —See Caster. 

Cast Off. —To measure up composed matter in order to 
see how many pages it will make. 

Cast Proof. —Same as Foundry Proof. 

Catalogue Letterhead. —A double letterhead with ad¬ 
vertising matter and illustrations printed on the 
second, third and fourth pages, or on some of them. 

Catchline. —A line containing a catchword; (2) a short 
line in display type. 

Catchword.— -The word at the head of a page or column, 
as in a dictionary; (2) the first word of a page; in 
old style books this word was repeated under the 
right-hand end of last line of preceding page in order 
to preserve continuity of thought; it is occasionally 
used in modern booklets for effect. 

Catchword Entry. —The entry of a title in a list or cata¬ 
logue by its most important or most easily remem¬ 
bered word. 

Catstep Circular. —See Pull-out Circular. 

Caxton, William (1422-1491).—English printer, and 
publisher of the first books printed in England and in 
English. Books printed by him are called “ Caxtons.” 

Cedilla. —A diacritical mark under the letter e used in 
Romance languages. 

Cellulose. —The fibrous substance which forms the 
walls of the minute cells that make up all vegetable 
matter, from which paper is made. 

Centered Heading. —A few words, frequently in black 
faced letters, centered between paragraphs, to indi¬ 
cate the subject of the following matter. 

Center Tools. —Tools cut for ornamentation of sides and 
panels of book covers. 

Ceriph. —The short, light line projecting from the 
main stroke of a letter; also called Serif. 

Chalk Plate. —A plate made by the chalk-engraving 
process. 

Chapel. —The organized journeymen printers in a 
Union office; said to be derived from the use of the 
unused St. Anne’s Chapel by Caxton for his first 
press room. 

Chapel Laws. —The rules of a chapel in a printing estab¬ 
lishment. 

Chapter. —One of the divisions into which a book is 
usually divided. 

Chapter Heading. —The brief title of the contents of a 
chapter of a book. 

Chase. —A strong, rectangular iron frame in which 
pages of type, slugs or plates are locked up for the 
press or for foundry. 

Chased Edges. —A pattern worked into the gilt edges 
of a book. Same as Goffered Edges. 

Check Folio.—A size of flat paper 17J/£ x 24 inches. 

Check Royal. —A size of flat papers 19 x 26 inches. 

Chromatic Type. —Type so made that parts of charac¬ 
ters printed in a succession of colors produce the 
complete letter. 

Chromo. —A print in colors produced by the chromo- 
lithographic process. 

Chromo-lithography.—Printing in colors by lithogra¬ 
phy, a stone being made for each color and printed 
usually from the lightest to the darkest. See Lithog¬ 
raphy. 


Circuit Edges. — See Divinity Circuit. 

Circular. —A small printed sheet containing an an¬ 
nouncement or advertisement. 

Circular Letter. —An advertisement in the form of a 
letter. 

Circumflex. —An accent ( A ) used to indicate a combined 
rising and falling tone or a long vowel. 

Clasp. —A metal fastening for a book or album, some¬ 
times arranged with a lock. 

Clean Proofs. —Proofs that have been carefully cor¬ 
rected and contain very few errors. 

Clearing Out. —To remove superfluous paper and 
leather from the inside of covers before pasting down 
end papers. 

Cliche. —An electrotype, stereotype or cut made by 
photo-engraving. 

Clicker. —A compositor who distributes copy and does 
other general work. 

Close Matter. —Type set without leads and having few 
paragraphs or breaklines. 

Cloth Boards. —See Millboard; (2) boards covered 
with cloth; stiff covers. 

Cloth Covers. —Bookbinder’s cloth pasted over stiff 
boards as used on all ordinary books. See Cloth 
Boards. 

Coated Paper. —Printing paper having the ordinary 
base covered with a coating of china clay and having 
the surface highly calendered, thus producing a very 
smooth and glossy surface; used for printing half¬ 
tone engravings when first-class results are required; 
also made with semi-dull and dull finish. 

Cock and Hens. —The individual types which when 
joined together constitute a brace. 

Cockle. —To wrinkle or curl; the effect of temperature 
or humidity on the edges of sheets of paper. 

Cockup. —Letters which extend above the ordinary 
height, as superior letters and figures or initials. 

Codex. —A manuscript, particularly of the Scriptures 
or classics, of the fourth to eighth century, written 
in uncial characters. 

Collate. —To examine the gathered sheets of a book in 
order to verify their arrangement; fine work is sup¬ 
posed to be always “folded, gathered and collated,” 
but ordinary work isoften only “folded and gathered.” 

Collotype. —A process of printing a negative on a gela¬ 
tin film and treating with glycerine and water, caus¬ 
ing swelling of the film in the parts affected by light 
which, after hardening, can be printed from. 

Colombier. —A size of flat papers 23 x 34 inches. 

Colon. —A punctuation mark (:) indicating a break 
midway between the period (.) and semi-colon (;), 
used after a word or clause of introduction, in intro¬ 
ducing an enumeration, before a short quotation and 
in similar cases. 

Colophon. —A trade emblem used by a publisher on 
title page of books, on his stationery and stamped 
on book covers; formerly a design at end of a book 
with an inscription of author, publisher or printer. 

Color. —The amount of ink shown on a printed page; 
a sheet lacks “color” when the effect is weak and 
gray and has “too much color” when the lines look 
thick, letters too black and filled up. 

Color Work. —Presswork in which ink of more than one 
color is used; (2) three- or four-color process work. 

Columbian. —An old name for a size of type practically 
equivalent to 16 point. 

Columbian Press. —The first press operated by a lever 
instead of a screw; invented by George Clymer of 
Philadelphia, about 1816. 

Column. —One or more of the vertical divisions of a 
printed page, separated by narrow white spaces or 
rules. 

Column Rule. —A thin strip of brass, type high, placed 
between columns of printed matter. 

Column Type. —Matter set the width of one column; 
standard newspaper width is 13 picas or 2Vfi 
inches. 


411 


Column Width.— The width or measure of a printed 
column. See Column Type. 

Comb. — Instruments having wire teeth used in mar¬ 
bling to draw across the colors and form a pattern. 

Combination-plate. —The union of half-tone and line 
films etched on one copper or zinc plate. In color 
work, a key plate with plates to print in colors. 

Comma. —The punctuation mark (,) which indicates 
the slightest possible break in the sense or briefest 
hesitation of the voice. 

Commercial. —A size of writing paper 5x 8j^ inches. 

Common Cloths. —Book cloths that are dyed before 
receiving the final coat of color. 

Comp. —Abbreviation for compositor and for com¬ 
position. 

Companionship. —A number of compositors working in 
partnership under the lead of a clicker. 

Compensation Guards. —Short stubs bound in a book 
to equalize thick, folded inserts. 

Complementary Colors. —In optics the mixture of two 
colors which produces white; in pigments, however, 
only gray results. 

Compose. —To set up type, as in lines for printing. 

Composing. —The act of setting type. 

Composing Frame. —A stand or frame for holding cases 
of type for the use of the compositor. 

Composing Machine. —A machine which sets type. 

Composing Room. —The room in a printery in which 
type is set. 

Composing Rule. —A thin strip of brass or steel, type 
high, of length to correspond with measure of matter 
to be set, used in setting and handling type. 

Composing Stick. —A small metal frame about 2*4 x 8 
inches, with a sliding guide which can be fastened in 
order to lock it for the measure to be set; it is held 
in the compositor’s left hand while he arranges the 
type in it with his right; when filled, the type is 
transferred to a galley; the first ones were made of 
wood. 

Composition. —The act of setting type and preparing it 
for the press; (2) matter which has been set. 

Compositor. —One who composes or sets type. 

Compound Word. —Two words connected with a hy¬ 
phen. 

Condensed. —Type narrower horizontally than the 
average or normal width; thin in proportion to 
length. 

Contents. —A general list of the subjects treated in a 
book arranged according to chapters and constituting 
part of the “front matter.” 

Contrasty. —A term used by engravers referring to the 
contrasts required in a drawing in order to obtain the 
best results when reproduced. 

Copper. —A reddish, metallic element sometimes used 
as an alloy in type metal and used for the face, or 
printing surface, of electrotypes. 

Copperplate Engraving. —Intaglio work on copper; the 
plate is inked with a roller, filling the incised letters, 
then the face of plate is wiped clean leaving the ink 
only in the engraved lines, the sheet placed upon it 
and pressed down receiving the impression of the 
ink ; vellum finish or slightly roughened stocks print 
much better than smooth surfaces. 

Copper-thin-Spaces. —Very thin spaces made of copper 
about one-half point thick. 

Copy. —Matter for a compositor to set; (2) subject 
matter for reproduction; (3) any material to be used 
in the production of a publication. 

Copyholder. —An assistant who reads “copy” while the 
proof reader reads and corrects proof. 

Copyright. —An exclusive right secured by law to 
authors and artists to publish and control their works 
for longer or shorter specified periods. See article 
on Copyright Rules and Regulations. 

Cornering. —The process of cutting round corners. 

Cornerpiece. —A metallic or other guard to protect the 
corners of books in shipping. 


Corner Quads. —Quads cast in the form of a right 
angle. 

Corners. —The leather on the corners of a book in “half” 
binding; ornamental type connecting borders; pieces 
of metal or pasteboard to slip over the corners of a 
book to protect them in mailing. 

Correcting. —Making alterations due to errors in com¬ 
posed matter; often includes the insertion of added 
matter. 

Corrections. —Changes made in type which has been 
set, including correction of errors, alterations of any 
kind and even the addition of new matter. 

Coster (1374-1440).—The name commonly given to 
Laurens Janszoon, who is claimed by many to be the 
inventor of movable types. 

Couch. —To transfer a sheet of matted pulp from a mold 
to a felt for drying. 

Couch Roll. —A felt-jacketed roll on a paper-making 
machine which takes the “stuff” from the endless 
wire belt and transfers it to the felts. 

Counter. —See separate article on Type. 

Countersunk Die. —A steel die in which the bottom of 
the engraved part is shaped so as to bring out the 
detail in contour. 

Cover. —To overspread or envelop with something to 
protect the enclosed substance; (2) that which en¬ 
closes, is spread over or fitted to a substance or arti¬ 
cle, as the paper, boards or cloth fitted and attached 
to the sheets of a book. 

Cowhide. —A strong, coarse leather which, when split, 
serves as foundation for many cheap leathers. 

Creaser. —A tool used in marking ornamental lines on 
covers. 

Creasing. —See Score. 

Crible-engraving. —A form of wood engraving in which 
small holes are made in the block, instead of lines, 
thus producing a light and shade effect. 

Crop. —To trim off in order to fit in a specified space; a 
photograph is cropped when part of the foreground, 
background or sides are omitted from its reproduc¬ 
tion, in order to bring it into proper proportions for 
the space it is to occupy. 

Cropped. —Trimmed off. 

Cross Bar. —The bar dividing a large chase to strengthen 
it and facilitate locking up the form. 

Crowded. —Type set so close as to give a cramped ap¬ 
pearance. 

Crown. —A size of flat paper 15 x 19. 

Crown Octavo. —A small octavo, about 5% x 8, printed 
on a sheet 33 x 44. Sometimes called Decimo. 

Crushed Levant. —Fine morocco with a smooth, 
polished surface. 

Cumdach. —A box in wfliich early Irish manuscripts or 
books were kept. 

Cut. —A term commonly used to mean either a half¬ 
tone engraving or a zinc etching; (2) used by binders 
to refer to printed illustrations. 

Cut In.—To leave a small rectangular blank space near 
the margin of a composed page in which a short 
heading or note may be set; (2) a note or short head¬ 
ing in such position. 

Cut Edges. —All edges trimmed smooth. 

Cut Flush.— See Trimmed Flush. 

Cut In Letter. —A two or three line letter (or larger) 
used at the beginning of a chapter or paragraph, 
sometimes printed in a different color from the text. 

Cut In Note. — See Cut In. 

Cutter. —The operator of a paper-cutting machine, who 
trims books and pamphlets and cuts paper to size. 

Cutting Boards. —Boards, similar to backing boards, 
but not beveled, used in trimming. 

Cutting Machine. —A machine having a knife, bed and 
clamp used for trimming books and pamphlets and 
cutting paper to size. 

Cylinder Bands. —Thin strips of flat steel near the 
cylinder and close to bed of press to keep the back 
edge of the sheets off the bed. 


412 


Cylinder Press.—One on which the paper revolves on a 
cylinder in taking the impression from the type in¬ 
stead of lying flat on a platen. 

d.—Daily. 

Dabber.—An inking ball or similar pad used by etchers 
and engravers; (2) a brush used in stereotyping to 
force wet paper into the interstices of the letters. 

Dagger.—See Reference Marks. 

Dandy.—See Dandy Roll. 

Dandy Roll.—A woven, wire cylinder bearing a design, 
which presses upon the moist web of paper and im¬ 
presses on it a pattern called a “water-mark”; the 
paper is thus thinned where so impressed and shows 
the outline of the design when held up to the light. 

Dash.—A short horizontal line used to denote hiatus 
or abrupt break, designated en (-), em (—), two-em 
(-) or three-em (-) according to its length. 

Day, Benjamin (1838-1916).—Inventor of the shading 
process in making etchings which bears his name; 
commonly called the Ben Day or “Benday” process, 
which see. 

Dead Line.—The position or line on the bed of a cylin¬ 
der press beyond which the form, if placed, would 
strike the grippers. 

Dead Matter.—Copy, type or plates which will not be 
again used and may be destroyed, distributed or 
melted; in contradistinction to “live” matter. 

Decimo.—A term for a size of book between 12mo 
and 8vo, approximately 5% x 8 inches. 

Deckle.—The band or strap which keeps the pulp from 
overflowing on a paper-making machine; (2) the 
feathered edge which is sometimes left on two edges 
of sheets of paper and arranged to show on the front 
margins of a book for artistic effect. 

Deckle Edges. — The untrimmed, wavy edges of a 
sheet of paper as it comes from the machine; rough 
natural edges of hand-made paper. 

Dedication.—-A brief inscription following the title of a 
book in honor of a friend, patron or worker in a com¬ 
mon cause. 

Dele.—Take out the marked words or letters, usually 
indicated on the margin of a proof by the sign $. 

Delete.—See Dele. 

Deletitious.—Having a surface (as paper) from which 
erasure can be made. 

Delivery.—The act of removing the printed sheet from 
the cylinder of the press. 

De Luxe.—Supposed to be applied to editions printed 
on superior paper and finely bound—usually limited 
in number, but often used as a mere selling term with¬ 
out reasonable justification. 

Demy.—A size of flat papers 16 x 21 inches. 

Dentelle.—A style of tooth-like or lace-like ornamenta¬ 
tion in fine bookbinding. 

Depthometer.—A device by which the depth of half¬ 
tone plates, electrotypes, stereotype matrices, dies, 
etc., can be determined. 

Derome.—A sort of dentelle border including small birds. 

Descender.—That part of a lower case letter which is 
below its body, as with y, p, g. 

Descending Letter.—A letter, part of which descends 
below the body of ordinary short letters, as g and p. 

Devil.—See Printer's Devil. 

Diacritical Mark.—A sign used with a letter to show its 
exact phonetic use or character, as: 

cedilla j dieresis ** tilde 

Diamond.—The old name for a type smaller than Pearl 
and nearly equivalent to four or four-and-a-half point. 

Diaper.—A small pattern of ornament repeated in 
geometrical form. 

Didot, Francois (1689-1757).—Founder of famous 
French publishing house; Francois Ambroise (1720- 
1804), printer and typefounder; Pierre (1761-1853), 
publisher; Firmin (1764-1836), publisher, typogra¬ 
pher and stereotyper; Ambroise Firmin (1790-1876), 
printer and publisher. 


Die.—A design in metal, usually brass, for stamping 
book covers or for embossing. See Steel Dies. 

Dieresis.—Two dots (") which are placed over the 
second of two following vowels, as in zoology, to show 
that the second vowel begins a new syllable. 

Die Sinking.—The process of shaping the die at the 
bottom of the engraved part so as to bring out the 
details in contour. 

Digester.—An apparatus used in paper making for 
reducing the fibers to a pulpy condition and freeing 
them from extraneous matter. 

Diptych.—Tablets of wood or metal hollowed out and 
filled with wax on which to write with a stylus, hinged 
together in pairs; used by the Greeks and Romans. 

Direct Half-tone.—One made by photographing an 
object itself instead of a picture or drawing of it. 

Dirty.—Proofs containing many errors; (2) a composi¬ 
tor who constantly has bad proofs. 

Display.—To make prominent by use of heavy face or 
large type, or by spacing or by printing in color. 

Displayotype.—A type casting and composing machine. 

Display Type.—Heavy face or large type used for em¬ 
phasis, or to attract attention as in advertisements, 
in contradistinction to ordinary reading or “body” 
type. 

Distribute.—To return types to their proper location 
in the cases after having been used. 

Distributer.—A device to distribute type. 

Distributor.—A person who distributes type; before 
the days of composing machines, the rapid night 
compositors on the daily papers engaged “distribu¬ 
tors” to distribute their type for them. 

Divinity Calf.—Calf binding of dark brown with blind 
stamping and no gilding. 

Divinity Circuit.—Flexible binding of soft leather, as 
seal or levant, with extended edges that turn over 
the leaves, used principally for Bibles and Prayer 
Books. 

Dodger.—A handbill from 6x9 up to about 9 x 12 
inches in size, printed on cheap paper; usually dis¬ 
tributed freely by hand. See Handbill. 

Dotted Rule.—See Rules. 

Double.—Matter set by mistake a second time—a doub¬ 
let; see also Doublure. 

Double.—A cover of a book when made double; (2) 
the ornamented inside of a book cover. 

Double Cap.—A size of flat papers 17 x 28 inches. 

Double Covers. — In saddle-stitched pamphlets two 
covers, the inner one being generally of the same 
material and color as the outer one, but of lighter 
weight. 

Double Crown.—A size of flat papers, 19 x 30 inches. 

Doubled.—A second impression of a tool which does 
not perfectly follow the first impression. 

Double Dagger.—See Reference Marks. 

Double Demy.—A size of flat paper 21 x 32 (broad) or 
16 x 42 (narrow). 

Double Elephant.—A size of flat papers, 27 x 40 inches. 

Double Folio.—A size of flat papers, 22 x 34 inches. 

Double Leaded.—Usually means leaded four points, as 
“leaded” is commonly understood to mean having a 
two-point lead inserted. 

Double Letter.—See Logotype; (2) a size of flat paper, 
16 x 20 inches. 

Double Medium.—A size of flat papers 23 x 36 (broad) 
and 18 x 46 (narrow). 

Double Royal.—A size of flat papers 24 x 38 (broad) 
and 19 x 48 (narrow). 

Double Rule.—See Rules. 

Double Super Royal.—A size of flat papers 20 x 56 
inches. 

Doublet.—A word or words duplicated by mistake. 

Doublure.—The inside, ornamented, silk-lined cover of 
a book; often applied to ornamental end-papers. 

Dovetail.—The arrangement of leads to overlap, or 
break joints, when leads are doubled up. 

Drag.—A slur. 


413 




0 


Draw Arm.—The arrangement on a platen press for 
drawing the roller carriage, bed or platen. 

Draw Sheet.—The top sheet of a tyrnpan to which the 
guides are attached. 

Drier.—Any material mixed with ink in order to make 
it dry quickly and reduce the danger of offsetting. 

Drive.—An impression made by a punch or die in type¬ 
founding. 

Drop Folio.—A folio placed at the foot of a page. 

Drum Cylinder Press.—A cylinder press in which the 
cylinder makes a single revolution during the for¬ 
ward and backward motion of the bed. 

Dryers.—Steam-heated cylinders over which paper 
passes in the process of manufacture in order to dry it. 

Drying Rack.—A skeleton rack or frame fitted with 
movable slides on which printed sheets may be 
spread out to dry. 

Dry-press.—A press in which sheets are pressed smooth. 

Dub.—A poor or inexperienced workman. 

Duck.—Heavy cotton cloth used in binding large blank 
books; often called Canvas. 

Ductor.—A fountain roller. 

Dull Finish Coated.—See Coated Paper. 

Dummy.—Unprinted paper folded, trimmed or un¬ 
trimmed, bound or unbound, to show size, bulk and 
general appearance of a projected publication; (2) 
“salesmen’s dummies” usually have the first 16 or 32 
pages printed, and sometimes repeated, in order to 
present the appearance of a completely printed book; 
(3) cloth or leather mounted on a board to show size 
and lettering for a periodical. 

Duodecimo (Twelvemo, i 2 mo or 12 0 ).—Originally the 
number of leaves folded from a half sheet of paper, 
but now used to indicate approximate size, a page 
trimmed 5 x 7%, printed on a sheet 30)/£ x 41, being 
generally regarded as the standard. 

Duograph.—Two plates of the same object, with 
different screen angles, to print in two shades of one 
color or black and a tint. 

Duotone Ink.—An ink which gives a job somewhat of 
the appearance of having been printed in two colors. 

Duotype.—Two plates from the same copy but etched 
differently. 

Dupes.—Duplicate proofs. 

Duplicates.—A second set of proofs generally sent out 
with the set marked with corrections. 

Dutch Metal.—An imitation of gold leaf used for stamp- 
book covers. 

Dwell.—The brief pause of the form against the im¬ 
pression surface in a platen press. 

ed.—Every day. 

Edition.—The copies of a book or other publication 
printed at one time: (2) each separate printing of a 
work is an “edition”—sometimes called an “impres¬ 
sion” or a “printing.” 

Edition Bindery.—A bindery doing work for publishers 
who issue large quantities in an edition. 

Edition de luxe.—An edition of a book (usually a small 
edition) printed on paper of extra quality, often with 
very wide margins and ornaments, and handsomely 
bound. 

Edition Work.—Binding books in large quantities as 
distinguished from Job Binding. 

Editor.—In a broad sense, one who conducts a news¬ 
paper or periodical and prepares the matter to be 
printed; on the larger publications there are editors 
for each department; (2) one who prepares or revises 
matter for publication. 

Editorial.—An article in a newspaper or periodical 
elucidating public events or expressing the views of 
the management. 

Eggshell Finish.—A medium finish given to book 
papers which presents a fine, slightly pebbled ap¬ 
pearance. 

ei.—Every issue. 

Eighteenmo.—See Octodecimo. 


Eightvo.—See Octavo. 

Electro.—Contraction of electrotype. 

Electroplate.—To coat with metal by the process of 
electrodeposition. 

Electro-tone.—A special halftone etched about three 
times as deep as a regular cut and made expressly 
for printing on rough and uncoated stocks. 

Electrotype.—A metal plate for printing purposes .152 
inch thick, usually with edges beveled to attach 
to “patent” (wood) blocks or metal bases, by means 
of clamps, but sometimes blocked on wood, in which 
event the plates are locked up in chases like type 
forms; the “shell,” printing surface, or face, is gen¬ 
erally of copper but sometimes of nickel .006 to .008 
inch thick and the backing metal is about .93 lead, 
.04 antimony and .03 tin. 

Electrotype Foundry.—A place where electrotype plates 

are made. See Foundry. 

Electrotyping.—The process of reproducing the face of 
type, engravings or other material suitable for print¬ 
ing, in the form of metal plates, that can be readily 
made up on a press, which wear better than type and 
whose use makes it possible to preserve intact expen¬ 
sive engravings. To produce an electrotype a thin 
layer of softened wax is run on a plate and introduced 
into a hydraulic press where it receives the impression 
of the form or object which is to be reproduced. The 
wax matrix thus made is touched up and thoroughly 
coated with plumbago so that copper will deposit on 
it when it is placed in a bath of sulphate of copper in 
which plates of copper are suspended. Electrical 
action deposits a shell of copper on the face of the 
mold; when sufficiently thick it is removed, cleaned, 
and its back coated with tinfoil to enable a metal 
backing to adhere to it; it is placed in a pan, where 
molten metal is poured on it to form a solid back; the 
plate thus made is planed to proper thickness, 
trimmed and “finished,” being straightened, leveled, 
touched up for defects and made as true and perfect 
as possible for the press. Sometimes lead is used for 
molding instead of wax and, being less plastic, it 
gives a somewhat sharper face to the electrotype; 
as lead conducts electricity, it is not necessary to coat 
a lead mold with graphite. When nickel is deposited 
on a mold, instead of copper, a “steel face” electro¬ 
type is produced. When type forms are to be elec- 
trotyped high spaces and quads are used because 
wax, being plastic, will move in every direction under 
pressure; high spaces and quads help to prevent such 
movement and a cleaner and sharper mold is then 
obtained. Copper face electrotypes sometimes re¬ 
ceive a superficial coating of nickel to preserve them 
from the action of certain colored inks. An electro¬ 
type can be made in about four hours if given undi¬ 
vided attention. 

Elephant.—A size of flat papers 23 x 28 inches. 

Elzevirs (1592-1681).—Printers and publishers of 
Amsterdam and Leyden famous for beautiful work. 
Books printed by them are called “Elzevirs”; they 
are generally small volumes. 

Em.—The square of the vertical body of any size of 
type; the em “pica” (12 pt.) is the printer’s standard 
of ordinary measurements, but composition is meas¬ 
ured by the em of the size of type in which the matter 
is set; sometimes called the “mutton” quad. 

em.—Every month. 

Emboss.—-To raise or to make appear in relief; to 
print with raised letters. 

Embossing.—The process of producing raised letters on 
paper, cloth or leather by use of dies; used in imitat¬ 
ing leathers. 

Embossing Press.—A press used for raised or embossed 
printing. 

Embosso Process.—A process which, without the use 
of dies, but by means of a size, or special ink, pow¬ 
dered varnish-material and heat produces a lustrous 
raised print. 


414 


Em Dash. —A dash one em long. 

Emerald.—-An old type, in size between Minion and 
Nonpareil, about equivalent to six-and-a-half point. 
See Minionette. 

Emperor.—A size of flat papers 48 x 72 inches. 

Emphasis.—Strength or force of utterance expressed by 
the voice by loudness or modulation but in printing 
by arbitrary and accepted conventions, as: 

Slight emphasis by italics. 

Moderate emphasis by small caps. 

Great emphasis by CAPS. 

Special attention by BOLD FACE. 

In preparing copy for the printer, these degrees of 
emphasis are indicated by underscoring with one, 
two or three lines respectively or by a wavy line. 
In advertisements and other display matter more 
than three lines may be used to indicate extraordinary 
display. 

Empire Typesetting Machine.—A machine for setting 
foundry type considerably used in the “nineties,” 
but since replaced by the Linotype and Monotype. 

En.—Half the width of an Em; figures in a font are set 
on an En body; sometimes called the “nut” quad. 

Enameled Paper.—See Coated Paper. 

En Dash.—A dash an en long. 

End Matter.—See Appendix. 

End Papers.—A single fold of two leaves of suitable 
paper (see Lining Paper), used by a binder at each 
end of a “bound” book, the first leaf being pasted 
to the inside of cover while the second is tipped along 
the back to the first leaf of the book; it may be white, 
ornamented or colored, of strong stock that will paste 
well and have its grain run up and down with the 
page. 

Engine Sized.—See Sizing. 

English.—The old name for a size of type slightly larger 
than pica, practically equivalent to 14 point. 

English Finish.—A book paper something like a high 
“machine finish” of good quality, evenly finished on 
both sides and soft to the touch. 

English Linen.—A highly polished, durable linen cloth, 
sometimes called Law Buckram. 

Engraving.—The process of cutting on wood, metal or 
stone, by tool, acid or otherwise, of incised or relief 
designs; (2) a block prepared as above; (3) a picture 
or design printed from such block. 

Envelope Stuffer.—Any small and light advertising 
matter, as leaflets, folders and cards, which can be 
inserted in a letter without increasing the regular 
postage rate. 

eod.—Every other day. 

eoi.—Every other issue. 

eom.—Every other month. 

eow.—Every other week. 

Etch.—To engrave a metal plate by means of a corro¬ 
sive fluid; (2) to incise a plate by the action of acid. 

Etching.—The process of producing incised lines in a 
metal plate by means of an acid; (2) the process in 
photo-engraving of removing the dead metal by the 
action of an acid; (3) the figure or design formed by 
etching; (4) a print made from an etched plate. 

Even Pages.—The left-hand pages of a book, numbered 
2, 4, 6, etc. 

Eve Style.—Decorations of flowers, scroll work and 
branches in geometrical figures joined by interlaced 
circles. 1 

ew.—Every week. 

Excelsior.—The old name for type half the size of Non¬ 
pareil, practically equivalent to three point. 

Expanded.—See Extended. 

Expanding Space.—A space cast by a space band on a 
typesetting machine. 

Extended.—Type wider horizontally than the normal 
or average; expanded; broad; fat. 

Extension Cover.—A cover that is slightly wider and 
longer than the pages of a paper-bound booklet, 
pamphlet or catalogue; one that extends or hangs 


over the inside pages; also called Overhang and 
Overlap. 

Extra Binding.—A trade name given to books sewed 
and bound by hand. 

Extra Check Royal.—A size of flat papers 19 x 28. 

Extra Cloths.—Cloths having the fabric heavuly coated 
with color giving a solid color surface. 

Extract.—A passage selected from any book, writing or 
address; a quotation. 

Eyelet.—A small metal ring to be inserted in a round 
hole to protect its edges. 

Eyeletting.—The process of inserting eyelets. 

Fabrikoid.—A trade name for a sort of leather cloth 
sometimes called imitation leather. 

Face.—The printing surface of a type, plate or en¬ 
graving. 

Facer.—See Face-title. 

Face-title.—An advertising page, usually a book plate 
or list of books by the same author, or on similar 
subjects, printed to face the title of a book. 

Faint Ruling.—Horizontal lines the full width of pages 
without vertical lines. 

Fanfare.—A binding term meaning elaborate, showy 
ornamentation; (2) leafy spiral with fine tracery. 

Fast.—Colors that do not fade in sun or wash off. 

Fat.—See Extended ;(2)matter much leaded or easy to set. 

Fat Matter.—Matter for composition which can be set 
more rapidly than average copy. 

F. C.—Follow copy “even if it goes out of the window.” 

Feathered Edges.—See Deckle Edges. 

Feed.—To place sheets in proper position on a printing 
press so that they may be grasped by the grippers 
and held in position for printing. 

Feeder.—The person who stands at a printing press and 
puts into position the sheets to be printed; (2) a 
mechanical contrivance to do this work. 

Feet.—See separate article on Type. 

Felt.—A thick, compacted fabric of wool, fur or hair 
made by rolling under pressure or by weaving. See 
Paper Maker's Felt. 

Felt Side.—In paper made on a Fourdrinier machine, 
the side away from the wire cloth; it shows the 
character of the sheet and, in rough papers, has a 
finish similar to unfinished handmade paper; in 
smooth finished papers both sides should be practi¬ 
cally alike. 

Fenders.—Cardboard pieces glued to the tympan to 
keep the sheets from slipping over the guides. 

Fibers.—Slender filaments of cellulose which form the 
walls of the minute cells which make up all vegetable 
matter and constitute the basis of paper. 

Figure.—A character representing quantity as 1 to 9; 
(2) a diagram or cut in the text of a book. 

Filled Up .—The closed-up, almost indistinguishable 
condition of letters and details on cuts that have 
been reduced to too small a size. 

Fillet.—A strip or band of gold leaf; (2) a wheel-shaped 
tool used by bookbinders to impress a pattern on 
gold leaf on a binding. 

Filling.—See Woof. 

Filter.—A screen of colored glass, celluloid or a fluid in 
a specially constructed container which is placed 
before the lens in photographing copy for color plates 
in order to separate the colors; a purple filter is used 
in making the yellow plate, a green filter for the red 
plate, a red filter for the blue plate and a yellow filter 
for the black plate. 

Final Proofs.—Proofs pulled when job has been finally 
corrected and locked up for the foundry. Same as 
Foundry or F. proofs. 

Fine Proofs.—Practically the same as Artists’ proofs. 

Finger.—A gripper on a press. 

Finish.—To true, level and perfect printing plates after 
they are cast in a foundry. 

Finisher.—In an electrotype foundry, the man who 
takes the electrotype plates, trues, levels and per- 


fects them; (2) in a book bindery, the man who doea 
the lettering or ornamentation. 

Finishing.—Completing a book which has been for¬ 
warded; lettering and ornamenting. 

Finishing Press.—A small wooden press to hold a book 
back up. 

Finishing Room.—The room in connection with a 
foundry where printing plates are trued and finished 
after being cast. 

Finishing Stove.—A small stove for heating finishing 
tools. 

First Proof.—The first proof pulled from composed 
type—not to be confounded with foul proof. 

Fist.—See Index. 

FL Pattern.—Special fancy embossed cloth for blank 
books, diaries, etc. 

Flat.—The condition of sameness, or lack of character, 
produced by absence of proper contrasts; half-tone 
cuts are said to be “flat,” as compared with a photo¬ 
graph or drawing, because they cannot reproduce 
solid black or pure white but render them as very 
dark and very light grays; in printing half-tones, the 
impression is “flat” when no overlays are used and 
there is inadequate make-ready. 

Flat Letter.—A size of writing paper 10 x 16 inches. 

Flat Papers.—Writings, bonds and ledgers, which are 
always packed flat, in contradistinction to other 
papers in larger sheets which were formerly folded in 
quires. 

Flat Proofs.—Ordinary, rough proofs pulled on a stone, 
in contradistinction to press proofs which are made 
ready before pulling. 

Flat Rate.—In advertising, a fixed basis of charge 
regardless of amount of space and number of inser¬ 
tions. 

Flesher.—The flesh or inner side of leather when split; 
inferior to the grain side, but when filled with wax or 
suitable material may be worked and become ooze 
calf, etc. 

Flexible Binding.—Full, soft leather binding, sewed on 
raised bands. 

Flong.—Prepared paper used to form the mold or 
matrix in stereotyping by the papier-m&che process; 

(2) a matrix of such paper. 

Floret.—A leaf-shaped type or flower; (2) a binder’s tool 
cut to resemble a leaf or flower. 

Flush Trimmed.—Cover and inside pages trimmed to 
uniform size, as is the case when a paper-bound pub¬ 
lication is trimmed after its cover has been attached. 

Fly.—A long, light oscillating frame on a press which 
receives the printed sheets from the tapes or cylinder 
and lays them flat in a pile. 

Fly Leaves.—Unprinted leaves at front and back of 
books, between the end papers and body of book. 

fo.—See Folio. 

Foil.—Very thin metallic substance, not gold or ink, 
used for lettering and stamping books. 

Fol.—In the Government Printing Office “tofollow signs, 
symbols, figures, italics, abbreviations, idiomatic 
words and expressions, and &c. or etc., but not capital¬ 
ization, punctuation nor compounds. All orthography 
in ‘fol’ matter is good that has the sanction of any 
dictionary.” 

Fold.—A bend in a flexible material, as paper, made by 
turning over a sheet upon itself; (2) to bend over and 
over in regular form, as the printed sheets for a book. 

Folder.—A leaflet of three or more small leaves, usually 
narrow and high, printed on both sides, which folds 
over and over like many railroad timetables; (2) 
a flat bone instrument used in folding sheets of paper; 

(3) a folding machine. 

Folding.—To fold. 

Folding Machine.—A machine for folding printed 
sheets into sections of uniform size, as the pages of a 
book, sometimes attached to and becoming part of a 
printing press. 

Folio.—To number the pages, as of a manuscript; (2) 


a page number of a book; (3) a sheet of paper folded 
once; (4) a size of “flat” paper, 17 x 22, which is the 
standard basis of comparison for weight of flat papers. 

Folioing.—To page a book. 

Fol. lit.—In the Government Printing Office “to follow 
abbreviations, accents, capitalization, figures, italic, 
paragraphs, punctuation, signs, symbols, spelling, 
syntax, and compounding of words.” 

Follow Copy.—Follow exactly style of copy. 

Font.—An assortment of any one size and face of type 
based upon the frequency of use of each letter. 

Footnote.—A line or more at the foot of a page, in 
smaller type than the text, giving a reference, an 
authority or an explanation of the matter referred 
to in the text. 

Foot-stick.—A strip of wood or metal at the foot of 
type matter in a chase to take the pressure of locking 
up. 

Forage.—The front or fore-edge of the leaves of a book. 

Fore-edge.—The front or outer edge of a book. Same as 
Forage. 

Forel.—A leather case in which early manuscripts or 
books were kept. 

Form.—Type, slugs, engravings or electrotypes im¬ 
posed in a chase for printing, usually 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 
pages; (2) the general style of a book as opposed to 
its subject; (3) a printed sheet or pamphlet in which 
blank spaces are left for dates, names, descriptions, 
etc. 

Format.—The general style and make-up of a book, 
including form, size, type, paper and binding. 

Form Letter.—Same as Circular Letter. 

Form Proofs.—Proofs pulled of a form after it has been 
imposed for printing. 

Form Truck.—A truck used for rolling heavy forms. 

Forwarding.—In bookbinding, the intermediate pro¬ 
cesses between the folding and the finishing, as 
stitching, backing, tipping in plates, end papering, etc. 

Foul.—The condition of being mixed, as type in a case; 
(2) dirty, as proof full of errors. 

Foul Copy.—Poor copy defaced with alterations. 

Foul Proofs.—Proofs which have a large number of 
errors marked on them, but not specifically the first 
proofs pulled of composed matter. 

Foundry.—A shop making electrotype or stereotype 
plates; more particularly the casting room as dis¬ 
tinguished from the finishing room. 

Foundry Chase.—A small, strong chase in which pages 
are locked up for electrotyping or stereotyping. 

Foundry Proofs.—Same as Final Proofs; to be distin¬ 
guished from Plate Proofs. Sometimes called F. 
Proofs. 

Fount.—Used in England instead of font. 

Fountain.—The trough or receptacle on a press which 
holds the ink. 

Fournier, Pierre Simon (1712-1768).—A French en¬ 
graver and type-founder, inventor of the point sys¬ 
tem. 

4to or 4°.—See Quarto. 

Foxed.—The condition of leaves that have been 
stained by dampness. 

Fraction.—A part, or less than a whole, represented in 
type by solid pieces, as by two pieces in which the 
separating line is cast with the denominator as $ 
and called piece fractions, and unusual fractions as 
98/146 made up of three pieces and called adaptable. 

Frame.—An open rack or framework, sloped at top, to 
hold the lower and upper cases of type for the com¬ 
positor and generally having slides below to hold 
type cases not in use; now sometimes made of metal. 

French Guard.—The back edge of an insert turned over 
and folded round a signature. 

French Japan.—See Japan Paper. 

French Joint.—A joint allowing much flexibility by 
setting the boards a short distance from the back. 

French Morocco.—Levant Morocco of low grade having 
a small grain, often sheep skins or cowhide. 


416 


Frisket.—A thin frame between the tympan and form 
on a platen press to hold a sheet in place; (2) a sheet 
stretched over part of a form to prevent that part 
from printing. 

Front Matter.—The matter in a book which precedes 
the text proper. 

Frontispiece.—A full page illustration facing title page 
in a book. 

Full Bound.—A book completely covered with one 
material, both back and sides. 

Fullface.—See Boldface. 

Full Gilt.—A book having top, front and foot gilded; 
if cover is specified, an unusual amount of gold 
on it. 

Full Point.—A period. 

Full Stop.—A period. 

fp.—Full position, meaning top of column or following 
reading matter in a broken column. 

Furniture.—Strips of wood or metal placed between 
pages in imposing forms and between the pages and 
chase, made in multiples of picas. 

Fust, Johann.—Financial backer of Gutenberg and suc¬ 
cessor to his business. 

Futhorc.—The runic alphabet; the name is made up 
from the first six of its letters /, u, th, o, r, c. See Rune. 

g. —Galley; in the plural, gg. 

Galley.—A sort of wooden tray usually brass lined, or 
entirely of metal, to hold composed type, open at 
one end to facilitate removal of the type. Made in 
many different widths and lengths. 

Galley Boy.—A boy assigned to look after galleys, pull 
proofs from them, etc. 

Galley, Merrit.—Inventor of the “Universal” platen 
press, 1869. 

Galley Press.—An apparatus arranged for pulling 
proofs of type in galleys. 

Galley Proofs.—Proofs usually twenty to twenty-two 
inches long pulled from type in galleys before being 
made up into pages. 

Galley Rack.—Slides or racks to hold galleys containing 
composed matter. 

Galley Rest.—Two brackets so arranged and inclined 
as to hold a galley in a sloping position. 

Gascon Style.—Decorations marked by dotted or 
broken lines. 

Gather.—To collect and place in order the signatures of 
a book, by hand or by machine. 

Gathering Machine.—A machine equipped with a row 
of boxes in which the signatures of a book are placed, 
which gathers them automatically. 

Gauffre.—See Goffer. 

Gauge.—A piece of metal, celluloid or cardboard used 
to indicate the number of lines to a page, or to show 
dimensions of type matter, or width of margins; (2) 
a quad or small piece of suitable material pasted to 
the tympan sheet of a press as a guide to which to 
feed sheets. 

Gauge Pins.—Pins or guides used to keep sheets in 
proper position and secure accurate feeding. 

Get In.—Instructions on proof to close up the matter 
in order to insert additional words. 

Gilding Press.—See Finishing Press. 

Gilt Edges.—Having all edges trimmed smooth and 
gilded. 

Gilt Tops.—Having top edges trimmed smooth and 
gilded. 

Glair.—A size used in bookbinding to make gold ad¬ 
here to leather or the edges of a book. 

Goffer.—To raise in relief, as on leather; (2) tooling or 
indented ornamentation on the edge of a book after 
it is gilded, also called Gauffre. 

Goffered Edges.—Same as Chased Edges. 

Goffering.—Tooling or indented ornamentation on the 
edges of a book. _ 

Gold Cushion.—A cushion on which gold leaf is cut. 

Gold Knife.—A long knife used to cut gold leaf. 


Gold Leaf.—Very thin sheets of gold used for gilding 
and lettering. 

Good Copy.—Well arranged typewritten copy free from 
corrections and alterations. 

Gordon, George P.—Inventor of “Gordon” platen 
press, about 1858. 

Gordon Press.—A small, very popular, platen press. 

Gothic.—A perfectly plain, heavy face of type, without 
serifs, having all lines of uniform thickness; some¬ 
times called “Block Letter.” 

Goudy, F. W.—American printer and type designer. 

Gouge.—A tool with which a segment of a circle can be 
stamped. 

Government Postal Card Stock.—The material fur¬ 
nished the government for official postal cards; it 
can be obtained in the following sizes and weights: 
19^4 x 27% —90 24 x36 —140 

22 x 28 -100 27Mx 39^-180 

22^x28^-105 28 x44 -200 

Government Printing Office (U. S. A.).—The largest 
printing office in the world, which prints the daily 
Congressional Record , weekly and monthly periodi¬ 
cals, thousands of books and pamphlets, an indefinite 
number of circulars, bills and small jobs and millions 
of schedules, blanks and postal cards. 

Grain.—In leather the outer surface from which the 
hair has been removed; (2) in paper the direction in 
which the fibers in a sheet generally lie. 

Graining.—To bring up the natural grain in leather; 
(2) to emboss leather to produce an artificial grain. 

Grain Leather.—The hair or wool side of split leather. 

Graph.—A diagram showing any sort of relationship by 
means of lines and dots. 

Graphic.—Indicating letters by written signs or per¬ 
taining to the art of writing; (2) engraved or written 
by inscriptions or letters. 

Graphic Arts.—Arts which find expression in lines and 
strokes upon a surface—as printing, engraving, draw¬ 
ing and painting. 

Graphite.—A metallic, flexible variety of carbon em¬ 
ployed as a lubricant and used to coat the wax mold 
in electrotyping; (2) the lead in lead pencils. 

Graphotype.—A machine to set and cast type under 
the control of a paper tape. 

Grater.—A tool used to rub backs of books after being 
paste-washed. 

Grave.—An accent ( N ) indicating that too much stress 
must not be placed upon the letter. 

Gravure.—See Photogravure. 

Great Primer.—The old name for a size of type practi¬ 
cally equivalent to 18 point. 

Greek Ratio.—The law of proportions that “a line or 
measure is pleasingly subdivided when one part is 
more than a half and less than two-thirds the length 
of the other.” 

Gripper Margin.—The margin of the sheet on the side 
where it is held by the gripper. 

Grippers.—Finger-like clutches to catch the sheet of 
paper and hold it in place on the cylinder of a press 
while it is being printed; on a job press, flat pieces 
of steel that hold the sheet against the tympan. 

Grolier.—Ornamental design in the style of Jean Grolier 
marked by scroll work with interwoven circles, 
squares and diamonds. 

Grolier de Sender, Jean (1479-1565).—A French de¬ 
signer of bindings and book collector. 

Grooves.—Depressions along each side of the back of 
a book, formed by rounding and backing, into which 
the boards fit to form the joint. 

Guard.—A strip of paper bound into the back of a book 
to which an illustration or map may be pasted or 
in an album or scrap book to receive the leaves; (2) 
a strip of paper or cloth to reinforce signatures, or 
pasted to a leaf and folded around a signature; (3) 
a slug type high used to protect the edges of type in 
electrotyping and allowed to remain on plates held 
in reserve as molders or casters. 


417 


Guarded Signatures.—Usually the first and last of a 
book when cambric is pasted around the back edge 
to strengthen the binding. 

Guardline Proof.—See Foundry Proof. 

Gudgeons.—The bearings of a shaft; on job presses, 
metal wheels keyed to the roller stocks which roll on 
the tracks and cause the rollers to rotate. 

Guide.—A strip of metal used by a compositor as a 
guide on his copy while setting it, usually secured by 
a string on the upper case. 

Guides.—On a printing press an arrangement to hold 
the sheet in position; (2) on a cutting press the 
grooves in which the plough moves. 

Guillotine.—See Cutting Machine. 

Guinea Edge.—A pattern like the milled edge of guinea 
on the edges of a book. 

Gutenberg, Johann (1397-1468).—German printer 
generally supposed to have devised method of casting 
separate letters, or movable metal types, about 1450. 
See Coster. 

Gutter.—A streak of white space in printed matter 
caused by the spaces between words happening to 
fall one almost below another; (2) the blank space 
between two printed pages of a book. 

Gutter Sticks.—Pieces of furniture used in imposition 
to separate pages in a form to indicate margins. 

H Pattern.—In book cloth, embossing in small diamond¬ 
shaped figures. 

Hair-line.—See separate article on Type. 

Hair Space.—The thinnest space made—six to an em 
or thinner. 

Half Binding.—A bound book with cloth (or paper) 
sides but having leather back and corners. 

Half-Diamond Indention.—See separate article on In¬ 
dention. 

Half-sheet Work.—See Work and Turn. 

Half Title.—The title of a book or division of a book 
printed on the odd page immediately before the title or 
preceding the parts into which a book may be divided. 
See Bastard Title. 

Half-tone.—An engraving, usually on copper, produced 
by photographing an object, drawing or photograph 
through a “screen” (which see) and then etching 
the metal plate by means of an acid; such plates re¬ 
produce not only the highlights and shadows of a 
picture but all the intermediate or half-tones; these 
plates are called: 

Direct, when made from an object itself and not 
a photograph or drawing of it. 

Highlight, when the dots of the lighter shades are 
removed from the plate. 

Outline, when all background is cut away. 

Silhouette. Same as Outline. 

Square, when the background reaches all edges, 
usually with a narrow line border. 

Vignette, when some or all of the edges are 
gradually shaded from dark to white. 

Hand.—See Index. 

Handbill.—A small sheet of paper containing an adver¬ 
tisement; like a Dodger but not quite so cheap in 
material and execution; originally distributed by 
hand. 

Hand Letters.—Brass type used by bookbinders for 
lettering, set in a handle and heated. 

Hand Proofs.—Rough proofs pulled on a proof press, 
or on a stone by forcing the paper on the type with a 
planer and mallet. 

Hand Tooling.—See Tooling. 

Hanging Indention.—See separate article on Inden¬ 
tion. 

Head.—The top of a book. 

Head Band.—A small ornamental band, generally of 
silk, at head and tail of a book, between the cover 
and the backs of the folded signatures. 

Head Cap.—A fold of leather over the head band. 

Heading.—A brief expression at the beginning of a page, 


chapter, article or column describing its substance 
matter—a title. 

Headline.—A line of type, often displayed, set above the 
text matter to which it refers, in order to attract 
attention or indicate its contents. 

Head Piece.—A small ornament or illustration at the 
beginning of a chapter. 

Headstick.—The piece of furniture between the chase 
and the head of the form. 

Heel Ball.—A wax preparation used to take rubbings 
off the backs of books. See Rub-off. 

Height of Face of Type.—The vertical dimension of the 
face of a type and always less than the measure of its 
body; capital letters reach the top of the body but, 
like lower case letters, have a shoulder beneath them. 
See separate article on Type. 

Height of Type.—See separate article on Type. 

Height to Paper.—The exact height of type; types of 
correct height will print evenly; those which are too 
high will receive too much pressure and those which 
are too low will receive little or no pressure. 

Heliotype.—The process of producing on a gelatine film 
by photo-engraving, after hardening, a surface which 
can be used for printing in an ordinary press; (2) 
originally, any process by which engravings were 
printed like copperplates or woodcuts. 

Hell Box.—A receptacle for broken and battered type. 

Hide.—The skin of a large animal, used in conjunction 
with names of certain animals to indicate various 
kinds of leather used in binding, as cowhide, etc. 

Highlights.—The whitest or brightest parts of a picture. 

High Spaced.—See Spacing. 

High Spaces.—Those higher than ordinary used in 
electrotyping to prevent too much spreading of the wax. 

Hoe, Richard M. (1812-1886).—Inventor and manu¬ 
facturer of first rapid cylinder press, 1846. 

Holeing.—To pierce the boards with an awl for lacing 
in the bands. 

Hollow Back.—An English term equivalent to Loose 
Back. 

Horse.—Work charged for before it is completed. 

Hot Stamping.—A blank impression, made on an up¬ 
right press, to smooth (iron out) a section of rough 
paper in order to produce a contrast or make it 
possible to print a half-tone on it. 

House Organ.—A monthly or other regular publication 
issued by a manufacturing concern or business house 
in order to exploit their goods, increase their sale and 
aid their salesmen in their work. 

Hub.—In binding large blank books, the thick band on 
the back. 

Idiograph.—A signature, private mark or trade mark. 

Imitation Leather.—Material made to look like leather, 
as Leatherette, usually of cloth or paper; sometimes 
applied # also to such material as Pantasote and 
Fabrikoid. 

Imitation Russia.—Cowhide. 

Imperial.—A size of flat papers 23x31 inches; (2) a 
book size of Octavo about 8 x H/4 inches. 

Imitation Steel Die Embossing.—A method of printing 
on an ordinary platen or cylinder press, using a 
special ink on which a certain powder is sprinkled, 
and then subjected to a baking process which pro¬ 
duces an engraved effect. See Embosso Process and 
Virkotype Process. 

Imperfections.—Sheets rejected on account of defects. 

Impose.—To arrange pages in a form in proper order 
for printing; to lock up for press. 

Imposing Stone.—A large, smooth slab of stone or 
marble on which type is placed to be locked up; now 
largely superseded by steel tables. Same as Stone. 

Imposing Table.—See Imposing Stone. 

Imposition.—The act of arranging or imposing pages in 
a form for the press so that, when printed, they will 
fall in proper order in the folded sheet with suitable 
margins. 


418 


Impression.—The imprint made by type or plates on 
paper or other material in printing; (2) the character 
of a print made, whether good, bad, light or heavy; 
(3) a printed sheet; (4) an edition. 

Imprint.—The name and address of a publisher and 
year of publication on lower part of title page of a 
book; (2) name (and address) of printer of a book 
usually at bottom of copyright page; (3) an im¬ 
pression made by printing or stamping. 

In Boards.—A book cut or trimmed flush after the 
board sides are in place; (2) a book bound with 
narrow cloth back and paper sides over boards. 

Indent.—To write copy or set type leaving a quad, or 
other white space on the left-hand edge. 

Indention.—See separate article on Indention. 

Index.—The sign of a hand with a pointing finger dP 
also called a fist or hand; (2) the condensed list of the 
subjects treated in a book, arranged in alphabetical 
order at the end and set in smaller type than the book 
itself. 

Index Royal.—A size of flat papers 20 x 25 inches. 

India Paper.—A thin, opaque paper of high quality 
and somewhat buff tint made in the East and now 
imitated in Europe and America. 

India Proof.—A name given to an early impression of 
an engraving or etching when printed on India paper; 
sometimes incorrectly extended to include an entire 
first edition. 

India-rubbered.—Leaves held together by means of 
an india rubber solution (or flexible glue). 

India Tint.—A shade of buff used extensively in coated 
papers and also in ordinary book papers; deeper in 
color than a “natural” tint. 

Inferior Letters or Figures.—Letters or figures smaller 
than the body type cast below the line and used in 
mathematical and chemical composition. 

Initial Letter.—See Cut-in Letter. 

Ink.—See Printing Ink. 

Ink Balls.—A ball of cotton covered with leather or 
silk formerly used for inking forms and still used by 
engravers in taking proofs. 

Ink Brayer.—See Brayer. 

Ink Cylinder.—A revolving drum on a press to facilitate 
even distribution of ink between fountain and rollers. 

Ink Fountain.—The trough on a press which contains 
the ink. 

Inking Roller.—See Roller. 

Ink Knife.—A sort of blade arranged to govern the flow 
of ink from the ink fountain of a press; (2) a flat knife 
used to press down the ink in a fountain and mix inks. 

Ink Slice.—A broad-bladed knife used to remove ink 
from a keg. 

Ink Trough.—An ink fountain. 

Ink Value.—The color value in printing. 

Inlaid.—A leather bound book in coyer of which another 
color or kind of leather has been inserted. 

Inlay.—To set one object into another so as to preserve 
the appearance of a single object; in bookbinding, to 
insert a picture into a depressed section of a cover, 
keeping the surface level, and producing a smooth 
and homogeneous effect. 

In Print.—A book still in the market and obtainable 
from the publishers. 

In Quires.—Books in sheets not bound. 

Insert.—Illustrations, maps or other material, not part 
of the printed text, included in binding a pamphlet or 
book. See Inset. t . . 

Insertion.—Copy accidentally omitted in composition 
or new copy added in proof; (2) the single publication 
of a notice or advertisement in a paper or magazine. 

I nse t.—To insert or place between folded leaves; (2) 
matter so inserted; (3) sometimes used in the sense 
of Inlay. See Insert. 

In Sheets.—Printed sheets of a book flat or folded. 

Inside.—The side of a printed sheet which contains the 
second page; (2) the sheets in a package or bundle 
that do not include any of the outer, soiled sheets. 


Inside Tin.—In bookbinding, a sheet of metal laid be¬ 
tween the fly-leaf and cover of a book in order to 
keep moisture away from the fly-leaf while pasting 
down. 

Intaglio.—Incised plates in contradistinction to rilievo, 
or relief plates. 

Intaglio Printing.—Also known as copper-plate and 
steel-die printing; the process of printing from incised 
or sunken plates, from which the ink is withdrawn 
when dampened paper is heavily pressed upon them. 

International Copyright.—An arrangement by means of 
which authors of countries which are parties to it 
are enabled to copyright their works in any of the 
countries that are party to the agreement. 

Intertype.—A composing and slug casting machine 
similar in general style to the Linotype. 

Introduction.—A preliminary statement or explanation 
of the subject-matter of a book, constituting part of 
the “front matter.” 

Inverted Pyramid Indention.—See separate article on 

Indention. 

Italics.—A style of type sloping toward the right, first 
used about 1500 by Manutius of Venice, said to 
attempt to imitate handwriting. They are used as 
the first degree of emphasis and followed by small 
caps and caps; in preparing “copy” a single line 
under a word signifies italics, two lines mean small 
caps and three lines mean CAPS. 

J Pattern.—The slightly elongated pebble design of 
embossing on book cloth, larger than C Pattern. 

Jacket.—A paper wrapper that folds over the cover of 
a bound book and turns in under each cover; the 
turned-in ends are the flaps. If made of plain paper, 
usually glassene or manila, a hole is sometimes cut 
in the back to show the title; it is, however, very 
frequently printed for advertising purposes, some¬ 
times with two- or three-color cuts; the front is 
usually similar to the cover, but back and flaps con¬ 
tain press notices or advertisements of books; (2) to 
fold around or to wrap, as to fold a four page of 
illustrations around a signature of text so that they 
may be sewed together as one signature. 

Jansen.—Dignified leather binding without external 
ornamentation. 

Janszoon, Laurens.—See Coster. 

Japan Paper.—An exceedingly strong, high grade paper 
made in Japan, used for printing etchings, photo¬ 
gravures, expensive editions of books and for binding; 
French Japan is a good imitation, less expensive and 
not so strong; American imitations are usually called 
Vellum. 

Japan Proof.—A fine proof on Japan paper of an etching 
or engraving. 

Jeff. —To throw quads like dice, the count being made 
by the number of nicked sides which fall uppermost. 

Jenson, Nicholas.—A Venetian printer of the XV 
century who perfected the Roman face of type. 

Job.—Any piece of work to be executed no matter how 
small or how complex. 

Job Bindery.—A bindery that does special work in 
binding single books, sets, etc., as distinguished from 
an “edition” bindery doing work for publishers. 

Jobbing.—Doing job, or miscellaneous small work. 

Job Font.—A small font of type used for headings or 
other display. 

Job Office.—A print shop doing miscellaneous and small 
work. 

Job Press.—Any press for small, miscellaneous work. 

Job Printer.—A printer who does cards, letter heads, 
handbills and small miscellaneous work. 

Job Printing.—Commercial and small work, sometimes 
used to include nearly all printing except books, 
catalogues, magazines and newspapers. 

Job Room.—A composing room in which job work is 
done in contradistinction to a book room. 

Job Type.—See Display Type. 


419 


Jogger.—An attachment to a press that straightens the 
sheets. 

Joint.—The junction of the cover sides with the back of 
a book. 

Journeyman.—An experienced printer—one who has 
learned his trade. 

Justifier.—A device on a typesetting machine which 
justifies the lines of type. 

Justify.—To space lines of type so as to make them of 
absolutely equal length; (2) to add leads, or other 
suitable material, so that different sizes used in the 
same line will be made of uniform size. 

Keep Standing.—To hold composed type after printing 
on the chance of using it again. 

Keratol.—A water-proof cloth for book covers. 

Kern.—That part of the face of a type in a long letter 
(as f or j) which overhangs its body. 

Kettle-stitch.—A chain stitch made at head and tail of 
a book fastening a signature to the preceding signa¬ 
ture. 

Key.—A small instrument used to close and open metal 
quoins. 

Keyboard.—The arrangement of keys in a typesetting 
machine. 

Key Plate.—The plate in color printing which repro¬ 
duces the picture and is used as the guide for obtain¬ 
ing register; in three-color process work it is usually 
the blue plate and in four-color the black plate. 

Key Word.—A word, letter or figure, or combination of 
them, used as part of the address in an advertisement, 
and differing in each advertisement, so that the ad¬ 
vertiser can tell from each reply the publication in 
which his advertisement was read. 

Kill.—To discard composed matter; to eliminate from 
use. 

Killed Matter.—Composed matter that is not to be used. 

Kip Calf .—Leather made from heifer skin. 

Knocking-down Iron.—An iron plate on which a book 
is placed in order to hammer down the ends of laced-in 
bands. 

L Pattern.—Embossing somewhat similar in effect to 
leather, known as Levant. 

Label.—A small piece of paper on which a name, title, 
address or similar matter is written or printed; may 
be obtained in many sizes, gummed on back, ready to 
attach to any object; (2) a piece of paper, cloth or 
split leather, lettered and placed on back of a book; 
(3) in the copyright act a label is defined as “An 
artistic and intellectual production impressed or 
stamped directly upon the article of manufacture or 
upon a slip or piece of paper or other material to be 
attached in any manner to manufactured articles or 
to bottles, boxes and packages containing them to 
indicate the article of manufacture.” 

Labor-saving Furniture.—Furniture made upon a 
standard unit thus facilitating its combination into 
different sizes. 

Labor-saving Rule.—Rules cut into regular sizes ready 
for immediate use. 

Laced In.—A method of binding in which silk thread or 
cord is passed through leaves and cover and tied 
outside. 

Lacing In.—Attaching the bands to the boards of a 
cover by drawing them through holes punched in the 
board, fraying the ends, spreading them out and 
hammering them smooth before covering. 

Laid Paper.—Paper showing a regular watermarked 
pattern of lines close together in one direction and 
crossed at right angles by other lines from one-half 
inch to about one inch apart in different makes, the 
lines being impressed by a wire screen during manu¬ 
facture. 

Lanston, Tolbert.—Inventor of Monotype type-casting 
and setting machine, about 1888. 

Large Double Post.—A size of flat papers 21 x 33 inches. 


Large-paper Edition.—An edition printed with extra 

wide margins. 

Law Binding.—A form of plain leather binding, in 
light color, with two dark labels on back. 

Law Buckram.—A cloth of strong texture similar to 
sheep in color. 

Law Calf.—A term practically out of use; uncolored calf. 

Law Sheep.—Sheepskin in its natural color, used largely 
for binding law books. 

Lay.—To place in order, as pages for imposition or 
type in a case. 

Lay Cords.—Bands stretched on sewing bench ready for 
the signatures. 

Layout.—To plan the arrangement of type and cuts for 
any job often including the selection of type; to 
arrange the details, method and manner of handling 
a job; (2) a working diagram of a job showing how 
it is to be set, printed and bound. 

Layout Man.—A man of taste and experience in print¬ 
ing whose duty it is to plan the arrangement of jobs 
and prepare layouts for them. 

l.c.—Lower case letters. 

Lead.—A thin strip of metal, as high as the shoulder of 
the type, to be placed between lines of type to sep¬ 
arate them; its thickness is designated by points, 
one point being 1/72 inch; the two-point lead is the 
one most commonly used and leaded matter is under¬ 
stood to mean matter with two-point leads between 
the lines; (2) to separate lines by the insertion of 
leads. In modern machine composition, type of a 
given size may be cast with an extra large body, thus 
securing the effect of leading, as ten point cast on 
twelve point body. 

Lead Cutter.—A small machine for cutting strips of 
leads to required lengths. 

Leaded Matter.—Type set with thin strips (leads) be¬ 
tween the lines; in machine composition the leads 
are cast as part of the type body. 

Leaders.—Periods used in setting tables and addresses 
to lead the eye across what would otherwise be open 
space; open leaders run one dot to an em and close 
leaders one dot to an en. 

Leading.—The insertion of thin strips of metal, called 
leads, between lines in order to separate them and 
give an open appearance to the matter. Machine-set 
type can be set with a body larger than normal which 
is equivalent to setting the lead on the type in a single 
operation; Linotype slugs set the extra width, or 
lead, on their under side while Monotype may dis¬ 
tribute it between top and bottom. 

Lead Mold Electrotypes.—Electrotypes which are 
molded by a lead process instead of by the usual wax 
process; they have sharp outlines, claimed to be 
equal to the originals. 

Lead Rack.—A receptacle with compartments arranged 
to hold leads of different lengths. 

Leaf.—A single sheet of a bound book, making two 
pages; the name is supposed to come from the an¬ 
cient practice of writing on leaves with a stylus. 

Leaflet.—A small printed production of four pages, 
folded once; occasionally applied to a greater number 
of pages. 

Lean.—A type which is condensed, or narrow in pro¬ 
portion to its height. See Lean Matter. 

Lean Matter.—Matter for composition which requires 
full average time, or more, to set. 

Leather.—The hide or skin of an animal which has been 
tanned by treatment with vegetable tannin or tanned 
by treatment with fats and oils or a solution of alum 
and salt. 

Leather Binding.—Binding in which leather, or an 
imitation of it, is used instead of cloth. 

Leatherette.—Imitation leather made of paper or cloth. 

Leatheroid.—Material made of vegetable fibers and 
possessing qualities similar to leather. 

Legal Cap.—Writing or bond paper, 8}4 x 13 inches, 
with a double vertical red line ruled about 1% inch 


420 


from left-hand margin and sometimes with a single 
vertical line about 34 inch from right-hand margin; 
when made in double length, sheet is folded at head. 

Legend. —The title or short description printed under 
an illustration; frequently called Caption. 

Letter. —A single type; (2) the character or style of type 
as a black letter; (3) a written communication; (4) 
a size of writing paper 8 x 10 or more often 834 x 11 
inches. 

Letterals. —In proofreading to “read for letterals” is 
to read for spelling, etc. 

Letter Board. —A board on which composed type is 
stored. 

Letter Head.— A sheet of writing paper, usually 834 x 
11 inches, with a printed heading giving name, address 
and nature of business of a concern. 

Lettering Block. —A wooden dummy on which leather 
labels are lettered. 

Lettering Box. —The box on a pallet for holding the type. 

Letter-perfect. —Correct or accurate to the smallest 
detail. 

Letterpress. —The text of a book as distinguished from 
its illustrations; (2) printing from type as distin¬ 
guished from plates. 

Letter Space. —To insert thin spaces between the letters 
of a word. 

Levant. —High grade morocco with a grain somewhat 
coarser than Turkish morocco, made from Angora 
goat skin. 

Library Buckram. —A gray shade of buckram as dis¬ 
tinguished from the brown shade of Law buckram. 

Library Cards. —Cards of various sizes, weights and 
ruling for record purposes, usually 3x5, 4x6 and 
5x8 inches. 

Lift. —The amount of paper placed on a press at one 
time by the feeder. 

Ligature. —Two or more connected letters cast on a 
single body as fi, ce, etc. See Logotype. 

Lightface. —Type in which all the elements are thin, 
thus giving a light effect when printed. 

Limit Page. —A special page announcing an edition to 
be limited. 

Limp Binding (semi-flexible). —A soft leather binding 
partly stiffened. 

Limp Leather. —Binding in full leather without stiff 
boards. 

Line Cut. —See Zinc Etching. 

Line Drawing. —An outline pen and ink drawing that 
can be photographed without using a screen, as 
distinguished from a wash drawing. 

Line Engraving. —The process of engraving on steel or 
copper plates in which the effect is produced by lines 
or combinations of lines. 

Lineformer. —A metal device to ensure accurate curves 
in setting curved lines. 

Linen Cloths. —Styles B and X of book cloths in which 
the color does not conceal the weave. 

Line of Stars. —A line of asterisks (* * *) denoting the 
omission of words. 

Lining Paper. —Strong machine finish, suitably sized 
used by binders for the linings, or end papers, of a book. 

Linings. —See End Papers. 

Lining Type. —Type having all the faces on each body 
line with each other at the bottom. 

Linotype. —A typecasting and setting machine having 
suitable chamber for brass matrices of letters and 
figures which, by operating a keyboard, are released 
as required and brought together in a line, into which 
molten metal is run forming a solid line of type, or 
slug; the slug, so cast, is automatically moved aside, 
the matrices return to their places and the process is 
repeated; used in setting nearly all newspapers, 
many books and pamphlets and much other matter. 
Invented by Ottmar Mergenthaler and developed 
between 1876 and 1886; it sets type in solid lines up 
to five inches long and in five and a half to eighteen 
point inclusive. 


Litho Blanks.—Card stock suited for lithographic work 
or ordinary printing, coated one or two sides, in 2234 
x 2834- (Points indicate one-thousandths of an inch.) 
Fine, 3 ply runs about 13 points thick. 


4 

ii 

a 

i i 

17 

i i 

i i 

5 

ii 

a 

11 

20 

ii 

ii 

6 

II 

a 

a 

24 

ii 

ii 

8 

ii 

a 

11 

29 

it 

ii 

10 

II 

a 

<1 

36 

ii 

ii 

12 

(1 

a 

11 

42 

ii 

ii 

Translucent, 2 

it 

a 

a 

8 

ii 

ii 

234 

ii 

a 

a 

9 

ii 

ii 

3 

a 

11 

a 

10 

ii 

ii 

334 

n 

a 

a 

11 

ii 

ii 

4 

ii 

a 

a 

12 

ii 

ii 

434 

a 

11 

a 

13 

ii 

ii 

5 

a 

a 

11 

15 

ii 

It 

6 

a 

a 

11 

19 

ii 

II 


Lithograph. —A print from a stone by the lithographic 
process. 

Lithograph Paper. —Paper made for lithographic 
printing, free from chemicals which would affect 
either stone or ink. 

Lithographic Stone. —A fine grained, yellowish, porous, 
slaty limestone found in Bavaria. 

Lithography.— The process of printing from stone on 
which a design has been suitably made and which is 
prepared for printing by etching which enables the 
design to take the ink while the balance of the stone 
rejects it. Invented about 1796 by Alois Senefelder 
of Munich. 

Lithotint. —A drawing on a lithographic stone made 
by the use of a liquid ink. 

Lithotype. —To take prints from an etched stone; (2) 
the print so taken; (3) a stereotype made from a 
plaster mold taken from type. 

Live Copy. —New manuscript or copy to be composed. 

Live Matter. —Composed matter, plates or cuts which 
are to be printed from and are held for future use, in 
contradistinction to “dead” matter which has been 
used, or will not be used, and may be distributed or 
melted. 

Loading. —Clay or other similar matter used in paper 
making to give weight. 

Lock Up. —To impose a form and fasten securely in a 
chase so that it can be printed. 

Logograph. —A written word; sometimes used for logo¬ 
type. 

Logotype. —A type -which, on a single body, bears a 
syllable, word or words. 

Long Primer. —An old name for a type midway between 
Pica and Brevier, practically equivalent to ten point. 

Loose Back. —The back of a book in which the covering 
material is not glued to the back. 

Low. —Quads or slugs lower than the face of the type, 
used when type is put on the press. 

Lower Case. —The type case on the frame nearest the 
compositor, hence the lower case; (2) the small 
letters of the alphabet which are contained in the 
lower case. 

Low Spaced. —See Spacing. 

Low Spaces. —Spaces of ordinary height used in com¬ 
position when the type or slugs are to be printed 
from and not electrotyped. 

Low to Paper. —Types, slugs or engravings that are 
lower than the rest of the form. 

Lozenge Indention. —See separate article on Indention. 

M. —Monthly. 

Machine Finish. —A term including all ordinary book 
paper which has not been run through special calen¬ 
dering rolls; more specifically, it generally excludes 
antique and rough finishes and refers to a mod¬ 
erately smooth surface. 

Mackle. —A spot or blurred impression in printing. 

Magazine. —The part of a composing machine which 
holds the matrices. 


421 










Mailer. —A mailing machine. 

Mailing Boxes. —Collapsible boxes of tough manilla 
easily set up for mailing books, samples or any mer¬ 
chandise, fastened with metal tongue or button and 
twine; made to any dimensions. 

Mailing Cards. —Advertisements printed on card¬ 
board or extra heavy stiff paper to be sent through 
the mail. 

Maioli. —In binding, a scroll design through a frame¬ 
work of shields or medallions. See Majoli. 

Majoli, Michael and Thomas. —Italians of the XV 
century who employed a style of binding of frame¬ 
work of shields and ribbons with interwoven scroll¬ 
work; also called Maioli. 

Majuscule. —A capital letter, especially as made before 
the days of type. 

Make. —To occupy certain space, as “to make a 
galley. ” 

Make-ready. —The operation of leveling up and lining 
up a form on the press so that all parts of it will give 
clear, clean and proper impression on paper when 
printed. With plain, solid, type matter the first 
orm of a book requires several hours’ work but subse¬ 
quent forms require very little time; with open matter 
like poetry, more time is needed; in the case of half¬ 
tone illustrations much more time is required and 
about the same for each form and it is also necessary 
to cut “overlays”; (2) a sheet on which the overlays 
are pasted. 

Make-ready Knife. —A specially shaped knife used to 
cut the paper to spot up a make-ready. 

Make-up. —The act of arranging composed matter in 
columns, pages and forms; (2) the compositor who 
does this work; (3) the matter of which a book is com¬ 
posed—its signatures, illustrations, maps, etc.; (4) 
in a page, its style, type, leading and arrangement. 

Make-up Rule. —A rule having a projection above the 
middle to aid in handling type. 

Mallet. —A sort of hammer with a large wooden head, 
used with a planer to plane forms or beat form proofs. 

Manutius, Aldus (1447-1515).—A Venetian printer 
who first used italic letters. See Aldine. 

Marbled Calf. —Calfskin treated to show a marble-like 
effect. 

Marbling. —The process of transferring pattern effects 
in colors to paper or edges of books from dyes floated 
on a suitable liquid surface by carefully laying on 
or dipping into the fluid the object to be dyed, the 
dyes having been worked into patterns by a sort of 
combing process. 

Margin. —White space around the printed matter of a 
page; the inside margin is next to the back and is 
narrowest; the head margin is at top of page and is 
very slightly wider; the front margin is at outside of 
page and is still wider; the foot margin is at bottom 
of page and is widest of all. A pleasing effect is pro¬ 
duced by having the amount of white space equal to 
the amount of printed surface. 

Marginal Note. —A few words in small type printed 
in the margin of a page. 

Marker. —A piece of ribbon fastened to headband of 
a book for use as a book mark. 

Marking Up.— To mark position of the cords on back of a 
book. 

Mass. —A group of printed matter on a sheet. 

Masthead. —The standing matter at the head of the 
first page of a magazine or other regular publication. 

Matter. —Composed type, often referred to as 
dead —of no further use. 
fat —easy to set. 

leaded —having leads between lines. 
lean —difficult or slow to set. 
live —to be used. 

open —with short lines or open spaces. 
solid— set close without leads. 
standing —held for future use. 

(2) any copy or proofs. 


Matrix.—In type-founding, that part of a mold which 
forms the face of a letter; (2) in stereotyping, an im¬ 
pression of a form in papier-m&che, plaster or other¬ 
wise from which stereotype plates can be cast; (3) 
in type-setting machines, the mold from which the 
face of the type is cast. 

Measure. —The width of type in a column or page, 
generally expressed in picas. 

Medium.—A size of flat paper 18x23; (2) a size of 
octavo book about 6x9. 

Melting Pot.—The receptacle in a casting machine in 
which the metal is melted. 

Mergenthaler, Ottmar (1854-1899).—Inventor of the 
Linotype type-setting and casting machine 1876-86. 

Meridian.—The old name for a size of type practically 
equivalent to 44 point. 

Metal Base. —A metal body of suitable height made up 
in sections and having grooves so that by means of 
suitable clamps electrotype plates may be attached 
to it for printing. 

Millboard. —Heavy cardboard used for making book 
covers. Same as Binder's Board or Pressboard. 

Millboard Machine.—A machine used to cut and square 
boards. 

Minion.—An old name for type slightly smaller than 
Brevier, practically equivalent to seven point. 

Minionette. —See Emerald. 

Minuscule.—A small or lower-case letter, especially as 
used before the days of type. 

Miter. —To bevel the ends of rules or borders so as to 
ensure a close joint. 

Mitered. —In binding, a pattern of straight lines which 
meet but do not overrun. 

Mitering Machine.—A machine for beveling the ends of 
rules and borders so that they wall fit perfectly. 

Mock Title. —See Bastard Title. 

Modern. —The class of Roman type distinguished by 
hair lines, as well as heavier lines, and straight serifs, 
designed by Bodoni in 1783; sometimes called 
Modern Roman and occasionally simply Roman; 
this Glossary is set in a modern face. See Old Style. 

Mold. —A hollow form in which type is cast; (2) in 
making paper by hand, a frame with wire bottom in 
which to form sheets from pulp. 

Molder.—An electrotype plate with the guards on, held 
in reserve, from which to cast new “working” plates 
when required. 

Monoline.—A machine for setting and casting type in 
solid lines. 

Monotone. —Of one tint or tone; (2) a type face having 
all lines of uniform width. 

Monotype. —A typecasting and setting machine com¬ 
posed of separate keyboard and caster; on the former, 
a revolving paper ribbon is perforated with holes 
representing letters or figures, when the keyboard is 
operated; the perforated roll is transferred to the 
caster and there controls the movement of the 
matrices which produce individual types which are 
formed into words and assembled in lines. Invented 
by Tolbert Lanston, 1888. 

Mordant. —The acid or other corrosive used to “bite” 
the metal in etching. 

Morocco.— Fine, pliant, tough leather made from goat 
skin having various styles of artificially formed grains, 
known as French, Straight Grain, Turkey, Levant. 

Morris, William (1834-1896).—An English poet, artist- 
printer and socialist, founder of Kelmscott Press and 
printer of the “ Kelmscott Chaucer.” 

Mortise.—To cut away, as an open space in a block for 
the insertion of type; (2) the opening so made. 

Mosaic Binding.—Patterns formed by inlaying with 
colored leathers. 

Mottled Calf. —Calf showing a pattern produced by an 
acid or ink. 

Mounting Board. —Pasteboard suitable for use in 
mounting prints, photographs, etc. 

Movable Types. —Individual types of separate charac- 


ters and letters which can be set up, or composed, 
into words; invented about 1450 by Gutenberg or 
Coster. 

MS.—A manuscript; in the plural MSS. 

Mull. —An English name for Super. 

Mutton Quad. —An em quad. 

Negative Etching. —See Reverse Etching. 

Neutralizer. —An arrangement installed on a press and 
designed to counteract the static electricity which, 
particularly in cold weather, causes trouble in sep¬ 
arating and handling sheets of paper. 

News. —Fresh or recent information regarding events— 
said to be derived from the initial letters of N (orth), 
E(ast), W(est), S(outh); (2) cheap paper, also called 
Newsprint, used in newspapers. 

Newstone. —A coarse screen cut for newspaper work, 
usually etched on zinc; sometimes called a Quarter- 
tone. 

Nick.—See separate article on Type. 

Nickeltype. —A plate faced with nickel instead of copper. 

Nipper. —The gripper on a press which holds the sheet 
against the tympan. See Grippers. 

Nonpareil. —The old name for type half the size of pica. 
Equivalent to six point. 

Normal. —The average width of face of any given size 
of type. 

Notation. —Any system of abbreviations, signs or figures 
used to promote brevity or for convenience. 

Note. —A size of writing paper 5x8 inches. 

nr.—Next to reading matter. 

Number. —A figure or combination of figures used to 
express quantity. 

Numeral. —A character or symbol used to express a 
number; the Arabic numerals are 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.; the 
Roman numerals are I, II, III, IV, etc.; see Notation. 

Nut Quad. —An en quad. 

* 

Obelisk.—See Reference Marks. 

Octavo (Eightvo, 8vo or 8°). —Originally the number 
of leaves folded from a half sheet of paper, but now 
used to indicate approximate size, a page trimmed 
6x9, printed on a sheet 25 x 38 being generally re¬ 
garded as the standard. 

Octodecimo (Eighteenmo, i8mo or i8°). —Originally 
the number of leaves folded from a half sheet of paper, 
but now used to indicate approximate size of a page 
trimmed about 4 x 63^ inches. 

Odd Pages. —The right-hand pages of a book, num¬ 
bered 1, 3, 5, etc. 

Off. —A job is off when the press run is finished even 
though the form may be still on the press. 

Off and On. —Skipping certain stitches in a signature 
in machine sewing. 

Offcut. —The portion cut from a sheet which is larger 
than is required to print a form; (2) part of a printed 
sheet cut out and folded separately. 

Office Time. —Time spent in correcting errors made in 
the printing office, in contradistinction to Author’s 
Time. 

Off its Feet. —Type is off its feet when it does not stand 
square upon its base. 

Offset. —A mark or smut on a printed or white sheet 
caused by contact with a freshly printed sheet on 
which the ink is wet; sometimes called Set-off. 

Offset Lithography.— See Offset Printing. 

Offset Printing.—A rotary press process based on litho¬ 
graphic principles, the matter to be printed being 
engraved or etched on metal plates which are at¬ 
tached to a cylinder of a press, inked, an impression 
made on a rubber blanket on a second cylinder and 
transferred from it to the paper which runs on a third 
cylinder; the rubber blanket is soft and yielding and 
will give an impression on almost any surface; half¬ 
tones can be printed pleasingly on rough paper and 
color work gives remarkable results. 

Oiled Sheet. —Oiled paper used to prevent offsetting. 


O. K.—All correct; said to be derived from “oil korrect” 
or “Okeh.” 

Old Style.— One of the two faces of body type most 
commonly used, having its elements of comparatively 
uniform thickness and with oblique serifs. 

On. —Number of cuts or pages in a form; one cut four 
“up” is four “on”; four cuts four “up” is sixteen‘‘on.” 

Ooze Calf.— See Flesher. 

Opened Edges. —Leaves of a book which have been 
cut open by hand. 

Open Matter. —Composed matter much leaded or hav¬ 
ing short lines and much white space. 

Open Spacing.— Wide space between words. 

Optical Center. —The point on a page which appears 
to the eye as the center but which is above the center 
—about one-eighth; important to remember in placing 
a line which is to appear to be at the center. 

Orihon. —Ancient Chinese and Japanese books having 
their leaves fastened together along one margin on 
the principle of modern side wiring. 

Ornament. —A headpiece, tailpiece, other device or a 
rule or border used to embellish a page. 

Out. —A proof reader’s marginal mark to indicate an 
omission. 

Outlook Circular. —A folder having a slot cut in it so 
that the address on the enclosed imitation type¬ 
written letters serves as the address for the folder. 

Outlook Envelopes. —Envelopes having a small open¬ 
ing on their face covered with transparent material, 
so that the enclosed letter, bill or statement may be 
folded to show the address. 

Out of Boards. —A book having board sides projecting 
to form a square like cloth books. 

Out of Print. —Entirely sold out by the publishers. 

Out of Sorts. —The condition which exists when all of 
certain letters of a font have been used. 

Out Page. —The outside or first page of a folded signature. 

Outset. —To pull out, as to remove four blank pages 
from a printed signature. 

Outside. —The side of a printed sheet which contains 
the first page; (2) the outer, or soiled, sheet of a 
package or bundle. 

Overcasting.—To sew single leaves over and over; also 
called Whipstitching. 

Overhang. —To project beyond the main body, as be¬ 
yond the main body of a type, or a paper cover beyond 
the inside pages of a booklet or pamphlet. 

Overhang Cover. —See Extension Cover. 

Overlap Cover. —See Extension Cover. 

Overlay. —A piece of thin paper placed on the tympan 
of a press and cut so as to compensate for any de¬ 
pression in the form or to increase the pressure at 
certain points; (2) a preparation of chalk or other 
substance used for the same purpose. 

Overlay Cutter.—A man who cuts overlays for fine cut 
work. 

Over-run. —To carry words from one line to another, 
often made necessary through inserting or deleting 
one or more words; (2) copies printed in excess of an 
order; (3) paper made up or delivered in excess of 
quantity ordered. 

Oversheets. —Sheets or signatures of certain forms in 
excess of the total number of Complete Copies ob¬ 
tainable, due to running different numbers of sheets 
on the forms or unequal spoilage on press or in 
bindery. 

Oxford Bible Paper. —Very thin, soft and opaque paper. 
Similar to India Bible paper, first used by Oxford 
University Press. 

Ozokerite.—Mineral wax used to take the impression 
of an object to be electrotyped. 

p.—Page; in the plural pp. 

Packet. —A size of writing paper 5% x 9 inches. 

Packing. —Paper, millboard or rubber used on the 
impression surface of a press between the metal and 
the sheet to be printed. See Tympan. 


423 


Pad. —Sheets of paper of uniform size, usually with a 
thin sheet of cheap cardboard for a back, gummed at 
head (and sometimes also on left side) to hold the 
sheets together, sometimes with paper or muslin over 
the gummed edges; of white paper or writing manila, 
plain or ruled, or of sheets with special printed 
headings or blank forms; containing 60 or more 
sheets- made up commercially in the following sizes: 
2^x4 4)^x 7 

2^4 x 43^ 5 x 8 

3 x 5 5 % x 9 

3% x5% 8 xlO 

4 x6^ 8 xl2K 

Sometimes called Scratch Pads or Desk Pads. 

Padding. —To make up into pads. 

Page. —One side of a leaf of a book; (2) type, slugs or 
cuts made up into sections of uniform size for electro¬ 
typing or printing; (3) the matter printed on one 
side of a leaf. 

Page Cord.—Twine used for tying up pages. 

Page Proofs. —Proofs pulled of matter after it has been 
made up into pages. 

Paginate. —To give numbers to the pages of a book. 

Pagination. —The system of figures used to indicate the 
page numbers of a book; (2) the act of paging; (3) 
figures used in paging. 

Paging. —The order of the pages of a book; (2) the act of 
numbering pages; (3) making up type matter into 
pages. 

Paging Machine. —A numbering machine. 

Palette Knife. —A thin, flat knife for mixing inks. 

Palimpsest. —A parchment, or other material, from 
which the original writing has been more or less com¬ 
pletely erased and new matter written over it. 

Pallet. —A tool to hold type used in lettering. 

Pamphlet. —A brief essay or treatise, without per¬ 
manent binding, but usually having paper cover. 

Pamphlet Bindery. —See Bindery. 

Pamphleteer. —A writer of pamphlets. 

Panel. —A section of matter enclosed in a rule border, 
often used at the head of a chapter, column or article 
and in advertisements wherever prominence is de¬ 
sired; (2) a rectangular space or square on a cover 
enclosed by lines or sunken; (3) the space between 
stamped lines or raised bands on the back of a book. 

Pantasote. —A trade name for a sort of leather cloth; 
sometimes called imitation leather. 

Paper. —A substance produced by chemical and me¬ 
chanical processes consisting essentially of interwoven 
cellulose fibers. 

Papering Up. —To cover the leaves of a book to pro¬ 
tect it during further work. 

Papier-MiLche. —Tough material made by gluing and 
pressing together sheets of paper, or from paper 
pulp mixed with size, oil or resin, which material 
can be molded into many forms. 

Paper Makers’ Felt. —A coarse, loosely woven fabric 
used in paper making to receive the matted pulp 
from the wire and carry it on through the press rolls 
until it becomes firm and strong enough to travel 
alone. 

Papyrus. —The inner bark of a reed growing on the 
banks of the Nile which was written on with a soft 
pen; it was prepared by laying strips over each other 
at right angles and fastening with gum and successive 
strips were joined until a roll was produced. 

Paragon. —An old name for a size of type practically 
equivalent to twenty point. 

Paragraph. —See Reference Marks. 

Parallel Mark. —See Reference Marks. 

Parallel Rule. —See Rules. 

Parchment. —A thin sheet of specially prepared sheepskin. 

Paring. —To thin the edges of leather and remove rough 
edges; sometimes called Skiving. 

Pasteboard. —Layers of paper pasted together, some¬ 
times made from waste printed matter. 

Paster. —A name or brief announcement printed on 


gummed paper so that it may be easily attached to a 
ballot or any other object. 

Pastewash.—Paste that is diluted with water. 

Pasting Down.—To paste end papers to the boards. 

Patent Block.—A block of hard wood on which a bevel- 
edge electrotype may be clamped firmly for printing. 

Pearl.—An old name for a size of type smaller than 
Agate, and practically equivalent to five point. 

Pebbling.—The roughened effect, in various patterns, 
given to paper by a roller in a species of embossing 
machine. 

Pegamoid.—An English make of imitation leather. 

Pennysaver Envelopes.—Envelopes which present the 
appearance of being sealed, but which actually have 
an opening and can be mailed for one cent. 

Perfecting.—Completing the presswork on a sheet by 
printing its second side. 

Perfecting Press.—A sort of double ender press which 
prints both sides of a sheet before delivering it. 

Perforate.—To make a continuous series of small holes 
to facilitate tearing off a portion of a sheet, as a 
check from a stub; they may be made when printing 
by including a steel perforating rule in the form or 
independently by machine. 

Perforating Machine.—A machine for perforating 
sheets of paper. 

Perforating Rule.—A steel rule, type high, to be locked 
up with a form, which makes a line of small cuts, or 
perforations, in a sheet when printed so that it can be 
easily torn. 

Perforations.—A series of small slits or round holes 
punched in a sheet to enable it to be torn easily at 
that point. 

Persian Morocco.—Morocco made from Persian goat 
skins; many imitations of it are now made. 

Petits Fers.—Small finishing hand tools. 

Phat.—An old-fashioned, compositor’s term for fat 
matter. » 

Photo-engraving.—The general process of producing 
relief plates for ordinary printing by photographing 
upon copper or zinc and etching the plate by means 
of an acid. 

Photoglyptography.—The art of engraving plates in 
intaglio. 

Photogravure.—A print from an intaglio plate having 
minute depressions but no sharp incised lines. 

Photomechanical.—The nature of a process in which 
photography is supplemented by etching or engraving. 

Phototype.—A photo-engraved plate made in relief; (2) 
a print from such plate. 

Phototypography.—Production or use of phototypes. 

Pi.—A mass of mixed up type which must be sorted 
before it can be used. 

Pica.—The old name for a size of type, measuring 
nearly six lines to the inch, practically equivalent to 
twelve point; it is the printer’s standard of measure¬ 
ment for length of lines, thickness of leads, rules, etc. 
As now used, pica means 12 points. 

Pick for Sorts.—Picking out types from matter which 
has been composed and is standing. 

Picking.—Flaking or loosening of spots on the surface 
of coated papers, sometimes due to very tacky ink 
and sometimes to defects in the coating. 

Pick-up.—-Composed matter which is kept standing 
and which may be used again. 

Pieced.—The use on a book cover of material different 
from the covering of the book as leather labels for 
titles. 

Piece Fractions.—Figures half the depth of the type 
with which they are used, having a short horizontal 
line, over the denominator so that they can be made 
up into fractions. See Fractions. 

Piece Hand.—A printer or binder who is paid by the 
. amount of work done and not by the day. 

Piece Work.—Such work as can be reckoned by count 
rather than by time consumed, as composition by 
the thousand ems or folding by number of folds. 


424 


Pigment. —Coloring matter; that used in printing ink 
to supply body and color. 

Pigskin.—The tough and strong skin of a pig used in 
binding. 

Pinhead Perforations. —A series of small, round holes 
made by a machine for the purpose of making it easy 
to detach part of a sheet, as between a check and 
stub in a check book. 

Pinmark.—See separate article on Type. 

Pip. —A spot on a playing card; (2) a small electrotype 
of a playing card, about 32 points. 

Plane. —To make the surface of a page or form uniform 
by means of a planer and mallet; to plane down. 

Planer. —A smooth block of wood used to level the face 
of a page or form of type by tapping it with a mallet; 
when covered with felt or like material, used to take 
proofs by laying it on the paper and tapping with 
mallet. 

Planograph. —To print from a plane surface. 

Planography. —-The process of printing from a plane 
surface, as Lithography, in contradistinction to print¬ 
ing from raised letters (Typography) or from sunken 
letters (Intaglio). 

Planogravure. —Engraving printed from a flat surface. 

Plant Complete. —A book manufacturing establishment 
equipped to handle all kinds of composition, press- 
work and binding, make electrotype plates, and 
furnish complete service. 

Plantin, Christophe (1514-1589).—A French printer 
celebrated for the beauty of his work. 

Plate. —A reproduction of type or cuts, as an electrotype 
or stereotype; (2) an etched or engraved sheet of 
metal; (3) a printed illustration; (4) a full-page illus¬ 
tration or chart. 

Plate Box. —A heavy wooden box to hold usually 32, 48 
or 64 electrotype plates. 

Plate Matter. —Stereotype plates made from the same 
matter and sold to various newspapers at the same 
time. 

Plate Paper. —Smooth finished paper suitable for 
printing from engraved plates; (2) paper colored 
on one side. 

Plate Press. —A press on which engraved plates are 
printed. 

Plate Proofs.—Proofs pulled of electrotypes after cast¬ 
ing; not to be confounded with Foundry proofs. 

Platen. —On a job press, the part which receives the 
paper and presses it against the form to receive the 
impression. 

Platen Press. —A press in which the form and paper 
are both on flat surfaces which are brought in contact 
to produce the impression. 

Pleated Fold. —The style of folding a booklet so that 
the tops of alternating pairs of pages are closed, page 
one being printed, two and three blank with closed 
top, four and five printed, six and seven blank with 
closed top, and so on throughout. 

Plough. —A tool for trimming books. 

Pluvinsin. —An English imitation leather. 

Ply. —A term generally used as a measure of thick¬ 
ness. 

Pocket. —See Book Pocket. 

Point. —The standard unit of measurement for type, 
practically 1/72 inch (actually .013837 inch); (2) a 
unit of measurement of thickness for paper, card¬ 
board, etc., in which case it is 1/1000 inch; (3) a 
period. It is important to remember that a point in 
type measure is equal to nearly 14/1000 inch. 

Point Folder. —A folding machine in which the per¬ 
forations in the printed sheet fall on the projecting 
pins of the machine. 

Pointille. —Decoration by means of dots or points. 

Point Paper. —Paper that is laid out in regular squares. 

Points. —Sharp points of metal attached to a form in 
order to punch small holes in the sheet while being 
printed, said holes serving as guides for folding on 
folding machine, usually 15 inches apart. 


Point Set. —A font of type in which the width of all 
letters is a multiple of a point. 

Point System. —The system now used for making all 
type bodies, making justification easy and certain, each 
“point” being 1/72 inch and all leads and material 
being multiples of one point. 

Pointwise. —The vertical dimension, or height, of type 
in contradistinction to its horizontal dimension, 
which is setwise; (2) measured by points, each of 
which is practically 1/72 inch. 

Polished Buckram. —Fine, smooth book cloth showing 
the grain. 

Polisher. —A steel tool used to put a gloss on leather 
after finishing. 

Pompet. —An old name for an inking ball. 

Position. —The location in which matter is placed in a 
newspaper or periodical, usually indicated by the 
first letters of words, as nr. means next to reading 
matter. 

Post. —In handmade paper, a gross of sheets with 
alternating felts ready for the screw press; (2) a size 
of writing paper which took its name from the water¬ 
mark of a post horn. 

Postal Card. —An official card issued by a government, 
having a stamp printed on it, suitable for brief 
messages, first used in Austria about 1869 and in the 
United States about 1873. These cards may be 
obtained 48 on a sheet when it is desired to print 
them in large quantities. See also Government Postal 
Card Slock. 

Post Card. —An unofficial card of a size which can be 
mailed at same rate as a postal card; picture post 
cards originated in Germany in 1870. 

Poster. —A large advertising sheet with big display 
type, often in colors and illustrated, pasted to a fence 
or wall; a one-sheet poster is 28 x 42, a two-sheet is 
double that and so on. 

Poster Stick. —A large composing-stick of wood used 
in setting posters and other large work. 

Poster Type. —Large sizes of type for use in setting 
posters and other large sheets, sizes above one inch 
being made of wood. 

Preface. —An account of the origin and purpose of a 
book, constituting part of the “front matter.” 

Preliminary Matter. —See Front Matter. 

Press. —The collective papers and periodicals of any 
city, section or country; writers, editors and authors 
as a class; a place where printing is done; used with a 
distinctive name to designate a printer or publisher; a 
printing machine. See Printing Press. 

Press Board. —See Millboard. 

Pressing Boards. —Boards having projecting brass 
strips to fit into the grooves used to place between 
books in standing press. 

Pressing Plates. —Nickeled plates placed next to leather 
bindings under pressure to give them finish. 

Pressman. —The man in charge of one or more presses 
in a pressroom, who makes ready the forms and 
supervises the running. 

Press Pin. —An iron bar for turning the screws of a 
standing press. 

Press Proofs. —Proofs pulled of a job on press after it is 
made ready. 

Press Revise. —A sheet from the press taken to see if 
corrections marked on a press proof have been made. 

Press Roll. —One of a series of rolls on a paper-making 
machine through which the paper is carried on endless 
felts and which serve to squeeze out the water and 
give consistency to the paper. 

Press Room. —The room in which printing (presswork) 
is done and in which the temperature and humidity 
should be controlled in order to secure good work. 

Presswork. —The process of printing sheets on a press; 
(2) the character of the printing. 

Print. —In general anything printed by typographic, 
intaglio or lithographic process; (2) the size or appear¬ 
ance of printed matter, as “large print” or “poor 


425 


print;” (3) in the meaning of section three of the 
copyright act, a print is “an artistic and intellectual 
production designed to be used for an article of man¬ 
ufacture and in some fashion pertaining thereto, but 
not borne by it; such, for instance, as an advertise¬ 
ment therefor.” 

Print and Turn. —See Work and Turn. 

Printer. —A person engaged in the printing business— 
an owner or manager even if not practical; (2) one 
working practically in a mechanical department of 
the business; (3) a compositor rather than a press¬ 
man. 

Printer’s Devil. —The boy-of-all-work in a printing 
office. 

Printers’ Lice. —Imaginary “lice” produced by wetting 
composed type and squeezing it together, thereby 
forcing the water to squirt into the face of a green 
apprentice who has been invited to look very close in 
order to see the small insects. 

Printery. —A printing office. 

Printing. —An impression made on paper or other suit¬ 
able material; (2) the art of multiplying impressions; 
(3) the process of producing reading matter from 
“copy” to completed book; (4) an edition of a book. 
Printing is classified according to the surface from 
which the impressions are taken; when made from 
raised letters or surfaces as type, halftone engravings, 
zinc etchings or woodcuts, it is called Typography; 
when made from surface letters by processes based 
on the selective properties of a prepared surface and 
greasy ink, it is called Lithography; when made 
from sunken letters, as in steelplate, copperplate and 
photogravure, it is called Intaglio. 

Printing Ink. —A viscous substance made in black and 
colors, run thinly over a printing surface on a press in 
order to enable the said printing surface to reproduce 
itself upon the paper or other material to be printed; 
a mechanical mixture of oils and pigments. 

Printing Office. —A print shop; a printery; a place 
where printing is done. 

Printing-press. —A machine in which types or plates 
may be placed, suitably inked and brought into con¬ 
tact with the paper or other material which is to 
receive the impression; some varieties are: 

Adams Press—a large bed and platen power press, 
forerunner of the cylinder, formerly much used in 
book printing. 

Card Press—a small, light press adapted only to 
cards and small work. 

Chromatic Press—a press for printing several colors 
at one time. Same as Multicolor. 

Copper-plate Press—a press for printing from en¬ 
graved copper plates. 

Cylinder Press—a press with a rotating impression 
cylinder under which a bed containing type or plates 
moves forward and backward. 

Drum Cylinder—a press with one large cylinder. 

Job Press—any press, platen or cylinder, up to 
25 x 38, but more specifically a platen press of the 
Gordon or Universal type. An Eighth Medium job 
press prints a form about 8 x 12; a Quarter Medium, 
about 10 x 15, and a Half Medium, about 14 x 17. 

Multicolor Press. Same as Chromatic. 

Perfecting Press—a press which prints both sides 
of a sheet before it leaves the press. 

Platen Press—a press on which the form to be 
printed and the paper are both on flat surfaces. 

Rotary Press. See Web Press. 

Stop-cylinder Press—a press in which the impres¬ 
sion cylinder stops during the return of the bed. 

Two-color Press—a press on which two colors may 
be printed on one side of a sheet before the sheet 
leaves the press. 

Two- or Three-revolution Press—apress in which the 
cylinder revolves two or three times to an impression. 

Web Press—a press which prints from a roll of 
paper instead of from flat sheets. 


Web Perfecting Press—a press which prints both 
sides of a roll of paper, cuts the roll and delivers in 
folded signatures and sometimes pastes as well. 

Print-shop. —A store where engravings, prints and other 
illustrations are sold. 

Process. —The production of relief printing plates by 
means of photography and mechanical or chemical 
action. 

Process Printing. —The method of printing three colors, 
yellow, red and blue, from half-tone plates, sometimes 
with a black plate added, the proper combination 
making possible the reproduction of practically all 
colors and shades. 

Progressive Proofs. —Proofs of plates for color printing 
showing each color separately and also the combined 
colors in the order they are to print, as the second on 
the first, the third on the second and first and the 
fourth on the third, second and first. 

Proof. —An inked impression of composed type taken 
for the purpose of making corrections, or of a plate 
or engraving for inspection; (2) in engraving and 
etching, an impression taken to show its condition 
at any stage of the work. 

Proof Paper. —Paper used in composing room for proofs, 
cut to sizes for galleys and large and small forms; 
white paper is commonly used for galley and page 
proofs and different colors for foundry proofs and 
patches. 

Proof Planer. —One covered with felt, used with a 
mallet to beat form proofs. 

Proof Press. —A hand press for proving type and plates. 

Proof Puller. —A person employed in pulling proofs. 

Proof Reader. —A person who reads and revises proofs. 

Proof Room. —A room in which proof readers read and 
revise proofs. 

Proofs.—Printed impressions of type, plates or other 
matter to be read or examined for errors or defects. 

Proof Sheet.—A sheet on which a proof has been taken, 
having extra wide margins to allow space for correc¬ 
tions. 

Property Man. —See Storekeeper. 

Prospect. —A person or company who has, or who is 
likely to have, business that may be obtained. 

Publisher’s Binding. —Ordinary cloth binding. 

Pull.—The attractive power in advertising which pro¬ 
duces inquiries and correspondence and results in 
orders; (2) the drag of a sheet on press or attraction 
of the paper for the form. 

Pulled. —A book from which the cover has been taken 
and the signatures separated. 

Pull-out Circular. —A circular of long and narrow pages 
folded over and over in the style of many time tables; 
sometimes called “Catstep” circular. 

Pulp.—A mixture of rag or wood fibres forming a base 
from which paper is made. 

Punch. —A tool for punching a hole. 

Punching.—To make holes by means of a punch. 

Punctuate.—To use punctuation marks in written or 
composed matter. 

Punctuation.—The art of expressing in written or 
printed matter, by the use of signs, symbols and 
arrangement, the meaning which would be conveyed 
by the voice and the expression of the speaker if the 
matter were spoken; the usual signs or marks are: 


Quotations—double “ ” 
Quotations—single 4 ’ 
Parentheses ( ) 

Brackets [ ] 

Leaders .... 

Ellipsis * * * 

Brace { 

Abbreviation . 

Puppy.—Specially prepared rubber used to remove 
gold leaf from a book. 

Pynson, Richard.—A printer who first used diphthongs in 
the typographical alphabet and introduced Roman 
types into England in 1498. 


Period 
Comma , 

Colon : 
Semi-colon ; 
Hyphen - or - 
Dash — 
Exclamation ! 
Interrogation ? 


426 


q. —Quarterly. 

Quad.—The commonly used abbreviation of Quadrat. 

Quadrat.—A thick space of an en, em or several ems in 
length used to fill out blank space. 

Quadrille Ruling.— -Ruling in squares of about Yz inch. 

Quadruple Imposition. —Imposed to fold on a “Quad” 
folding machine. 

Quarter Binding. —In binding, cloth or leather back 
with flush board sides. 

Quarternion. —Four sheets fitted into each other to 
make a solid gathering. 

Quartertone. —See Newstone. 

Quarto ( 4 to or 4 0 ).—Originally the number of leaves 
folded from a half sheet of paper, but now used to 
indicate size of a page trimmed approximately 9 x 12 
inches. 

Query. —A question mark on the margin of a proof to 
call the author’s attention to an inaccuracy or doubt¬ 
ful point. 

Quire. —Twenty-five sheets; one-twentieth of a ream; 
when a ream was formerly counted as 480 sheets a 
quire was 24 sheets. 

Quoin. —A wedge formerly of wood, but now usually of 
metal and in pairs, to lock up type in a chase or galley 
by being forced into the space between the side of 
the chase or galley and the strip of furniture rest¬ 
ing against the side of the type, and tightened by a 
key. 

Quoin Key. —A small device for tightening metal 
quoins. 

Quotation. —A small piece of metal furniture; (2) a 
single quotation mark; (3) words, sentences, para¬ 
graphs or any expression used by another quoted in 
(or nearly in) the user’s language and enclosed in 
quotation marks. 

Quotation Furniture. —Metal furniture cast in lengths 
of four, eight, twelve, sixteen and twenty picas. 

Quotation Marks.— Inverted double commas ( “ ) 
placed at the beginning and double apostrophes at the 
end of a quoted passage; when a quotation includes 
several paragraphs, the quotation marks repeat at 
the beginning of each one, as well as appearing at the 
beginning of the first and the end of the last one; 
when a quotation is made within a quotation, the 
included quotation is preceded and followed by single 
quotation marks. 

Quoted Matter. —Matter between quotation marks. 

Quotes. —Quotation marks. 

Rack. —See Frame and Stand. 

Railroad Furniture. —Metal furniture having a central 
connection between the two side walls. 

Rat. —A term of contempt for a printer who works for 
less than established rates. 

Ratchet. —A small tool with teeth used to turn the 
screws on patent blocks in locking up and unlocking 
plates. 

Ratting. —To work for less than established rates of pay. 

Reader. —See Proof Reader. 

Ream. —Twenty quires, or five hundred sheets; occa¬ 
sionally , however, reams are counted by the old 
method as 480 sheets and less frequently high bulking 
papers as 512, 516 or 520 sheets. 

Recase. —To replace a book in its original cover with 
or without resewing. 

Record.—The roll of paper perforated by the keyboard 
of a Monotype which is transferred to the caster and 
controls the casting of the type. 

Record Ruling. —Faint horizontal lines and a heavy 
vertical line near left-hand margin. 

Recto. —The right-hand page of a book bearing the odd 
folio—opposite of Verso. 

Reducer. —A substance mixed with ink to thin it or 
reduce its consistency. 

Reference Marks. —Marks inserted in reading matter 
opposite a word to refer to a note usually in small 
type at the foot of a page or column; they are: 


Star or Asterisk * 
Dagger or Obelisk f 
Double Dagger £ 
Section Mark § 
Parallel Mark I! 


Asterism ***, ***, * * * 
Index CF" 

Paragraph 
Superior Figure 1 
Superior Letter * 


Register.—The correct relation of printed lines in 
regard to each other so that the lines are in alignment 
on the two sides of a sheet; ( 2 ) in color work, the 
exact position of the colors so that none overlaps or 
falls short of its proper position; (3) a marker. 

Register Sheet.—A sheet that is examined and tested to 
see if the register is correct. 

Reglet.—Thin strips of wooden furniture from a non¬ 
pareil to two picas in thickness used for spacing 
between lines in large display work and to fill up 
blank space. 

Relief.—Raised, engraved printing. 

Relievo.—See Rilievo. 

Reprint.—A new printing or edition of a book; (2) an 
edition issued by some one other than the original 
publisher; (3) to print over again. 

Reticulate Ruling.—Ruling in squares of about 3/16 
inch. 

Retouch.—To modify, strengthen or improve details, 
as on a photograph or negative; ( 2 ) to re-engrave a 
worn plate. 

Reverse Etching.—A plate made to reverse the colors 
of the original so that the black will appear as white 
and vice versa; ( 2 ) sometimes used to refer to plates in 
which the position of the subject is directly reversed, 
but these should always be described as reversed 
position plates. 

Reverse Indention.—Same as Hanging Indention. 

Reverso.—See Verso. 

Revise.—To examine for errors or compare with a 
previous proof; ( 2 ) a corrected proof. 

Revision.—Comparison of a proof with a previous one 
to see if all corrections have been made; ( 2 ) final 
correction of a MS. or corrections and alterations of 
a printed work prior to issuing a new edition. 

Rexine. —An English imitation leather. 

Ribbon Marker. —A small ribbon attached to head 
band of a book used as a bookmark. 

Ride.—To work above its proper level as a form of type 
in printing; ( 2 ) in color printing to print one color 
over another. 

Rilievo.—In relief, as opposed to intaglio. 

Riser.—An English term for a block to hold an electro¬ 
type or stereotype. 

Roan.—Sheepskin that is dyed a dark color and used in 
cheap binding. 

Roll. —To apply ink to a form by rollers; (2) to calender, 
as paper; (3) a roller in a calendering machine; (4) 
in paper making, a bladed cylinder for working paper 
pulp in the tub; (5) a narrow strip of papyrus or 
vellum rolled from both ends toward the center; 
( 6 ) a finishing tool with brass wheel bearing a design 
on its circumference, used to decorate leather books. 

Rolled Edges. —Covers having their edges marked with 
a roll. 

Roller. —An iron rod covered with an elastic composi¬ 
tion made of glue, molasses, glycerine etc., used to 
distribute the ink over the type on a press; ( 2 ) in 
lithography, a leather-covered rod. 

Roller Composition. —See Roller. 

Roller Press. —A printing press with a cylinder that 
rolls back and forth; ( 2 ) a machine for calendering 
paper. 

Rolling Machine.—A machine used to press firmly 
together the leaves of a book. 

Roman. —The face or style of type commonly used in 
books, periodicals, newspapers and the like, with 
perpendicular letters as distinguished from italics, 
having comparatively heavy upright strokes and 
lighter horizontal strokes, called Old Style when 
on the lines of XVIII century faces with all strokes 
most nearly uniform and simple, and Modern when 


427 


on the lines of the early XIX century faces when 
there is greater contrast of heavy and hair lines; 
( 2 ) sometimes in a restricted sense to mean “Mod¬ 
ern” in contradistinction to “Old Style.” 

Roman Numerals.—See Numeral. 

Rotary Photogravure.—An intaglio printing process 
adapted to long runs and producing fine effects. The 
photo-engraving is engraved by the cross-line 
method on a copper cylinder and inked by covering 
its surface with thin ink which fills the depressions 
and is cleaned from the surface by a scraper or 
“doctor” so-called. 

Rotary Press.—See Printing Press. 

Rotogravure.—See Rotary Photogravure. 

Rough Proofs.—See Hand Proofs. 

Roulette Border.—A border design made with a roll. 

Rounce.—A cylinder with crank and strap which moves 
the bed of a hand press back and forth. 

Rounding and Backing.—Forming the back of a book by 
hand with a hammer, or by machine. 

Rounding Hammer.—A hammer used in rounding the 
back of a book. 

Roundlet.—A small gold circle used in book decoration. 

Router.—A routing machine. 

Routing.—The process of cutting from an engraving or 
plate such portions of the metal as should not show 
in the printing. 

Routing Machine.—A machine for routing metal. 

Roxburgh.—A binding of black leather back lettered 
at top within a border, cloth sides, uncut edges and 
gilt top. 

Royal.—A size of flat papers 19 x 24 inches; ( 2 ) a book 
size of Octavo about 6 H x 10 inches. 

Rub-off.—An impression made by placing a piece of 
strong, thin paper over the lettering on the back of a 
book and rubbing it with Heel-ball. 

Rubricate.—To illuminate or tint with red, as a book. 

Ruby.—The English equivalent of Agate. 

Rule.—See heading Rules, also Column, Composing, 
Labor-saving, Make-up and Perforating Rule. 

Rule Border.—A frame or border of ordinary rule fitted 
around a page or a section of type. 

Rules.—Strips of brass or steel, type high, used in 
printing and named according to face or use, as: 
dotted rule . hairline - 


wave rule 
parallel hairline 
parallel two point 
Oxford (Scotch) lgt.? 
Oxford (Scotch) hvy." 


one point face 
two point face 
three point face 
four point face 
six point face 



Rule Work.—Tabular or similar work containing many 
rules. 

Ruling.—The process of making light lines on paper by 
means of special pens and a ruling machine; almost 
any plan of ruling may be done; there are certain 
definitely established styles, many of them named 
for the work to which they are adapted, as cash, com¬ 
mercial correspondence, ledger, library, plain quad¬ 
rille, record, reticulate, typewriter. 

Ruling Machine.—A machine carrying a number of spe¬ 
cial pens, into which sheets of paper are fed and ruled. 

Ruling Pen.—A pen specially designed for use on a 
ruling machine to form lines of uniform thickness. 

Rune.—A character of one of the early alphabets, taken 
from a Greek letter and simplified so as to cut easily 
in wood; superseded by the Roman alphabet; (2) an 
ancient, obscure or mystic verse or poem. 

Run In.—To set without paragraphs in order to save 
space or to insert matter without making a new 
paragraph; (2) to alter the position of matter, as to 
run in beside a cut. 

Running Head.—The line which appears across the 
top of a page of a book and generally includes the 
folio; it may be set in almost any size and style of 
type and may be with or without rules above and 


below, or below, it; its subject matter is generally 
made up in one of the following ways: 

(a) Left Hand—title of book 
Right Hand—title of chapter 

(b) Left Hand—title of book 
Right Hand—title of book 

(c) Left Hand—title of chapter 
Right Hand—subject matter of page 

Running Title.— See Running Head. 

Run on Sorts. —An unusual demand for a certain letter 
or letters in composition. 

Run-up. —A book is run-up when the fillet on back from 
head to tail is not mitered. 

Russia Leather. —Fine leather, made in Russia, possess¬ 
ing a peculiar aromatic odor, and of a brownish red 
shade; both color and odor are imitated in other makes. 

Rust, Samuel. —Inventor of the Washington hand press, 
1829, still used for pulling proofs. 

S Pattern.—Also called silk pattern; a pattern consist¬ 
ing of fine diagonal lines. 

s. —A Sunday issue or publication. 

Saddle Stitch. —To stitch with thread, silk or wire 
through the back of a booklet or pamphlet. See 
Saddle Wire. 

Saddle Wire.—To insert wires through the back of a 
booklet or pamphlet and through its cover to bind 
them together. 

Salesman’s Dummy.— See Dummy. 

Salutation. —The opening words of a letter as “Dear 
Sirs”; (2) the name and address. 

Sawing In.—To saw grooves in the back of a book for 
the bands. 

s.c. —Small caps. 

Schoeffer, Peter (1430?-1502?).—Son-in-law of Johann 
Fust and manager of his printing business. Inventor 
of punches for type-making. 

Score. —To impress paper or cardboard with a line, 
frequently dotted, to show where it should fold or 
tear and to enable it to do so without injury to the 
sheet; scoring may be done while printing or by a 
separate impression but for heavy stock is best done 
on a scoring machine. 

Scoring Machine. —A machine for scoring cardboard. 

Scotch Rule. —See Rules. 

Scratch Pad.— See Pad. 

Screen. —A pane or plate of glass ruled into small 
squares, which is interposed between the camera and 
the object photographed, which breaks up the picture 
into minute dots, preserving the lights and shadows, 
or tones, of the original. Screens must be adapted to 
the surfaces on which the half-tone engraving is to 
print, about as follows: 

85 to inch for newspaper. 

100 to inch for half-tone news and machine finish. 

120 to inch for super and English-finish. 

133 to inch for half-tone super, koatine and ordinary 
coated. 

150 to inch for good coated. 

175 to inch for extra coated. 

200 to inch for highest coated. 

Half-tone cuts should be made with special reference 
to the printing quality of the stock to be used and 
the engraver should be furnished with some of it, 
if possible, to use in pulling his proofs. If in doubt 
about the advisability of two screens, it is generally 
best to use the lower. If dull finish coated is used 
extra deep etching is required. 

Scrinia. —Cylindrical boxes in which ancient rolls were 
kept. 

Script. —Type made to imitate handwriting more or 
less closely. 

Secondary Covers. —Fly leaves of the same material 
and color, or harmonizing shade, but of lighter weight 
than the cover, used in booklets and pamphlets for 
embellishment and style. 

Section.—A division or subdivision of a book or other 


428 











printed matter; (2) a number of signatures sewed to- 
g^ther; (3) the character (§) used to indicate a sub¬ 
division; (4) an English name for Signature. 

Sectional Blocks. —See Metal Base. 

Section Mark. —See Reference Marks. 

Semimonthly. —Issued twice a month. 

Semiweekly. —Issued twice a week. 

Senefelder, Alois. —A native of Munich, who about 
1796 discovered the basic principle of Lithography 
while mixing inks on a stone. 

Serif.—See separate article on Type. 

Set. —To compose type or arrange it to form words and 
sentences; (2) the horizontal dimension or width of 
type, expressed in units on type casting and com¬ 
posing machines, and in general terms as condensed 
or thin; average or normal; extended or fat. 

Set-off. —See Offset. 

Set Up. —To put into type, to compose. 

Setwise. —Referring to the horizontal dimension, or 
width, of type, in contradistinction to its vertical 
dimension, or height, which is pointwise. 

Sew. —To fasten together with thread by means of a 
needle; in edition bookbinding by means of Smythe 
and Singer machines. 

Sewer. —One who sews the signatures of a book. 

Sewing Bench. —A board with two uprights and an 
adjustable bar between which and the board are 
stretched the tapes on which the book is sewed. 

Sextodecimo (Sixteenmo, i6mo or i6°). —Originally 
the number of leaves folded from a half sheet of paper, 
but now used to indicate approximate size, or a 
trimmed page about x 6% inches. 

Shake. —An English term for a slur. 

Shank. —The body of a type, the plain part below the 
face. 

Shears. —See Board Shears. 

Sheepskin. —Leather made from sheepskin. 

Sheet. —A piece of paper made to a standard or definite 
size and thickness; also ‘Asof a quire or ! /soo of a ream. 

Sheets. —Printed sheets of paper as they come from 
the press ready to go to the bindery. 

Sheet Straightener. —A person employed to jog up or 
straighten large sheets of paper in a press room. 

Sheetwise. —The process of printing a sheet from two 
different forms so that an octavo, for instance, printed 
on 25 x 38 would have thirty-two different pages 
printed on it, by means of 16 different ones on each 
side; in contradistinction to Work and Turn. 

Sheetwork. —See Sheetwise. 

Shelfback. —Back of book on which title is lettered 
which shows when book stands on a shelf. 

Shell. —The face or printing surface of an electrotype, 
composed of the copper or nickel which is deposited 
in the mold by electrical action, usually .006 to .008 
inch thick. 

Shipping Tags. —See Tag. 

Shoo-flies.—The fingers which give a lift to the for¬ 
ward edges of a sheet as it passes onto the delivery. 

Shooting Stick. —A shaped stick of wood or metal, 
driven by a mallet, used to tighten the furniture in a 
form by driving the quoins into place. 

Short Cross. —The thick and short cross-bar of a chase. 

Short Page. —A page having a line less than the stand¬ 
ard number of lines on the pages of a book. 

Short Takes. —Small lots of copy given out to com¬ 
positors. 

Shoulder.—See separate article on Type . > 

Side Head. —A few words frequently in black face 
letters, at the beginning of a paragraph indicating its 
subject matter. 

Side Note. —See Marginal Note. 

Side Stick. —A tapered strip of wood or metal placed at 
the side of type in a chase or galley and held in place 
by quoins. 

Side Title. —The title on the front cover of a bound 

book. , , , , 

Side Wire.—To insert wires, near the left-hand margin, 


through all the pages of a pamphlet, magazine or 
paper-bound book to bind them together, the cover 
being afterwards pasted on. 

Signature. —A sheet folded ready for sewing in a book, 
usually 16 pages but with thin paper 32 pages; (2) 
a mark, letter or number placed at bottom of the first 
page of every sixteen or thirty-two pages to serve as 
_ a guide in folding. 

Signature Number (sometimes only Signature). —The 
figure or letter at the foot of the first page of a sig¬ 
nature to indicate the volume (of a set) and the 
number of the signature. 

Silk Pattern.— See S Pattern. 

Silver Print. —A print produced by the use of a sensi¬ 
tizing silver salt; ( 2 ) matter printed on a press with 
size on which silver bronze is dusted. 

Singer Sewing. —To thread stitch a book along its 
left-hand margin, through all its leaves, similarly to 
side wiring; used when special strength is required 
as in textbooks. 

Single Rule.— See Rules. 

Sinkage. —The lower position of the type matter on 
a page which starts a chapter or section; placing 
below the usual height. 

Sixteenmo.— See Sextodecimo. 

Size. —Gelatinous material, as starch, resin or glue, 
in solution used in paper making to prevent ink from 
running and to glaze the surface of paper and textile 
fabrics; ( 2 ) a sticky compound used like ink to print 
a form, upon which gold, silver or colored bronze may 
be dusted thus producing letters in gold, silver or 
colors; (3) a preparation used in gilding and finishing. 

Sizes of Type. —See separate article. 

Sizing. —The process of treating paper with size either 
by introducing it when the mass is in the engine, in 
which case it is “engine sized,” or by running the 
paper through a tub containing it, in which case it is 
“tub sized.” 

Skeleton. —Type having thin and light lines. 

Skin.—In binding, usually from a small animal in con¬ 
tradistinction to a hide from a large animal; some¬ 
times combined with the name of the animal, as 
sheepskin, etc. 

Skiver.—The grain side of split sheepskin; ( 2 ) leather 
split with a knife. 

Skiving. —See Paring. 

Slice Galley. —A galley having a sliding false bottom to 
aid in moving matter to or from the composing stone. 

Slip.—An oblong strip of paper; ( 2 ) a proof of a galley 
or column of matter; (3) a proof on a strip of paper. 

Slips.—Projecting ends of tapes or bands after sewing. 

Slipsheet.—To place sheets of thin paper over each 
sheet as it comes from the press in order to prevent 
offset in fine cut work, ( 2 ) a sheet of paper used for 
such purpose. 

Slitting.—To cut slits in paper by means of a cutting 
rule; ( 2 ) to cut sheets in half on the press by means 
of cutting wheels. 

Slug. —A very thick lead, four points and upward; (2) 
a line of type set in one solid piece. 

Slur. —To slip in making an impression; (2) a blurred 
mark caused by such slip, especially apt to occur at 
the foot of a page. 

Sm. —Semimonthly. 

Small Cap. —A size of flat papers 13 x 16 inches. 

Small Caps. —Small capital letters of a font. 

Small Pica. —An old name for a size of type next smaller 
than pica, practically equivalent to eleven point. 

Smooth Calf. —Full calf binding without tooling. 

Smythe Sewing.—To sew a book in the usual way 
through center of signatures. 

Solid Blocks —See Metal Base. 

Solid Matter. —Type set without leads between the 
lines. See Close Matter. 

Sorts.—The quantity of each type in a font; when the 
number becomes reduced, it is said to be “low on 
sorts” or “out of sorts.” 


Space. —To insert spaces or quads between words or 
leads between lines; ( 2 ) a type body (without letter 
or character on it) less than type high, thinner than 
an en quad, used to separate words in a line; the 
3-em (or three to an em) are called “thick,” the 4-em 
and 5-em “thin” and the 6 -em “hair” spaces; (3) 
in engraving, the part of the artist’s composition 
which is left untouched. See Spacing. 

Space Band. —The wedge device on a typesetting 
machine which automatically justifies a line of 
matrices. 

Space Bar. —The bar or key which is depressed to make 
a space between words on a typesetting machine. 

Space Box. —-The compartment in a type case for hold¬ 
ing spaces; a sort-box for spaces. 

Space Mark. —A mark (#) used by proof readers to 
indicate that space, or more space, is to be used 
between letters or words. 

Space Rule. —Single rule cut to lengths of even ems 
and ens used in table work. 

Spacing. —To put spaces between words, or leads or 
slugs between lines, paragraphs or groups; type 
composed for use on press is set with low spaces so 
that they will not touch the paper in printing, but 
when matter is to be cast it is set with high spaces as a 
sharper impression of the type is thereby obtained. 

This lineisspaced with 6 -em (hair) spaces. 

This line is spaced with 5-em (thin) spaces. 

This line is spaced with 4-em (thin) spaces. 

This line is spaced with 3-em (thick) spaces. 

This line is spaced with en (nut) quads. 

Split Boards. —Boards made of two pieces glued to¬ 
gether or boards split at edge with space for insertion 
of slips and backlining. 

Split Leather. —Most heavy leathers are split for book 
work, the outside being known as Grain and the 
inside as Flesher. 

Spot. —To mark up a make-ready sheet and put patches 
on it. 

Spot-sheet.—A make-ready sheet marked up and 
patched. 

Spread.—A pair of facing pages in books, pamphlets 
and similar publications; a “Center” spread is 
formed by the two pages in the middle of a signature 
which form, practically, an unbroken page of double 
size. 

Sprinkled Calf.—Calf sprinkled with spots or dots by 
means of treatment with an acid. 

Sprinkled Edges.—Edges of a book on which color has 
been irregularly sprayed. 

Squabble. —To twist or disarrange type matter without 
completely pieing it. 

Square. —In binding, the projecting edge of the cover 
beyond the paper body of the book. 

S. S. & C. —Supersized and calendered; book paper 
sized in the beater and calendered to a smooth printing 
surface. 

Stabbed. —See Side Wire. 

Stained Edges. —Colored edges where the coloring 
matter has been allowed to penetrate for a distance. 

Stamp. —To impress a mark or design upon an object, 
as a book cover, by means of a metal die; (2) a Die. 

Stamping Press.—A press used in stamping designs on 
cloth book covers; also called Arming Press and 
Blocking Press. 

Stand. —A frame with a sloping top on which type 
cases rest; also called a Rack. 

Standing-galley.—A rack or frame having inclined top 
divided into narrow sections to hold standing 
matter. 

Standing Matter.—Set up type or composed matter, 
being held for further use. 

Standing Press. —A press in which sheets are subjected 
to heavy pressure in order to remove the impression 
made by type in printing. 

Stanhope, Charles, Earl of (1753-1816).—Inventor of 
the first iron printing press. 


Star. —See Reference Marks. 

Started. —Signatures which project beyond the others. 

Steamboating. —To cut a number of books at one time. 

Steel Die Embossing. —Printing from steel dies en¬ 
graved by the intaglio process, the sharp, raised 
outlines being produced by stamping over a counter 
die; used for monograms, crests, stationery and 
similar social and business purposes; the impression 
is given in a straight up and down movement under 
heavy pressure and prints and embosses in the one 
operation, thus always securing perfect register; 
when part of the detail is to be brought out in con¬ 
tour the die is counter-sunk. 

Steel Dies. —Dies of steel about half an inch thick used 
for embossing, generally smaller than 2 x 6" but 
occasionally as large as 6 x 10"; they are engraved 
similarly to copper and steel plates and may be 
hardened to increase their durability or annealed 
if changes are to be made in them; the process of 
printing from them is called stamping or embossing 
and is a direct up and down motion in a powerful press. 

Steelplate Engraving. —Similar to Copperplate En¬ 
graving but executed on steel; used largely for bank¬ 
notes, bonds, certificates and commercial work for 
which copper plates would not be sufficiently durable; 
steel plates may be hardened and made very durable. 

Stem. —The main vertical stroke of a letter. See sepa¬ 
rate article on Type. 

Stencil. —A thin sheet, usually of metal, with cut-out 
spaces representing letters or designs. 

Stencilling. —Printing or painting by hand through the 
cut-out portions of a sheet of metal. 

Stereo. —Contraction of stereotype. 

Stereotype. —To cast plates from soft, stereotype metal 
in a matrix; (2) a plate of stereotype metal made in 
a mold or matrix by a plaster, clay or papier-mache 
process. 

Stereotyped. —Made by the stereotype method; (2) 
fixed, rigid, unchangeable. 

Stereotype Flong. —See Flong. 

Stereotype Foundry. —A place where stereotype plates 
are made. See Foundry. 

Stereotype Metal. —Similar to type metal but con¬ 
taining more lead. 

Stereotype Plate. —A stereotype. 

Stereotype Printing. —Press work done from stereotype 
plates. 

Stereotyping. —The process of making stereotype plates, 
usually by means of a papier-mache or plaster-of- 
Paris mold. 

Stet. —Restore, or allow to remain; written on the 
margin of a proof opposite a word erroneously crossed 
out, the word in question to have dots placed under 
it to show that it is to remain. 

Stick. —A piece of furniture used to lock up a form in 
a chase. (2) See Composing Stick. 

Sticker. —See Paster. 

Stickful. —The amount held by a composing stick— 
about two inches of composed matter. 

Stipple Engraving. —A process of forming dots in a 
metal plate instead of lines. 

Stippling. —The process of executing work with dots or 
points. 

Stitching. —To sew or wire together the leaves or 
signatures of a book or pamphlet. 

Stock. —The paper required for, or used on, a job. 

Stock Room. —The rooms in which white paper and 
printed sheets are stored. 

Stone. —The flat stone, or metal table, upon which 
forms are imposed; in early days frequently said to 
have been acquired from a neighboring grave yard; 
also called Imposing Stone. 

Stonehand. —Printers or compositors who work at the 
“stone,” or imposing table, imposing forms, etc. 

Stone Proof. —A proof pulled on the stone of matter im¬ 
posed for foundry or press; (2) a proof of a plate or 
lithographic stone to show the progress of work on it. 


430 


Stonework.—Work at a stone in imposing and locking 
up forms. 

Stop Cylinder.—A cylinder press on which the cylinder 
stops its rotation after each impression and resumes 
it when another impression is to be taken. 

Storekeeper.—A person in charge of the material in a 
print shop and responsible for its care. 

Straightedge.—A long, flat piece of steel used in lining 
up a form. 

Straight Matter.—Ordinary reading matter devoid of 
display type or difficult composition. 

Strawboard.—Very soft paper board occasionally used 
in cheap binding. 

Stuff.—Diluted pulp. 

Style Book.—A compilation of rules governing execu¬ 
tive, congressional and departmental printing, in¬ 
cluding the Congressional Record, published at the 
Government Printing Office, Washington; (2) a simi¬ 
lar book issued by any printing house. 

Stylus.—The sharp pointed instrument of bone or 
metal used for writing on wax as in a diptych. 

Sub.—To act as substitute for another; (2) a substitute. 

Subhead.—Minor headings of words or brief expressions 
sometimes used at the beginning of chapters, sections 
or paragraphs. 

Sub List.—A list of regularly allowed substitutes. 

Super.—The ordinary abbreviation for “super-sized 
and calendered,” meaning paper run through a num¬ 
ber of rollers, or calenders, in order to give it a smooth, 
highly finished surface; (2) loosely woven cotton 
cloth, which is starched and glued, used to glue on 
the backs of books to hold book and cover together, 
called Mull in England. 

Superfinish—The trade name for a process in the 
manufacture of book covers made of imitation 
leather, by which enduring colors are applied by air 
brushes in any desired combination of colors, after 
the covers have been embossed with male and 
female dies. The color is applied through stencils 
when uniformity in an entire lot of covers is desired. 
W T here variety is the object, the color is applied free¬ 
hand which allows the graduating of the color. 
Many pleasing combinations and effects are obtained 
by the process. The durability of superfinish covers 
is pronounced. 

Superior.—Set above the ordinary level of a line of 
type, usually in smaller size than the letters of the 
line. 

Superior Letters or Figures.—Letters or figures smaller 
than the body type, cast above the line, used for 
reference to footnotes and in mathematical and chemi¬ 
cal composition. 

Super Royal.—A size of flat papers 20x28 inches; (2) 
a book size of Octavo about 7x11 inches. 

sw.—Semi weekly. 

Swash Letters.—An old style of italic caps with tails 
and flourishes. 

Symbols.—See Advertising Symbols. 

T Pattern.—Book cloth having transverse parallel lines. 

Tab.—A tongue or small flap projecting from a card. 

Tabbing.—To cut tabs on cards. 

Tables or Tabular Work.—Matter consisting of two or 
more columns of figures usually with rules between 
them. 

Tacky.—Sticky, tenacious; said of ink which exerts 
unusual pull on the surface of paper or of glue that is 
still sticky. 

Tail.—The bottom of a book. 

Tail Piece.—A small ornament or illustration at the 
end of a chapter. 

Take.—The amount of copy taken by a compositor at 
one time to set up. 

tc.—Top of column. 

Tapeless Delivery.—An arrangement of wheels with 
fingers to deliver printed sheets from press to table 
without the use of tapes. 


Tapes.—Pieces of tape or strips of cloth sewed or 
pasted to the back of a book having the ends pasted 
to the boards in order to strengthen the binding. 

Tar Board.—See Millboard. 

Tenmo.—a commercial term meaning the same as 
Crown Octavo. 

Text.—A term applied to Old English, and other 
similar black face types, which possess heavy down 
strokes and hair line slanting serifs; ( 2 ) in a book, 
the main body of matter as distinguished from front 
matter and appendix. 

Text Letter.—See Text. 

Texture.—The arrangement or disposition of the 
threads of a woven fabric or the fibers of paper; ( 2 ) 
the appearance or “feel” of an object. 

Textus.—The text of a publication, more especially of 
the Bible. 

tf.—Till forbidden. 

Thesaurus.—A treasure house; in book making, a 
lexicon or cyclopaedia. 

Thick Spaces.—Those which are one-third of an em of 
their own font; ( 2 ) the spaces commonly used be¬ 
tween words.—See Space. 

Thin.—See Condensed. 

Thin Spaces.—Those which are one-fourth or one-fifth 
of an em of their own font.—See Space. 

Thirty-twomo.—See Tricesimo Secundo. 

Three Quarter Binding.—Binding with leather back 
extending well over the sides and with leather cor¬ 
ners. 

Three-to-Em.—A space one-third of an em in thickness. 

Thrown Out.—Folded inserts that when opened show 
all the printed matter outside the book. 

Tie-up Material.—String, leads, slugs, corners or 
whatever may be required in tying up composed 
matter. 

Tight Back.—A book having the covering material 
glued to the back. 

Tilde.—A diacritical mark ~ used in Spanish over the 
letter n and in Portuguese over the first vowel of a 
diphthong. 

Tin.—A white, metallic element used to increase the 
toughness of type metal. 

Tinning Metal.—An alloy of lead and tin used for coat¬ 
ing copper shells before they are backed up. 

Tint.—Any color, usually a light shade, made by dilut¬ 
ing the color with white; ( 2 ) an effect produced by 
the spacing of lines or dots; (3) an impression from 
a tint block. 

Tint Block.—See Tint Plate. 

Tint Plate.—Usually a solid piece of zinc, used to print 
a light shade of ink for a background, sometimes 
having a border line cut into it, which leaves a corre¬ 
sponding line showing the color of the stock within 
the tint when printed. 

Tip. —To paste a leaf, or leaves, into printed sheets or 
bound books; ( 2 ) the leaf or leaves so pasted. 

Title.—The name of a book given on cover or title page; 
(2) the name of a face of type heavier than Roman and 
similar to boldface. 

Title Page.—The page at the front of a publication 
giving its name and generally the names of author 
and publisher. 

Title Skiver.—Very thin skiver suited for use as labels. 

Token.—250 impressions, known sometimes as a New 
York token in contradistinction to a Boston token of 
500 impressions; the term is said to have come from 
the old practice of giving the pressman a brass piece, 
as a counter or “token,” for every 250 or 500 impres¬ 
sions he ran. 

Tool.—To cut out, as in a half-tone engraving to re¬ 
move the light gray to leave the high lights white; ( 2 ) 
to do hand work on a cover in bookbinding. 

Tooled Edges.—See Chased Edges. 

Tooling.—Hand work on an engraving or plate to im¬ 
prove its printing qualities; ( 2 ) in bookbinding, hand 
work on a cover. 


431 


Tools.—Brass stamps used in tooling. 

Totem.—An emblem. See Colophon . 

tr.—Transpose. 

Tract.—A short treatise of small dimensions of a moral 
or religious nature, sometimes merely a leaflet. 

Trade Mark.—Any characteristic or arbitrary symbol, 
name or mark used as a distinguishing mark on man¬ 
ufactured goods; may be registered on application to 
the Commissioner of Patents, Washington. 

Transfer.—A design to be conveyed from one surface 
to another. 

Transfer Ink.—Lithographic ink for making designs on 
lithographic stone, zinc or transfer paper. 

Transfer Paper.—Paper specially prepared for printing 
with transfer ink to transfer the impression to a litho¬ 
graphic stone or zinc plate. 

Transfer Printing.—Printing from or on transfer paper. 

Transpose.—To change or reverse the position of the 
marked words. 

Treatise.—An elaborate written discussion of a subject. 

Tree Calf.—Calf which has been treated to produce a 
surface resembling the trunk and branches of a tree. 

Tricesimo Secundo (Thirty-twomo, 32 mo or 32 0 ).— 
Originally the number of leaves folded from a half 
sheet of paper, but now used to indicate approximate 
size, or a page trimmed about 3H x5)^ inches. 

Trigger.—See Verge. 

Trimmed Edges.—Edges that are slightly cut but not 
trimmed smooth. 

Trimmed Flush.—A book (like most pamphlets) 
trimmed after the cover is on, the cover being thus 
trimmed flush with the leaves. 

Trindle.—A tool for taking out the round of a book when 
it is being cut. 

Trolley.—A small truck or car, like a large box on rollers, 
used for moving folded sheets and books in a bindery. 

Tub Sized.—See Sizing. 

Tumble.—To turn a sheet on a press in the direction of 
its shorter length, instead of in the direction of its 
longer length, when it is backed up. 

Turkey Morocco.—Strong morocco made of goatskin 
from Turkey. 

Turn.—To turn over a sheet its long way when it is 
backed up on press. 

Turned Letter.—A letter turned upside down in com¬ 
posed matter to show that no type of the right letter 
was available. 

Turn for Sorts.—To turn a type face downward in the 
place of a type supply of which is exhausted. 

Turning Up.—Taking the round out of the back of 
books when they are to be cut In Boards. 

Turtle.—A segmented frame to hold the type in a type- 
revolving web press, in place of the ordinary form. 

Twelvemo.—See Duodecimo. 

Two On.—Printing two pages, sets of pages or jobs 
together; not the same as Two Up; ( 2 ) in binding, a 
method of sewing sometimes used with a large num¬ 
ber of their signatures which leaves an end of a sig¬ 
nature unsewed. 

Two Revolution Press.—A cylinder press in which the 
cylinder makes two revolutions during the forward 
and backward motion of the bed, being raised during 
the forward motion of the bed and lowered, to take 
the impression, on the return motion. 

Two to Em.—An en quad which is half an em. 

2 taw.—Two times a week. 

Two Up.—Printing from duplicate sets (two sets) of 
plates of a job. 

Tying Up.—Tying leather covers to raised bands in 
binding. 

Tympan.—Sheets of paper placed on the platen, or im¬ 
pression cylinder, of a press which may be cut out, or 
receive overlays, in making ready a form. 

Tympan Bales.—Metal bands which clamp the tympan 
to the platen. 

Tympan Sheet.—The top sheet of a tympan. 


Type.—A block of metal or wood with a letter, figure or 
character cut in relief on it. See separate article. 

Type Bar.—A line of type cast in one piece. 

Type Caster.—A machine which casts type. 

Type Founding.—The manufacture of metal type. 

Type Gauge.—A gauge for testing the accuracy of sizes 
of type. 

Type High.—In the United States it is .912 inch; in 
European countries there are numerous slight 
variations; (2) anything of the same height as type. 

Type Lice.—See Printers' Lice. 

Type Measure.—A graduated rule showing the height 
of different sizes of type; this, of course, refers to 
height as measured by the point system and not the 
length of the body or “height to paper.” 

Type Metal.—An alloy mainly of lead, tin, copper and 
antimony. 

Type Mold.—A steel box having a matrix for forming 
the face of a letter. 

Type Sticker.—A compositor. 

Typewriter.—A size of flat paper 16 x 26 inches. 

Typo.—A printer. 

Typograph.—A machine for setting and casting type 
in solid lines. 

Typography.—Printing from raised letters; either indi¬ 
vidual types, slugs (types cast in lines) or electro¬ 
type plates cast from type. Type, slugs and blocked 
plates are imposed, or locked up, in iron frames called 
chases, while bevel-edge plates are clamped on wood 
or metal bases of suitable height; wood bases are 
called patent blocks and metal bases are usually 
named after their inventor; the pages of type, slugs 
or plates in one chase or pair of chases constitute 
a form; the face of the form is automatically inked on 
the press by soft composition rollers which run 
across it and the paper is then printed by being 
pressed against the inked fcrm; (2) the arrangement 
and appearance of printed matter; (3) composition. 

Typotect.—A layout man. 

Typothetae.—An association of master printers. 

Unbound.—A book, booklet or pamphlet with a paper 
cover or without a special cover. 

Uncial.—Large, open, nearly uniform letters, some¬ 
thing like capitals, found in manuscripts of the 
IV to VIII century. 

Uncut Edges.—Edges of a book not trimmed in any 
way. 

Underlay.—A piece of paper or card placed under type, 
cuts or plates to raise the level or increase the pressure 
at certain points. 

Underscoring.—See Emphasis. 

Ungathered.—Not gathered into books. 

Unit.—A minimum quantity used as a basis of measure¬ 
ment. 

Type is measured vertically as printed, by the point 
system, each point being l hi inch; it is measured in 
standing height (height to paper) by points of the 
decimal system which are each 1/1000 inch and is .918. 

Paper, Bristols and Cardboard are measured in 
thickness by the decimal system, each point being 
1/1000 inch. 

Electrotype thickness is sometimes expressed by 
one system and sometimes by the other; by the point 
system, standard thickness is 11 points or 11 /n 
inch, and by the decimal system it is 153 points or 
153/1000 inch. 

Unopened.—Uncut folds of a signature. 

Up .—Number of times a cut or page is duplicated 
in a form; one page two “up” is two “on,” or a two 
page form; four pages two “up” is eight “on,” or an 
eight page form. 

Upper Case.—The case on the frame farthest from the 
compositor, set higher and more sloping than the 
nearer, or lower, case; (2) the capital letters kept in 
this case. 


432 


Varnish.—A solution of gum or resin in linseed oil or 
alcohol, used in printing ink to bind the pigment; 
(2) bookbinders’ varnish gives a gloss to leather. 

Vegetable Parchment.—Imitation parchment pro¬ 
duced by special treatment of paper with sulphuric 
acid and water. 

Vellum.—A thin sheet of specially prepared calf skin. 

Vellum Finish.—The natural, unembossed surface of 
cloth. 

Verge.—The device on a linotype which releases one 
matrix at a time; sometimes called a Trigger. 

Verso (or Reverso).—The left-hand page of a book 
bearing the even folio. 

Vibrator.—-A distributing roller on a press, having 
lengthwise as well as rotary motion. 

Vignette.—An engraving in which the edges shade off 
very gradually. 

Virkotype Process.—A process of producing embossed, 
engraved and litho effects without the use of dies, by 
means of a specially constructed machine. 

Visiting Cards.—Engraved cards containing a person’s 
name and sometimes his address; usual sizes are: 

Mr. & Mrs. 3>^x2fir Mr. 3Axl^ 

Mrs. 3 A x 2 Club 2 7 A x 1A 

Miss 2Hx2& Juvenile 2^x 1A 

Volume.—A single printed book. 

w.—Weekly. 

Warp.—Threads that run the long way in a fabric. 

Wash Drawing.—A brushwork drawing usually made 
with diluted India ink or water color so that, in 
addition to its blacks and whites, it contains half¬ 
tones. 

Washington Hand Press.—Invented by Samuel Rust 
early in the XIX century and still used for pulling 
proofs. 

Washing Up.—The work of cleansing rollers, type, 
stones, ink slabs, etc. 

Waste Papers.—See End Papers. 

Watermark.—A faint mark made in paper in the pro¬ 
cess of manufacture by means of a wire device called 
a Dandy Roll which presses upon the moist pulp, the 
sheet becoming slightly thinned at the points and 
lines of contact and so showing an outline when the 
sheet is held up to the light. These wire marks, or 
“watermarks,” as they are called, were at first 
makers’ marks; later, many of them were armorial 
devices; in some cases they were indicative of the 
subject of the book; often they were emblems 
of various sorts and later some of the marks 
became identified with the size of the sheet and 
gave it a name, such as “foolscap,” “crown” 
or “post”; at present, watermarks are generally 
dealers’ brands but are sometimes specially made for 
large users of paper or for special editions of books. 

Waterproof Sheets.—Waterproofed board sometimes 
placed between books when pressing. 

Wave Rule.—See Rules. 

Wax Engraving.—The process of coating a plate with 
wax upon which the design is drawn, photographed or 
impressed, the wax being then cut through to the 
metal base. 

Web Press.—See Press. 

Wedding Royal.—A size of flat papers 20 x 24 inches. 

Weft.—See Woof. 

w. f.—Wrong font. 

Whip .—To overcast. 

Whipstitch.—To overcast. 

White Line.—The white space, equal to a line of type 
between two printed lines. 

White Page.—A blank page. 

White Paper.—Unprinted paper; (2) paper being run 
through the press on its first side. 

Whole Bound.—See Full Bound. 


Widow.—A short line ending a paragraph at the top of 
a page; considered bad book making. 

Width of Types.—The following table gives the approxi¬ 
mate number of characters of each size of type, up to 
14 point, to one pica: 


5 

pt. average 

4.2 

to one 

pica 

5 K 

i i it 

4 

CC cc 

c c 

6 

1 C cc 

3.7 

cc cc 

cc 

7 

cc c c 

3.3 

cc cc 

cc 

8 

cc cc 

3 

cc cc 

cc 

9 

cc c* 

2.8 

cc cc 

cc 

10 

cc cc 

2.6 

cc cc 

cc 

11 

cc cc 

2.5 

cc cc 

cc 

12 

Ct cc 

2.3 

cc cc 

cc 

14 

cc cc 

2 

cc cc 

cc 


Wired.—See Side Wire. 

Wire Mark.—The impressions made upon paper in 
the making by the fine wire screen upon which the 
pulp is run. 

Wire Side.—In paper made on a Fourdrinier machine, 
the side that rests upon the wire cloth as the sheet is 
formed. 

Witness.—Leaves in a book that show the original size 
of a sheet. 

Woodcut.—An engraving on a block of hard wood, 
type high, very widely used before the advent of 
half-tones and still used to show details that cannot 
be clearly shown by photo-engraving processes. See 
Wood Engraving. 

Wood Engraving.—A design is drawn upon, or trans¬ 
ferred to, a block of hard, fine-grained wood, such as 
boxwood, after which the wood is cut away leaving 
the design in relief so that the engraving can be 
printed with type or be electrotyped; this method 
produces fine work and was formerly much used, but 
is now supplanted by zinc and half-tone engravings. 

Wood Type.—Type larger than 72 points (one inch) 
cut on the grain end of cherry or similar wood. 

Woof.—The cross threads of a woven fabric, through 
the warp, from selvage; also called weft and filling. 

Work and Turn.—The process of printing, for instance, 
16 pages of an octavo on 25 x 38, so imposed that the 
sheet may be turned and run again on the same form, 
the pages properly backing up, and the completed 
sheet giving, when cut in half, two identical half 
sheets of the same 16 pages; in contradistinction to 
Sheetwise. 

Worker.—A finished electrotype plate used for printing, 
in contradistinction to a molding plate which is left 
with the guards on, from which new plates may be 
cast. 

Wove Paper.—Paper having a very faint, cloth-like 
appearance when held to the light, showing most 
plainly on the wire side; without the watermark 
effect of laid paper. 

Wrap, Wrapper.—See Jacket. 

Wrong Font.—A type of a different face from that in 
the case, appearing accidentally in the proof; marked 
w. f. by the reader. 

Xylograph.—An engraving on wood; (2) a print from 
such engraving. 

Xylography.—Wood engraving, as of the XV century; 
(2) the art of printing from characters engraved on 
wood. 

Zinc Etching.—An economical process for reproducing 
matter which consists mainly of lines and dots, as 
pen and ink sketches or masses of color; the photo¬ 
graph is taken directly on a prepared zinc plate which 
is etched by means of an acid and all parts not needed 
for the picture are thus removed. 

Zincograph.—An etching on a zinc plate. 


433 











INDEX 



INDEX 


PAGE 


Ad Interim Applications for 

Copyright. 405 

Affidavit of Manufacture for 

Copyright. 404 

Algebra, Specimen page. 341 

Allowance for Waste. 399 

Alterations. 362 

American Manufacture of Copy¬ 
right Books. 404 

Antique Faces—see Type Names 

Appendix, Specimen page. 330 

Application for Copyright. 404 

Application for Renewal of 

Copyright. 406 

Application Forms for Copy¬ 
righting . 404 

Applications, Ad Interim, for 

Copyright. 405 

Applications and Copies for 

Copyright, Mailing. 405 

Assignments of Copyright. 406 

Barnhart—see Type Names 
Bibliography, Specimen page. . . 330 

Binding Order Form. 396 

Binney O. S.—see Type Names 
Black Letter—see Type Names 
Bodoni Book—see Type Names 
Bold Faces—see Type Names 


Bold Faces to run with Roman: 


Linotype.146-148 

Monotype.258-263 

Book and Paper Sizes, Stand¬ 
ardizing .353-359 

Book Composition, 

Specimens.305-352 

Book, How to Open. 401 

Book Manufacturing.360-376 

Book Papers, Equivalent 

Weights of.389-393 

Book Sizes, Standardizing.... 353-359 
Bookbinding: 

Edition Binding.370-376 

Extra Binding. 369 

Bookman—see Type Names 
Books, American Manufacture, 

for Copyright. 404 

Borders.300-303 

Bradley Extended—see Type 
Names 

Breaking Tests for Paper. 384 

Bruce O. S.—see Type Names 

Bulk, Figuring. 385 

Tests. 384 

Calculus, Specimen page. 340 

Caslon—see Type Names 

Centered Paragraph Heads. 380 

Century—see Type Names 


Cheltenham—see Type Names 
Chemical Catalog, Specimen 

page. 342 

Chemistry, Specimen page. 343 

Clarendon—see Type Names 
Cloister Old English—see Type 
Names 


PAGE 

Coated Insert.after 152 

Halftone Engravings “ 152 

Halftone Screens “ 152 

How to Reduce a Picture “ 152 

Line Etchings “ 152 

Codes, Specimen pages. 338-339 

Comparative Space Occupied by 
Different Faces and Sizes: 

Linotype. 149-151 

Monotype. 264-267 

Composition. 362 

Order Form for. 394 

Specimens of.306-352 

Contents, Specimen page. ..... 326 

Contributions to Periodicals, 

Copyrighting. 405 


Cook Book, Specimen page.... 344 

Copyright Rules and Regula¬ 


tions.402-406 

Ad Interim Applications. 405 

Affidavit of Manufacture.... 404 

American Manufacture. 404 

Application Forms.... ...... 404 

Application for Registration.. 404 

Application for Renewal. 406 

Assignments of Copyright.... 406 

Contributions to Periodicals.. 405 

Fees. 405 

How to Secure Registration.. 403 

Mailing Applications and 

Copies. 405 

Notice of User of Musical 

Compositions. 406 

Periodicals. 405 

Published Works: 


Deposit of Copies. 403 

Notice of Copyright. 404 

Registration. 402 

Searches. 406 

Subject Matter of Copyright. 402 

Unpublished Works. 403 

Crosses, Maltese. 304 

Cushing O. S. Ant.—see Type 


Names 


Deposit of Copies for Copyright 403 


Depth Inch, Ems to. 398 

De Vinne—see Type Names 
Dictionary, Specimen pages.. 333-334 

Display Types. 276-296 

Antique, Old Style . 296 

Bradley Extended. 292 

Caslon . 377 

Caslon Bold. 379 

Caslon Condensed . 378 

Caslon Italic. 276 

Cheltenham. 283 

Cheltenham Bold. 285 

Cheltenham Bold Condensed. 284 

Cloister Old English. 293 

Globe Gothic Condensed . 290 

Gothic (Philadelphia). 291 

Gothic Condensed (Globe) ... 290 

Howland. 288 

Livermore. 294 

Old English (Cloister). 293 


437 


PAGE 

Old Style Antique. 296 

Pabst..... . 287 

Philadelphia Gothic. 291 

Plymouth. 286 

Satanic. 295 

Schoeffer. 282 

Scotch. 280 

Tabard. 289 

Doric—see Type Names 

Drama, Specimen page. 329 

Edition Binding. 370-376 

Elementary English, Specimen 

page. 331 

Ems to Depth Inch. 398 

to Square Inch. 379 

Equivalent Weights of Book 

Papers . . . ..389-393 

Esperanto, Specimen page. 351 

Extension of Copyrights. 406 

Extra Binding. 369 


Faces, Comparative Space Oc¬ 


cupied : 

Linotype. 149-151 

Monotype. 264-267 

Faces, Sizes and Parts of 

Type.377-379 

Farmer O. S.—see Type Names 

Fees for Copyright. 405 

Figuring Thickness and Bulk of 

Paper. 385 

French—see Type Names 

French, Specimen page. 347 

Full-page Illustrations, Position 401 

General Appearance of Book... 365 

German, Specimen page. 348 

Gothic—see Type Names 

Grain, Tests for. 384 

Ground Wood, Tests for. 384 


Halftone Engravings—see Coated 
Insert 

Halftone Screens — see Coated 
Insert 

Hand Types—see Display Types 


Heads: 

Centered. 380 

Run-in Paragraph. 381 

Side. 381 

How to Correct Proof. 383 

How to Open a Book. 401 

How to Reduce a Picture—see 
Coated Insert 

How to Secure Copyright. 403 

Howland, Hand — see Type 
Names 

Illustrations, Position of Full- 

page . 401 

Increased Space by Leading.... 399 

Indention. 406 

Index Hands. 304 

Index, Specimen page. 327 
















































































































PAGE 

Initials. 268-273 

Cadmus. 268 

Caslon. 268-271 

Della Robbia. 273 

Jenson. 272 

Missal. 272 

Ornamental. 272-273 

Scotch. 269 

Ionic—see Type Names 

Latin, Specimen page. 346 

Layout of Book. 363 


Leading, Increased Space by.... 399 

Line Etchings—see Coated In¬ 


sert 

Linotype Faces: 

Roman—Modern : 

53^ Point No. 1.2, 150 

With Clarendon No. 1.... 2, 149 

53^ Point No. 2.3, 150 

5H Point No. 3.4, 150 

6 Point No. 1.5, 150 

With Bold Face No. 2. . . .5, 149 

6 Point No. 2.6-7, 150 

With Bold Face No. 1.7, 149 

With Antique No. 2.6, 149 

With Gothic No. 3.7, 149 

6 Point No. 3.8, 150 

6 Point No. 12.9, 150 

6 Point No. 16.12, 150 

6 Point Century Expanded. 11, 150 
With Cheltenham Bold.. .11,149 

6 Point De Vinne.10, 150 

With Antique No. 3.10, 149 

7 Point No. 1.14, 150 

7 Point No. 2.15, 150 

With Bold Face No. 1. . . 15, 149 

With Gothic No. 3.15, 149 

7 Point No. 21.16, 150 

7 Point No. 28 French.18, 150 

With Ant. Black No. 1... 18, 149 

8 Point No. 2.20, 150 

With Gothic No. 3.20, 149 

8 Point No. 16.21, 150 

8 Point No. 19.22-23, 150 

With Title No. 1.22, 149 

8 Point No. 21.25, 150 

8 Point No. 28 French.24, 150 

8 Point De Yinne.26-27, 150 

With Antique No. 3.26, 149 

8 Point Scotch.28-29, 150 

9 Point No. 13.38, 150 

9 Point De Vinne.36-37, 150 

With Antique No. 3.36, 149 

10 Point No. 13.42-43, 151 

10 Point No. 16.44-45, 151 

10 Point No. 21.46-48, 151 

10 Point Bodoni Book.. .56-59, 151 
10 Point De Vinne.52-55, 151 

With Antique No. 3.53, 149 

10 Point Scotch.50-51, 150 

11 Point No. 1.74-75, 151 

11 Point No. 9.76-77, 151 

11 Point No. 21.78-80, 151 

11 Point De Vinne.85-87, 151 

With Antique No. 3 . . . 86, 149 

11 Point Scotch.82-84, 151 

12 Point Bodoni Book... 98-99, 151 
12 Point De Vinne... . 104-105, 151 

12 Point Scotch. 100-103, 151 

14 Point Bodoni Book.116-119, 151 
14 Point De Vinne... . 120-123, 151 
18 Point Century Exp.128,151 

Roman—Old Style: 

6 Point No. 1.13, 150 

7 Point No. 1.19, 150 


PAGE 

8 Point No. 1.34-35, 150 

With Antique No. 1.34, 149 

With Title No. 1.35, 149 

8 Point No. 7.30, 150 

8 Point Caslon.31, 150 

9 Point No. 1.40-41, 150 

9 Point Caslon.39, 150 

10 Point No. 1.60-63, 151 

With Antique No. 1.60, 149 

With Title No. 1.61, 149 

With Ant. Italic No. 1. . . 63, 149 

10 Point No. 3.64-65, 150 

10 Point No. 7.70-71, 151 

10 Point Caslon.66-67, 150 

10 Point Orig. O. S.68-69, 151 

11 Point No. 1.88-91, 151 

With Antique No. 1.89, 149 

11 Point No. 7.92-93, 151 

11 Point Caslon.94-96, 151 

12 Point No. 1.106-109, 151 

With Antique No. 1.107, 149 

12 Point Caslon.112-115, 151 

12 Point Orig. O. S.... 110-111, 151 

14 Point Caslon. 124-125, 151 

14 Point Orig. O. S.... 126-127, 151 
Antique—Modern : 

5^ Point Clarendon No. 1. . 2, 149 
6 Point No. 2.6, 149 

6 Point No. 3.10, 149 

7 Point [“Gothic”] Black 

No. 1.18, 149 

8 Point Clarendon No. 1. ..134, 149 

8 Point Ionic No. 1.133, 149 

8 Point No. 3._... 26, 149 

9 Point No. 3 (aligns with 

10 Point).136, 149 

9 Point No. 3.36, 149 

10 Point No. 3.53, 149 

10 Point No. 3 (aligns with 

11 Point).138, 149 

10 Point Clarendon No. 1.139, 149 

With Gothic No. 3.139, 149 

11 Point No. 3 86, 149 

Antique—Old Style: 

7 Point No. 1.131, 149 

8 Point No. 1.34, 149 

8 Point Title No. 1.22, 35, 149 

10 Point No. 1.60, 149 

10 Point Italic No. 1.63, 149 

10 Point Title No. 1.61, 149 

11 Point No. 1.89, 149 

12 Point No. 1.107, 149 

Bold Face: 

6 Point No. 1.7, 149 

6 Point No. 2.5, 149 

7 Point No. 1.15, 149 

7 Point Doric No. 1.130, 149 

8 Point Title No. 2 and 

Title Italic.135, 149 

10 Point Caslon Bold 

No. 3.137, 149 

11 Point Doric No. 2.142, 149 

18 Point Century Bold.. .. 143, 149 

Cheltenham: 

6 Point.11, 149 

8 Point.32, 150 

10 Point.72, 150 

Gothic: 

6 Point No. 3.7, 149 

7 Point No. 3.15, 149 

8 Point No. 3.20, 139, 149 

8 Point No. 9.132, 149 

10 Point No. 1.140, 149 

11 Point No. 1.141, 149 

Linotype Specimens.. .2-143, 149-151 

Tables.146-148 

Livermore, Hand. 294 


PAGE 

Mailing Applications for Copy¬ 


right. 405 

Making the Book.360-376 

Alterations. 362 

Bookbinding: 

Edition Binding. 370-376 

Extra Binding. 369 

Composition. 362 

General Appearance. 365 

Layout. 363 

Manuscript.360-362 

Margins.368-369 

Paper.366-367 

Presswork. 365 

Maltese Crosses. 304 

Manila—see Type Names 
Manufacture of Copyright Books 404 

Manufacturing.353-399 

Allowance for Waste. 399 

Equivalent Weights of Book 

Papers. 389-393 

Figuring Thickness and Bulk of 

Paper. 385 

How to Correct Proofs. 383 

Increased Space by Leading.. 399 

Making the Book.360-376 

Alterations. 362 

Bookbinding: 

Edition Binding. 370-376 

Extra Binding. 369 

Composition. 362 

General Appearance. 365 

Layout. 363 

Manuscript.360-362 

Margins.368-369 

Paper.366-369 

Presswork. 365 

Orders for Binding. 396 

Composition and Plates.. .. 394 

Follow-up. 397 

Printing... % . 395 

Paper Required to Print 

Any Quantity.386-388 

Proofreaders’ Marks. 382 

Run-in Paragraph Heads. ... 381 

Standardizing Paper and Book 

Sizes.353-359 

Sub-heads.380-381 

Table of Ems to Depth Inch. 398 
Type, Its Faces, Sizes and 

Parts. 377-379 

Manuscript.360-362 

Margins.368-369 

Marks, Proofreaders’. 382 

Medical, Specimen page. 345 

Modern Faces: 

Roman: 


4H Point Mono., No. 8 A. 154, 266 

5 Point Mono., No. 8 A. . . 155, 266 

Point Lino., No. 1.2, 150 

With Clarendon No. 1.... 2, 149 

5}^ Point Lino., No. 2.3, 150 

No. 3 .4, 150 

b x /2 Point Mono., No. 5 A. 156, 266 

6 Point Lino., No. 1.5, 150 

With Bold Face No. 2. . . 5, 149 

No. 2.6-7, 150 

With Bold Face No. 1... 7, 149 
With Antique No. 2. ... 6, 149 

With Gothic No. 3 .7, 149 

No. 3 .8, 150 

No. 12.9, 150 

No. 16.12, 150 

Century Expanded.11, 150 

With Cheltenham Bold. 11, 149 

De Vinne. . ..10, 150 

With Antique No. 3 . ... 10, 149 


438 









































































































































































,, . „ PAGE 

Modern Faces—R oman: 

6 Point Mono., No. 1 A. . . 158, 266 

No. 5 A. 157, 266 

No. 8 A. 160-161, 266 

No. 9 A.159, 266 

No. 36 A.162, 266 

7 Point Lino., No. 1.14, 150 

No. 2.15, 150 

With Bold Face No. 1.. 15, 149 

With Gothic No. 3.15, 149 

No. 21.16, 150 

No. 28, French.18, 150 

With Ant. Black No. 1.18,149 

7 Point Mono., No. 8 A... 166, 266 

8 Point Lino., No. 2.20, 150 

With Gothic No. 3.20, 149 

No. 16.21, 150 

No. 19.22-23, 150 

With Title No. 1.22, 149 

No. 21.25, 150 

No. 28, French.24, 150 

De Vinne.26-27, 150 

With Antique No. 3 . . . 26, 149 
Scotch.28-29, 150 

8 Point Mono., 

No. 8 A. 170-171, 266 

No. 20 A. 172, 266 

No. 36 A. 173, 266 

No. 152 A.174, 266 

9 Point Lino., No. 13.38, 150 

De Vinne.36-37, 150 

With Antique No. 3_36, 149 

9 Point Mono., No. 8 A. .. 180, 266 

No. 20 A.181, 266 

No. 36 A. 179, 266 

10 Point Lino., No. 13 . . 42-43, 151 

No. 16.44-45, 151 

No. 21.46-48, 151 

Bodoni Book. 56-59, 151 

De Vinne.52-55, 151 

With Ant. No. 3.53, 149 

Scotch.50-51, 150 

10 Point Mono., No. 4 A. .188, 266 

No. 8 A.190-191, 267 

No. 20 A. 189, 267 

No. 36 A. 192-195, 267 

11 Point Lino., No. 1....74-75, 151 

No. 9.. 76-77, 151 

No. 21.78-80, 151 

De Vinne.85-87, 151 

With Ant. No. 3.86, 149 

Scotch.82-84, 151 

11 Point Mono., 

No. 8 A.205-207, 267 

No. 34 A?.204, 267 

No. 36 A.208-211, 267 

12 Point Lino., 

Bodoni Book. 98-99, 151 

De Vinne. 104-105, 151 

Scotch.100-103, 151 

12 Point Mono., 

No. 8 A.222-225, 267 

No. 36 A.226-229, 267 

14 Point Lino., 

Bodoni Book.116-119, 151 

De Vinne. 120-123, 151 

14 Point, Hand, Scotch. 280 

14 Point Mono., 

No. 8 A.244-247, 267 

18 Point Lino., Century- 

Expanded .128, 151 

18 Point Mono., 

No. 8 A.252-253, 267 

Antique: 

5 Point Mono., No. 26 J.. . 158, 264 
Point Lino., Clarendon 

No. 1.2, 149 


6 Point Lino., No. 2 .6,*149 

No. 3.10, 149 

6 Point Mono., No. 26 J.. . 160, 264 

7 Point Lino., “Ant. Black’’ 

No. 1 [Gothic].18, 149 

8 Point Lino, 

Antique No. 3.26, 149 

Clarendon No. 1 . 134 , 149 

Ionic No. 1 .133, 149 

8 Point Mono., No. 26 J ... 180, 264 

9 Point Lino., Ant. No. 3.. 136, 149 

(aligns with 10 pt.) 

Antique No. 3.36,149 

9 Point Mono., No. 26 J.. .180, 264 

10 Point Lino., Ant. No. 3.138, 149 

(aligns with 11 pt.) 

Antique No. 3. 53 , 149 

Clarendon No. 1 .139, 149 

11 Point Lino., Ant. No. 3.. 86 , 149 
Bold Face: 

5}4 Point Mono., No. 28 J.163, 264 

6 Point Lino., No. 1. 7 , 149 

No. 2. 5 , 149 

Cheltenham. 11 , 149 

6 Point Mono., No. 28 J.. .166, 264 

7 Point Lino., Doric No. 1.130, 149 

No. 1.15, 149 

7 Point Mono., No. 28 J.. . 166, 264 

8 Point Mono., No. 28 J.. . 183, 264 

No. 92 J.184, 264 

10 Point Mono., No. 28 J.. 189, 264 

11 Point Lino., Doric No. 2.142, 149 

18 Point Lino., 

Century.143, 149 

Monotype Faces: 

Roman—Modern : 

4: l /2 Point No. 8 A.154, 266 

5 Point No. 8 A.155, 266 

Point No. 5 A.156, 266 

6 Point No. 1 A.158, 266 

No. 5 A.157, 266 

No. 8 A.160-161, 266 

No. 9 A.159, 266 

No. 36 A. 162, 266 

7 Point No. 8 A.166, 266 

8 Point No. 8 A. 170-171, 266 

No. 20 A.172, 266 

No. 36 A.173, 266 

No. 152 A.174, 266 

9 Point No. 8 A.180, 266 

No. 20 A.181, 266 

No. 36 A. 179, 266 

10 Point No. 4 A.188, 266 

No. 8 A. 190-191, 267 

No. 20 A. 189, 267 

No. 36 A. 192-195, 267 

11 Point No. 8 A.205-207, 267 

No. 34 A.204, 267 

No. 36 A.208-211, 267 

12 Point No. 8 A.222-225, 267 

No. 36 A.226-229, 267 

14 Point No. 8 A.244-247, 267 

18 Point No. 8 A.252-253, 267 

Roman—Old Style: 

6 Point No. 15 E.164, 266 

No. 31 E.163, 266 

7 Point No. 21 E. 167, 266 

No. 31 E.165, 266 

8 Point No. 15 E. 178, 266 

No. 31 E. 175, 266 

No. 137 E...177, 266 

No. 172 E.176, 266 

9 Point No. 15 E. 182-183, 266 

No. 31 E. 184, 266 

No. 137 E. 186-187, 266 

10 Point No. 15 E_202-203, 267 

No. 31 E.196, 266 


„ _ PAGE 

10 Point No. 137 E ... 198-199, 267 

No. 172 E. 197, 267 

No. 337 E. 200 , 267 

11 Point No. 15 E. .. . 220 - 221 , 267 

No. 31 E.212-213, 267 

No. 137 E.214-216, 267 

No. 172 E.218-219, 267 

12 Point No. 15 E. . . . 238-241, 267 

No. 31 E. 234-237, 267 

No. 37 E. 230-232, 267 

No. 172 E.242-243, 267 

14 Point No. 21 E_248-251, 267 

18 Point No. 21 E.254, 267 

Antique—Modern : 

5 Point No. 26 J. 158, 264 

6 Point No. 26 J. 160, 264 

8 Point No. 26 J. 180, 264 

9 Point No. 26 J. 180, 264 

Antique—Old Style: 

6 Point No. 25 J. 164, 264 

No. 25 K.164, 264 

7 Point No. 25 J. 170, 264 

8 Point No. 25 J. 170, 264 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

9 Point No. 25 J. 196, 264 

No. 25 K. 187, 264 

10 Point No. 25 J. 202 , 264 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

No. 98 K.255, 266 

11 Point No. 25 J.224, 264 

No. 25 K.216, 264 

12 Point No. 25 J.240, 264 

Bold Face—Modern: 

5}^ Point No. 28 J. 163, 264 

6 Point No. 28 J.166, 264 

7 Point No. 28 J. 166, 264 

8 Point No. 28 J. 183, 264 

No. 92 J. 184, 264 

10 Point No. 28 J. 189, 264 

Bold Face—Old Style: 

6 Point No. 11 J.161, 264 

No. 79 J. 164, 264 

No. 141 J. 165, 264 

8 Point No. 79 J. 178, 264 

No. 79 K. 178, 264 

10 Point No. 79 J.215, 264 

12 Point No. 79 J.241, 264 

14 Point No. 79 J.251, 264 

18 Point No. 79 J.254, 264 

Cheltenham : 

6 Point No. 141 J. 168, 264 

8 Point No. 64 J.168, 266 

Gothic: 

6 Point No. 66 J. 160, 264 

7 Point No. 48 J. 167, 264 

8 Point No. 49 J. 175, 264 

No. 66 J.171, 264 

10 Point No. 66 J.189, 264 

No. 77 J. 256, 264 

12 Point No. 66 J.243, 264 

Typewriter: 

11 Point No. 17 L. 257, 267 

Monotype Specimens.154-257 

Musical Compositions, Copy¬ 
righting .406 

Names of Types. 377-379 

Notice of User of Musical Com¬ 
positions, Copyrighting.406 

Old English (Cloister), Hand... 293 

Old Style Faces: 

Roman: 

6 Point Lino., No. 1.13, 150 

6 Point Mono., No. 15 E.. 164, 266 

No. 31 E. 163, 266 

7 Point Lino., No. 1.19, 150 


439 










































































































































































PAGE 


Old Style Faces— Roman: 

7 Point Mono., No. 21 E.. 167, 266 


No. 31 E. 165, 266 

8 Point Lino., No. 1. . .. 34-35, 150 

With Antique No. 1_34, 149 

With Title No. 1.35, 149 

No. 7.30, 150 

Caslon.31, 150 

8 Point Mono., No. 15 E.. 178, 266 

No. 31 E. 175, 266 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

No. 137 E.177, 266 

No. 172 E.176, 266 

9 Point Lino., No. 1. . . . 40-41, 150 

Caslon.39, 150 

9 Point Mono., 

No. 15 E. 182-183, 266 

No. 31 E.184, 266 

No. 137 E.186-187, 266 

10 Point Lino., No. 1. . . 60-63, 151 

With Antique No. 1. . . 60, 149 
With Antique Italic 

No. 1.63, 149 

With Title No. 1.61, 149 

No. 3.64-65, 150 

No. 7.70-71, 151 

Caslon.66-67, 150 

Original Old Style. . .. 68-69, 151 

10 Point Mono., 

No. 15 E.202-203, 267 

No. 31 E. 196, 266 

No. 98 J.255, 267 

No. 98 K.255, 267 

No. 137 E.198-199, 267 

No. 172 E. 197, 267 

No. 337 E. 200 , 267 

11 Point Lino., No. 1. . . 88-91, 151 

With Ant. No. 1 .89, 149 

No. 7.92-93, 151 

Caslon. 94-96, 151 

11 Point Mono., 

No. 15 E. 220 - 221 , 267 

No. 31 E.212-213, 267 

No. 137 E.214-216, 267 

No. 172 E.218-219, 267 

12 Point Lino., No. 1.. 106-109, 151 

With Ant. No. 1.107, 149 

Caslon.112-115, 151 

Original O. S. 110 - 111 , 151 

12 Point Mono., 

No. 15 E.238-241, 267 

No. 31 E.234-237, 267 

No. 37 E.230-232, 267 

No. 172 E.242-243, 267 

14 Point Lino., Caslon.124-125, 151 
Original Old Style. . 126-127, 151 
14 Point Mono., 

No. 21 E.248-251, 267 

18 Point Mono., No. 21 E.254, 267 
Antique : 

6 Point Mono., No. 25 J.. .164, 264 

No. 25 K.164, 264 

7 Point Lino., O. S. No. 1.131, 149 

7 Point Mono., No. 25 J.. .170, 264 

8 Point Lino., No. 1.34, 149 

Title No. 1 .22, 35, 149 

8 Point Mono., No. 25 J... 170, 264 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

9 Point Mono., No. 25 J.. .196, 264 

No. 25 K. 187, 264 

10 Point Lino., No. 1.60, 149 

Italic No. 1.63, 149 

Title No. 1.61, 149 

10 Point Mono., No. 25 J.. 202 , 264 
No. 25 K, (rec’d too late 
for insertion) 

No. 98 J.255, 266 


PAGE 

10 Point Mono., No. 98 K.. . 255 

11 Point Lino., No. 1.89, 149 

11 Point Mono., No. 25 J.. 224, 264 

No. 25 K.216, 264 

12 Point Lino., No. 1.107, 149 

12 Point Mono., No. 25 J. .240, 264 

Bold Face: 

6 Point Mono., No. 11 J... 161, 264 

No. 79 J.164, 264 

8 Point Lino., Title No. 2 

and Title Italic.135, 149 

8 Point Mono., No. 79 J... 178, 264 

No. 79 K. 178, 264 

10 Point Lino., Caslon 

Bold No. 3.137, 149 

Title No. 1 .61, 149 

10 Point Mono., No. 79 J.. 215, 264 
12 Point Mono., No. 79 J.. 241, 264 


14 Point Mono., No. 79 J.. 251, 264 
14 Point Hand, Caslon Bold. 279 

18 Point Mono., No. 79 J.. 254, 264 
18 Point Hand, Caslon Bold. 279 
24-42 Point, Hand, Caslon 


Bold. 279 

Cheltenham : 

6 Point Lino. 11 , 149 

6 Point Mono., No. 141 J. 168, 266 

8 Point Lino.32, 150 

8 Point Mono., No. 64 J.. .168, 266 

10 Point Lino.72, 150 

14-42 Point, Hand. 283 

Order Forms: 

Binding. 396 

C o mpo sition. 394 

Printing. 395 

Supplementary. 397 

Original O. S.—see Type Names 
Ornaments.274-275 

Pabst, Hand. 287 

Paper.366-369 

Tests for. 384 

Trade Customs.400-401 

Paper, Figuring Thickness 

and Bulk. 385 

Paper Required to Print 

Any Number of Copies.. 386-388 
Paper Sizes, Standardizing. . . 353-359 


Papers, Equivalent Weights 


of Book.389-393 

Paragraph Marks. 304 

Heads. 380-381 

Parts,Faces and Sizes of Type.377-379 

Periodicals, Copyrighting. 405 

Philadelphia Gothic, Hand. 291 

Plymouth, Hand. 286 

Poetry, Specimen page. 328 

Point System. 377 

Portuguese, Specimen page.... 350 

Position of Full-page Illus. 401 

Presswork. 365 

Price List, Specimen page. 336 

Printing Orders. 395 

Proof, How to Correct. 383 

Proofreaders’ Marks. 382 


Published Works, Copyright. .. 403 


Registration of Copyright.... 402-403 
Regulations and Rules for 

Copyright. 402-406 

Renewal of Copyrights. 406 

Rules and Regulations for 

Copyright.402-406 

Rules, Lino, and Mono.298-299 

Run-in Paragraph Heads. 381 


PAGE 

Satanic, Hand. 295 

Schoeffer, Hand. 282 

Scotch—see Type Names 

Searches for Copyrights. 406 

Shorthand, Specimen page. 352 

Sizes of Type... 377 

also see Type Sizes 

Sizes, Parts and Faces of Type 377-379 
Space, Increased by Leading. . . 399 

Spanish, Specimen page. 349 

Specimens of Book Compo¬ 
sition.305-352 

Algebra. 341 

Appendix. 330 

Bibliography. 330 

Calculus. 340 

Chemical Catalog. 342 

Chemistry. 343 

Codes.338-339 

Contents. 326 

Cook Book. 344 

Dictionary.333-334 

Drama. 329 

Elementary English. 331 

Esperanto. 351 

French. 347 

German. 348 

Latin. 348 

Medical. 345 

Poetry. 328 

Portuguese. 350 

Price List. 336 

Shorthand. 352 

Spelling. 332 

Spanish. 349 

Subject Index. 327 

Tabular.335-337 

Title Pages.306-325 

Spelling, Specimen page. 332 

Standardizing Paper and Book 

Sizes.353-359 

Starch Coating, Test for. 384 

Stars. 304 

Sub-heads.380-381 

Subject Index, Specimen page.. 327 
Subject Matter of Copyright. . . 402 

Super Finish (binding). 376a 


Tabard, Hand. 289 

Table of Ems to Depth Inch... 398 

Tabular Matter, Specimen 

pages.335-337 

Tearing, Tests for. 384 

Tests for Book Papers. 384 

Text, Cloister Old English, 

Hand. 293 

Thickness and Bulk of Paper... 385 

Title Faces—see Type Names 

Title Pages, Specimens.306-325 

Trade Customs, Paper.400-401 

Type, Its Faces, Sizes and 

Parts.377-379 

Type Names: 

Antique: 

Black No. 1, Lino., Modern 

7 Point.18, 149 

Clarendon No. 1, Lino., 

Modern, 5^ Point. 2 , 149 

8 Point.134, 149 

10 Point.139, 149 

Cushing, see No. 25 J 
Ionic, Lino., Modern, 

8 Point.133, 149 

Italic, Mono., O. S., 

6 Point 25 K.164, 264 

9 Point 25 K.187, 264 


440 






















































































































































PAGE 

Type Names— Antique: 

10 Point 25 K (rec’d too 


late for insertion) 

10 Point 98 K. 255 

11 Point 25 K.216, 264 

No. 1 , Lino., O. S. 7 Point. 131, 149 

8 Point.34, 149 

10 Point.60, 149 

11 Point.89, 149 

12 Point.107, 149 

No. 1 Italic, Lino., O. S. 

10 Point.63, 149 

No. 1 O. S., Lino., 7 Point.131, 149 
No. 2 , Lino., Modern, 

6 Point. 6 , 149 

No. 3, Lino., Modern, 

6 Point. 10 , 149 

8 Point.26, 149 

9 Point.36, 149 

aligns with 10 Point. 136, 149 

10 Point.53, 149 

aligns with 11 Point.138, 149 

11 Point. 86 , 149 

No. 25 J Cushing O. S., 

Mono., 6 Point.164, 264 

7 Point.170, 264 

8 Point.170, 264 

9 Point.196, 264 

10 Point. 202 , 264 

11 Point.224, 264 

12 Point.240, 264 

No. 25 K, Cushing O. S., 

Italic, Mono., 6 Point.164, 264 

9 Point.187, 264 

11 Point.216, 264 

No. 26 J, Mono., Modern, 

5 Point.158, 264 

6 Point.160, 264 

8 Point.180, 264 

9 Point.180, 264 

No. 98 J, Mono, O. S., 

8 Point.255, 266 

10 Point.255, 266 

O. S., Hand, 14-36 Point. . .. 296 

Title No. l,Lino., 8 Point, 22,35,149 

10 Point.61, 149 

Barnhart : 

No. 34 A, Mono., Modern 

11 Point.204, 267 

Binney, Old Style: 

No. 21 E, Mono. 

7 Point.167, 266 

14 Point. 248-251, 267 

18 Point.254, 267 

Black Letter: 

Cloister Old English, Hand, 

8-48 Point. 293 

Bodoni Book: 

Lino., Modern 

10 Point.56-59, 151 

12 Point. 98-99, 151 

14 Point.116-119, 151 

Bold Face: 

Caslon No. 3, Lino., 

10 Point.137, 149 

No. 79 J, Mono., 6 Point. 164, 264 

8 Point.178, 264 

10 Point.215, 264 

12 Point.241, 264 

14 Point.251, 264 

18 Point.254, 264 

Century Bold, Lino., 

Modern 18 Point.143, 149 

Cheltenham Bold, Lino., 

Modern, 6 Point.11, 149 

Doric No. 1, Lino., Modern, 

7 Point.130, 149 


PAGE 

Doric No. 2 , Lino., Modern 

11 Point.142,149 

Italic No. 2 , Lino., 8 Point. 135,149 
No. 3, Lino., 10 Point... 137, 149 
No. 79 K, Mono., 

8 Point.178, 264 

Livermore, Hand. 294 

No. 1 , Lino., Modern, 6 Point. 7 , 149 

7 Point.15, 149 

No. 2, Lino., Modern, 6 Point.5,149 
No. 11 J, Mono., O. S., 

6 Point.161, 264 

No. 28 J, Mono., Modern, 

5H Point.163, 264 

6 Point.166, 264 

7 Point.166, 264 

8 Point.183, 264 

10 Point.189, 264 

No. 79 J, Mono., O. S., 

6 Point.164, 264 

8 Point.178, 264 

10 Point.215, 264 

12 Point.241, 264 

14 Point.251, 264 

18 Point.254, 264 

No. 79 K, Italic, Mono., 

Old Style, 8 point.178, 264 

No. 92 J, Mono., Modern 

8 Point.184, 264 

No. 141 J, Mono., O. S., 

6 Point.168, 264 

Title No. 2 , Lino., O. S., 

8 Point.135, 149 

Bookman: 

No. 98 J, Mono., O. S., 

8 Point.255, 266 

10 Point. 255 

No. 98 K, Mono., O. S. Ant. 

Italic. 255 

Bradley Extended: 

Hand. 292 

Bruce Old Style: 

No. 31 E, Mono., 6 Point. . 163, 266 

7 Point.165, 266 

8 Point.175, 266 

9 Point.184, 266 

10 Point. 196, 266 

11 Point.212-213, 267 

12 Point.234-237, 267 

Cadmus Initial . 268 

Caslon Bold Face: 

No. 3, Lino., 10 Point.137, 149 

No. 79 J, Mono., 6 Point. . 164, 264 

8 Point.178, 264 

10 Point.215, 264 

12 Point. 241, 264 

14 Point.251, 264 

18 Point... .. 254, 264 

No. 79 K, Mono., Italic, 

8 Point.178, 264 

Hand, 14-42 Point. 279 

Caslon (Book): 

Lino., Old Style, 8 Point. .. 31, 150 

9 Point.39, 150 

10 Point.66-67, 150 

11 Point. 94-96, 151 

12 Point.112-115, 151 

14 Point. 124-125, 151 

No. 3, Lino., O. S. Bold 

10 Point.137, 149 

No. 37 E, Mono., O. S., 

12 Point.230-232, 267 

No. 137 E, Mono., O. S., 

Roman, 8 Point.177, 266 

9 Point. 186-187, 266 

10 Point. 198-199, 267 

11 Point.214-216, 267 


No. 337 E, Mono., O. S., 

10 Point. 200 , 267 

Condensed, Hand, 14-36 Point 278 

Hand, 14-42 Point. 279 

Initial, 24-72 Point.268-271 

Italic, Hand, 14-48 Point_ 276 

Century : 

Lino., Bold, 18 Point.143, 149 

Expanded Lino., Modern 

Roman, 6 Point. 11 , 150 

18 Point.128, 151 

No. 20 A, Expanded, Mono., 

8 Point.172, 266 

9 Point.181, 266 

10 Point.189, 267 

Cheltenham: 

Lino., Old Style, 8 Point....32,150 

10 Point.72, 150 

Hand, 14-42 Point. 283 

Bold, Lino., Modern Bold, 

6 Point. 11 , 149 

Hand, 14-42 Point. 285 

Bold Condensed No. 141 J, 

Mono., 6 Point.168, 264 

Hand, 14-42 Point. 284 

No. 64 J, Mono., Bold, 

8 Point.168, 266 

Clarendon: 


No. 1 , Lino., Modern Bold, 

Point. 2 , 149 

8 Point.134, 149 

10 Point.139, 149 

Cloister Old English: 

Hand, 8-48 Point. 293 

Cushing Old Style Antique : 

No. 25 J, Mono., 6 Point. . 164, 264 

7 Point. 170, 264 

8 Point.170, 264 

9 Point. 196, 264 

10 Point. 202 , 264 

11 Point.224, 264 

12 Point.240, 264 

No. 25 K, Italic Mono., 

6 Point.164, 264 

9 Point.187, 264 

10 Point (rec’d too late 
for insertion) 

11 Point.216, 264 

Della Robbia: 

Initial, 48-72 Point. 273 

De Vinne: 

Lino., Modern Roman 

6 Point. 10 , 150 

8 Point.26-27, 150 

9 Point.36-37, 150 

10 Point.52-55, 151 

11 Point.85-87, 151 

12 Point. 104-105, 151 

14 Point. 120-123, 151 

Bold, No. 11 J, Mono., 

6 Point.161, 264 

Doric: 

No. 1, Lino., Modern Bold, 

7 Point.130, 149 

No. 2, Lino., Modern Bold, 

11 Point.142, 149 

Farmer Old Style: 

No. 15 E, Mono., 6 Point.. 164, 266 

8 Point. 178, 266 

9 Point. 182-183, 266 

10 Point.202-203, 267 

11 Point. 220 - 221 , 267 

12 Point. 238-241, 267 

French: 

No. 28, Lino., Modern, 

7 Point.18, 150 

8 Point.24, 150 


441 



















































































































































PAGE 

Type Names: 

French Old Style: 

No. 172 E, Mono., 8 Point.176, 266 

10 Point. 197, 267 

11 Point.218-219, 267 

12 Point.242-243, 267 

Gothic: 

No. 3, Lino., Modern, 6 Point. 7, 149 

7 Point.15, 149 

See also “Antique Black” 

No. 1.18, 149 

8 Point. 20 , 139, 149 

No. 9, Lino., 8 Point--- 132, 149 

No. 66 J, Mono., 6 Point. . 160, 264 

8 Point.171, 264 

10 Point.189, 264 

12 Point.243, 264 

Philadelphia, Hand, 14-48 

Point. 291 

Condensed, 

No. 1, Lino., O. S. Bold, 

10 Point.140, 149 

11 Point.141, 149 

No. 48 J, Mono., Bold, 

7 Point.167, 264 

No. 49 J, Mono., Bold, 

8 Point.175, 264 

No. 77 J, Mono., Bold, 

10 Point.256, 264 

Globe, Hand, 14-48 Point. . . 290 
Howland : 

Hand, 12-48 Point. 288 

Ionic: 

No. 1, Lino., Modern Bold, 

8 Point.133, 149 

Jenson: 

Initial, 30-48 Point. 272 

Livermore : 

Hand, 8-60 Point. 294 

Manila : 

No. 92 J, Mono., Modern 

Bold, 8 Point.184, 264 

Missal: 

Initial, 18 Point. .. 272 

No. 1, Lino., Modern Roman, 

5^ Point. 2 , 150 

6 Point.5, 150 

7 Point.14, 150 

11 Point.74-75, 151 

No. 1 , Lino., O. S. Roman, 

6 Point.13, 150 

7 Point.19, 150 

8 Point.34-35, 150 

With Antique No. 1. . . 34, 149 
With Title No. 1.35,149 

9 Point.40-41, 150 

10 Point.60-63, 151 

With Antique No. 1. .. 60, 149 
With Antique Italic 

No. 1.63, 149 

With Title No. 1.61,149 

11 Point.88-91, 151 

With Antique No. 1. .. 89, 149 

12 Point. 106-109, 151 

With Antique No. 1 . . 107, 149 
No. 1 A, Mono., Mod. Con., 

Roman, 6 Point.158, 266 

No. 2, Lino., Modern Roman, 

5 Yz Point.3, 150 

6 Point.6-7, 150 

7 Point.15, 150 

8 Point. 20 , 150 

No. 3, Lino., Modern Roman, 

5K Point.4, 150 

6 Point. 8 , 150 

No. 3, Lino., Old Style Roman, 

10 Point.64-65,150 


PAGE 

No. 4 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 10 Point. 188, 266 

No. 5 A, Mono., Modern Ext. 

(Law), Roman, 5% Point. 156, 266 

6 Point.157, 266 

No. 7, Lino., Old Style Roman, 

8 Point.30, 150 

10 Point.70-71, 151 

11 Point.92-93, 151 

No. 8 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 4)^ Point.154, 266 

5 Point.155, 266 

6 Point.160-161, 266 

7 Point.166, 266 

8 Point. 170-171, 266 

9 Point.180, 266 

10 Point.190-191, 267 

11 Point.205-207, 267 

12 Point.222-225, 267 

14 Point.244-247, 267 

18 Point.252-253, 267 

No. 9, Lino., Modern Roman, 

11 Point. 76-77, 151 

No. 9 A, Mono., Mod. Ext. 

Roman, 6 Point. 159, 266 

No. 12, Lino., Modern Roman, 

6 Point.9, 150 

No. 13, Lino., Modern Roman, 

9 Point.38, 150 

10 Point.42-43, 151 

No. 15 E, Mono., Old Style 

Roman, 6 Point.164, 266 

8 Point.178, 266 

9 Point.182-183, 266 

10 Point.202-203, 267 

11 Point. 220 - 221 , 267 

12 Point.238-241, 267 

No. 16, Lino., Modern Roman, 

6 Point. 12 , 150 

8 Point. 21 , 150 

10 Point.44-45, 151 

No. 19, Lino., Modern Roman, 

8 Point.22-23, 150 

With Title No. 1. 22 , 149 

No. 20 A, Mono., Century Exp., 

Modern Roman, 8 Point.172, 266 

9 Point.181, 266 

10 Point.189, 267 

No. 21, Lino., Modern Roman, 

7 Point.16, 150 

8 Point.25, 150 

10 Point.46-48, 151 

11 Point. 78-80, 151 

No. 21 E, Mono., O. S. Roman, 

7 Point.167, 266 

14 Point.248-251, 267 

18 Point.254, 267 

No. 28 (French) Lino., Modern 

Roman, 7 Point.18, 150 

8 Point.24, 150 

No. 31 E, Mono., O. S. Roman, 

6 Point. 163, 266 

7 Point.165, 266 

8 Point. 175, 266 

9 Point. 184, 266 

10 Point.196, 266 

11 Point.212-213, 267 

12 Point.234-237, 267 

No. 34 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 11 Point.204, 267 

No. 36 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman (Scotch) 6 Point. 162, 266 

8 Point.173, 266 

9 Point.179, 266 

10 Point.192-195, 267 

11 Point.208-211, 267 

12 Point.226-229, 267 


PAGE 

No. 37 E, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 12 Point. .. 230-232, 267 
No. 98 J, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 8 Point.255, 266 

No. 98 K, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 10 Point.255, 266 

No. 137 E, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 8 Point.177, 266 

9 Point.186-187, 266 

10 Point. 198-199, 267 

11 Point.214-216, 267 

No. 152 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 8 Point.174, 266 

No. 172 E, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 8 Point.176, 266 

10 Point. 197, 267 

11 Point.218-219, 267 

12 Point.242-243, 267 

No. 337 E, Mono., O. S. 

Roman, 10 Point.200, 267 

Old English, Cloister: 

Hand, 8-48 Point. 293 

Old Style: 

No. 1, Lino., Roman, 

6 Point.13, 150 

7 Point.19, 150 

8 Point.34-35, 150 

9 Point.40-41, 150 

10 Point.60-63, 151 

11 Point.88-91, 151 

12 Point.106-109, 151 

No. 3, Lino., Roman, 

10 Point.64-65, 150 

No. 7, Lino., Roman, 

8 Point.30, 150 

10 Point.70-71, 151 

11 Point.92-93, 151 

No. 15 E, Mono.—see Farm¬ 
er Old Style 

No. 21 E, Mono.—see Binney 
Old Style 

No. 31 E, Mono.—see Bruce 
Old Style 

No. 37 E, Mono.—see Caslon 
Old Style 

No. 137 E, Mono.—see Caslon 
Old Style 

No. 172 E, Mono.—see French 
Old Style 

No. 337 E, Mono—see Caslon 
Old Style 

Old Style Antique, Hand, 

14-36 Point. 2S8 

O. S. Ant. No. 1, Lino., 

7 Point.131, 149 

Original Old Style: 

Lino., Roman, 10 Point. .68-69, 151 

12 Point.110-111, 151 

14 Point. 126-127, 151 

Ornamental: 

Initial, 72-84 Point.272-273 

p ABST • 

Hand, 14-48 Point. 287 

Philadelphia Gothic: 

Hand, 14-48 Point. 291 

Plymouth : 

Hand, 1A-48 Point. 286 

Satanic : 

Hand, 10-60 Point. 295 

Schoeffer: 

Hand, 14-48 Point. 282 

Scotch: 

Lino., Modern Roman, 

8 Point.28-29, 150 

10 Point.50-51, 150 

11 Point.82-84, 151 

12 Point.100-103, 151 


442 














































































































































PAGE 

Type Names—S cotch: 

Hand, 14-48 Point. 280 

Initial, 24-48 Point. 269 

No. 36 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 6 Point.162, 266 

8 Point.173, 266 

9 Point.179, 266 

10 Point.192-195, 267 

11 Point.208-211, 267 

12 Point.226-229, 267 

Tabard: 

Hand, 10-48 Point. 289 

Text: 

Cloister Old English, Hand, 

8-48 Point. 293 

Title: 

No. 1, Lino., 8 Point-22, 35, 149 

10 Point.61, 149 

No. 2, Lino., 8 Point.135, 149 

No. 28 J, Mono., 

Point.163, 264 

6 Point.166, 264 

7 Point.166, 264 

8 Point.183, 264 

10 Point. 189, 264 

Italic, Lino., 8 Point.135, 149 

Typewriter: 

No. 17 L, Mono., 11 Point.257, 267 
Wilson: 

No. 152 A, Mono., Modern 

Roman, 8 Point.174, 266 

Type Sizes: 

4J^ Point, Mono., Modern 

Roman, No. 8 A.154, 266 

5 Point, Mono., Modern 

Antique, No. 26 J. . . . 158, 264 
Mono., Modern Roman, 

No. 8 A.155, 266 

bV 2 Point, Lino., Modern 

Roman No. 1.2, 150 

With Clarendon No. 1.2, 149 

No. 2.3, 150 

No. 3 .4, 150 

Modern Antique No. 2 .... 6, 149 

No. 3 .10, 149 

Modern Cheltenham Bold.11, 149 

Gothic No. 3 .7, 149 

5y Point Mono., Modern 

Bold, No. 28 J.163, 264 

Modern Roman No. 5 A. 156, 266 

6 Point, Lino., Modern Roman, 

No. 1.5,150 

With Bold Face No. 2... 5, 149 

No. 2.6-7, 150 

With Antique No. 2. ... 6, 149 
With Bold Face No. 1...7, 149 

With Gothic No. 3 .7, 149 

No. 3.8, 150 

No. 12.9, 150 

No. 16.12, 150 

Century Exp.11, 150 

De Vinne.10, 150 

O. S. Cheltenham.11, 149 

O. S. Roman, No. 1.13, 150 

6 Point Mono., Modern 

Antique No. 26 J.160, 264 

Modern Bold Face 

No. 28 J. 166, 264 

Modern Gothic No. 66 J.160, 264 
Modern Roman No. 1 A.158, 266 

No. 5 A.157, 266 

No. 8 A.160-161, 266 

No. 9 A.159, 266 

No. 36 A.162, 266 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J.164, 264 

O. S. Ant. Italic 

No. 25 K.164, 264 


O. S. Bold Face No. 11 J. 161, P 264 

No. 79 J.164, 264 

O. S. Cheltenham 

No. 141 J.165, 264 

O. S. Roman No. 15 E.. 164, 266 

No. 31 E.163, 266 

7 Point Lino., “Antique 

Black” No. 1 [Gothic].. 18, 149 
Modern Bold Face, 

Bold Face No. 1.15, 149 

Doric No. 1.130, 149 

Modern Gothic No. 3.... 15, 149 
Modern Roman, No. 1... 14, 150 
No. 2 with Bold Face 

No. 1.15,150 

No. 2 with Gothic No. 3.15, 150 

No. 21.16, 150 

No. 28 French and “Ant. 
Black” No. 1 [Gothic].18, 150 

O. S. Ant. No. 1.131,149 

O. S. Roman No. 1.19, 150 

7 Point Mono., Modern 

Bold Face, No. 28 J... 166, 264 
Mod. Gothic No. 48 J.. .167, 264 
Mod. Roman No. 8 A... 166, 266 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J.170, 264 

O. S. Roman No. 21 E.. 167, 266 
No. 31 E.165, 266 

8 Point Lino., Mod. Ant. 

No. 3.26, 149 

Clarendon No. 1.134, 149 

Ionic No. 1.133, 149 

Modern Gothic No. 3.20, 139, 149 

No. 9.132, 149 

Modern Roman No. 2 .... 20, 150 
With Gothic No. 3... 20, 149 

No. 16.21, 150 

No. 19.22-23, 150 

With Title No. 1.... 22, 149 

No. 21.25, 150 

No. 28 French.24, 150 

De Vinne. 26-27, 150 

and Antique No. 3... 26, 149 

Scotch.28-29, 150 

Old Style Antique No. 1.. 34, 149 
Old Style Bold Face 

Title No. 1.22, 35, 149 

Title No. 2 and Title 

Italic.135, 149 

Lino., O. S. Cheltenham.. 32, 150 
Lino., O. S. Roman 

No. 1.34-35, 150 

With Antique No. 1 .34, 149 
With Title No. 1. . .. 35, 149 

No. 7.30, 150 

Caslon.31, 150 

8 Point Mono., Mod. Ant. 

No. 26 J.180, 264 

Modern Bold Face 

No. 28 J. 183, 264 

No. 92 J. 184, 264 

Modern Gothic No. 49 J.175, 264 

No. 66 J.171, 264 

Modern Roman 

No. 8 A.170-171, 266 

No. 20 A. 172, 266 

No. 36 A. 173, 266 

No. 152 A.174, 266 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J. 170, 264 

O. S. Bold No. 79 J. 178, 264 

No. 79 K. 178, 264 

O.S. Cheltenham No. 64 J.168, 266 
O. S. Roman No. 15 E.. 178, 266 

No. 31 E.175, 266 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

No. 137 E. 177, 266 

No. 172 E.176, 266 


PACE 

Hand, Bradley Extended.. 292 

Cloister Old English. 293 

Livermore. 294 

9 Point Lino., Modern Ant. 

No. 3 (aligns with 10 

pt.).136, 149 

No. 3.36, 149 

Modern Roman, No. 13. .38, 150 

De Vinne. 36-37, 150 

With Ant. No. 3. . .. 36, 149 
O. S. Roman No. 1. . . 40-41, 150 
Caslon.39, 150 

9 Point Mono., Mod. Ant. 

No. 26 J. 180, 264 

Modern Roman No. 8 A. 180, 266 

No. 20 A.181, 266 

No. 36 A. 179, 266 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J. 196, 264 

O. S. Ant. Italic No. 25 K 
(rec’d too late for insertion) 

O. S. Roman 

No. 15 E.182-183, 266 

No. 31 E.184, 266 

No. 137 E.186-187, 266 

10 Point Lino., Modern Ant. 

No. 3.53, 149 

No. 3 (aligns with 11 

pt.).138, 149 

Clarendon No. 1.139, 149 

Gothic Condensed 

No. 1.140, 149 

Modern Roman 

No. 13.42-43, 151 

No. 16.44-45, 151 

No. 21.46-48, 151 

Bodoni Book.56-59, 151 

De Vinne.52-55, 151 

With Antique No. 3.53, 149 

Scotch.50-51, 151 

O. S. Ant. No. 1.60, 149 

O. S. Ant. Italic No. 1_63, 149 

Old Style Bold 

Caslon Bold No. 3.... 137, 149 
Gothic Condensed 

No. 1.140, 149 

Title No. 1.61, 149 

Old Style Cheltenham... .72, 150 
O. S. Roman No. 1. . . 60-63, 151 
With Antique No. 1.60, 149 
With Ant. Italic No. 1.63,149 
With Title No. 1. ... 61, 149 

No. 3.64-65, 150 

No. 7.70-71, 151 

Caslon. 66-67, 151 

Original Old Style. .68-69, 151 
10 Point Mono., Modern 

Bold No. 28 J.189, 264 

Modern Gothic No. 66 J.189, 264 

No. 77 J. 256, 264 

Modern Roman No. 4 A.188, 266 

No. 8 A.190-191, 267 

No. 20 A. 189, 267 

No. 36 A. 192-195, 267 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J.202, 264 

O. S. Ant. Italic No. 25 K 
(rec’d too late for insertion) 

O. S. Bold No. 79 J_215, 264 

Old Style Roman 

No. 15 E.202-203, 267 

No. 31 E.196, 266 

No. 98 J.255, 266 

No. 98 K.255, 266 

No. 137 E.198-199, 267 

No. 172 E.197, 267 

No. 337 E.200, 267 

Hand, Bradley Extended. . 292 

Cloister Old English.... 293 


443 


/ 




































































































































PAGE 

Type Sizes—10 Point: 

Hand, Livermore. 294 

Satanic. 295 

Tabard. 289 

11 Point Lino., Modern Ant. 

No. 3.86,149 

Mod. Bold Doric No. 2 .. 142, 149 
Modern Roman No. 1.74-75, 151 

No. 9.76-77, 151 

No. 21.78-80, 151 

De Vinne.85-87, 151 

With Antique No. 3.. 86 , 149 

Scotch.82-84, 151 

O. S. Ant. No. 1.89, 149 

O. S. Bold Gothic 

Condensed No. 1 .141,149 

O. S. Roman No. 1 . . .88-91, 151 

With Ant. No. 1.89, 149 

No. 7.92-93, 151 

Caslon.94-96, 151 

11 Point Mono., Mod. Roman 

No. 8 A.205-207, 267 

No. 34 A.204, 267 

No. 36 A.208-211, 267 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J.224, 264 

No. 25 K.216, 264 

O. S. Roman 

No. 15 E. 220 - 221 , 267 

No. 31 E.212-213, 267 

No. 137 E.214-216, 267 

No. 172 E.218-219, 267 

12 Point Lino., O. S. Ant. 

No. 1.107, 149 

Modern Roman 

Bodoni Book.98-99, 151 

De Vinne.104-105, 151 

Scotch.100-103, 151 

O. S. Roman No. 1.106-109, 151 
With Antique No. 1.107, 149 

Caslon.112-115, 151 

Original Old Style. 110 - 111 , 151 
12 Point Mono., Gothic 


No. 66 J.243, 264 

Mod. Roman 

No. 8 A.222-225, 267 

No. 36 A.226-229, 267 

O. S. Ant. No. 25 J.240, 264 

O. S. Bold No. 79 J.241, 264 


PAGE 


Old Style Roman 

No. 15 E.238-241, 267 

No. 31 E.234-237, 267 

No. 37 E.230-232, 267 

No. 172 E.242-243, 267 

Hand, Bradley Extended. . 292 

Cloister Old English.... 293 

Howland. 288 

Livermore. 294 

Satanic. 295 

Tabard. 289 


14 Point Lino., Modern Roman 

Bodoni Book.116-119, 151 

De Vinne. 120-123, 151 

O. S. Roman Caslon. 124-125, 151 

Original Old Style. . 126-127, 151 

14 Point Mono., Modern 

Roman No. 8 A. .244-247, 267 

O. S. Bold No. 79 J.251, 264 

O. S. Roman 

No. 21 E. 248-251, 267 

Hand, Caslon. 277 

Caslon Bold. 279 

Caslon Condensed. 278 

Caslon, Italic. 276 

Cheltenham. 283 

Cheltenham Bold. 285 

Chelt. Bold Condensed.. 284 

Cloister Old English. 293 

Gothic Condensed (Globe) 290 

Gothic (Philadelphia). . 291 

Old Style Antique. 296 

Pabst. 287 

Plymouth. 286 

Schoeffer. 282 

Scotch. 280 

15 Point, Hand, Bradley 

Extended. 292 


18 Point Lino., Modern Bold 

Century Bold.143, 149 

Modern Roman, Century 

Expanded.128, 151 

18 Point Mono., Modern 

Roman No. 8 A... 252-253, 267 

O. S. Bold No. 79 J.254, 264 

O. S. Roman No. 21 E.. 254, 267 
Hand, Bradley Extended. . 292 

Caslon. 277 


Hand, Caslon Bold. 

Caslon Condensed. 

Caslon Italic. 

Cheltenham. 

Cheltenham Bold. 

Chelt. Bold Condensed.. 
Cloister Old English.... 
Gothic (Philadelphia). .. 
Gothic Condensed (Globe) 

Howland. 

Livermore. 

Old Style Antique. 

Pabst. 

Plymouth. 

Satanic. 

Schoeffer. 

Scotch. 

Tabard. 

20 Point, Hand 

Old English Antique. 

24-60 Point, Hand 

Bradley Extended. 

Caslon. 

Caslon Bold. 

Caslon Condensed. 

Caslon Italic. 

Cheltenham. 

Cheltenham Bold. 

Chelt. Bold Condensed.... 

Cloister Old English....... 

Gothic (Philadelphia)..... 

Gothic Condensed (Globe). 

Howland. 

Livermore. 

Old English Antique. 

Pabst. 

Plymouth. 

Satanic. 

Schoeffer. 

Scotch. 

Tabard. 

Typewriter—see Type Names 

Unpublished Works, 

Copyright of. 

Waste, Allowance for. 

Wilson—see Type Names 


PAGE 

279 

278 

276 

283 

285 

284 

293 

291 

290 
288 

294 
296 

287 

286 

295 
282 

280 

289 

296 

292 

277 

279 

278 
276 

283 

285 

284 

293 

291 

290 

288 

294 
296 
287 

286 

295 
282 

280 
289 


403 

399 


444 







































































































* 

























































































































































































■ 































































































































































































































- 





































































































































































































































































































































€ 




BSAStfiC^ brSe? IMAsWWM WW 


icSW; 

fiffcSfy i 7 1h£$£lvCl i rv Vu.- r 2$' 


'uvi-uz-s.j '.. ki* nr •■ 















































































































